CA2586334A1 - Compounds for the treatment of cns and amyloid associated diseases - Google Patents
Compounds for the treatment of cns and amyloid associated diseases Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2586334A1 CA2586334A1 CA002586334A CA2586334A CA2586334A1 CA 2586334 A1 CA2586334 A1 CA 2586334A1 CA 002586334 A CA002586334 A CA 002586334A CA 2586334 A CA2586334 A CA 2586334A CA 2586334 A1 CA2586334 A1 CA 2586334A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- amyloid
- compound
- disease
- subject
- group
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 326
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 158
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 126
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 title claims description 48
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 153
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 30
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- -1 benzoimidazolyl Chemical group 0.000 claims description 109
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 104
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 83
- 230000003941 amyloidogenesis Effects 0.000 claims description 78
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 66
- 230000008499 blood brain barrier function Effects 0.000 claims description 61
- 210000001218 blood-brain barrier Anatomy 0.000 claims description 59
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 57
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 56
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 53
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 53
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 44
- 208000005145 Cerebral amyloid angiopathy Diseases 0.000 claims description 43
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 39
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 38
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 claims description 36
- 208000015114 central nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 35
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 34
- 208000037259 Amyloid Plaque Diseases 0.000 claims description 33
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 33
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 31
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 28
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical group N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 25
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000005129 aryl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 19
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 208000010877 cognitive disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 claims description 16
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000002102 aryl alkyloxo group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000007541 cellular toxicity Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 14
- 230000004770 neurodegeneration Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000003302 alkenyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000005133 alkynyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 12
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000002490 cerebral effect Effects 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 230000003920 cognitive function Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 208000027061 mild cognitive impairment Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- 229910052717 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000002262 Schiff base Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000004753 Schiff bases Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002373 5 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004070 6 membered heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 206010061818 Disease progression Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000005100 aryl amino carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000005750 disease progression Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000007970 thio esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 229930064664 L-arginine Natural products 0.000 claims description 5
- 235000014852 L-arginine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 5
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000001588 bifunctional effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000002059 L-arginyl group Chemical group O=C([*])[C@](N([H])[H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])C(=N[H])N([H])[H] 0.000 claims 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 13
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 abstract description 13
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 229940000406 drug candidate Drugs 0.000 abstract description 2
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 abstract description 2
- 150000002993 phenylalanine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 abstract 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 88
- 206010002022 amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 85
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 67
- 102000009091 Amyloidogenic Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 63
- 108010048112 Amyloidogenic Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 63
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 62
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 61
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 55
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 53
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 52
- 102000036770 Islet Amyloid Polypeptide Human genes 0.000 description 44
- 108010041872 Islet Amyloid Polypeptide Proteins 0.000 description 44
- 102000013498 tau Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 41
- 108010026424 tau Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 41
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 39
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 38
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 description 32
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 32
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 32
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 32
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 30
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 28
- DZHSAHHDTRWUTF-SIQRNXPUSA-N amyloid-beta polypeptide 42 Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O)C(C)C)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 DZHSAHHDTRWUTF-SIQRNXPUSA-N 0.000 description 27
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 27
- 101710137189 Amyloid-beta A4 protein Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 102100022704 Amyloid-beta precursor protein Human genes 0.000 description 26
- 101710151993 Amyloid-beta precursor protein Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 24
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 23
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 22
- 238000005755 formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 21
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 20
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 19
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 19
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 19
- 230000003942 amyloidogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 18
- 201000010374 Down Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 17
- 206010044688 Trisomy 21 Diseases 0.000 description 17
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 17
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 17
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 17
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 17
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 17
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- 208000002320 spinal muscular atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 17
- 208000002780 macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 16
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 15
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 15
- MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric oxide Chemical compound O=[N] MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 230000035508 accumulation Effects 0.000 description 14
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 14
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 14
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 14
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 14
- 208000001072 type 2 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 14
- 208000023769 AA amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 13
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 13
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 230000008579 epileptogenesis Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 13
- 206010035226 Plasma cell myeloma Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 206010064930 age-related macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 12
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 12
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 12
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 206010010904 Convulsion Diseases 0.000 description 11
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 201000011240 Frontotemporal dementia Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 230000019771 cognition Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 11
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 201000008319 inclusion body myositis Diseases 0.000 description 11
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 11
- 208000023761 AL amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 108010078791 Carrier Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 206010008111 Cerebral haemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 208000011990 Corticobasal Degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 208000005531 Immunoglobulin Light-chain Amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 10
- DDRJAANPRJIHGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N creatinine Chemical compound CN1CC(=O)NC1=N DDRJAANPRJIHGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 10
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 102000054727 Serum Amyloid A Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 9
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000001149 cognitive effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Chemical group C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 9
- 102000001049 Amyloid Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108010094108 Amyloid Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 208000030939 Chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 201000008009 Early infantile epileptic encephalopathy Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 208000034846 Familial Amyloid Neuropathies Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 206010016207 Familial Mediterranean fever Diseases 0.000 description 8
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229920002683 Glycosaminoglycan Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 208000035895 Guillain-Barré syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 206010019889 Hereditary neuropathic amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 206010021750 Infantile Spasms Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 201000005802 Landau-Kleffner Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 206010049567 Miller Fisher syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 206010029350 Neurotoxicity Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 108010071690 Prealbumin Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 108010067787 Proteoglycans Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000016611 Proteoglycans Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 8
- 229910006069 SO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 108700028909 Serum Amyloid A Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 206010044221 Toxic encephalopathy Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 201000006791 West syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 8
- 210000002469 basement membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 8
- 201000005795 chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuritis Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000002872 contrast media Substances 0.000 description 8
- 208000013257 developmental and epileptic encephalopathy Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 206010014599 encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 8
- BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound NCCCC(O)=O BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 210000002682 neurofibrillary tangle Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000007135 neurotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 8
- 231100000228 neurotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 8
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 8
- 208000002025 tabes dorsalis Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 8
- 201000007905 transthyretin amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 8
- 206010002023 Amyloidoses Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 108091016585 CD44 antigen Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 208000003407 Creutzfeldt-Jakob Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 208000004986 Diffuse Cerebral Sclerosis of Schilder Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 102000008055 Heparan Sulfate Proteoglycans Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 229920002971 Heparan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 208000002972 Hepatolenticular Degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 208000002569 Machado-Joseph Disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 102100022033 Presenilin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 208000033526 Proximal spinal muscular atrophy type 3 Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 208000036834 Spinocerebellar ataxia type 3 Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 108090000054 Syndecan-2 Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 206010002026 amyotrophic lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 208000025434 cerebellar degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 7
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 7
- 208000012111 paraneoplastic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 7
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 7
- CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetralin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCCC2=C1 CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 7
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 7
- 208000032527 type III spinal muscular atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 208000007487 Familial Cerebral Amyloid Angiopathy Diseases 0.000 description 6
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 208000000609 Pick Disease of the Brain Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 208000024777 Prion disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102000009190 Transthyretin Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 201000004810 Vascular dementia Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 208000006269 X-Linked Bulbo-Spinal Atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 6
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 206010015037 epilepsy Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000001631 haemodialysis Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000000322 hemodialysis Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229960003136 leucine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- 230000016273 neuron death Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 230000036407 pain Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229960005190 phenylalanine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 6
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 6
- 102000007592 Apolipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010071619 Apolipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 101800001288 Atrial natriuretic factor Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102400001282 Atrial natriuretic peptide Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 101800001890 Atrial natriuretic peptide Proteins 0.000 description 5
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 206010016202 Familial Amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 208000032849 Hereditary cerebral hemorrhage with amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 5
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 5
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 5
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000022435 Light chain deposition disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 208000034578 Multiple myelomas Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 206010029164 Nephrotic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- 208000034799 Tauopathies Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001994 activation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229960003767 alanine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000006933 amyloid-beta aggregation Effects 0.000 description 5
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 235000009697 arginine Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000001746 atrial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229940109239 creatinine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 5
- 208000015756 familial Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 5
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 5
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 5
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 5
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 229960004452 methionine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 210000001087 myotubule Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 210000002241 neurite Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 5
- 208000033808 peripheral neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 201000002212 progressive supranuclear palsy Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229960002429 proline Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002207 retinal effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000031998 transcytosis Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 5
- OGNSCSPNOLGXSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-DABA Natural products NCCC(N)C(O)=O OGNSCSPNOLGXSM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UWYZHKAOTLEWKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline Chemical group C1=CC=C2CNCCC2=C1 UWYZHKAOTLEWKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 208000020687 AH amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102100024643 ATP-binding cassette sub-family D member 1 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 206010052075 Acquired epileptic aphasia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 201000011452 Adrenoleukodystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000006888 Agnosia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 241001047040 Agnosia Species 0.000 description 4
- 208000011403 Alexander disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000023434 Alpers-Huttenlocher syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 4
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000013455 Amyloid beta-Peptides Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010090849 Amyloid beta-Peptides Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 208000009575 Angelman syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 4
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010003591 Ataxia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010003594 Ataxia telangiectasia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102000007371 Ataxin-3 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 208000006096 Attention Deficit Disorder with Hyperactivity Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000036864 Attention deficit/hyperactivity disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000007082 Aβ accumulation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000002381 Brain Hypoxia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000016560 COFS syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000022526 Canavan disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010008025 Cerebellar ataxia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102000012437 Copper-Transporting ATPases Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 208000019736 Cranial nerve disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000020406 Creutzfeldt Jacob disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000010859 Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000032131 Diabetic Neuropathies Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010071545 Early infantile epileptic encephalopathy with burst-suppression Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000024412 Friedreich ataxia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000010055 Globoid Cell Leukodystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 208000023105 Huntington disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000035899 Infantile spasms syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000028226 Krabbe disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 4
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N L-isoleucine Chemical compound CC[C@H](C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N L-threonine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)[C@H](N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-GBXIJSLDSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 4
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000008214 LDL Cholesterol Methods 0.000 description 4
- 208000006136 Leigh Disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000017507 Leigh syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 201000006792 Lennox-Gastaut syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 4
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108010049137 Member 1 Subfamily D ATP Binding Cassette Transporter Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 206010069681 Monomelic amyotrophy Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000001089 Multiple system atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102100026784 Myelin proteolipid protein Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 208000014060 Niemann-Pick disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000017493 Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical group C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical group C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102100022036 Presenilin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010050254 Presenilins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 206010036673 Primary amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000032319 Primary lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical group C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010071141 Rasmussen encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000004160 Rasmussen subacute encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000006289 Rett Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000034189 Sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010039811 Secondary amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 208000003954 Spinal Muscular Atrophies of Childhood Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000010112 Spinocerebellar Degenerations Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 4
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 208000000323 Tourette Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000016620 Tourette disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102100029290 Transthyretin Human genes 0.000 description 4
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010046298 Upper motor neurone lesion Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000014769 Usher Syndromes Diseases 0.000 description 4
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010063661 Vascular encephalopathy Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000018839 Wilson disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000002552 acute disseminated encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000005194 alkoxycarbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004947 alkyl aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000003806 alkyl carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000005196 alkyl carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 208000011916 alternating hemiplegia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 101150031224 app gene Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004658 aryl carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000005199 aryl carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000005200 aryloxy carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 210000001130 astrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 208000015802 attention deficit-hyperactivity disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical group C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000004958 brain cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000005013 brain tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 4
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 4
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000005779 cell damage Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000037887 cell injury Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000006999 cognitive decline Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001054 cortical effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000014826 cranial nerve neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229960002433 cysteine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003412 degenerative effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004986 diarylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000003619 fibrillary effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960003692 gamma aminobutyric acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960002743 glutamine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229960002449 glycine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229960002885 histidine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 4
- 208000035231 inattentive type attention deficit hyperactivity disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004153 islets of langerhan Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229960000310 isoleucine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoleucine Natural products CCC(C)C(N)C(O)=O AGPKZVBTJJNPAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical group C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 201000004815 juvenile spinal muscular atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000017169 kidney disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000003907 kidney function Effects 0.000 description 4
- 201000010901 lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000000274 microglia Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 201000011540 mitochondrial DNA depletion syndrome 4a Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000005264 motor neuron disease Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 201000000050 myeloid neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000004296 neuralgia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 208000007431 neuroacanthocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000000926 neurological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002981 neuropathic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000021722 neuropathic pain Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000004112 neuroprotection Effects 0.000 description 4
- 208000002040 neurosyphilis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 4
- 208000031237 olivopontocerebellar atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 208000002593 pantothenate kinase-associated neurodegeneration Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 4
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229960001153 serine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000004400 serine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960002898 threonine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229960004799 tryptophan Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229960004441 tyrosine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960004295 valine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 4
- 208000027121 wild type ATTR amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000018282 ACys amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000036022 Alpers' disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010025628 Apolipoproteins E Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000013918 Apolipoproteins E Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 208000008037 Arthrogryposis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000031229 Cardiomyopathies Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000024172 Cardiovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 206010010356 Congenital anomaly Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000012192 Cystatin C Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010061642 Cystatin C Proteins 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010011878 Deafness Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010012735 Diarrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 3
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010017065 Foster-Kennedy Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000004878 Gelsolin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090001064 Gelsolin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010018341 Gliosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000015779 HDL Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010010234 HDL Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000772194 Homo sapiens Transthyretin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 102000013463 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010065825 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000000209 Isaacs syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010023230 Joint stiffness Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000027747 Kennedy disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-arginine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCN=C(N)N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 3
- 201000010743 Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000007054 Medullary Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 3
- 208000010190 Monoclonal Gammopathy of Undetermined Significance Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 201000002795 Muckle-Wells syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000016943 Muramidase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010014251 Muramidase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010028424 Myasthenic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010062010 N-Acetylmuramoyl-L-alanine Amidase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 206010029240 Neuritis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010072359 Neuromyotonia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108090000590 Neurotransmitter Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000004108 Neurotransmitter Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 206010034620 Peripheral sensory neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010036105 Polyneuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 108010036933 Presenilin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010036908 Presenilin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000015499 Presenilins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 102000029797 Prion Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091000054 Prion Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 208000032225 Proximal spinal muscular atrophy type 1 Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000033522 Proximal spinal muscular atrophy type 2 Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010039966 Senile dementia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010072148 Stiff-Person syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000024780 Urticaria Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 210000001642 activated microglia Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004457 alkyl amino carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004644 alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004691 alkyl thio carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 210000002565 arteriole Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 3
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000000133 brain stem Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- NSQLIUXCMFBZME-MPVJKSABSA-N carperitide Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)N1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(O)=O)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 NSQLIUXCMFBZME-MPVJKSABSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000026106 cerebrovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000019902 chronic diarrheal disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000037976 chronic inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 3
- IQFVPQOLBLOTPF-HKXUKFGYSA-L congo red Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C1=CC=CC2=C(N)C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(C=C3)C3=CC=C(C=C3)/N=N/C3=C(C4=CC=CC=C4C(=C3)S([O-])(=O)=O)N)=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C21 IQFVPQOLBLOTPF-HKXUKFGYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000022993 cryopyrin-associated periodic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 231100000895 deafness Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000002491 encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 210000003414 extremity Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000035557 fibrillogenesis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000016354 hearing loss disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000019855 heavy chain deposition disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 201000001421 hyperglycemia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000019715 inherited Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002500 ions Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 208000036546 leukodystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000002197 limbic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 3
- 230000007388 microgliosis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 201000005328 monoclonal gammopathy of uncertain significance Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010028417 myasthenia gravis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 201000007601 neurodegeneration with brain iron accumulation Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000028780 ocular motility disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000004768 organ dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000000160 oxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 208000019629 polyneuritis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000022256 primary systemic amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000012846 protein folding Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007423 screening assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 201000005572 sensory peripheral neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000000952 spleen Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002739 subcortical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 3
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001685 thyroid gland Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011830 transgenic mouse model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 201000008827 tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000032471 type 1 spinal muscular atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 208000032521 type II spinal muscular atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 125000006527 (C1-C5) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000006729 (C2-C5) alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000006730 (C2-C5) alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzoxazole Chemical group C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=C1 BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical group C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005955 1H-indazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- VSWICNJIUPRZIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-piperideine Chemical group C1CNC=CC1 VSWICNJIUPRZIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000024667 ABeta amyloidosis, Dutch type Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000023697 ABri amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000017227 ADan amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- YCIPQJTZJGUXND-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aglaia odorata Alkaloid Chemical group C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C1(C(C=2C(=O)N3CCCC3=NC=22)C=3C=CC=CC=3)C2(O)C2=C(OC)C=C(OC)C=C2O1 YCIPQJTZJGUXND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100040026 Agrin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000002659 Amyloid Precursor Protein Secretases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010043324 Amyloid Precursor Protein Secretases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101800000733 Angiotensin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102400000345 Angiotensin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000272517 Anseriformes Species 0.000 description 2
- 108010060159 Apolipoprotein E4 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010003694 Atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102100036597 Basement membrane-specific heparan sulfate proteoglycan core protein Human genes 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 201000004569 Blindness Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101800000407 Brain natriuretic peptide 32 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102400000667 Brain natriuretic peptide 32 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101800002247 Brain natriuretic peptide 45 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 201000000166 CST3-related cerebral amyloid angiopathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101100294106 Caenorhabditis elegans nhr-3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000055006 Calcitonin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108060001064 Calcitonin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium cation Chemical compound [Ca+2] BHPQYMZQTOCNFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000005701 Calcium-Binding Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010045403 Calcium-Binding Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101710132601 Capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 208000028698 Cognitive impairment Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000045 Dermatan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 2
- YNQLUTRBYVCPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylbenzene Chemical compound CCC1=CC=CC=C1 YNQLUTRBYVCPMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fe2+ Chemical compound [Fe+2] CWYNVVGOOAEACU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000003736 Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker Disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010072075 Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000035150 Hypercholesterolemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000000162 ITM2B-related cerebral amyloid angiopathy 1 Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000000194 ITM2B-related cerebral amyloid angiopathy 2 Diseases 0.000 description 2
- CZGUSIXMZVURDU-JZXHSEFVSA-N Ile(5)-angiotensin II Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C([O-])=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=[NH2+])NC(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])CC([O-])=O)C(C)C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 CZGUSIXMZVURDU-JZXHSEFVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000006496 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010019476 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108090000723 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010023232 Joint swelling Diseases 0.000 description 2
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Ornithine Chemical compound NCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-L L-tartrate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 108010007622 LDL Lipoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000007330 LDL Lipoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lactate Chemical compound CC(O)C([O-])=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Heptane Chemical class CCCCCCC IMNFDUFMRHMDMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004868 N-Methyl-D-Aspartate Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090001041 N-Methyl-D-Aspartate Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- HOKKHZGPKSLGJE-GSVOUGTGSA-N N-Methyl-D-aspartic acid Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C(O)=O)CC(O)=O HOKKHZGPKSLGJE-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 208000012902 Nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000008299 Nitric Oxide Synthase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010021487 Nitric Oxide Synthase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orn-delta-NH2 Natural products NCCCC(N)C(O)=O AHLPHDHHMVZTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(C)CCCN UTJLXEIPEHZYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical group C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010033799 Paralysis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000002774 Paraproteinemias Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000037581 Persistent Infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 2
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical group C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010062237 Renal impairment Diseases 0.000 description 2
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182558 Sterol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical group C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004338 Transferrin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000901 Transferrin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010033576 Transferrin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100026144 Transferrin receptor protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- PTFCDOFLOPIGGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc dication Chemical compound [Zn+2] PTFCDOFLOPIGGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010022164 acetyl-LDL Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000023445 activated T cell autonomous cell death Effects 0.000 description 2
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N adenosine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- AVJBPWGFOQAPRH-FWMKGIEWSA-N alpha-L-IdopA-(1->3)-beta-D-GalpNAc4S Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](C(O)=O)O1 AVJBPWGFOQAPRH-FWMKGIEWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N alprazolam Chemical compound C12=CC(Cl)=CC=C2N2C(C)=NN=C2CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 VREFGVBLTWBCJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010031545 amyloid K Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229950006323 angiotensin ii Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000001640 apoptogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000005160 aryl oxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000003140 astrocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000037875 astrocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000007341 astrogliosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037444 atrophy Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003542 behavioural effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004603 benzisoxazolyl group Chemical group O1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000008436 biogenesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036772 blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- BBBFJLBPOGFECG-VJVYQDLKSA-N calcitonin Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(N)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)[C@@H]1CSSC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1 BBBFJLBPOGFECG-VJVYQDLKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004015 calcitonin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- FATUQANACHZLRT-KMRXSBRUSA-L calcium glucoheptonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)C([O-])=O.OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)C([O-])=O FATUQANACHZLRT-KMRXSBRUSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910001424 calcium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 2
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- OGEBRHQLRGFBNV-RZDIXWSQSA-N chembl2036808 Chemical group C12=NC(NCCCC)=NC=C2C(C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)=NN1C[C@H]1CC[C@H](N)CC1 OGEBRHQLRGFBNV-RZDIXWSQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000005829 chemical entities Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1 MVPPADPHJFYWMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003016 chromanyl group Chemical group O1C(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004230 chromenyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000006020 chronic inflammation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019504 cigarettes Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 208000035850 clinical syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N cocaine Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@H]2CC[C@@H](N2C)[C@H]1C(=O)OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000003092 coiled body Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012875 competitive assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 206010011005 corneal dystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexene Chemical compound C1CCC=CC1 HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940051593 dermatan sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000032 diagnostic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004473 dialkylaminocarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglyme Chemical compound COCCOCCOC SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003596 drug target Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000036536 dutch type ABeta amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000025688 early-onset autosomal dominant Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002124 endocrine Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003511 endothelial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002397 epileptogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000001723 extracellular space Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L fumarate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C([O-])=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002518 glial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004884 grey matter Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002216 heart Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000005003 heart tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000004475 heteroaralkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005223 heteroarylcarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M hexadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydrogensulfate Chemical compound OS([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000000099 in vitro assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 2
- 238000002329 infrared spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003384 isochromanyl group Chemical group C1(OCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004594 isoindolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940099584 lactobionate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-N lactobionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JYTUSYBCFIZPBE-AMTLMPIISA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940070765 laurate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000001909 leucine group Chemical group [H]N(*)C(C(*)=O)C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 206010027175 memory impairment Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- UAEPNZWRGJTJPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylcyclohexane Chemical compound CC1CCCCC1 UAEPNZWRGJTJPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002816 methylsulfanyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S[*] 0.000 description 2
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000006724 microglial activation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000000877 morphologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004457 myocytus nodalis Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical class CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004593 naphthyridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 238000002663 nebulization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000001119 neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000007823 neuropathy Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002858 neurotransmitter agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940049964 oleate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-M oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC([O-])=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 210000004248 oligodendroglia Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229960003104 ornithine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxadiazole Chemical group C1=CON=N1 WCPAKWJPBJAGKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 2
- 208000021090 palsy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000004934 phenanthridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC=C3C=CC=CC3=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004625 phenanthrolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=C3C=CC=NC3=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001791 phenazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001484 phenothiazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000005954 phenoxathiinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001644 phenoxazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 208000010626 plasma cell neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 231100000857 poor renal function Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 201000001474 proteinuria Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000006337 proteolytic cleavage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001042 pteridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=NC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- KIDHWZJUCRJVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N putrescine Chemical compound NCCCCN KIDHWZJUCRJVML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VTGOHKSTWXHQJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrimidin-2-ol Chemical group OC1=NC=CC=N1 VTGOHKSTWXHQJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001422 pyrrolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052701 rubidium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 208000012672 seasonal affective disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000391 smoking effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- ATHGHQPFGPMSJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N spermidine Chemical compound NCCCCNCCCN ATHGHQPFGPMSJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PFNFFQXMRSDOHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N spermine Chemical compound NCCCNCCCCNCCCN PFNFFQXMRSDOHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L succinate(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CCC([O-])=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940095064 tartrate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XOAAWQZATWQOTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N taurine Chemical compound NCCS(O)(=O)=O XOAAWQZATWQOTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NUMQCACRALPSHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl ethyl ether Chemical compound CCOC(C)(C)C NUMQCACRALPSHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazole Chemical group C1=CSN=N1.C1=CSN=N1 VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004001 thioalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- JADVWWSKYZXRGX-UHFFFAOYSA-M thioflavine T Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C1=[N+](C)C2=CC=C(C)C=C2S1 JADVWWSKYZXRGX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229940036555 thyroid hormone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000005495 thyroid hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012581 transferrin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000844 transformation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229940070710 valerate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N valeric acid Chemical compound CCCCC(O)=O NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001835 viscera Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000009278 visceral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004393 visual impairment Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010047303 von Willebrand Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100036537 von Willebrand factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000004584 weight gain Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019786 weight gain Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- SNICXCGAKADSCV-JTQLQIEISA-N (-)-Nicotine Chemical compound CN1CCC[C@H]1C1=CC=CN=C1 SNICXCGAKADSCV-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- JENWDDCMEATQSR-ONSKYXJOSA-N (2r)-2-[[(2s)-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-2-[[(2s)-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[2-[[2-[[(2s)-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-(methylamino)propanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-methylpentanoyl]amino]pentanoyl]-met Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N(C)[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC)NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 JENWDDCMEATQSR-ONSKYXJOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CLFHFIGNDKHDPG-MPJXNKHJSA-N (4s)-5-[[(2s)-1-[[(2s)-1-[[(2r)-6-amino-1-[[(2s)-1-(8-aminooctylamino)-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxohexan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxo-3-phenylpropan-2-yl]amino]-3-(1h-imidazol-5-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-4-[[(2s)-2-amino-4-methylsulfonylbutanoyl]amino]-5 Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCS(=O)(=O)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)NCCCCCCCCN)C1=CN=CN1 CLFHFIGNDKHDPG-MPJXNKHJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006552 (C3-C8) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000006269 (delayed) early viral mRNA transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Dichloroethane Chemical compound CC(Cl)Cl SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004502 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004511 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001399 1,2,3-triazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC(=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004504 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004514 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001376 1,2,4-triazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(N=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004506 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004517 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001781 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004520 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDMOEFOXLIZJOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dodecanesulfonic acid Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCS(O)(=O)=O LDMOEFOXLIZJOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001637 1-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001462 1-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [*]N1C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 13-cis retinol Natural products OCC=C(C)C=CC=C(C)C=CC1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004174 2-benzimidazolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C(*)=NC2=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C12 0.000 description 1
- 125000002941 2-furyl group Chemical group O1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- JWUJQDFVADABEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyltetrahydrofuran Chemical class CC1CCCO1 JWUJQDFVADABEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001622 2-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000389 2-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000175 2-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003682 3-furyl group Chemical group O1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001397 3-pyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]N1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001541 3-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- VOUAQYXWVJDEQY-QENPJCQMSA-N 33017-11-7 Chemical compound OC(=O)CC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N1[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(O)=O)CCC1 VOUAQYXWVJDEQY-QENPJCQMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-azabenzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=N1 GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000590 4-methylphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005986 4-piperidonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CSC=N1 KDDQRKBRJSGMQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002471 4H-quinolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CCN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-2-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridine Chemical compound FC(F)(F)OC1=CC=C(Br)C=N1 SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CWDWFSXUQODZGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-thiazolyl Chemical group [C]1=CN=CS1 CWDWFSXUQODZGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150079978 AGRN gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150037123 APOE gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010048998 Acute phase reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700019743 Agrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000034263 Amino acid transporters Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050005273 Amino acid transporters Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000000044 Amnesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000272525 Anas platyrhynchos Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010002383 Angina Pectoris Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010059245 Angiopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010002556 Ankylosing Spondylitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010002758 Anticipatory anxiety Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000019901 Anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000005666 Apolipoprotein A-I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010059886 Apolipoprotein A-I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100029470 Apolipoprotein E Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710095339 Apolipoprotein E Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010003210 Arteriosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036487 Arthropathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010003805 Autism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020706 Autistic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061666 Autonomic neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010004146 Basal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027496 Behcet disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009137 Behcet syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100021257 Beta-secretase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000024806 Brain atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032841 Bulimia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010006550 Bulimia nervosa Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010075254 C-Peptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002126 C01EB10 - Adenosine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003601 C2-C6 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108090000312 Calcium Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003922 Calcium Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000007590 Calpain Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010032088 Calpain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000009030 Carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000011727 Caspases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076667 Caspases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000005024 Castleman disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000623 Cellulose acetate phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000282994 Cervidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001432959 Chernes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001647372 Chlamydia pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010062745 Chloride Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000011045 Chloride Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920001287 Chondroitin sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010042086 Collagen Type IV Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004266 Collagen Type IV Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyanide Chemical compound N#[C-] XFXPMWWXUTWYJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- SBJKKFFYIZUCET-JLAZNSOCSA-N Dehydro-L-ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(=O)C1=O SBJKKFFYIZUCET-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000020401 Depressive disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diisopropyl ether Chemical compound CC(C)OC(C)C ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010065372 Dynorphins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010068583 E 2078 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001301 EGF receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060006698 EGF receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010042407 Endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004533 Endonucleases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000371 Esterases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052693 Europium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108050001049 Extracellular proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710163305 Fibril protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010049003 Fibrinogen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008946 Fibrinogen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067306 Fibronectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016359 Fibronectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000287828 Gallus gallus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000034826 Genetic Predisposition to Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940121710 HMGCoA reductase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010019196 Head injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019280 Heart failures Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000016988 Hemorrhagic Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000003923 Hereditary Corneal Dystrophies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000028782 Hereditary disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010088652 Histocompatibility Antigens Class I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008949 Histocompatibility Antigens Class I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000017604 Hodgkin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000021519 Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010747 Hodgkins lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000959594 Homo sapiens Agrin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000823051 Homo sapiens Amyloid-beta precursor protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001000001 Homo sapiens Basement membrane-specific heparan sulfate proteoglycan core protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000894895 Homo sapiens Beta-secretase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000611183 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical class ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700002232 Immediate-Early Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000026350 Inborn Genetic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010022489 Insulin Resistance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004218 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000048143 Insulin-Like Growth Factor II Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001117 Insulin-Like Growth Factor II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000862 Ion Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004310 Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000008133 Iron-Binding Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035210 Iron-Binding Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000012659 Joint disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003456 Juvenile Arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010059176 Juvenile idiopathic arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000288 Keratan sulfate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010085895 Laminin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007547 Laminin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010024229 Leprosy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010025391 Macroglossia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010026749 Mania Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000003939 Membrane transport proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000301 Membrane transport proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000026139 Memory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000029749 Microtubule Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091022875 Microtubule Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000019695 Migraine disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000019022 Mood disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000699660 Mus musculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000238367 Mya arenaria Species 0.000 description 1
- HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N'-hexadecylthiophene-2-carbohydrazide Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCNNC(=O)c1cccs1 HSHXDCVZWHOWCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910003827 NRaRb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000025966 Neurological disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GFRROZIJVHUSKZ-FXGMSQOLSA-N OS I Natural products C[C@@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H](OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CO)[C@@H]2NC(=O)C)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GFRROZIJVHUSKZ-FXGMSQOLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910004727 OSO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 102000015636 Oligopeptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038807 Oligopeptides Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010057178 Osteoarthropathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010031256 Osteomyelitis chronic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100034574 P protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710181008 P protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010033864 Paranoia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027099 Paranoid disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000027089 Parkinsonian disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010034010 Parkinsonism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000015731 Peptide Hormones Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010038988 Peptide Hormones Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100026918 Phospholipase A2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010058864 Phospholipases A2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710177166 Phosphoprotein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010039918 Polylysine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004257 Potassium Channel Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000004210 Pressure Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100024622 Proenkephalin-B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010076181 Proinsulin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003946 Prolactin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010057464 Prolactin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010036832 Prolactinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100021923 Prolow-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710202113 Prolow-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036824 Psoriatic arthropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000028017 Psychotic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005700 Putrescine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010037601 Pyelonephritis chronic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010037660 Pyrexia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000033464 Reiter syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001647 Renal Insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006265 Renal cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038748 Restrictive cardiomyopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091006629 SLC13A2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000010848 Schnitzler Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101710190759 Serum amyloid A protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010052164 Sodium Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018674 Sodium Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000013275 Somatomedins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010042674 Swelling Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001611608 Systena Species 0.000 description 1
- AUYYCJSJGJYCDS-LBPRGKRZSA-N Thyrolar Chemical class IC1=CC(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CC(I)=C1OC1=CC=C(O)C(I)=C1 AUYYCJSJGJYCDS-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000032109 Transient ischaemic attack Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N Tritium Chemical compound [3H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010067584 Type 1 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-BOOMUCAASA-N Vitamin A Natural products OC/C=C(/C)\C=C\C=C(\C)/C=C/C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-BOOMUCAASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000027207 Whipple disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BBAWTPDTGRXPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,3]thiazolo[4,5-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=N1 BBAWTPDTGRXPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005856 abnormality Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940022663 acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid trimethyl ester Natural products COC(C)=O KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004658 acute-phase response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002015 acyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005305 adenosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001800 adrenalinergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007000 age related cognitive decline Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004703 alkoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005157 alkyl carboxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005599 alkyl carboxylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-OVSJKPMPSA-N all-trans-retinol Chemical compound OC\C=C(/C)\C=C\C=C(/C)\C=C\C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-OVSJKPMPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000007450 amyloidogenic pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003484 anatomy Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000022531 anorexia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008485 antagonism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002178 anthracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036506 anxiety Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009118 appropriate response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012062 aqueous buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000011775 arteriosclerosis disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000007860 aryl ester derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005279 aryl sulfonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011914 asymmetric synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000006521 atrial standstill Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003416 augmentation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004931 azocinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003828 azulenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004604 benzisothiazolyl group Chemical group S1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940049706 benzodiazepine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003310 benzodiazepinyl group Chemical class N1N=C(C=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003354 benzotriazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC2=C1C=CC=C2* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004935 benzoxazolinyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000005512 benztetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000649 benzylidene group Chemical group [H]C(=[*])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010256 biochemical assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000090 biomarker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036765 blood level Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000005881 bovine spongiform encephalopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007177 brain activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004781 brain capillary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000025698 brain inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 201000009267 bronchiectasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000006189 buccal tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009460 calcium influx Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004623 carbolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229950005499 carbon tetrachloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003857 carboxamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000003295 carpal tunnel syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006652 catabolic pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000423 cell based assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008568 cell cell communication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006727 cell loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940081734 cellulose acetate phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920006184 cellulose methylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003727 cerebral blood flow Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009920 chelation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013330 chicken meat Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001701 chloroform Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001713 cholinergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940059329 chondroitin sulfate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002987 choroid plexus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000037893 chronic inflammatory disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000006368 chronic pyelonephritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940121657 clinical drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003920 cocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006998 cognitive state Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940039231 contrast media Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036461 convulsion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000029078 coronary artery disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004351 coronary vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- IDLFZVILOHSSID-OVLDLUHVSA-N corticotropin Chemical class C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IDLFZVILOHSSID-OVLDLUHVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003997 corticotropin derivative Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000003278 cryoglobulinemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006448 cycloalkyl cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 210000004292 cytoskeleton Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000004856 decahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2CCCCC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 206010061428 decreased appetite Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010040063 dermatan sulfate proteoglycan Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001687 destabilization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940039227 diagnostic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960004132 diethyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003748 differential diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003467 diminishing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000676 disease causative agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- MBMBGCFOFBJSGT-KUBAVDMBSA-N docosahexaenoic acid Natural products CC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCC(O)=O MBMBGCFOFBJSGT-KUBAVDMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003291 dopaminomimetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003828 downregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000890 drug combination Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007876 drug discovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010018544 ebiratide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229950003546 ebiratide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003974 emollient agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002472 endoplasmic reticulum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003038 endothelium Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006862 enzymatic digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940011871 estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940052303 ethers for general anesthesia Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960004667 ethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004494 ethyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium atom Chemical compound [Eu] OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002964 excitative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000007891 familial visceral amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940012952 fibrinogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 102000034240 fibrous proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005899 fibrous proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013100 final test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000019000 fluorine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004785 fluoromethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)O* 0.000 description 1
- 238000002594 fluoroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940014144 folate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N folic acid Chemical compound C=1N=C2NC(N)=NC(=O)C2=NC=1CNC1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 OVBPIULPVIDEAO-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019152 folic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011724 folic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000013467 fragmentation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006062 fragmentation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003838 furazanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007792 gaseous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940052308 general anesthetics halogenated hydrocarbons Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000016361 genetic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008826 genomic mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007387 gliosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009229 glucose formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007446 glucose tolerance test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004676 glycans Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000002288 golgi apparatus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036433 growing body Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000009277 hairy cell leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008282 halocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002440 hepatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 208000017105 hereditary amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008241 heterogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002402 hexoses Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000971 hippocampal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000046783 human APP Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940099552 hyaluronan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-MNSSHETKSA-N hyaluronan Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H](C(O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-MNSSHETKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002471 hydroxymethylglutaryl coenzyme A reductase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940031704 hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920003132 hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000260 hypercholesteremic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006951 hyperphosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000036260 idiopathic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003119 immunoblot Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003454 indenyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004926 indolenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004968 inflammatory condition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004941 influx Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000021005 inheritance pattern Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003914 insulin secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004692 intercellular junction Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000020658 intracerebral hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010255 intramuscular injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007927 intramuscular injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004936 isatinoyl group Chemical group N1(C(=O)C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C12)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N isethionic acid Chemical compound OCCS(O)(=O)=O SUMDYPCJJOFFON-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001977 isobenzofuranyl group Chemical group C=1(OC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005438 isoindazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005956 isoquinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000001503 joint Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000002215 juvenile rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KXCLCNHUUKTANI-RBIYJLQWSA-N keratan Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)C[C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@@H]2[C@H](O[C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3O)O)[C@H](NC(C)=O)[C@H]2O)COS(O)(=O)=O)O[C@H](COS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H]1O KXCLCNHUUKTANI-RBIYJLQWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000006370 kidney failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000859 kill neurons Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008449 language Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000003775 lattice corneal dystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004325 lysozyme Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010335 lysozyme Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000274 lysozyme Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000008146 mannosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002483 medication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000023356 medullary thyroid gland carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009061 membrane transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006984 memory degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000023060 memory loss Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002418 meninge Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003340 mental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002741 methionine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GYNNXHKOJHMOHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl-cycloheptane Natural products CC1CCCCCC1 GYNNXHKOJHMOHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940073584 methylene chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003632 microfilament Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004688 microtubule Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010027599 migraine Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009456 molecular mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002763 monocarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002911 monocyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 210000000663 muscle cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003007 myelin sheath Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004898 n-terminal fragment Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000004897 n-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000005487 naphthalate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940100662 nasal drops Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940097496 nasal spray Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005445 natural material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001613 neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- HPNRHPKXQZSDFX-OAQDCNSJSA-N nesiritide Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)N1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CO)C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)C(O)=O)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=CC=C1 HPNRHPKXQZSDFX-OAQDCNSJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004498 neuroglial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002610 neuroimaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000324 neuroprotective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000189 neurotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002887 neurotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003957 neurotransmitter release Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002715 nicotine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SNICXCGAKADSCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N nicotine Natural products CN1CCCC1C1=CC=CN=C1 SNICXCGAKADSCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000069 nitrogen hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000010899 nucleation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003835 nucleoside group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- OIPZNTLJVJGRCI-UHFFFAOYSA-M octadecanoyloxyaluminum;dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al] OIPZNTLJVJGRCI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000004930 octahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2CCCC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127240 opiate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005457 optimization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004789 organ system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940039748 oxalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QNNHQVPFZIFNFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=N1 QNNHQVPFZIFNFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004095 oxindolyl group Chemical group N1(C(CC2=CC=CC=C12)=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001037 p-tolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000004738 parenchymal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000004115 pentoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000000813 peptide hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010412 perfusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005327 perimidinyl group Chemical group N1C(=NC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C23)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003836 peripheral circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010049224 perlecan Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002688 persistence Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011422 pharmacological therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001828 phenalenyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C23)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001792 phenanthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001766 physiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004928 piperidonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005936 piperidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960005235 piperonyl butoxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004591 piperonyl group Chemical group C(C1=CC=2OCOC2C=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940068196 placebo Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000902 placebo Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007505 plaque formation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004180 plasmocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000656 polylysine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004804 polysaccharides Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940068968 polysorbate 80 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940100467 polyvinyl acetate phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108020001213 potassium channel Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940097325 prolactin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003147 proline derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000004224 protection Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000020016 psychiatric disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002763 pyramidal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005494 pyridonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004621 quinuclidinyl group Chemical group N12C(CC(CC1)CC2)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000376 reactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000002574 reactive arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010174 renal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000012263 renal involvement Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000009256 replacement therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001226 reprecipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007363 ring formation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930195734 saturated hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 201000000980 schizophrenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008864 scrapie Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000580 secretagogue effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013049 sediment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001625 seminal vesicle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000862 serotonergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940063673 spermidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940063675 spermine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000278 spinal cord Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000003413 spiro compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000007480 spreading Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003892 spreading Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000707 stereoselective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005415 substituted alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 1
- PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfanyl Chemical compound [SH] PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001273 sulfonato group Chemical group [O-]S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010033090 surfactant protein A receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002636 symptomatic treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010042772 syncope Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001839 systemic circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012385 systemic delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003080 taurine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HVZJRWJGKQPSFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-Amyl methyl ether Chemical compound CCC(C)(C)OC HVZJRWJGKQPSFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010998 test method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005888 tetrahydroindolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003039 tetrahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001712 tetrahydronaphthyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000147 tetrahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940126585 therapeutic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004627 thianthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3SC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002813 thiocarbonyl group Chemical group *C(*)=S 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001578 tight junction Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036962 time dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010875 transient cerebral ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001650 transport into the brain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004784 trichloromethoxy group Chemical group ClC(O*)(Cl)Cl 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M triflate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003656 tris buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052722 tritium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003827 upregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009777 vacuum freeze-drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000024883 vasodilation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124549 vasodilator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003071 vasodilator agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000010653 vesiculitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012800 visualization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019155 vitamin A Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011719 vitamin A Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940045997 vitamin a Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001134 von willebrand factor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036642 wellbeing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001834 xanthenyl group Chemical group C1=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004572 zinc-binding Effects 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D233/66—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D233/84—Sulfur atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
- C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D239/46—Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
- C07D239/47—One nitrogen atom and one oxygen or sulfur atom, e.g. cytosine
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
- C07D239/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D239/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D239/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D239/46—Two or more oxygen, sulphur or nitrogen atoms
- C07D239/56—One oxygen atom and one sulfur atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D249/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D249/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having three nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
- C07D249/08—1,2,4-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-triazoles
- C07D249/10—1,2,4-Triazoles; Hydrogenated 1,2,4-triazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D249/12—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D257/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D257/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings having four nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
- C07D257/04—Five-membered rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D271/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D271/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having two nitrogen atoms and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms not condensed with other rings
- C07D271/10—1,3,4-Oxadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,3,4-oxadiazoles
- C07D271/113—1,3,4-Oxadiazoles; Hydrogenated 1,3,4-oxadiazoles with oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atoms, directly attached to ring carbon atoms, the nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
- C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Hydrogenated Pyridines (AREA)
- Quinoline Compounds (AREA)
- Other In-Based Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
- Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
- Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
- Thiazole And Isothizaole Compounds (AREA)
- Nitrogen- Or Sulfur-Containing Heterocyclic Ring Compounds With Rings Of Six Or More Members (AREA)
- Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
Abstract
Methods, compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and kits are described for treating or preventing CNS and amyloid associated disease. Also described are methods, compounds, pharmaceutical compositions and kits for detecting, diagnosing, monitoring and treating or preventing CNS and amyloid associated disease Pn particular, modified blood bram barrier (BBB) vectors such as phenylalanine derivatives are described as to provide parameters to select CNS
drug candidates designated to penetrate the bram using a specific active transporter.
drug candidates designated to penetrate the bram using a specific active transporter.
Description
COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF CNS AND AMYLOID
ASSOCIATED DISEASES
Related Applications This application is related and claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/628,631, filed November 16, 2004.
Backj!round Amyloidosis refers to a pathological condition characterized by the presence of amyloid fibrils. Amyloid is a generic term referring to a group of diverse but specific protein deposits (intracellular or extracellular) which are seen in a number of different diseases. Though diverse in their occurrence, all amyloid deposits have common morphologic properties, stain with specific dyes (e.g., Congo red), and have a characteristic red-green birefringent appearance in polarized light after staining. They also share common ultrastructural features and common X-ray diffraction and infrared spectra.
Amyloid associated diseases can either be restricted to one organ or spread to several organs. The first instance is referred to as "localized amyloidosis"
while the second is referred to as "systemic amyloidosis."
Some amyloid diseases can be idiopathic, but most of these diseases appear as a complication of a previously existing disorder. For example, primary amyloidosis (AL
amyloid) can appear without any other pathology or can follow plasma cell dyscrasia or multiple myeloma.
Secondary amyloidosis is usually seen associated with chronic infection (such as tuberculosis) or chronic inflammation (such as rheumatoid arthritis). A
familial form of secondary amyloidosis is also seen in other types of familial amyloidosis, e.g., Familial Mediterranean Fever (FMF). This familial type of amyloidosis is genetically inherited and is found in specific population groups. In both primary and secondary amyloidosis, deposits are found in several organs and are thus considered systemic amyloid diseases.
"Localized amyloidoses" are those that tend to involve a single organ system.
Different amyloids are also characterized by the type of protein present in the deposit.
For example, neurodegenerative diseases such as scrapie, bovine spongiform encephalitis, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, and the like are characterized by the appearance and accumulation of a protease-resistant form of a prion protein (referred to as AScr or PrP-27) in the central nervous system. Similarly, Alzheimer's disease, another neurodegenerative disorder, is characterized by neuritic plaques and neurofibrillary tangles. In this case, the amyloid plaques found in the parenchyma and the blood vessel are formed by the deposition of fibrillar A(3 amyloid protein. Other diseases such as adult-onset diabetes (type II diabetes) are characterized by the localized accumulation of amyloid fibrils in the pancreas.
Once these amyloids have formed, there is no known, widely accepted therapy or treatment which significantly dissolves amyloid deposits in situ, prevents further amyloid deposition or prevents the initiation of amyloid deposition.
Each amyloidogenic protein has the ability to undergo a conformational change and to organize into (3-sheets and form insoluble fibrils which maybe deposited extracellularly or intracellularly. Each amyloidogenic protein, although different in amino acid sequence, has the same property of forming fibrils and binding to other elements sucli as proteoglycan, amyloid P and complement component. Moreover, each amyloidogenic protein has amino acid sequences which, although different, show similarities such as regions with the ability to bind to the glycosaminoglycan (GAG) portion of proteoglycan (referred to as the GAG binding site) as well as other regions which promote P-sheet formation. Proteoglycans are macromolecules of various sizes and structures that are distributed almost everywhere in the body. They can be found in the intracellular compartment, on the surface of cells, and as part of the extracellular matrix. The basic structure of all proteoglycans is comprised of a core protein and at least one, but frequently more, polysaccharide chains (GAGs) attached to the core protein. Many different GAGs have been discovered including chondroitin sulfate, dermatan sulfate, keratan sulfate, heparin, and hyaluronan.
In specific cases, amyloid fibrils, once deposited, can become toxic to the surrounding cells. For example, the A(3 fibrils organized as senile plaques have been shown to be associated with dead neuronal cells, dystrophic neurites, astrocytosis, and microgliosis in patients with Alzheimer's disease. When tested in vitro, oligomeric (soluble) as well as fibrillar A(3 peptide was shown to be capable of triggering an activation process of microglia (brain macrophages), which would explain the presence of microgliosis and brain inflammation found in the brain of patients with Alzheimer's disease. Both oligomeric and fibrillar A(3 peptide can also induce neuronal cell death in vitro. See, e.g., MP Lambert, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95, 6448-53 (1998).
In another type of amyloidosis seen in patients with type II diabetes, the amyloidogenic protein IAPP, when organized in oligomeric forms or in fibrils, has been shown to induce (3-islet cell toxicity in vitro. Hence, appearance of IAPP
fibrils in the pancreas of type II diabetic patients contributes to the loss of the (3 islet cells (Langerhans) and organ dysfunction which can lead to insulinemia.
ASSOCIATED DISEASES
Related Applications This application is related and claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/628,631, filed November 16, 2004.
Backj!round Amyloidosis refers to a pathological condition characterized by the presence of amyloid fibrils. Amyloid is a generic term referring to a group of diverse but specific protein deposits (intracellular or extracellular) which are seen in a number of different diseases. Though diverse in their occurrence, all amyloid deposits have common morphologic properties, stain with specific dyes (e.g., Congo red), and have a characteristic red-green birefringent appearance in polarized light after staining. They also share common ultrastructural features and common X-ray diffraction and infrared spectra.
Amyloid associated diseases can either be restricted to one organ or spread to several organs. The first instance is referred to as "localized amyloidosis"
while the second is referred to as "systemic amyloidosis."
Some amyloid diseases can be idiopathic, but most of these diseases appear as a complication of a previously existing disorder. For example, primary amyloidosis (AL
amyloid) can appear without any other pathology or can follow plasma cell dyscrasia or multiple myeloma.
Secondary amyloidosis is usually seen associated with chronic infection (such as tuberculosis) or chronic inflammation (such as rheumatoid arthritis). A
familial form of secondary amyloidosis is also seen in other types of familial amyloidosis, e.g., Familial Mediterranean Fever (FMF). This familial type of amyloidosis is genetically inherited and is found in specific population groups. In both primary and secondary amyloidosis, deposits are found in several organs and are thus considered systemic amyloid diseases.
"Localized amyloidoses" are those that tend to involve a single organ system.
Different amyloids are also characterized by the type of protein present in the deposit.
For example, neurodegenerative diseases such as scrapie, bovine spongiform encephalitis, Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, and the like are characterized by the appearance and accumulation of a protease-resistant form of a prion protein (referred to as AScr or PrP-27) in the central nervous system. Similarly, Alzheimer's disease, another neurodegenerative disorder, is characterized by neuritic plaques and neurofibrillary tangles. In this case, the amyloid plaques found in the parenchyma and the blood vessel are formed by the deposition of fibrillar A(3 amyloid protein. Other diseases such as adult-onset diabetes (type II diabetes) are characterized by the localized accumulation of amyloid fibrils in the pancreas.
Once these amyloids have formed, there is no known, widely accepted therapy or treatment which significantly dissolves amyloid deposits in situ, prevents further amyloid deposition or prevents the initiation of amyloid deposition.
Each amyloidogenic protein has the ability to undergo a conformational change and to organize into (3-sheets and form insoluble fibrils which maybe deposited extracellularly or intracellularly. Each amyloidogenic protein, although different in amino acid sequence, has the same property of forming fibrils and binding to other elements sucli as proteoglycan, amyloid P and complement component. Moreover, each amyloidogenic protein has amino acid sequences which, although different, show similarities such as regions with the ability to bind to the glycosaminoglycan (GAG) portion of proteoglycan (referred to as the GAG binding site) as well as other regions which promote P-sheet formation. Proteoglycans are macromolecules of various sizes and structures that are distributed almost everywhere in the body. They can be found in the intracellular compartment, on the surface of cells, and as part of the extracellular matrix. The basic structure of all proteoglycans is comprised of a core protein and at least one, but frequently more, polysaccharide chains (GAGs) attached to the core protein. Many different GAGs have been discovered including chondroitin sulfate, dermatan sulfate, keratan sulfate, heparin, and hyaluronan.
In specific cases, amyloid fibrils, once deposited, can become toxic to the surrounding cells. For example, the A(3 fibrils organized as senile plaques have been shown to be associated with dead neuronal cells, dystrophic neurites, astrocytosis, and microgliosis in patients with Alzheimer's disease. When tested in vitro, oligomeric (soluble) as well as fibrillar A(3 peptide was shown to be capable of triggering an activation process of microglia (brain macrophages), which would explain the presence of microgliosis and brain inflammation found in the brain of patients with Alzheimer's disease. Both oligomeric and fibrillar A(3 peptide can also induce neuronal cell death in vitro. See, e.g., MP Lambert, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 95, 6448-53 (1998).
In another type of amyloidosis seen in patients with type II diabetes, the amyloidogenic protein IAPP, when organized in oligomeric forms or in fibrils, has been shown to induce (3-islet cell toxicity in vitro. Hence, appearance of IAPP
fibrils in the pancreas of type II diabetic patients contributes to the loss of the (3 islet cells (Langerhans) and organ dysfunction which can lead to insulinemia.
Another type of amyloidosis is related to (32 microglobulin and is found in long-term hemodialysis patients. Patients undergoing long term hemodialysis will develop (32-microglobulin fibrils in the carpal tunnel and in the collagen rich tissues, in several joints. This causes severe pains, joint stiffness and swelling.
Amyloidosis is also characteristic of Alzheimer's disease. Alzheirrier's disease is a devastating disease of the brain that results in progressive memory loss leading to dementia, physical disability, and death over a relatively long period of time. Witli the aging populations in developed countries, the number of Alzheimer's patients is reaching epidemic proportions.
People suffering from Alzheimer's disease develop a progressive dementia in adulthood, accompanied by three main structural changes in the brain: diffuse loss of neurons in multiple parts of the brain; accumulation of intracellular protein deposits termed neurofibrillary tangles; and accumulation of extracellular protein deposits termed amyloid or senile plaques, surrounded by misshapen nerve terminals (dystrophic neurites) and activated microglia (microgliosis and astrocytosis). A main constituent of these amyloid plaques is the amyloid-(3 peptide (A(3), a 39-43 amino-acid protein that is produced through cleavage of the (3-amyloid precursor protein (APP). Extensive research has been conducted on the relevance of A(3 deposits in Alzheimer's disease, see, e.g., Selkoe, Trends in Cell Biology 8, 447-453 (1998). A(3 naturally arises from the metabolic processing of the amyloid precursor protein ("APP") in the endoplasmic reticulum ("ER"), the Golgi apparatus, or the endosomal-lysosomal pathway, and most is normally secreted as a 40 ("A(31-40") or 42 ("A(31-42") amino acid peptide (Selkoe, Annu. Rev. Cell Biol. 10, 373-403 (1994)). A role for A(3 as a primary cause for Alzheimer's disease is supported by the presence of extracellular A(3 deposits in senile plaques of Alzheimer's disease, the increased production of A(3 in cells harboring mutant Alzheimer's disease associated genes, e.g., amyloid precursor protein, presenilin I and presenilin II; and the toxicity of extracellular soluble (e.g., oligomeric) or fibrillar A(3 to cells in culture. See, e.g., Gervais, Eur. Bioplaartn.
Review, 40-42 (Autumn 2001); May, DDT 6, 459-62 (2001). Although symptomatic treatments exist for Alzheimer's disease, this disease cannot be prevented or cured at this time.
Alzheimer's disease is characterized by diffuse and neuritic plaques, cerebral angiopathy, and neurofibrillary tangles. Plaque and blood vessel amyloid is believed to be formed by the deposition of insoluble A(3 amyloid protein, which may be described as diffuse or fibrillary. Both soluble oligomeric A(3 and fibrillar A(3 are also believed to be neurotoxic and inflammatory.
Amyloidosis is also characteristic of Alzheimer's disease. Alzheirrier's disease is a devastating disease of the brain that results in progressive memory loss leading to dementia, physical disability, and death over a relatively long period of time. Witli the aging populations in developed countries, the number of Alzheimer's patients is reaching epidemic proportions.
People suffering from Alzheimer's disease develop a progressive dementia in adulthood, accompanied by three main structural changes in the brain: diffuse loss of neurons in multiple parts of the brain; accumulation of intracellular protein deposits termed neurofibrillary tangles; and accumulation of extracellular protein deposits termed amyloid or senile plaques, surrounded by misshapen nerve terminals (dystrophic neurites) and activated microglia (microgliosis and astrocytosis). A main constituent of these amyloid plaques is the amyloid-(3 peptide (A(3), a 39-43 amino-acid protein that is produced through cleavage of the (3-amyloid precursor protein (APP). Extensive research has been conducted on the relevance of A(3 deposits in Alzheimer's disease, see, e.g., Selkoe, Trends in Cell Biology 8, 447-453 (1998). A(3 naturally arises from the metabolic processing of the amyloid precursor protein ("APP") in the endoplasmic reticulum ("ER"), the Golgi apparatus, or the endosomal-lysosomal pathway, and most is normally secreted as a 40 ("A(31-40") or 42 ("A(31-42") amino acid peptide (Selkoe, Annu. Rev. Cell Biol. 10, 373-403 (1994)). A role for A(3 as a primary cause for Alzheimer's disease is supported by the presence of extracellular A(3 deposits in senile plaques of Alzheimer's disease, the increased production of A(3 in cells harboring mutant Alzheimer's disease associated genes, e.g., amyloid precursor protein, presenilin I and presenilin II; and the toxicity of extracellular soluble (e.g., oligomeric) or fibrillar A(3 to cells in culture. See, e.g., Gervais, Eur. Bioplaartn.
Review, 40-42 (Autumn 2001); May, DDT 6, 459-62 (2001). Although symptomatic treatments exist for Alzheimer's disease, this disease cannot be prevented or cured at this time.
Alzheimer's disease is characterized by diffuse and neuritic plaques, cerebral angiopathy, and neurofibrillary tangles. Plaque and blood vessel amyloid is believed to be formed by the deposition of insoluble A(3 amyloid protein, which may be described as diffuse or fibrillary. Both soluble oligomeric A(3 and fibrillar A(3 are also believed to be neurotoxic and inflammatory.
Another type of amyloidosis is cerebral amyloid angiopathy (CAA). CAA is the specific deposition of amyloid-(3 fibrils in the walls of leptomingeal and cortical arteries, arterioles and veins. It is commonly associated with Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome and normal aging, as well as with a variety of familial conditions related to stroke or dementia (see Frangione et al., Amyloid: J. Protein Folding Disord.
8, Suppl. 1, 36-42 (2001)).
Presently available, therapies for treatment of (3-amyloid diseases are almost entirely symptomatic, providing only temporary or partial clinical benefit.
Although some pharmaceutical agents have been described that offer partial symptomatic relief, no comprehensive pharmacological therapy is currently available for the prevention or treatment of, for example, Alzheimer's disease.
Central nervous system (CNS) diseases or disorders are a type of neurological disorder. CNS diseases can be drug induced; can be attributed to genetic predisposition, infection or trauma; or can be of unknown etiology. CNS diseases may include neuropsychiatric disorders, neurological diseases and mental illnesses; and include neurodegenerative diseases, behavioral disorders, cognitive disorders and cognitive affective disorders. There are several CNS diseases whose clinical manifestations have been attributed to CNS dysfunction (i.e., disorders resulting from inappropriate levels of neurotransmitter release, inappropriate properties of neurotransmitter receptors, and/or inappropriate interaction between neurotransmitters and neurotransmitter receptors).
Several CNS diseases can be attributed to a cholinergic deficiency, a dopaminergic deficiency, an adrenergic deficiency and/or a serotonergic deficiency. CNS
diseases may or may not be associated with or due to amyloid deposition.
Summary of The Invention A continuing problem in the treatment of both CNS diseases and some amyloid associated diseases is the delivery of the therapeutic agent into the brain.
It is an object of the present invention to provide compounds and compositions for the treatment of CNS diseases and amyloid associated diseases which facilitate passage through the blood brain barrier. As such, there are two general methods for crossing the blood brain barrier. The first, passive diffusion, requires a highly lipophilic structure to cross the barrier. The second uses an active transporter to facilitate transportation across the BBB. The present invention attempts to engage the active transporters in the BBB by incorporating both a BBB transport vector, such as a large neutral amino acid, and a therapeutic agent useful for the treatment of amyloidosis into a single compound.
8, Suppl. 1, 36-42 (2001)).
Presently available, therapies for treatment of (3-amyloid diseases are almost entirely symptomatic, providing only temporary or partial clinical benefit.
Although some pharmaceutical agents have been described that offer partial symptomatic relief, no comprehensive pharmacological therapy is currently available for the prevention or treatment of, for example, Alzheimer's disease.
Central nervous system (CNS) diseases or disorders are a type of neurological disorder. CNS diseases can be drug induced; can be attributed to genetic predisposition, infection or trauma; or can be of unknown etiology. CNS diseases may include neuropsychiatric disorders, neurological diseases and mental illnesses; and include neurodegenerative diseases, behavioral disorders, cognitive disorders and cognitive affective disorders. There are several CNS diseases whose clinical manifestations have been attributed to CNS dysfunction (i.e., disorders resulting from inappropriate levels of neurotransmitter release, inappropriate properties of neurotransmitter receptors, and/or inappropriate interaction between neurotransmitters and neurotransmitter receptors).
Several CNS diseases can be attributed to a cholinergic deficiency, a dopaminergic deficiency, an adrenergic deficiency and/or a serotonergic deficiency. CNS
diseases may or may not be associated with or due to amyloid deposition.
Summary of The Invention A continuing problem in the treatment of both CNS diseases and some amyloid associated diseases is the delivery of the therapeutic agent into the brain.
It is an object of the present invention to provide compounds and compositions for the treatment of CNS diseases and amyloid associated diseases which facilitate passage through the blood brain barrier. As such, there are two general methods for crossing the blood brain barrier. The first, passive diffusion, requires a highly lipophilic structure to cross the barrier. The second uses an active transporter to facilitate transportation across the BBB. The present invention attempts to engage the active transporters in the BBB by incorporating both a BBB transport vector, such as a large neutral amino acid, and a therapeutic agent useful for the treatment of amyloidosis into a single compound.
Accordingly, in one embodiment, the present invention is directed to compounds of Formula I:
A Y Q
wherein:
Q is a BBB transport vector;
Y is a direct bond or a linker group;
A is hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, carbocyclic, heterocyclic, bicyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, fused-ring aryl or heteroaryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, R4-S-CHZ-Q
0 R4-S-CHZ- \ N-CH2-R4-s-CH2- O ~ , or R4 , each of which may be optionally substituted; and R4 and R$ together with the nitrogen form a 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic ring, or are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, and benzoimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, Q is a 5 or 6 membered aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, which may be further substituted. In other embodiments, Q is an amino acid moiety or analog thereof. Q may be a basic amino acid moiety or analog thereof, e.g., arginine, lysine, ornithine, and/or analogs thereof. Q may also be an acidic amino acid moiety or analog thereof, e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid, and/or analogs thereof.
Furthermore, Q may be a small neutral amino acid moiety or analog thereof, e.g., glycine, alanine, serine, cysteine, and/or analogs thereof. Q may also be a large neutral amino acid moiety or analog thereof, e.g., phenylalanine, tryptophan, leucine, methionine, isoleucine, tyrosine, histidine, valine, threonine, proline, asparagine, glutamine, and/or analogs thereof. In other embodiments, the linker group is a disulfide bond, an ether linkage, a thioether linkage, an alkylene or alkenylene linkage, an amino or a hydrozino linkage, an ester-based linkage, a thioester linlcage, an amide bond, an acid-labile linlcage, or a Schiff base linkage.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compounds of Formula II:
R' A-Y ~/ Y ~ /
Z, /Zi NHR3 RZ
zz (II) wherein:
X is oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur;
Y is a direct bond or a linker group;
Zl, Z2, Z3 are each independently C, CH, CH2, P, N, NH, S, or absent;
R' and R2 are independently absent, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkylnyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or acyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, amido, arylamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkanesulfonyl, arenesulfonyl, cycloalkanesulfonyl, and heteroarenesulfonyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
A is hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, carbocyclic, heterocyclic, bicyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, fused-ring aryl or heteroaryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, , R4-S-CHZ-II R4 I I-CH2- \N-CH2-4 R4-O-CHZ- R-S-CH2- or R4 , each of which may be optionally substituted; and R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen form a 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic ring, or are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, or benzoimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
In one embodiment, X is oxygen or nitrogen. In another embodiment, Y is a direct bond. In yet another embodiment, Z1, Z2 and Z3 are N, C or CH. In still another embodiment, R' and R2 are independently absent or hydrogen. In another embodiment, R3 is hydrogen, arylamido, arylaminocarbonyl or arenesulfonyl, each of which may be optionally substituted. In yet another embodiment, A is one of the following groups: , 0 R4- I-CH2- \
R4-S-CH2- R4-S-CH2- p R4 or , each of which may be optionally substituted.
In still another embodiment, R4 and R5 are each independently cycloalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzotlliazolyl, or benzoimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted. In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are each independently pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrimidinone, tetrahydropyridine, piperidine, piperazine, imidazole, benzoimidazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, benzooxazole, triazole, thiazole, benzothiazole, tetrazole, thiadiazole, pyrazolopyrimidine, isoquinoline, or tetrahydroisoquinoline, each of which may be optionally substituted. In another embodiment, R4 and R~ together with the nitrogen form a 6 membered ring optionally interrupted with one or more additional heteroatoms. In some embodiments the resultant 6 membered ring is a non-fused ring. In other embodiments, the linker group is a disulfide bond, an ether linkage, a thioether linkage, an alkylene or alkenylene linkage, an amino or a hydrozino linkage, an ester-based linkage, a thioester linkage, an amide bond, an acid-labile linkage, or a Schiff base linkage. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present invention are the compounds shown in Tables 2 or 3 or both.
In one embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein are used to treat CNS
diseases or amyloid associated diseases. Exemplary diseases that may be treated with the compounds of the instant invention include, but are not limited to Alzheimer's disease, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, inclusion body myositis, macular degeneration, MCI, Down's syndrome, seizure, neuropathic pain, Abercrombie's degeneration, Acquired epileptiform aphasia, Landau-Kleffner Syndrome, Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis, Adrenoleukodystrophy, Leukodystrophy, Agnosia, Alexander Disease, Alpers' Disease, Progressive Sclerosing Poliodystrophy, Alternating Hemiplegia, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis, Lou Gehrig's disease, Angelman Syndrome, Ataxia Telangiectasia, Ataxias and Cerebellar/Spinocerebellar Degeneration, Attention Deficit Disorder, Binswanger's Disease, subcortical dementia, Canavan Disease, Cerebral Hypoxia, Cerebro-Oculo-Facio-Skeletal Syndrome, Pena Shokeir II
Syndrome, Charcot-Marie-Tooth, Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyneuropathy (CIDP), Corticobasal Degeneration, Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease, Degenerative knee arthritis, Diabetic neuropathy, Early Infantile Epileptic Encephalopathy, Ohtahara Syndrome, Epilepsy, Friedreich's Ataxia, Guillain-Barre Syndrome (GBS), Acute Idiopathic Polyneuritis, Hallervorden-Spatz Disease, Neurodegeneration with Brain Iron Accumulation, Huntington's Disease, Krabbe Disease, Kugelberg-Welander Disease, Spinal Muscular Atrophy (SMA), SMA type I, SMA type II, SMA type III, Kennedy syndrome, progressive spinobulbar muscular atrophy, Congenital SMA with arthrogryposis, Adult SMA, Leigh's Disease, Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome, Machado-Joseph Disease, spinocerebellar ataxia type 3, Monomelic Amyotrophy, Multiple Sclerosis, Neuroacanthocytosis, Niemann-Pick disease, Olivopontocerebellar Atrophy, Paraneoplastic Syndromes, Neurologic paraneoplastic syndromes, Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome, stiff-person syndrome, encephalomyelitis, myasthenia gravis, cerebellar degeneration, limbic and/or brainstem encephalitis, neuromyotonia, opsoclonus and sensory neuropathy, Parkinson's Disease, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher Disease, Pick's Disease, Primary Lateral Sclerosis, Progressive Locomotor Ataxia, Syphilitic Spinal Sclerosis, Tabes Dorsalis, Progressive Supranuclear Palsy, Rasmussen's Encephalitis, Rett Syndrome, Tourette's Syndrome, Usher syndrome, West syndrome, Infantile Spasms, Wilson Disease, and hepatolenticular degeneration.
In one embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein prevent or inhibit amyloid protein assembly into insoluble fibrils which, in vivo, are deposited in various organs, or they favor clearance of pre-formed deposits or slow deposition in patients already having deposits. In another embodiment, the compound may also prevent the amyloid protein, in its soluble, oligomeric form or in its fibrillar form, from binding or adhering to a cell surface and causing cell damage or toxicity. In yet another embodiment, the compound may block amyloid-induced cellular toxicity or macrophage activation.
In another embodiment, the compound may block amyloid-induced neurotoxicity or microglial activation. In another embodiment, the compound protects cells from amyloid induced cytotoxicity of B-islet cells. In another embodiment, the compound may enhance clearance from a specific organ, e.g., the brain or it decreases concentration of the amyloid protein in such a way that amyloid fibril formation is prevented in the targeted organ.
The compounds of the invention may be administered therapeutically or prophylactically to treat diseases associated with amyloid fibril formation, aggregation or deposition. The compounds of the invention may act to ameliorate the course of an amyloid related disease using any of the following mechanisms (this list is meant to be illustrative and not limiting): slowing the rate of amyloid fibril formation or deposition;
lessening the degree of amyloid deposition; inhibiting, reducing, or preventing amyloid fibril formation; inhibiting neurodegeneration or cellular toxicity induced by amyloid;
inhibiting amyloid induced inflammation; enhancing the clearance of amyloid;
or favoring the degradation of amyloid protein prior to its organization in fibrils. The compounds of the instant invention may also act to ameliorate the course of a CNS
disease, including but not limited to reducing the intensity of a seizure, preventing a seizure or reducing neuropathic pain.
The compounds of the invention may be administered therapeutically or prophylactically to treat diseases associated with amyloid-(3 fibril formation, aggregation or deposition. The compounds of the invention may act to ameliorate the course of an amyloid-(3 related disease using any of the following mechanisms (this list is meant to be illustrative and not limiting): slowing the rate of amyloid-P fibril formation or deposition; lessening the degree of amyloid-(3 deposition; inhibiting, reducing, or preventing amyloid-(3 fibril formation; inhibiting neurodegeneration or cellular toxicity induced by amyloid-(3; inhibiting amyloid-(3 induced inflammation; enhancing the clearance of amyloid-(3 from the brain; or favoring the degradation of amyloid-(3 protein prior to its organization in fibrils.
Therapeutic compounds of the invention may be effective in controlling amyloid-(3 deposition either following their entry into the brain (following penetration of the blood brain barrier) or from the periphery. When acting from the periphery, a compound may alter the equilibrium of A(3 between the brain and the plasma so as to favor the exit of A(3 from the brain. It may also increase the catabolism of neuronal A(3 and change the rate of exit from the brain. An increase in the exit of A(3 from the brain would result in a decrease in A(3 brain and cerebral spinal fluid (CSF) concentration and therefore favor a decrease in A(3 deposition. Alternatively, compounds that penetrate the brain could control deposition by acting directly on brain A(3 e.g., by maintaining it in a non-fibrillar form, favoring its clearance from the brain, or by slowing down APP
processing. These compounds could also prevent A(3 in the brain from interacting with the cell surface and therefore prevent neurotoxicity, neurodegeneration or inflammation.
They may also decrease Aj3 production by activated microglia. The compounds may also increase degradation by macrophages or neuronal cells.
Similarly, therapeutic compounds of the invention may be effective in treating a CNS disease or an amyloid related disease either following their entry into the brain (following penetration of the blood brain barrier) or from the periphery.
Preferably, the therapeutic compounds of the invention facilitate transport across the BBB and may generally be more effective following entry into the brain.
In one embodiment, the method is used to treat Alzheimer's disease (e.g., sporadic, familial, or early AD). The method can also be used prophylactically or therapeutically to treat other clinical occurrences of amyloid-(3 deposition, such as in Down's syndrome individuals and in patients with cerebral amyloid angiopathy ("CAA") or hereditary cerebral hemorrhage.
A Y Q
wherein:
Q is a BBB transport vector;
Y is a direct bond or a linker group;
A is hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, carbocyclic, heterocyclic, bicyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, fused-ring aryl or heteroaryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, R4-S-CHZ-Q
0 R4-S-CHZ- \ N-CH2-R4-s-CH2- O ~ , or R4 , each of which may be optionally substituted; and R4 and R$ together with the nitrogen form a 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic ring, or are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, and benzoimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, Q is a 5 or 6 membered aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, which may be further substituted. In other embodiments, Q is an amino acid moiety or analog thereof. Q may be a basic amino acid moiety or analog thereof, e.g., arginine, lysine, ornithine, and/or analogs thereof. Q may also be an acidic amino acid moiety or analog thereof, e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid, and/or analogs thereof.
Furthermore, Q may be a small neutral amino acid moiety or analog thereof, e.g., glycine, alanine, serine, cysteine, and/or analogs thereof. Q may also be a large neutral amino acid moiety or analog thereof, e.g., phenylalanine, tryptophan, leucine, methionine, isoleucine, tyrosine, histidine, valine, threonine, proline, asparagine, glutamine, and/or analogs thereof. In other embodiments, the linker group is a disulfide bond, an ether linkage, a thioether linkage, an alkylene or alkenylene linkage, an amino or a hydrozino linkage, an ester-based linkage, a thioester linlcage, an amide bond, an acid-labile linlcage, or a Schiff base linkage.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compounds of Formula II:
R' A-Y ~/ Y ~ /
Z, /Zi NHR3 RZ
zz (II) wherein:
X is oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur;
Y is a direct bond or a linker group;
Zl, Z2, Z3 are each independently C, CH, CH2, P, N, NH, S, or absent;
R' and R2 are independently absent, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkylnyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or acyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, amido, arylamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkanesulfonyl, arenesulfonyl, cycloalkanesulfonyl, and heteroarenesulfonyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
A is hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, carbocyclic, heterocyclic, bicyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, fused-ring aryl or heteroaryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, , R4-S-CHZ-II R4 I I-CH2- \N-CH2-4 R4-O-CHZ- R-S-CH2- or R4 , each of which may be optionally substituted; and R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen form a 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic ring, or are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, or benzoimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
In one embodiment, X is oxygen or nitrogen. In another embodiment, Y is a direct bond. In yet another embodiment, Z1, Z2 and Z3 are N, C or CH. In still another embodiment, R' and R2 are independently absent or hydrogen. In another embodiment, R3 is hydrogen, arylamido, arylaminocarbonyl or arenesulfonyl, each of which may be optionally substituted. In yet another embodiment, A is one of the following groups: , 0 R4- I-CH2- \
R4-S-CH2- R4-S-CH2- p R4 or , each of which may be optionally substituted.
In still another embodiment, R4 and R5 are each independently cycloalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzotlliazolyl, or benzoimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted. In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are each independently pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrimidinone, tetrahydropyridine, piperidine, piperazine, imidazole, benzoimidazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, benzooxazole, triazole, thiazole, benzothiazole, tetrazole, thiadiazole, pyrazolopyrimidine, isoquinoline, or tetrahydroisoquinoline, each of which may be optionally substituted. In another embodiment, R4 and R~ together with the nitrogen form a 6 membered ring optionally interrupted with one or more additional heteroatoms. In some embodiments the resultant 6 membered ring is a non-fused ring. In other embodiments, the linker group is a disulfide bond, an ether linkage, a thioether linkage, an alkylene or alkenylene linkage, an amino or a hydrozino linkage, an ester-based linkage, a thioester linkage, an amide bond, an acid-labile linkage, or a Schiff base linkage. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present invention are the compounds shown in Tables 2 or 3 or both.
In one embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein are used to treat CNS
diseases or amyloid associated diseases. Exemplary diseases that may be treated with the compounds of the instant invention include, but are not limited to Alzheimer's disease, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, inclusion body myositis, macular degeneration, MCI, Down's syndrome, seizure, neuropathic pain, Abercrombie's degeneration, Acquired epileptiform aphasia, Landau-Kleffner Syndrome, Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis, Adrenoleukodystrophy, Leukodystrophy, Agnosia, Alexander Disease, Alpers' Disease, Progressive Sclerosing Poliodystrophy, Alternating Hemiplegia, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis, Lou Gehrig's disease, Angelman Syndrome, Ataxia Telangiectasia, Ataxias and Cerebellar/Spinocerebellar Degeneration, Attention Deficit Disorder, Binswanger's Disease, subcortical dementia, Canavan Disease, Cerebral Hypoxia, Cerebro-Oculo-Facio-Skeletal Syndrome, Pena Shokeir II
Syndrome, Charcot-Marie-Tooth, Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyneuropathy (CIDP), Corticobasal Degeneration, Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease, Degenerative knee arthritis, Diabetic neuropathy, Early Infantile Epileptic Encephalopathy, Ohtahara Syndrome, Epilepsy, Friedreich's Ataxia, Guillain-Barre Syndrome (GBS), Acute Idiopathic Polyneuritis, Hallervorden-Spatz Disease, Neurodegeneration with Brain Iron Accumulation, Huntington's Disease, Krabbe Disease, Kugelberg-Welander Disease, Spinal Muscular Atrophy (SMA), SMA type I, SMA type II, SMA type III, Kennedy syndrome, progressive spinobulbar muscular atrophy, Congenital SMA with arthrogryposis, Adult SMA, Leigh's Disease, Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome, Machado-Joseph Disease, spinocerebellar ataxia type 3, Monomelic Amyotrophy, Multiple Sclerosis, Neuroacanthocytosis, Niemann-Pick disease, Olivopontocerebellar Atrophy, Paraneoplastic Syndromes, Neurologic paraneoplastic syndromes, Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome, stiff-person syndrome, encephalomyelitis, myasthenia gravis, cerebellar degeneration, limbic and/or brainstem encephalitis, neuromyotonia, opsoclonus and sensory neuropathy, Parkinson's Disease, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher Disease, Pick's Disease, Primary Lateral Sclerosis, Progressive Locomotor Ataxia, Syphilitic Spinal Sclerosis, Tabes Dorsalis, Progressive Supranuclear Palsy, Rasmussen's Encephalitis, Rett Syndrome, Tourette's Syndrome, Usher syndrome, West syndrome, Infantile Spasms, Wilson Disease, and hepatolenticular degeneration.
In one embodiment, the compounds disclosed herein prevent or inhibit amyloid protein assembly into insoluble fibrils which, in vivo, are deposited in various organs, or they favor clearance of pre-formed deposits or slow deposition in patients already having deposits. In another embodiment, the compound may also prevent the amyloid protein, in its soluble, oligomeric form or in its fibrillar form, from binding or adhering to a cell surface and causing cell damage or toxicity. In yet another embodiment, the compound may block amyloid-induced cellular toxicity or macrophage activation.
In another embodiment, the compound may block amyloid-induced neurotoxicity or microglial activation. In another embodiment, the compound protects cells from amyloid induced cytotoxicity of B-islet cells. In another embodiment, the compound may enhance clearance from a specific organ, e.g., the brain or it decreases concentration of the amyloid protein in such a way that amyloid fibril formation is prevented in the targeted organ.
The compounds of the invention may be administered therapeutically or prophylactically to treat diseases associated with amyloid fibril formation, aggregation or deposition. The compounds of the invention may act to ameliorate the course of an amyloid related disease using any of the following mechanisms (this list is meant to be illustrative and not limiting): slowing the rate of amyloid fibril formation or deposition;
lessening the degree of amyloid deposition; inhibiting, reducing, or preventing amyloid fibril formation; inhibiting neurodegeneration or cellular toxicity induced by amyloid;
inhibiting amyloid induced inflammation; enhancing the clearance of amyloid;
or favoring the degradation of amyloid protein prior to its organization in fibrils. The compounds of the instant invention may also act to ameliorate the course of a CNS
disease, including but not limited to reducing the intensity of a seizure, preventing a seizure or reducing neuropathic pain.
The compounds of the invention may be administered therapeutically or prophylactically to treat diseases associated with amyloid-(3 fibril formation, aggregation or deposition. The compounds of the invention may act to ameliorate the course of an amyloid-(3 related disease using any of the following mechanisms (this list is meant to be illustrative and not limiting): slowing the rate of amyloid-P fibril formation or deposition; lessening the degree of amyloid-(3 deposition; inhibiting, reducing, or preventing amyloid-(3 fibril formation; inhibiting neurodegeneration or cellular toxicity induced by amyloid-(3; inhibiting amyloid-(3 induced inflammation; enhancing the clearance of amyloid-(3 from the brain; or favoring the degradation of amyloid-(3 protein prior to its organization in fibrils.
Therapeutic compounds of the invention may be effective in controlling amyloid-(3 deposition either following their entry into the brain (following penetration of the blood brain barrier) or from the periphery. When acting from the periphery, a compound may alter the equilibrium of A(3 between the brain and the plasma so as to favor the exit of A(3 from the brain. It may also increase the catabolism of neuronal A(3 and change the rate of exit from the brain. An increase in the exit of A(3 from the brain would result in a decrease in A(3 brain and cerebral spinal fluid (CSF) concentration and therefore favor a decrease in A(3 deposition. Alternatively, compounds that penetrate the brain could control deposition by acting directly on brain A(3 e.g., by maintaining it in a non-fibrillar form, favoring its clearance from the brain, or by slowing down APP
processing. These compounds could also prevent A(3 in the brain from interacting with the cell surface and therefore prevent neurotoxicity, neurodegeneration or inflammation.
They may also decrease Aj3 production by activated microglia. The compounds may also increase degradation by macrophages or neuronal cells.
Similarly, therapeutic compounds of the invention may be effective in treating a CNS disease or an amyloid related disease either following their entry into the brain (following penetration of the blood brain barrier) or from the periphery.
Preferably, the therapeutic compounds of the invention facilitate transport across the BBB and may generally be more effective following entry into the brain.
In one embodiment, the method is used to treat Alzheimer's disease (e.g., sporadic, familial, or early AD). The method can also be used prophylactically or therapeutically to treat other clinical occurrences of amyloid-(3 deposition, such as in Down's syndrome individuals and in patients with cerebral amyloid angiopathy ("CAA") or hereditary cerebral hemorrhage.
In another embodiment, the method is used to treat mild cognitive impairment.
Mild Cognitive Impairment ("MCI") is a condition characterized by a state of mild but measurable impairment in thinking skills, which is not necessarily associated with the presence of dementia. MCI frequently, but not necessarily, precedes Alzheimer's disease.
Additionally, abnormal accumulation of APP and of amyloid-(3 protein in muscle fibers has been implicated in the pathology of sporadic inclusion body myositis (IBM) (Askanas, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93, 1314-1319 (1996); Askanas, et al., Current Opinion in Rheumatology 7, 486-496 (1995)). Accordingly, the compounds of the invention can be used prophylactically or therapeutically in the treatment of disorders in which amyloid-beta protein is abnormally deposited at non-neurological locations, such as treatment of IBM by delivery of the compounds to muscle fibers.
Additionally, it has been shown that A(3 is associated with abnonnal extracellular deposits, known as drusen, that accumulate along the basal surface of the retinal pigmented epithelium in individuals with age-related macular degeneration (AMD).
AMD is a cause of irreversible vision loss in older individuals. It is believed that AP
deposition could be an iinportant component of the local inflammatory events that contribute to atrophy of the retinal pigmented epithelium, drusen biogenesis, and the pathogenesis of AMD (Johnson, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99(18), 11830-(2002)).
The present invention therefore relates to the use of compounds of Formula I, Formula II, or compounds otherwise described herein in the prevention or treatment of CNS diseases or amyloid-related diseases, including, inter alia, Alzheimer's disease, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, mild cognitive impairment, inclusion body myositis, Down's syndrome, macular degeneration, as well as other types of amyloidosis like IAPP- related amyloidosis (e.g., diabetes), primary (AL) amyloidosis, secondary (AA) amyloidosis and (32 microglobulin-related (dialysis-related) amyloidosis;
seizure, neuropathic pain, Abercrombie's degeneration, Acquired epileptiform aphasia, Landau-Kleffner Syndrome, Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis, Adrenoleukodystrophy, Leukodystrophy, Agnosia, Alexander Disease, Alpers' Disease, Progressive Sclerosing Poliodystrophy, Alternating Hemiplegia, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis, Lou Gehrig's disease, Angelman Syndrome, Ataxia Telangiectasia, Ataxias and Cerebellar/Spinocerebellar Degeneration, Attention Deficit Disorder, Binswanger's Disease, subcortical dementia, Canavan Disease, Cerebral Hypoxia, Cerebro-Oculo-Facio-Skeletal Syndrome, Pena Sholceir II Syndrome, Charcot-Marie-Tooth, Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyneuropathy (CIDP), Corticobasal Degeneration, Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease, Degenerative knee arthritis, Diabetic neuropathy, Early Infantile Epileptic Encephalopathy, Ohtahara Syndrome, Epilepsy, Friedreich's Ataxia, Guillain-Barre Syndrome (GBS), Acute Idiopathic Polyneuritis, Hallervorden-Spatz Disease, Neurodegeneration with Brain Iron Accumulation, Huntington's Disease, Krabbe Disease, Kugelberg-Welander Disease, Spinal Muscular Atrophy (SMA), SMA
type I, SMA type II, SMA type III, Kennedy syndrome, progressive spinobulbar muscular atrophy, Congenital SMA with arthrogryposis, Adult SMA, Leigh's Disease, Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome, Machado-Joseph Disease, spinocerebellar ataxia type 3, Monomelic Amyotrophy, Multiple Sclerosis, Neuroacanthocytosis, Niemann-Pick disease, Olivopontocerebellar Atrophy, Paraneoplastic Syndromes, Neurologic paraneoplastic syndromes, Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome, stiff-person syndrome, encephalomyelitis, myasthenia gravis, cerebellar degeneration, limbic and/or brainstem encephalitis, neuromyotonia, opsoclonus and sensory neuropathy, Parkinson's Disease, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher Disease, Pick's Disease, Primary Lateral Sclerosis, Progressive Locomotor Ataxia, Syphilitic Spinal Sclerosis, Tabes Dorsalis, Progressive Supranuclear Palsy, Rasmussen's Encephalitis, Rett Syndrome, Tourette's Syndrome, Usher syndrome, West syndrome, Infantile Spasms, Wilson Disease, and hepatolenticular degeneration.
In Type II diabetes related amyloidosis (IAPP), the amyloidogenic protein IAPP
induces (3-islet cell toxicity wlien organized in oligomeric forms or in fibrils. Hence, appearance of IAPP fibrils in the pancreas of type II diabetic patients contributes to the loss of the (3 islet cells (Langerhans) and organ dysfunction which leads to insulinemia.
Primary amyloidosis (AL amyloid) is usually found associated with plasma cell dyscrasia and multiple myeloma. It can also be found as an idiopathic disease.
Secondary (AA) amyloidosis is usually seen associated with chronic infection (such as tuberculosis) or chronic inflammation (such as rheumatoid arthritis).
A familial form of secondary amyloidosis is also seen in Familial Mediterranean Fever (FMF).
(32 microglobulin-related (dialysis-related) amyloidosis is found in long-term hemodialysis patients. Patients undergoing long term hemodialysis will develop (32-microglobulin fibrils in the carpal tunnel and in the collagen rich tissues in several joints.
This causes severe pains, joint stiffness and swelling. These deposits are due to the inability to maintain low levels of (iZM in plasma of dialyzed patients.
Increased plasma concentrations of (32M protein will induce structural changes and may lead to the deposition of modified (32M as insoluble fibrils in the joints.
Mild Cognitive Impairment ("MCI") is a condition characterized by a state of mild but measurable impairment in thinking skills, which is not necessarily associated with the presence of dementia. MCI frequently, but not necessarily, precedes Alzheimer's disease.
Additionally, abnormal accumulation of APP and of amyloid-(3 protein in muscle fibers has been implicated in the pathology of sporadic inclusion body myositis (IBM) (Askanas, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93, 1314-1319 (1996); Askanas, et al., Current Opinion in Rheumatology 7, 486-496 (1995)). Accordingly, the compounds of the invention can be used prophylactically or therapeutically in the treatment of disorders in which amyloid-beta protein is abnormally deposited at non-neurological locations, such as treatment of IBM by delivery of the compounds to muscle fibers.
Additionally, it has been shown that A(3 is associated with abnonnal extracellular deposits, known as drusen, that accumulate along the basal surface of the retinal pigmented epithelium in individuals with age-related macular degeneration (AMD).
AMD is a cause of irreversible vision loss in older individuals. It is believed that AP
deposition could be an iinportant component of the local inflammatory events that contribute to atrophy of the retinal pigmented epithelium, drusen biogenesis, and the pathogenesis of AMD (Johnson, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99(18), 11830-(2002)).
The present invention therefore relates to the use of compounds of Formula I, Formula II, or compounds otherwise described herein in the prevention or treatment of CNS diseases or amyloid-related diseases, including, inter alia, Alzheimer's disease, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, mild cognitive impairment, inclusion body myositis, Down's syndrome, macular degeneration, as well as other types of amyloidosis like IAPP- related amyloidosis (e.g., diabetes), primary (AL) amyloidosis, secondary (AA) amyloidosis and (32 microglobulin-related (dialysis-related) amyloidosis;
seizure, neuropathic pain, Abercrombie's degeneration, Acquired epileptiform aphasia, Landau-Kleffner Syndrome, Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis, Adrenoleukodystrophy, Leukodystrophy, Agnosia, Alexander Disease, Alpers' Disease, Progressive Sclerosing Poliodystrophy, Alternating Hemiplegia, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis, Lou Gehrig's disease, Angelman Syndrome, Ataxia Telangiectasia, Ataxias and Cerebellar/Spinocerebellar Degeneration, Attention Deficit Disorder, Binswanger's Disease, subcortical dementia, Canavan Disease, Cerebral Hypoxia, Cerebro-Oculo-Facio-Skeletal Syndrome, Pena Sholceir II Syndrome, Charcot-Marie-Tooth, Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyneuropathy (CIDP), Corticobasal Degeneration, Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease, Degenerative knee arthritis, Diabetic neuropathy, Early Infantile Epileptic Encephalopathy, Ohtahara Syndrome, Epilepsy, Friedreich's Ataxia, Guillain-Barre Syndrome (GBS), Acute Idiopathic Polyneuritis, Hallervorden-Spatz Disease, Neurodegeneration with Brain Iron Accumulation, Huntington's Disease, Krabbe Disease, Kugelberg-Welander Disease, Spinal Muscular Atrophy (SMA), SMA
type I, SMA type II, SMA type III, Kennedy syndrome, progressive spinobulbar muscular atrophy, Congenital SMA with arthrogryposis, Adult SMA, Leigh's Disease, Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome, Machado-Joseph Disease, spinocerebellar ataxia type 3, Monomelic Amyotrophy, Multiple Sclerosis, Neuroacanthocytosis, Niemann-Pick disease, Olivopontocerebellar Atrophy, Paraneoplastic Syndromes, Neurologic paraneoplastic syndromes, Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome, stiff-person syndrome, encephalomyelitis, myasthenia gravis, cerebellar degeneration, limbic and/or brainstem encephalitis, neuromyotonia, opsoclonus and sensory neuropathy, Parkinson's Disease, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher Disease, Pick's Disease, Primary Lateral Sclerosis, Progressive Locomotor Ataxia, Syphilitic Spinal Sclerosis, Tabes Dorsalis, Progressive Supranuclear Palsy, Rasmussen's Encephalitis, Rett Syndrome, Tourette's Syndrome, Usher syndrome, West syndrome, Infantile Spasms, Wilson Disease, and hepatolenticular degeneration.
In Type II diabetes related amyloidosis (IAPP), the amyloidogenic protein IAPP
induces (3-islet cell toxicity wlien organized in oligomeric forms or in fibrils. Hence, appearance of IAPP fibrils in the pancreas of type II diabetic patients contributes to the loss of the (3 islet cells (Langerhans) and organ dysfunction which leads to insulinemia.
Primary amyloidosis (AL amyloid) is usually found associated with plasma cell dyscrasia and multiple myeloma. It can also be found as an idiopathic disease.
Secondary (AA) amyloidosis is usually seen associated with chronic infection (such as tuberculosis) or chronic inflammation (such as rheumatoid arthritis).
A familial form of secondary amyloidosis is also seen in Familial Mediterranean Fever (FMF).
(32 microglobulin-related (dialysis-related) amyloidosis is found in long-term hemodialysis patients. Patients undergoing long term hemodialysis will develop (32-microglobulin fibrils in the carpal tunnel and in the collagen rich tissues in several joints.
This causes severe pains, joint stiffness and swelling. These deposits are due to the inability to maintain low levels of (iZM in plasma of dialyzed patients.
Increased plasma concentrations of (32M protein will induce structural changes and may lead to the deposition of modified (32M as insoluble fibrils in the joints.
Detailed Description of The Invention The present invention relates to the use of compounds of Formula I, Formula II, or compounds otherwise described herein in the treatment of central nervous system (CNS) diseases and/or amyloid associated diseases. For convenience, some definitions of terms referred to herein are set forth below.
Central Nervous Systena Dzseases As used herein, the terms "central nervous system disease" and "CNS disease"
refer to neurological and/or psychiatric changes in the CNS, e.g., brain and spinal cord, which manifest in a variety of symptoms. Examples of CNS disease states include, but are not limited to: migraine headache; cerebrovascular deficiency; psychoses including paranoia, schizophrenia, attention deficiency, and autism;
obsessive/compulsive disorders including anorexia and bulimia; convulsive disorders including epilepsy and withdrawal from addictive substances; cognitive diseases including Parkinson's disease and dementia; and anxiety/depression disorders such as anticipatory anxiety (e.g., prior to surgery, dental work and the like), depression, mania, seasonal affective disorder (SAD); and convulsions and anxiety caused by withdrawal from addictive substances such as opiates, benzodiazepines, nicotine, alcohol, cocaine, and other substances of abuse. Further non-limiting examples of CNS diseases include, but are not limited to Abercrombie's degeneration, Acquired epileptiform aphasia (Landau-Kleffner Syndrome), Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis, Adrenoleukodystrophy, Agnosia, Alexander Disease, Alpers' Disease, Alternating Hemiplegia, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis, Angelman Syndrome, Ataxia Telangiectasia, Ataxias and Cerebellar/Spinocerebellar Degeneration, Attention Deficit Disorder, Binswanger's Disease, Canavan Disease, Cerebral Hypoxia, Cerebro-Oculo-Facio-Skeletal Syndrome, Charcot-Marie-Tooth, Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyneuropathy (CIDP), Corticobasal Degeneration, Creutzfeldt - Jakob disease, Degenerative knee arthritis, Diabetic neuropathy, Early Infantile Epileptic Encephalopathy (Ohtahara Syndrome), Epilepsy, Friedreich's Ataxia, Guillain-Barre Syndrome (GBS), Hallervorden-Spatz Disease, Huntington's Disease, Krabbe Disease, Kugelberg-Welander Disease (Spinal Muscular Atrophy), Leigh's Disease, Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome, Machado-Joseph Disease, Macular degeneration, Monomelic Amyotrophy, Multiple Sclerosis, Neuroacanthocytosis, Niemann-Pick disease, Olivopontocerebellar Atrophy, Paraneoplastic Syndromes, Parkinson's Disease, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher Disease, Pick's Disease, Primary Lateral Sclerosis, Progressive Locomotor Ataxia (Syphilitic Spinal Sclerosis, Tabes Dorsalis), Progressive Supranuclear Palsy, Rasmussen's Encephalitis, Rett Syndrome, Tourette's Syndrome, and Usher syndrome, West syndrome (Infantile Spasms), and Wilson Disease. General characteristics of such diseases are known in the art. The skilled artisan would be able to identify further CNS diseases known in the art without undue experimentation.
Anayloid Associated Diseases Below are nonlimiting examples of amyloid associated diseases. Some, but not all, amyloid associated diseases are also CNS diseases. Similarly, some, but not all, CNS diseases are amyloid associated diseases. These lists of diseases are not meant to be mutually exclusive or all-encompassing.
AA (Reactive) Ainyloidosis Generally, AA amyloidosis is a manifestation of a number of diseases that provoke a sustained acute phase response. Such diseases include chronic inflammatory disorders, chronic local or systemic microbial infections, and malignant neoplasms. The most common form of reactive or secondary (AA) ainyloidosis is seen as the result of long-standing inflammatory conditions. For example, patients with Rheumatoid Arthritis or Familial Mediterranean Fever (which is a genetic disease) can develop AA
amyloidosis. The terms "AA amyloidosis" and "secondary (AA) amyloidosis" are used interchangeably.
AA fibrils are generally composed of 8,000 Dalton fragments (AA peptide or protein) forned by proteolytic cleavage of serum amyloid A protein (ApoSAA), a circulating apolipoprotein which is mainly synthesized in hepatocytes in response to such cytokines as IL-1, IL-6 and TNF. Once secreted, ApoSAA is complexed with HDL. Deposition of AA fibrils can be widespread in the body, with a preference for parenchymal organs. The kidneys are usually a deposition site, and the liver and the spleen may also be affected. Deposition is also seen in the heart, gastrointestinal tract, and the skin.
Underlying diseases which can lead to the development of AA amyloidosis include, but are not limited to inflammatory diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile chronic arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthropathy, Reiter's syndrome, Adult Still's disease, Behcet's syndrome, and Crohn's disease. AA
deposits are also produced as a result of chronic microbial infections, such as leprosy, tuberculosis, bronchiectasis, decubitus ulcers, chronic pyelonephritis, osteomyelitis, and Whipple's disease. Certain malignant neoplasms can also result in AA fibril amyloid deposits. These include such conditions as Hodgkin's lymphoma, renal carcinoma, carcinomas of gut, lung and urogenital tract, basal cell carcinoma, and hairy cell leukemia. Other underlying conditions that may be associated with AA
amyloidosis are Castleman's disease and Schnitzler's syndrome.
AL Ainyloidoses (PrimaYy Anayloidosis) AL amyloid deposition is generally associated with almost any dyscrasia of the B
lymphocyte lineage, ranging from malignancy of plasma cells (multiple myeloma) to benign monoclonal gammopathy. At times, the presence of amyloid deposits may be a primary indicator of the underlying dyscrasia. AL amyloidosis is also described in detail in Current Drug Targets, 2004, 5 159-171.
Fibrils of AL amyloid deposits are composed of monoclonal immunoglobulin light chains or fragments thereof. More specifically, the fragments are derived from the N-terminal region of the light chain (kappa or lambda) and contain all or part of the variable (VL) domain thereof. Deposits generally occur in the mesenchymal tissues, causing peripheral and autonomic neuropathy, carpal tunnel syndrome, macroglossia, restrictive cardiomyopathy, arthropathy of large joints, immune dyscrasias, myelomas, as well as occult dyscrasias. However, it should be noted that almost any tissue, particularly visceral organs such as the kidney, liver, spleen and heart, may be involved.
Hereditary Systemic Amyloidoses There are many forms of hereditary systemic amyloidoses. Although they are relatively rare conditions, adult onset of symptoms and their inheritance patterns (usually autosomal dominant) lead to persistence of such disorders in the general population. Generally, the syndromes are attributable to point mutations in the precursor protein leading to production of variant amyloidogenic peptides or proteins.
For example, point mutations in ATTR protein from Transthyretin and fragments, N-terminal fragment of Apolipoprotein Al (apoAl), AapoAII from Apolipoprotein All, Lysozyme (Alys), Fibrogen alpha chain fragment, Gelsolin fragment (Agel), Cystatin C
fragment (ACys), (3-amyloid protein (AP) derived from Amyloid Precursor Protein (APP), Prion Protein (PrP, APrPsc) derived from Prp precursor protein (51-91 insert), AA derived from Seruln amyloid A protein (ApoSAA), AH amyloid protein, derived from immunoglobulin heavy chain (gamma I), ACa1 amyloid protein from (pro)calcitonin, AANF amyloid protein from atrial natriuretic factor, Apro from Prolactin, or Abri/ADan from ABri peptide can lead to clinical syndromes which include, but are not limited to, familial amyloid polyneuropathy (FAP), cardiac involvement predominant without neuropathy, senile systemic amyloidosis, Tenosynovium, non-neuropathic Ostertag-type amyloidosis, familial amyloidosis, cranial neuropathy with lattice corneal dystrophy, hereditary cerebral hemorrhage (CAA) - Icelandic type, familial Alzheimer's Disease, Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome, hereditary cerebral hemorrhage with amyloidosis - Dutch type, familial Dementia, familial Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease; Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome, hereditary spongiform encephalopathies, prion diseases, familial .
Mediterranean fever with predominant renal involvement, Muckle-Well's syndrome, nephropathy, deafness, urticaria, limb pain, cardiomyopathy with persistent atrial standstill, cutaneous deposits (bullous, papular, pustulodermal), myeloma associated amyloidosis, medullary carcinomas of the thyroid, isolated atrial amyloid, prolactinomas, and/or British and Danish familial Dementia. General characteristics of such diseases are known in the art. These point mutations and clinical syndromes are exemplary and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention. For example, more than 40 separate point mutations in the transthyretin gene have been described, all of which give rise to clinically similar forms of familial amyloid polyneuropathy.
In general, any hereditary amyloid disorder can also occur sporadically, and both hereditary and sporadic forms of a disease present with the same characteristics with regard to amyloid. For example, the most prevalent form of secondary AA
amyloidosis occurs sporadically, e.g. as a result of ongoing inflammation, and is not associated with Familial Mediterranean Fever. Thus general discussion relating to hereditary amyloid disorders below can also be applied to sporadic amyloidoses.
Transthyretin (TTR) is a 14 kiloDalton protein that is also sometimes referred to as prealbumin. It is produced by the liver and choroid plexus, and it functions in transporting thyroid hormones and vitamin A. At least 50 variant forms of the protein, each characterized by a single amino acid change, are responsible for various forms of familial amyloid polyneuropathy. For example, substitution of proline for leucine at position 55 results in a particularly progressive form of neuropathy;
substitution of methionine for leucine at position 111 resulted in a severe cardiopathy in Danish patients.
Amyloid deposits isolated from heart tissue of patients with systemic amyloidosis have revealed that the deposits are composed of a heterogeneous mixture of TTR and fragments thereof, collectively referred to as ATTR, the full length sequences of which have been characterized. ATTR fibril components can be extracted from such plaques and their structure and sequence determined according to the methods known in the art (e.g., Gustavsson, A., et al., Laboratory Invest. 73: 703-708, 1995;
Kametani, F., et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 125: 622-628, 1984; Pras, M., et al., PNAS 80:
539-42, 1983).
Central Nervous Systena Dzseases As used herein, the terms "central nervous system disease" and "CNS disease"
refer to neurological and/or psychiatric changes in the CNS, e.g., brain and spinal cord, which manifest in a variety of symptoms. Examples of CNS disease states include, but are not limited to: migraine headache; cerebrovascular deficiency; psychoses including paranoia, schizophrenia, attention deficiency, and autism;
obsessive/compulsive disorders including anorexia and bulimia; convulsive disorders including epilepsy and withdrawal from addictive substances; cognitive diseases including Parkinson's disease and dementia; and anxiety/depression disorders such as anticipatory anxiety (e.g., prior to surgery, dental work and the like), depression, mania, seasonal affective disorder (SAD); and convulsions and anxiety caused by withdrawal from addictive substances such as opiates, benzodiazepines, nicotine, alcohol, cocaine, and other substances of abuse. Further non-limiting examples of CNS diseases include, but are not limited to Abercrombie's degeneration, Acquired epileptiform aphasia (Landau-Kleffner Syndrome), Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis, Adrenoleukodystrophy, Agnosia, Alexander Disease, Alpers' Disease, Alternating Hemiplegia, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis, Angelman Syndrome, Ataxia Telangiectasia, Ataxias and Cerebellar/Spinocerebellar Degeneration, Attention Deficit Disorder, Binswanger's Disease, Canavan Disease, Cerebral Hypoxia, Cerebro-Oculo-Facio-Skeletal Syndrome, Charcot-Marie-Tooth, Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyneuropathy (CIDP), Corticobasal Degeneration, Creutzfeldt - Jakob disease, Degenerative knee arthritis, Diabetic neuropathy, Early Infantile Epileptic Encephalopathy (Ohtahara Syndrome), Epilepsy, Friedreich's Ataxia, Guillain-Barre Syndrome (GBS), Hallervorden-Spatz Disease, Huntington's Disease, Krabbe Disease, Kugelberg-Welander Disease (Spinal Muscular Atrophy), Leigh's Disease, Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome, Machado-Joseph Disease, Macular degeneration, Monomelic Amyotrophy, Multiple Sclerosis, Neuroacanthocytosis, Niemann-Pick disease, Olivopontocerebellar Atrophy, Paraneoplastic Syndromes, Parkinson's Disease, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher Disease, Pick's Disease, Primary Lateral Sclerosis, Progressive Locomotor Ataxia (Syphilitic Spinal Sclerosis, Tabes Dorsalis), Progressive Supranuclear Palsy, Rasmussen's Encephalitis, Rett Syndrome, Tourette's Syndrome, and Usher syndrome, West syndrome (Infantile Spasms), and Wilson Disease. General characteristics of such diseases are known in the art. The skilled artisan would be able to identify further CNS diseases known in the art without undue experimentation.
Anayloid Associated Diseases Below are nonlimiting examples of amyloid associated diseases. Some, but not all, amyloid associated diseases are also CNS diseases. Similarly, some, but not all, CNS diseases are amyloid associated diseases. These lists of diseases are not meant to be mutually exclusive or all-encompassing.
AA (Reactive) Ainyloidosis Generally, AA amyloidosis is a manifestation of a number of diseases that provoke a sustained acute phase response. Such diseases include chronic inflammatory disorders, chronic local or systemic microbial infections, and malignant neoplasms. The most common form of reactive or secondary (AA) ainyloidosis is seen as the result of long-standing inflammatory conditions. For example, patients with Rheumatoid Arthritis or Familial Mediterranean Fever (which is a genetic disease) can develop AA
amyloidosis. The terms "AA amyloidosis" and "secondary (AA) amyloidosis" are used interchangeably.
AA fibrils are generally composed of 8,000 Dalton fragments (AA peptide or protein) forned by proteolytic cleavage of serum amyloid A protein (ApoSAA), a circulating apolipoprotein which is mainly synthesized in hepatocytes in response to such cytokines as IL-1, IL-6 and TNF. Once secreted, ApoSAA is complexed with HDL. Deposition of AA fibrils can be widespread in the body, with a preference for parenchymal organs. The kidneys are usually a deposition site, and the liver and the spleen may also be affected. Deposition is also seen in the heart, gastrointestinal tract, and the skin.
Underlying diseases which can lead to the development of AA amyloidosis include, but are not limited to inflammatory diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis, juvenile chronic arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, psoriasis, psoriatic arthropathy, Reiter's syndrome, Adult Still's disease, Behcet's syndrome, and Crohn's disease. AA
deposits are also produced as a result of chronic microbial infections, such as leprosy, tuberculosis, bronchiectasis, decubitus ulcers, chronic pyelonephritis, osteomyelitis, and Whipple's disease. Certain malignant neoplasms can also result in AA fibril amyloid deposits. These include such conditions as Hodgkin's lymphoma, renal carcinoma, carcinomas of gut, lung and urogenital tract, basal cell carcinoma, and hairy cell leukemia. Other underlying conditions that may be associated with AA
amyloidosis are Castleman's disease and Schnitzler's syndrome.
AL Ainyloidoses (PrimaYy Anayloidosis) AL amyloid deposition is generally associated with almost any dyscrasia of the B
lymphocyte lineage, ranging from malignancy of plasma cells (multiple myeloma) to benign monoclonal gammopathy. At times, the presence of amyloid deposits may be a primary indicator of the underlying dyscrasia. AL amyloidosis is also described in detail in Current Drug Targets, 2004, 5 159-171.
Fibrils of AL amyloid deposits are composed of monoclonal immunoglobulin light chains or fragments thereof. More specifically, the fragments are derived from the N-terminal region of the light chain (kappa or lambda) and contain all or part of the variable (VL) domain thereof. Deposits generally occur in the mesenchymal tissues, causing peripheral and autonomic neuropathy, carpal tunnel syndrome, macroglossia, restrictive cardiomyopathy, arthropathy of large joints, immune dyscrasias, myelomas, as well as occult dyscrasias. However, it should be noted that almost any tissue, particularly visceral organs such as the kidney, liver, spleen and heart, may be involved.
Hereditary Systemic Amyloidoses There are many forms of hereditary systemic amyloidoses. Although they are relatively rare conditions, adult onset of symptoms and their inheritance patterns (usually autosomal dominant) lead to persistence of such disorders in the general population. Generally, the syndromes are attributable to point mutations in the precursor protein leading to production of variant amyloidogenic peptides or proteins.
For example, point mutations in ATTR protein from Transthyretin and fragments, N-terminal fragment of Apolipoprotein Al (apoAl), AapoAII from Apolipoprotein All, Lysozyme (Alys), Fibrogen alpha chain fragment, Gelsolin fragment (Agel), Cystatin C
fragment (ACys), (3-amyloid protein (AP) derived from Amyloid Precursor Protein (APP), Prion Protein (PrP, APrPsc) derived from Prp precursor protein (51-91 insert), AA derived from Seruln amyloid A protein (ApoSAA), AH amyloid protein, derived from immunoglobulin heavy chain (gamma I), ACa1 amyloid protein from (pro)calcitonin, AANF amyloid protein from atrial natriuretic factor, Apro from Prolactin, or Abri/ADan from ABri peptide can lead to clinical syndromes which include, but are not limited to, familial amyloid polyneuropathy (FAP), cardiac involvement predominant without neuropathy, senile systemic amyloidosis, Tenosynovium, non-neuropathic Ostertag-type amyloidosis, familial amyloidosis, cranial neuropathy with lattice corneal dystrophy, hereditary cerebral hemorrhage (CAA) - Icelandic type, familial Alzheimer's Disease, Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome, hereditary cerebral hemorrhage with amyloidosis - Dutch type, familial Dementia, familial Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease; Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome, hereditary spongiform encephalopathies, prion diseases, familial .
Mediterranean fever with predominant renal involvement, Muckle-Well's syndrome, nephropathy, deafness, urticaria, limb pain, cardiomyopathy with persistent atrial standstill, cutaneous deposits (bullous, papular, pustulodermal), myeloma associated amyloidosis, medullary carcinomas of the thyroid, isolated atrial amyloid, prolactinomas, and/or British and Danish familial Dementia. General characteristics of such diseases are known in the art. These point mutations and clinical syndromes are exemplary and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention. For example, more than 40 separate point mutations in the transthyretin gene have been described, all of which give rise to clinically similar forms of familial amyloid polyneuropathy.
In general, any hereditary amyloid disorder can also occur sporadically, and both hereditary and sporadic forms of a disease present with the same characteristics with regard to amyloid. For example, the most prevalent form of secondary AA
amyloidosis occurs sporadically, e.g. as a result of ongoing inflammation, and is not associated with Familial Mediterranean Fever. Thus general discussion relating to hereditary amyloid disorders below can also be applied to sporadic amyloidoses.
Transthyretin (TTR) is a 14 kiloDalton protein that is also sometimes referred to as prealbumin. It is produced by the liver and choroid plexus, and it functions in transporting thyroid hormones and vitamin A. At least 50 variant forms of the protein, each characterized by a single amino acid change, are responsible for various forms of familial amyloid polyneuropathy. For example, substitution of proline for leucine at position 55 results in a particularly progressive form of neuropathy;
substitution of methionine for leucine at position 111 resulted in a severe cardiopathy in Danish patients.
Amyloid deposits isolated from heart tissue of patients with systemic amyloidosis have revealed that the deposits are composed of a heterogeneous mixture of TTR and fragments thereof, collectively referred to as ATTR, the full length sequences of which have been characterized. ATTR fibril components can be extracted from such plaques and their structure and sequence determined according to the methods known in the art (e.g., Gustavsson, A., et al., Laboratory Invest. 73: 703-708, 1995;
Kametani, F., et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 125: 622-628, 1984; Pras, M., et al., PNAS 80:
539-42, 1983).
Persons having point mutations in the molecule apolipoprotein Al (e.g., Gly->Arg26; Trp->Arg50; Leu->Arg60) exhibit a form of amyloidosis ("Ostertag type") characterized by deposits of the protein apolipoprotein AI or fragments thereof (AApoAI). These patients have low levels of high density lipoprotein (HDL) and present with a peripheral neuropathy or renal failure.
A mutation in the alpha chain of the enzyme lysozyme (e.g., Ile-->Thr56 or Asp->His57) is the basis of another form of Ostertag-type non-neuropathic hereditary amyloid reported in English families. Here, fibrils of the mutant lysozyme protein (Alys) are deposited, and patients generally exhibit impaired renal fiinction.
This protein, unlike most of the fibril-forming proteins described herein, is usually present in whole (unfragmented) form (Benson, M.D., et al. CIBA Fdn. Symp. 199: 104-13 1, 1996).
Immunoglobulin light chains tend to form aggregates in various morphologies, including fibrillar (e.g., AL amyloidosis and AH amyloidosis), granular (e.g., light chain deposition disease (LCDD), heavy chain deposition disease (HCDD), and light-heavy chain deposition disease (LHCDD)), crystalline (e.g., Acquired Farconi's Syndome), and microtubular (e.g., Cryoglobulinemia). AL and AH amyloidosis is indicated by the formation of insoluble fibrils of immunoglobulin light chains and heavy chain, respectively, and/or their fragments. In AL fibrils, lambda (k) chains such as X VI
chains (X6 chains), are found in greater concentrations than kappa (x) chains.
XIII chains are also slightly elevated. Merlini et al., CLIN CHEM LAB MED 39(11):1065-75 (2001).
Heavy chain amyloidosis (AH) is generally characterized by aggregates of gamma chain amyloid proteins of the IgGl subclass. Eulitz et al., PROC NATL ACAD SCi USA
87:6542-46 (1990).
Comparison of amyloidogenic to non-amyloidogenic light chains has revealed that the former can include replacements or substitutions that appear to destabilize the folding of the protein and promote aggregation. AL and LCDD have been distinguished from other amyloid diseases due to their relatively small population monoclonal light chains, which are manufactured by neoplastic expansion of an antibody-producing B
cell. AL aggregates typically are well-ordered fibrils of lambda chains. LCDD
aggregates are relatively amorphous aggregations of both kappa and lambda chains, with a majority being kappa, in some cases xIV. Bellotti et al., JOURNAL OF
STRUCTURAL
BIOLOGY 13:280-89 (2000). Comparison of amyloidogenic and non-amyloidogenic heavy chains in patients having AH amyloidosis has revealed missing and/or altered components. Eulitz et al., PROC NATL ACAD Sci USA 87:6542-46 (1990) (pathogenic heavy chain characterized by significantly lower molecular mass than non-amyloidogenic heavy chains); and Solomon et al. A1v1 J HEMAT 45(2) 171-6 (1994) (amyloidogenic heavy chain characterized as consisting solely of the VH-D
portion of the non-amyloidogenic heavy chain).
Accordingly, potential methods of detecting and monitoring treatment of subjects having or at risk of having AL, LCDD, AH, and the like, include but are not limited to immunoassaying plasma or urine for the presence or depressed deposition of amyloidogenic light or heavy chains, e.g., amyloid a,, amyloid K, amyloid xIV, amyloid ,y, or amyloid yl.
BYaifa Amyloidosis The most frequent type of amyloid in the brain is composed primarily of A(3 peptide fibrils, resulting in dementia associated with sporadic (non-hereditary) Alzheimer's disease. In fact, the incidence of sporadic Alzheimer's disease greatly exceeds fonns shown to be hereditary. Nevertheless, fibril peptides forming plaques are very similar in both types. Brain amyloidosis includes those diseases, conditions, pathologies, and other abnormalities of the structure or function of the brain, including components thereof, in which the causative agent is amyloid. The area of the brain affected in an amyloid associated disease may be the stroma including the vasculature or the parenchyma including functional or anatomical regions, or neurons themselves. A
subject need not have received a definitive diagnosis of a specifically recognized amyloid associated disease. The term "amyloid related disease" includes brain amyloidosis.
Amyloid-(3 peptide ("A(3") is a 39-43 amino acid peptide derived by proteolysis from a large protein known as Beta Amyloid Precursor Protein ("(3APP").
Mutations in (3APP result in familial forms of Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, and senile dementia, characterized by cerebral deposition of plaques composed of A(3 fibrils and other components, which are described in further detail below. Known mutations in APP associated with Alzheimer's disease occur proximate to the cleavage sites of (3 or y-secretase, or within A(3. For example, position 717 is proximate to the site of gamma-secretase cleavage of APP in its processing to A(3, and positions 670/671 are proximate to the site of (3-secretase cleavage.
Mutations at any of these residues may result in Alzheimer's disease, presumably by causing an increase in the amount of the 42/43 amino acid form of A(3 generated from APP. The familial form of Alzheimer's disease represents only 10% of the subject population.
Most occurrences of Alzheimer's disease are sporadic cases where APP and A(3 do not possess any mutation. The structure and sequence of A(3 peptides of various lengths are well known in the art. Such peptides can be made according to methods known in the art, or extracted from the brain according to known methods (e.g., Glenner and Wong, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 129, 885-90 (1984); Glenner and Wong, Biochem.
A mutation in the alpha chain of the enzyme lysozyme (e.g., Ile-->Thr56 or Asp->His57) is the basis of another form of Ostertag-type non-neuropathic hereditary amyloid reported in English families. Here, fibrils of the mutant lysozyme protein (Alys) are deposited, and patients generally exhibit impaired renal fiinction.
This protein, unlike most of the fibril-forming proteins described herein, is usually present in whole (unfragmented) form (Benson, M.D., et al. CIBA Fdn. Symp. 199: 104-13 1, 1996).
Immunoglobulin light chains tend to form aggregates in various morphologies, including fibrillar (e.g., AL amyloidosis and AH amyloidosis), granular (e.g., light chain deposition disease (LCDD), heavy chain deposition disease (HCDD), and light-heavy chain deposition disease (LHCDD)), crystalline (e.g., Acquired Farconi's Syndome), and microtubular (e.g., Cryoglobulinemia). AL and AH amyloidosis is indicated by the formation of insoluble fibrils of immunoglobulin light chains and heavy chain, respectively, and/or their fragments. In AL fibrils, lambda (k) chains such as X VI
chains (X6 chains), are found in greater concentrations than kappa (x) chains.
XIII chains are also slightly elevated. Merlini et al., CLIN CHEM LAB MED 39(11):1065-75 (2001).
Heavy chain amyloidosis (AH) is generally characterized by aggregates of gamma chain amyloid proteins of the IgGl subclass. Eulitz et al., PROC NATL ACAD SCi USA
87:6542-46 (1990).
Comparison of amyloidogenic to non-amyloidogenic light chains has revealed that the former can include replacements or substitutions that appear to destabilize the folding of the protein and promote aggregation. AL and LCDD have been distinguished from other amyloid diseases due to their relatively small population monoclonal light chains, which are manufactured by neoplastic expansion of an antibody-producing B
cell. AL aggregates typically are well-ordered fibrils of lambda chains. LCDD
aggregates are relatively amorphous aggregations of both kappa and lambda chains, with a majority being kappa, in some cases xIV. Bellotti et al., JOURNAL OF
STRUCTURAL
BIOLOGY 13:280-89 (2000). Comparison of amyloidogenic and non-amyloidogenic heavy chains in patients having AH amyloidosis has revealed missing and/or altered components. Eulitz et al., PROC NATL ACAD Sci USA 87:6542-46 (1990) (pathogenic heavy chain characterized by significantly lower molecular mass than non-amyloidogenic heavy chains); and Solomon et al. A1v1 J HEMAT 45(2) 171-6 (1994) (amyloidogenic heavy chain characterized as consisting solely of the VH-D
portion of the non-amyloidogenic heavy chain).
Accordingly, potential methods of detecting and monitoring treatment of subjects having or at risk of having AL, LCDD, AH, and the like, include but are not limited to immunoassaying plasma or urine for the presence or depressed deposition of amyloidogenic light or heavy chains, e.g., amyloid a,, amyloid K, amyloid xIV, amyloid ,y, or amyloid yl.
BYaifa Amyloidosis The most frequent type of amyloid in the brain is composed primarily of A(3 peptide fibrils, resulting in dementia associated with sporadic (non-hereditary) Alzheimer's disease. In fact, the incidence of sporadic Alzheimer's disease greatly exceeds fonns shown to be hereditary. Nevertheless, fibril peptides forming plaques are very similar in both types. Brain amyloidosis includes those diseases, conditions, pathologies, and other abnormalities of the structure or function of the brain, including components thereof, in which the causative agent is amyloid. The area of the brain affected in an amyloid associated disease may be the stroma including the vasculature or the parenchyma including functional or anatomical regions, or neurons themselves. A
subject need not have received a definitive diagnosis of a specifically recognized amyloid associated disease. The term "amyloid related disease" includes brain amyloidosis.
Amyloid-(3 peptide ("A(3") is a 39-43 amino acid peptide derived by proteolysis from a large protein known as Beta Amyloid Precursor Protein ("(3APP").
Mutations in (3APP result in familial forms of Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, and senile dementia, characterized by cerebral deposition of plaques composed of A(3 fibrils and other components, which are described in further detail below. Known mutations in APP associated with Alzheimer's disease occur proximate to the cleavage sites of (3 or y-secretase, or within A(3. For example, position 717 is proximate to the site of gamma-secretase cleavage of APP in its processing to A(3, and positions 670/671 are proximate to the site of (3-secretase cleavage.
Mutations at any of these residues may result in Alzheimer's disease, presumably by causing an increase in the amount of the 42/43 amino acid form of A(3 generated from APP. The familial form of Alzheimer's disease represents only 10% of the subject population.
Most occurrences of Alzheimer's disease are sporadic cases where APP and A(3 do not possess any mutation. The structure and sequence of A(3 peptides of various lengths are well known in the art. Such peptides can be made according to methods known in the art, or extracted from the brain according to known methods (e.g., Glenner and Wong, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comm. 129, 885-90 (1984); Glenner and Wong, Biochem.
Biophys. Res. Comm. 122, 1131-35 (1984)). In addition, various forms of the peptides are commercially available. APP is expressed and constitutively catabolized in most cells. The dominant catabolic pathway appears to be cleavage of APP within the A(3 sequence by an enzyme provisionally termed a-secretase, leading to release of a soluble ectodomain fragment known as APPsa. This cleavage precludes the formation of A(3 peptide. In contrast to this non-amyloidogenic pathway, APP can also be cleaved by enzymes known as (3- and y-secretase at the N- and C-termini of the A(3 , respectively, followed by release of A(3 into the extracellular space. To date, BACE has been identified as (3-secretase (Vasser, et al., Science 286:735-741, 1999) and presenilins have been implicated in y-secretase activity (De Strooper, et al., Nature 391, 387-90 (1998)).
The 39-43 amino acid A(3 peptide is produced by sequential proteolytic cleavage of the amyloid precursor protein (APP) by the (3 and y secretases enzyme. Although A(340 is the predominant form produced, 5-7% of total A(3 exists as A(342 (Cappai et al., Int. J.
Biochena. Cell Biol. 31. 885-89 (1999)).
The length of the A(3 peptide appears to dramatically alter its biochemical/biophysical properties. Specifically, the additional two amino acids at the C-terminus of A(342 are very hydrophobic, presumably increasing the propensity of A(342 to aggregate. For example, Jarrett, et al. demonstrated that A(342 aggregates very rapidly in vitro compared to A(340, suggesting that the longer forms of A(3 may be the important pathological proteins that are involved in the initial seeding of the neuritic plaques in Alzheimer's disease (Jarrett, et al., Biochemistiy 32, 4693-97 (1993); Jarrett, et al., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 695, 144-48 (1993)). This hypothesis has been further substantiated by the recent analysis of the contributions of specific forms of Ap in cases of genetic familial forms of Alzheimer's disease ("FAD"). For example, the "London"
mutant form of APP (APPV717I) linked to FAD selectively increases the production of A(3 42/43 forms versus A(3 40 (Suzuki, et al., Science 264, 1336-40 (1994)) while the "Swedish" mutant form of APP (APPK670N/M671L) increases levels of both A(340 and A(342/43 (Citron, et al., Nature 360, 672-674 (1992); Cai, et al., Science 259, 514-16, (1993)). Also, it has been observed that FAD-linked mutations in the Presenilin-1 ("PS1") or Presenilin-2 ("PS2") genes will lead to a selective increase in A(342/43 production but not A(340 (Borchelt, et al., Neuron 17, 1005-13 (1996)). This finding was corroborated in transgenic mouse models expressing PS mutants that demonstrate a selective increase in brain A(342 (Borchelt, op cit.; Duff, et al., Neurodegenef=ation 5(4), 293-98 (1996)). Thus the leading hypothesis regarding the etiology of Alzheiiner's disease is that an increase in A(342 brain concentration due to an increased production and release of A(342 or a decrease in clearance (degradation or brain clearance) is a causative event in the disease pathology.
The 39-43 amino acid A(3 peptide is produced by sequential proteolytic cleavage of the amyloid precursor protein (APP) by the (3 and y secretases enzyme. Although A(340 is the predominant form produced, 5-7% of total A(3 exists as A(342 (Cappai et al., Int. J.
Biochena. Cell Biol. 31. 885-89 (1999)).
The length of the A(3 peptide appears to dramatically alter its biochemical/biophysical properties. Specifically, the additional two amino acids at the C-terminus of A(342 are very hydrophobic, presumably increasing the propensity of A(342 to aggregate. For example, Jarrett, et al. demonstrated that A(342 aggregates very rapidly in vitro compared to A(340, suggesting that the longer forms of A(3 may be the important pathological proteins that are involved in the initial seeding of the neuritic plaques in Alzheimer's disease (Jarrett, et al., Biochemistiy 32, 4693-97 (1993); Jarrett, et al., Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 695, 144-48 (1993)). This hypothesis has been further substantiated by the recent analysis of the contributions of specific forms of Ap in cases of genetic familial forms of Alzheimer's disease ("FAD"). For example, the "London"
mutant form of APP (APPV717I) linked to FAD selectively increases the production of A(3 42/43 forms versus A(3 40 (Suzuki, et al., Science 264, 1336-40 (1994)) while the "Swedish" mutant form of APP (APPK670N/M671L) increases levels of both A(340 and A(342/43 (Citron, et al., Nature 360, 672-674 (1992); Cai, et al., Science 259, 514-16, (1993)). Also, it has been observed that FAD-linked mutations in the Presenilin-1 ("PS1") or Presenilin-2 ("PS2") genes will lead to a selective increase in A(342/43 production but not A(340 (Borchelt, et al., Neuron 17, 1005-13 (1996)). This finding was corroborated in transgenic mouse models expressing PS mutants that demonstrate a selective increase in brain A(342 (Borchelt, op cit.; Duff, et al., Neurodegenef=ation 5(4), 293-98 (1996)). Thus the leading hypothesis regarding the etiology of Alzheiiner's disease is that an increase in A(342 brain concentration due to an increased production and release of A(342 or a decrease in clearance (degradation or brain clearance) is a causative event in the disease pathology.
Multiple mutation sites in either A(3 or the APP gene have been identified and are clinically associated with either dementia or cerebral hemorrhage.
Exemplary CAA
disorders include, but are not limited to, hereditary cerebral hemorrhage with amyloidosis of Icelandic type (HCHWA-I); the Dutch variant of HCHWA (HCHWA-D;
a mutation in A(3); the Flemish mutation of A(3; the Arctic mutation of A(3;
the Italian mutation of A(3; the Iowa mutation of A(3; familial British dementia; and familial Danish dementia. CAA may also be sporadic.
As used herein, the terms "(3 amyloid," "amyloid-(3," and the like refer to amyloid P proteins or peptides, amyloid (3 precursor proteins or peptides, intermediates, and modifications and fragments thereof, unless otherwise specifically indicated. In particular, "A(3" refers to any peptide produced by proteolytic processing of the APP
gene product, especially peptides which are associated with amyloid pathologies, including A(31-39, Ap 1-40, Ap 1-41, A(31-42, and A(31-43 . For convenience of nomenclature, "A(31-42" may be referred to herein as "A(3(1-42)" or simply as "A(342"
or "Aj342" (and likewise for any other amyloid peptides discussed herein). As used herein, the terms "0 amyloid," "amyloid-(3," and "A(3" are synonymous.
Unless otherwise specified, the term "amyloid" refers to amyloidogenic proteins, peptides, or fragments thereof which can be soluble (e.g., monomeric or oligomeric) or insoluble (e.g., having fibrillary structure or in amyloid plaque). See, e.g., MP Lambert, et al., Proc. Nat'ZAcacl. Sci. USA 95, 6448-53 (1998). "Amyloidosis" or "ainyloid disease" or "amyloid associated disease" refers to a pathological condition characterized by the presence of amyloid fibers. "Amyloid" is a generic term referring to a group of diverse but specific protein deposits (intracellular or extracellular) which are seen in a number of different diseases. Though diverse in their occurrence, all amyloid deposits have common morphologic properties, stain with specific dyes (e.g., Congo red), and have a characteristic red-green birefringent appearance in polarized light after staining.
They also share common ultrastructural features and common X-ray diffraction and infrared spectra.
Gelsolin is a calcium binding protein that binds to fragments and actin filaments.
Mutations at position 187 (e.g., Asp-->Asn; Asp->Tyr) of the protein result in a form of hereditary systemic amyloidosis, usually found in patients from Finland, as well as persons of Dutch or Japanese origin. In afflicted individuals, fibrils formed from gelsolin fragments (Agel), usually consist of amino acids 173-243 (68 kDa carboxyterminal fragment) and are deposited in blood vessels and basement membranes, resulting in corneal dystrophy and cranial neuropathy which progresses to peripheral neuropathy, dystrophic skin changes and deposition in other organs. (Kangas, H., et al.
Human Mol. Genet. 5(9): 1237-1243, 1996).
Exemplary CAA
disorders include, but are not limited to, hereditary cerebral hemorrhage with amyloidosis of Icelandic type (HCHWA-I); the Dutch variant of HCHWA (HCHWA-D;
a mutation in A(3); the Flemish mutation of A(3; the Arctic mutation of A(3;
the Italian mutation of A(3; the Iowa mutation of A(3; familial British dementia; and familial Danish dementia. CAA may also be sporadic.
As used herein, the terms "(3 amyloid," "amyloid-(3," and the like refer to amyloid P proteins or peptides, amyloid (3 precursor proteins or peptides, intermediates, and modifications and fragments thereof, unless otherwise specifically indicated. In particular, "A(3" refers to any peptide produced by proteolytic processing of the APP
gene product, especially peptides which are associated with amyloid pathologies, including A(31-39, Ap 1-40, Ap 1-41, A(31-42, and A(31-43 . For convenience of nomenclature, "A(31-42" may be referred to herein as "A(3(1-42)" or simply as "A(342"
or "Aj342" (and likewise for any other amyloid peptides discussed herein). As used herein, the terms "0 amyloid," "amyloid-(3," and "A(3" are synonymous.
Unless otherwise specified, the term "amyloid" refers to amyloidogenic proteins, peptides, or fragments thereof which can be soluble (e.g., monomeric or oligomeric) or insoluble (e.g., having fibrillary structure or in amyloid plaque). See, e.g., MP Lambert, et al., Proc. Nat'ZAcacl. Sci. USA 95, 6448-53 (1998). "Amyloidosis" or "ainyloid disease" or "amyloid associated disease" refers to a pathological condition characterized by the presence of amyloid fibers. "Amyloid" is a generic term referring to a group of diverse but specific protein deposits (intracellular or extracellular) which are seen in a number of different diseases. Though diverse in their occurrence, all amyloid deposits have common morphologic properties, stain with specific dyes (e.g., Congo red), and have a characteristic red-green birefringent appearance in polarized light after staining.
They also share common ultrastructural features and common X-ray diffraction and infrared spectra.
Gelsolin is a calcium binding protein that binds to fragments and actin filaments.
Mutations at position 187 (e.g., Asp-->Asn; Asp->Tyr) of the protein result in a form of hereditary systemic amyloidosis, usually found in patients from Finland, as well as persons of Dutch or Japanese origin. In afflicted individuals, fibrils formed from gelsolin fragments (Agel), usually consist of amino acids 173-243 (68 kDa carboxyterminal fragment) and are deposited in blood vessels and basement membranes, resulting in corneal dystrophy and cranial neuropathy which progresses to peripheral neuropathy, dystrophic skin changes and deposition in other organs. (Kangas, H., et al.
Human Mol. Genet. 5(9): 1237-1243, 1996).
Other mutated proteins, such as mutant alpha chain of fibrinogen (AfibA) and mutant cystatin C (Acys) also form fibrils and produce characteristic hereditary disorders. AfibA fibrils form deposits characteristic of a nonneuropathic hereditary an.iyloid with renal disease; Acys deposits are characteristic of a hereditary cerebral amyloid angiopathy reported in Iceland (Isselbacher, Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine, McGraw-Hill, San Francisco, 1995; Benson, et al.). In at least some cases, patients with cerebral amyloid angiopathy (CAA) have been shown to have amyloid fibrils containing a non-mutant form of cystatin C in conjunction with ainyloid beta protein (Nagai, A., et al. Molec. Chem. Neuropathol. 33: 63-78, 1998).
Cerebral Amyloidosis Local deposition of amyloid is common in the brain, particularly in elderly individuals. The most frequent type of amyloid in the brain is composed primarily of A(3 peptide fibrils, resulting in dementia or sporadic (non-hereditary) Alzheimer's disease.
The most common occurrences of cerebral amyloidosis are sporadic and not familial.
For example, the incidence of sporadic Alzheimer's disease and sporadic CAA
greatly exceeds the incidence of familial AD and CAA. Moreover, sporadic and familial forms of the disease cannot be distinguished from each other (they differ only in the presence or absence of an inherited genetic mutation); for example, the clinical symptoms and the amyloid plaques formed in both sporadic and familial AD are very similar, if not identical.
Cerebral amyloid angiopathy (CAA) refers to the specific deposition of amyloid fibrils in the walls of leptomingeal and cortical arteries, arterioles and veins. It is commonly associated with Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome and normal aging, as well as with a variety of familial conditions related to stroke or dementia (see Frangione et al., Amyloid: J. Protein Folding Disord. 8, Suppl. 1, 36-42 (2001)). CAA
can occur sporadically or be hereditary.
Senile Systemic Amyloidosis Amyloid deposition, either systemic or focal, increases with age. For example, fibrils of wild type transthyretin (TTR) are commonly found in the heart tissue of elderly individuals. These may be asymptomatic, clinically silent, or may result in heart failure.
Asymptomatic fibrillar focal deposits may also occur in the brain (A(3), corpora amylacea of the prostate (Pa microglobulin), joints and seminal vesicles.
Dialysis-Yelated Amyloidosis (DRA) Plaques composed of (32 microglobulin ((32M) fibrils commonly develop in patients receiving long term hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis. (32 microglobulin is a 11.8 kiloDalton polypeptide and is the light chain of Class I MHC antigens, which are present on all nucleated cells. Under normal circumstances, PZM is usually distributed in the extracellular space unless there is an impaired renal function, in which case (32M is transported into tissues where it polymerizes to form amyloid fibrils. Failure of clearance such as in the case of impaired renal function, leads to deposition in the carpal tunnel and other sites (primarily in collagen-rich tissues of the joints).
Unlike other fibril proteins, (32M molecules are not produced by cleavage of a longer precursor protein and are generally present in unfragmented form in the fibrils.
(Benson, supra).
Retention and accumulation of this amyloid precursor has been shown to be the main pathogenic process underlying DRA. DRA is characterized by peripheral joint osteoarthropathy (e.g., joint stiffness, pain, swelling, etc.). Isoforms of (32M, glycated (32M, or polymers of (32M in tissue are the most amyloidogenic form (as opposed to native (32M). Unlike other types of amyloidosis, (32M is confined largely to osteoarticular sites. Visceral depositions are rare. Occasionally, these deposits may involve blood vessels and other important anatomic sites.
Despite improved dialysis methods for removal of (32M, the majority of patients have plasmatic (32M concentrations that reinain dramatically higher than normal. These elevated (32M concentrations generally lead to Diabetes-Related Amyloidosis (DRA) and cormorbidities that contribute to mortality.
Islet Ainyloid Polypeptide and Diabetes Islet hyalinosis (amyloid deposition) was first described over a century ago as the presence of fibrous protein aggregates in the pancreas of patients with severe hyperglycemia (Opie, EL., JExp. Med. 5: 397-428, 1901). Today, islet amyloid, composed predominantly of islet amyloid polypeptide (IAPP), or amylin, is a characteristic histopathological marker in over 90% of all cases of Type II
diabetes (also known as Non-Insulin Dependent Diabetes, or NIDDM). These fibrillar accumulations result from the aggregation of the islet amyloid polypeptide (IAPP) or amylin, which is a 37 amino acid peptide, derived from a larger precursor peptide, called pro-IAPP.
IAPP is co-secreted with insulin in response to (3-cell secretagogues. This pathological feature is not associated with insulin-dependent (Type I) diabetes and is a unifying characteristic for the heterogeneous clinical phenotypes diagnosed as NIDDM
(Type II diabetes).
Longitudinal studies in cats and immunocytochemical investigations in monkeys have shown that a progressive increase in islet amyloid is associated with a dramatic decrease in the population of insulin-secreting (3-cells and increased severity of the disease. More recently, transgenic studies have strengthened the relationship between IAPP plaque formation and P-cell apoptosis and dysfunction, indicating that amyloid deposition is a principal factor in increasing severity of Type II diabetes.
IAPP has also been shown to induce (3-islet cell toxicity in vitro, indicating that appearance of IAPP fibrils in the pancreas of Type II or Type I diabetic patients (post-islet transplantation) could contribute to the loss of the (3-cell islets (Langerhans) and organ dysfunction. In patients with Type II diabetes, the accumulation of pancreatic IAPP leads to formation of oligomeric IAPP, leading to a buildup of IAPP-amyloid as insoluble fibrous deposits which eventually destroy the insulin-producing (3 cells of the islet, resulting in P cell depletion and failure (Westennark, P., Grimelius, L., Acta Patla. Microbiol. Scand., sect. A. 81:
291-300, 1973; de Koning, EJP., et al., Diabetologia 36: 378-384, 1993; and Lorenzo, A., et al., Nature 368: 756-760, 1994). Accumulation of IAPP as fibrous deposits can also have an impact on the ratio of pro-IAPP to IAPP normally found in plasma by increasing this ratio due to the trapping of IAPP in deposits. Reduction of (3 cell mass can be manifested by hyperglycemia and insulinemia. This (3-cell mass loss can lead to a need for insulin therapy.
Diseases caused by the death or malfunctioning of a particular type or types of cells can be treated by transplanting into the patient healthy cells of the relevant type of cell. This approach has been used for Type I diabetes patients. Often pancreatic islet cells from a donor are cultured in vitro prior to transplantation, to allow them to recover after the isolation procedure or to reduce their immunogenicity. However, in many instances islet cell transplantation is unsuccessful, due to death of the transplanted cells.
One reason for this poor success rate is IAPP, which organizes into toxic oligomers.
Toxic effects may result from intracellular and extracellular accumulation of fibril oligomers. The IAPP oligomers can fornz fibrils and become toxic to the cells in vitro.
In addition, IAPP fibrils are likely to continue to grow after the cells are transplanted and cause death or dysfunction of the cells. This may occur even when the cells are from a healthy donor and the patient receiving the transplant does not have a disease that is characterized by the presence of fibrils. For example, compounds of the present invention may also be used in preparing tissues or cells for transplantation according to the methods described in International Patent Application (PCT) number WO
01/003680.
The compounds of the invention may also stabilize the ratio of the concentrations of Pro-IAPP/IAPP, pro-Insulin/Insulin and C-peptide levels. In addition, as biological markers of efficacy, the results of the different tests, such as the arginine-insulin secretion test, the glucose tolerance test, insulin tolerance and sensitivity tests, could all be used as markers of reduced (3-cell mass and/or accumulation of amyloid deposits.
Cerebral Amyloidosis Local deposition of amyloid is common in the brain, particularly in elderly individuals. The most frequent type of amyloid in the brain is composed primarily of A(3 peptide fibrils, resulting in dementia or sporadic (non-hereditary) Alzheimer's disease.
The most common occurrences of cerebral amyloidosis are sporadic and not familial.
For example, the incidence of sporadic Alzheimer's disease and sporadic CAA
greatly exceeds the incidence of familial AD and CAA. Moreover, sporadic and familial forms of the disease cannot be distinguished from each other (they differ only in the presence or absence of an inherited genetic mutation); for example, the clinical symptoms and the amyloid plaques formed in both sporadic and familial AD are very similar, if not identical.
Cerebral amyloid angiopathy (CAA) refers to the specific deposition of amyloid fibrils in the walls of leptomingeal and cortical arteries, arterioles and veins. It is commonly associated with Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome and normal aging, as well as with a variety of familial conditions related to stroke or dementia (see Frangione et al., Amyloid: J. Protein Folding Disord. 8, Suppl. 1, 36-42 (2001)). CAA
can occur sporadically or be hereditary.
Senile Systemic Amyloidosis Amyloid deposition, either systemic or focal, increases with age. For example, fibrils of wild type transthyretin (TTR) are commonly found in the heart tissue of elderly individuals. These may be asymptomatic, clinically silent, or may result in heart failure.
Asymptomatic fibrillar focal deposits may also occur in the brain (A(3), corpora amylacea of the prostate (Pa microglobulin), joints and seminal vesicles.
Dialysis-Yelated Amyloidosis (DRA) Plaques composed of (32 microglobulin ((32M) fibrils commonly develop in patients receiving long term hemodialysis or peritoneal dialysis. (32 microglobulin is a 11.8 kiloDalton polypeptide and is the light chain of Class I MHC antigens, which are present on all nucleated cells. Under normal circumstances, PZM is usually distributed in the extracellular space unless there is an impaired renal function, in which case (32M is transported into tissues where it polymerizes to form amyloid fibrils. Failure of clearance such as in the case of impaired renal function, leads to deposition in the carpal tunnel and other sites (primarily in collagen-rich tissues of the joints).
Unlike other fibril proteins, (32M molecules are not produced by cleavage of a longer precursor protein and are generally present in unfragmented form in the fibrils.
(Benson, supra).
Retention and accumulation of this amyloid precursor has been shown to be the main pathogenic process underlying DRA. DRA is characterized by peripheral joint osteoarthropathy (e.g., joint stiffness, pain, swelling, etc.). Isoforms of (32M, glycated (32M, or polymers of (32M in tissue are the most amyloidogenic form (as opposed to native (32M). Unlike other types of amyloidosis, (32M is confined largely to osteoarticular sites. Visceral depositions are rare. Occasionally, these deposits may involve blood vessels and other important anatomic sites.
Despite improved dialysis methods for removal of (32M, the majority of patients have plasmatic (32M concentrations that reinain dramatically higher than normal. These elevated (32M concentrations generally lead to Diabetes-Related Amyloidosis (DRA) and cormorbidities that contribute to mortality.
Islet Ainyloid Polypeptide and Diabetes Islet hyalinosis (amyloid deposition) was first described over a century ago as the presence of fibrous protein aggregates in the pancreas of patients with severe hyperglycemia (Opie, EL., JExp. Med. 5: 397-428, 1901). Today, islet amyloid, composed predominantly of islet amyloid polypeptide (IAPP), or amylin, is a characteristic histopathological marker in over 90% of all cases of Type II
diabetes (also known as Non-Insulin Dependent Diabetes, or NIDDM). These fibrillar accumulations result from the aggregation of the islet amyloid polypeptide (IAPP) or amylin, which is a 37 amino acid peptide, derived from a larger precursor peptide, called pro-IAPP.
IAPP is co-secreted with insulin in response to (3-cell secretagogues. This pathological feature is not associated with insulin-dependent (Type I) diabetes and is a unifying characteristic for the heterogeneous clinical phenotypes diagnosed as NIDDM
(Type II diabetes).
Longitudinal studies in cats and immunocytochemical investigations in monkeys have shown that a progressive increase in islet amyloid is associated with a dramatic decrease in the population of insulin-secreting (3-cells and increased severity of the disease. More recently, transgenic studies have strengthened the relationship between IAPP plaque formation and P-cell apoptosis and dysfunction, indicating that amyloid deposition is a principal factor in increasing severity of Type II diabetes.
IAPP has also been shown to induce (3-islet cell toxicity in vitro, indicating that appearance of IAPP fibrils in the pancreas of Type II or Type I diabetic patients (post-islet transplantation) could contribute to the loss of the (3-cell islets (Langerhans) and organ dysfunction. In patients with Type II diabetes, the accumulation of pancreatic IAPP leads to formation of oligomeric IAPP, leading to a buildup of IAPP-amyloid as insoluble fibrous deposits which eventually destroy the insulin-producing (3 cells of the islet, resulting in P cell depletion and failure (Westennark, P., Grimelius, L., Acta Patla. Microbiol. Scand., sect. A. 81:
291-300, 1973; de Koning, EJP., et al., Diabetologia 36: 378-384, 1993; and Lorenzo, A., et al., Nature 368: 756-760, 1994). Accumulation of IAPP as fibrous deposits can also have an impact on the ratio of pro-IAPP to IAPP normally found in plasma by increasing this ratio due to the trapping of IAPP in deposits. Reduction of (3 cell mass can be manifested by hyperglycemia and insulinemia. This (3-cell mass loss can lead to a need for insulin therapy.
Diseases caused by the death or malfunctioning of a particular type or types of cells can be treated by transplanting into the patient healthy cells of the relevant type of cell. This approach has been used for Type I diabetes patients. Often pancreatic islet cells from a donor are cultured in vitro prior to transplantation, to allow them to recover after the isolation procedure or to reduce their immunogenicity. However, in many instances islet cell transplantation is unsuccessful, due to death of the transplanted cells.
One reason for this poor success rate is IAPP, which organizes into toxic oligomers.
Toxic effects may result from intracellular and extracellular accumulation of fibril oligomers. The IAPP oligomers can fornz fibrils and become toxic to the cells in vitro.
In addition, IAPP fibrils are likely to continue to grow after the cells are transplanted and cause death or dysfunction of the cells. This may occur even when the cells are from a healthy donor and the patient receiving the transplant does not have a disease that is characterized by the presence of fibrils. For example, compounds of the present invention may also be used in preparing tissues or cells for transplantation according to the methods described in International Patent Application (PCT) number WO
01/003680.
The compounds of the invention may also stabilize the ratio of the concentrations of Pro-IAPP/IAPP, pro-Insulin/Insulin and C-peptide levels. In addition, as biological markers of efficacy, the results of the different tests, such as the arginine-insulin secretion test, the glucose tolerance test, insulin tolerance and sensitivity tests, could all be used as markers of reduced (3-cell mass and/or accumulation of amyloid deposits.
Such class of drugs could be used together with other drugs targeting insulin resistance, hepatic glucose production, and insulin secretion. Such compounds might prevent insulin therapy by preserving 0-cell function and be applicable to preserving islet transplants.
Hormone-derived Amyloidoses Endocrine organs may harbor amyloid deposits, particularly in aged individuals.
Hormone-secreting tumors may also contain hormone-derived amyloid plaques, the fibrils of which are made up of polypeptide hormones such as calcitonin (medullary carcinoma of the thyroid); and atrial natriuretic peptide (isolated atrial amyloidosis).
Sequences and structures of these proteins are well known in the art.
Miscellaneous Amyloidoses There are a variety of other forms of amyloid disease that are normally manifest as localized deposits of amyloid. In general, these diseases are probably the result of the localized production or lack of catabolism of specific fibril precursors or a predisposition of a particular tissue (such as the joint) for fibril deposition. Examples of such idiopathic deposition include nodular AL amyloid, cutaneous amyloid, endocrine amyloid, and tumor-related amyloid. Other amyloid related diseases include those described above, such as familial amyloid polyneuropathy (FAP), senile systemic amyloidosis, Tenosynovium, familial amyloidosis, Ostertag-type, non-neuropathic amyloidosis, cranial neuropathy, hereditary cerebral hemorrhage, familial dementia, chronic dialysis, familial Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease; Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome, hereditary spongiform encephalopathies, prion diseases, familial Mediterranean fever, Muckle-Well's syndrome, nephropathy, deafness, urticaria, limb pain, cardiomyopathy, cutaneous deposits, multiple myeloma, benign monoclonal gammopathy, maccoglobulinaemia, myeloma associated amyloidosis, medullary carcinomas of the thyroid, isolated atrial amyloid, and diabetes.
The compounds of the invention may be administered therapeutically or prophylactically to treat diseases associated with amyloid fibril formation, aggregation or deposition, regardless of the clinical setting. The compounds of the invention may act to ameliorate the course of an amyloid related disease using any of the following mechanisms, such as, for example but not limited to: slowing the rate of amyloid fibril formation or deposition; lessening the degree of amyloid deposition;
inhibiting, reducing, or preventing amyloid fibril formation; inhibiting amyloid induced inflammation; enhancing the clearance of amyloid from, for example, the brain;
or protecting cells from amyloid induced (oligomers or fibrillar) toxicity.
Hormone-derived Amyloidoses Endocrine organs may harbor amyloid deposits, particularly in aged individuals.
Hormone-secreting tumors may also contain hormone-derived amyloid plaques, the fibrils of which are made up of polypeptide hormones such as calcitonin (medullary carcinoma of the thyroid); and atrial natriuretic peptide (isolated atrial amyloidosis).
Sequences and structures of these proteins are well known in the art.
Miscellaneous Amyloidoses There are a variety of other forms of amyloid disease that are normally manifest as localized deposits of amyloid. In general, these diseases are probably the result of the localized production or lack of catabolism of specific fibril precursors or a predisposition of a particular tissue (such as the joint) for fibril deposition. Examples of such idiopathic deposition include nodular AL amyloid, cutaneous amyloid, endocrine amyloid, and tumor-related amyloid. Other amyloid related diseases include those described above, such as familial amyloid polyneuropathy (FAP), senile systemic amyloidosis, Tenosynovium, familial amyloidosis, Ostertag-type, non-neuropathic amyloidosis, cranial neuropathy, hereditary cerebral hemorrhage, familial dementia, chronic dialysis, familial Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease; Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker syndrome, hereditary spongiform encephalopathies, prion diseases, familial Mediterranean fever, Muckle-Well's syndrome, nephropathy, deafness, urticaria, limb pain, cardiomyopathy, cutaneous deposits, multiple myeloma, benign monoclonal gammopathy, maccoglobulinaemia, myeloma associated amyloidosis, medullary carcinomas of the thyroid, isolated atrial amyloid, and diabetes.
The compounds of the invention may be administered therapeutically or prophylactically to treat diseases associated with amyloid fibril formation, aggregation or deposition, regardless of the clinical setting. The compounds of the invention may act to ameliorate the course of an amyloid related disease using any of the following mechanisms, such as, for example but not limited to: slowing the rate of amyloid fibril formation or deposition; lessening the degree of amyloid deposition;
inhibiting, reducing, or preventing amyloid fibril formation; inhibiting amyloid induced inflammation; enhancing the clearance of amyloid from, for example, the brain;
or protecting cells from amyloid induced (oligomers or fibrillar) toxicity.
In an embodiment, the compounds of the invention may be administered therapeutically or prophylactically to treat diseases associated with amyloid-(3 fibril formation, aggregation or deposition. The compounds of the invention may act to ameliorate the course of an amyloid-(3 related disease using any of the following mechanisms (this list is meant to be illustrative and not limiting): slowing the rate of amyloid-(3 fibril formation or deposition; lessening the degree of amyloid-P
deposition;
inhibiting, reducing, or preventing amyloid-(3 fibril formation; inhibiting neurodegeneration or cellular toxicity induced by amyloid-(3; inhibiting amyloid-(3 induced inflammation; enhancing the clearance of amyloid-(3 from the brain; or favoring greater catabolism of A(3.
Compounds of the invention may be effective in controlling amyloid-(3 deposition either following their entry into the brain (following penetration of the blood brain barrier) or from the periphery. When acting from the periphery, a compound may alter the equilibrium of A(3 between the brain and the plasma so as to favor the exit of A(3 from the brain. An increase in the exit of A(3 from the brain would result in a decrease in A(3 brain concentration and therefore favor a decrease in A(3 deposition. In addition, compounds that penetrate the brain may control deposition by acting directly on brain A(3, e.g., by maintaining it in a non-fibrillar form or favoring its clearance from the brain. The compounds may slow down APP processing; may increase degradation of Ap fibrils by macrophages or by neuronal cells; or may decrease A(3 production by activated microglia. These compounds could also prevent A(3 in the brain from interacting with the cell surface and therefore prevent neurotoxicity, neurodegeneration, or inflammation.
In one embodiment, the method is used to treat Alzheimer's disease (e.g., sporadic or familial AD). The method can also be used prophylactically or therapeutically to treat other clinical occurrences of amyloid-(3 deposition, such as in Down's syndrome individuals and in patients with cerebral amyloid angiopathy ("CAA"), hereditary cerebral hemorrhage, or early Alzheimer's disease.
In another embodiment, the method is used to treat mild cognitive impairment.
Mild Cognitive Impairment ("MCI") is a condition characterized by a state of mild but measurable impairment in thinking skills, which is not necessarily associated with the presence of dementia. MCI frequently, but not necessarily, precedes Alzheimer's disease.
Additionally, abnorxnal accumulation of APP and of amyloid-(3 protein in muscle fibers has been implicated in the pathology of sporadic inclusion body myositis (IBM) (Askanas, V., et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93: 1314-1319; Askanas, V. et al.
(1995) Curr=ent Opinion in Rheunaatology 7: 486-496). Accordingly, the compounds of the invention can be used prophylactically or therapeutically in the treatment of disorders in which amyloid-beta protein is abnormally deposited at non-neurological locations, such as treatment of IBM by delivery of the compounds to muscle fibers.
Additionally, it has been shown that A(3 is associated with abnormal extracellular deposits, known as drusen, that accumulate along the basal surface of the retinal pigmented epithelium in individuals with age-related macular degeneration (ARMD).
ARMD is a cause of irreversible vision loss in older individuals. It is believed that A(3 deposition could be an important component of the local inflammatory events that contribute to atrophy of the retinal pigmented epithelium, drusen biogenesis, and the pathogenesis of ARMD (Johnson, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99(18), (2002)). Therefore, the invention also relates to the treatment or prevention of age-related macular degeneration.
In another embodiment, the invention also relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid associated disease in a subject (preferably a human) comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of a compound according to the following Formulae or otherwise described herein, such that amyloid fibril formation or deposition, neurodegeneration, or cellular toxicity is reduced or inhibited.
In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid associated disease in a subject (preferably a human) comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of a compound according to the following Formulae or otherwise described herein, such that cognitive function is improved or stabilized or further deterioration in cognitive function is prevented, slowed, or stopped in patients with brain amyloidosis, e.g., Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome or cerebral amyloid angiopathy. These compounds can also improve quality of daily living in these subjects.
The therapeutic compounds of the invention may treat amyloidosis related to type II diabetes by, for example, stabilizing glycemia, preventing or reducing the loss of (3 cell mass, reducing or preventing hyperglycemia due to loss of (3 cell mass, and modulating (e.g.; increasing or stabilizing) insulin production. The compounds of the invention may also stabilize the ratio of the concentrations of pro-IAPP/IAPP.
The therapeutic compounds of the invention may treat AA (secondary) amyloidosis and/or AL (primary) amyloidosis, by stabilizing renal function, decreasing proteinuria, increasing creatinine clearance (e.g., by at least 50% or greater or by at least 100% or greater), by leading to remission of chronic diarrhea or weight gain (e.g., 10%
or greater), or by reducing serum creatinine. Visceral amyloid content as determined, e.g., by SAP scintigraphy may also be reduced.
deposition;
inhibiting, reducing, or preventing amyloid-(3 fibril formation; inhibiting neurodegeneration or cellular toxicity induced by amyloid-(3; inhibiting amyloid-(3 induced inflammation; enhancing the clearance of amyloid-(3 from the brain; or favoring greater catabolism of A(3.
Compounds of the invention may be effective in controlling amyloid-(3 deposition either following their entry into the brain (following penetration of the blood brain barrier) or from the periphery. When acting from the periphery, a compound may alter the equilibrium of A(3 between the brain and the plasma so as to favor the exit of A(3 from the brain. An increase in the exit of A(3 from the brain would result in a decrease in A(3 brain concentration and therefore favor a decrease in A(3 deposition. In addition, compounds that penetrate the brain may control deposition by acting directly on brain A(3, e.g., by maintaining it in a non-fibrillar form or favoring its clearance from the brain. The compounds may slow down APP processing; may increase degradation of Ap fibrils by macrophages or by neuronal cells; or may decrease A(3 production by activated microglia. These compounds could also prevent A(3 in the brain from interacting with the cell surface and therefore prevent neurotoxicity, neurodegeneration, or inflammation.
In one embodiment, the method is used to treat Alzheimer's disease (e.g., sporadic or familial AD). The method can also be used prophylactically or therapeutically to treat other clinical occurrences of amyloid-(3 deposition, such as in Down's syndrome individuals and in patients with cerebral amyloid angiopathy ("CAA"), hereditary cerebral hemorrhage, or early Alzheimer's disease.
In another embodiment, the method is used to treat mild cognitive impairment.
Mild Cognitive Impairment ("MCI") is a condition characterized by a state of mild but measurable impairment in thinking skills, which is not necessarily associated with the presence of dementia. MCI frequently, but not necessarily, precedes Alzheimer's disease.
Additionally, abnorxnal accumulation of APP and of amyloid-(3 protein in muscle fibers has been implicated in the pathology of sporadic inclusion body myositis (IBM) (Askanas, V., et al. (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93: 1314-1319; Askanas, V. et al.
(1995) Curr=ent Opinion in Rheunaatology 7: 486-496). Accordingly, the compounds of the invention can be used prophylactically or therapeutically in the treatment of disorders in which amyloid-beta protein is abnormally deposited at non-neurological locations, such as treatment of IBM by delivery of the compounds to muscle fibers.
Additionally, it has been shown that A(3 is associated with abnormal extracellular deposits, known as drusen, that accumulate along the basal surface of the retinal pigmented epithelium in individuals with age-related macular degeneration (ARMD).
ARMD is a cause of irreversible vision loss in older individuals. It is believed that A(3 deposition could be an important component of the local inflammatory events that contribute to atrophy of the retinal pigmented epithelium, drusen biogenesis, and the pathogenesis of ARMD (Johnson, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 99(18), (2002)). Therefore, the invention also relates to the treatment or prevention of age-related macular degeneration.
In another embodiment, the invention also relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid associated disease in a subject (preferably a human) comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of a compound according to the following Formulae or otherwise described herein, such that amyloid fibril formation or deposition, neurodegeneration, or cellular toxicity is reduced or inhibited.
In another embodiment, the invention relates to a method of treating or preventing an amyloid associated disease in a subject (preferably a human) comprising administering to the subject a therapeutic amount of a compound according to the following Formulae or otherwise described herein, such that cognitive function is improved or stabilized or further deterioration in cognitive function is prevented, slowed, or stopped in patients with brain amyloidosis, e.g., Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome or cerebral amyloid angiopathy. These compounds can also improve quality of daily living in these subjects.
The therapeutic compounds of the invention may treat amyloidosis related to type II diabetes by, for example, stabilizing glycemia, preventing or reducing the loss of (3 cell mass, reducing or preventing hyperglycemia due to loss of (3 cell mass, and modulating (e.g.; increasing or stabilizing) insulin production. The compounds of the invention may also stabilize the ratio of the concentrations of pro-IAPP/IAPP.
The therapeutic compounds of the invention may treat AA (secondary) amyloidosis and/or AL (primary) amyloidosis, by stabilizing renal function, decreasing proteinuria, increasing creatinine clearance (e.g., by at least 50% or greater or by at least 100% or greater), by leading to remission of chronic diarrhea or weight gain (e.g., 10%
or greater), or by reducing serum creatinine. Visceral amyloid content as determined, e.g., by SAP scintigraphy may also be reduced.
Neuroprotection The A(3 peptide has been shown by several groups to be highly toxic to neurons.
Amyloid plaques are directly associated with reactive gliosis, dystrophic neurites and apoptotic cells, suggesting that plaques induce neurodegenerative changes.
Neurotoxicity may eventually disrupt or even kill neurons. In vitro, A(3 has been shown to induce apoptosis in many different neuronal cell types, such as rat PC-12 cells, primary rat hippocampal and cortical cultures, and the predifferentiated human neurotype SH-SY5Y cell line (Dickson DW (2004) J Clin Invest 114:23-7; Canu et al.
(2003) Cerebelluna 2:270-278; Li et al. (1996) Brain Researcla 738:196-204).
Numerous reports have shown that A(3 fibrils can induce neurodegeneration, and it has been shown that neuronal cells exposed in vitro to A(3 can become apoptotic (Morgan et al. (2004) Prog. Neurobiol. 74:323-349; Stefani et al. (2003) J. Mol. Med. 81:678-99; La Ferla et al. (1997) J. Clin. Invest. 100(2):310-320). In Alzheimer's disease, a progressive neuronal cell loss accompanies the deposition of Ap amyloid fibrils in senile plaques.
In yet another aspect, the invention pertains to a method for inhibiting A(3-induced neuronal cell death by administering an effective amount of a compound of the present invention.
Another aspect of the invention pertains to a method for providing neuroprotection to a subject having an A(3-amyloid related disease, e.g.
Alzheimer's disease, that includes administering an effective amount of a compound of the present inveiition to the subject, such that neuroprotection is provided.
In another aspect, methods for inhibiting A(3-induced neuronal cell death are provided that include administration of an effective amount of a compound of the present invention to a subject such that neuronal cell death is inhibited.
In another aspect, methods for treating a disease state characterized by A(3-induced neuronal cell death in a subject are provided, e.g., by administering an effective amount of a compound of the present invention. Non-limiting examples of such disease states include Alzheimer's disease and A(3-amyloid related diseases.
The term "neuroprotection" includes protection of neuronal cells of a subject from A(3-induced cell death, e.g., cell death induced directly or indirectly by an A(3 peptide. A(3-induced cell death may result in initiation of processes such as, for example: the destabilization of the cytoskeleton; DNA fragmentation; the activation of hydrolytic enzymes, such as phospholipase A2; activation of caspases, calcium-activated proteases and/or calcium-activated endonucleases; inflammation mediated by macrophages; calcium influx into a cell; membrane potential changes in a cell;
the disruption of cell junctions leading to decreased or absent cell-cell communication; and the activation of expression of genes involved in cell death, e.g., immediate-early genes.
Amyloid plaques are directly associated with reactive gliosis, dystrophic neurites and apoptotic cells, suggesting that plaques induce neurodegenerative changes.
Neurotoxicity may eventually disrupt or even kill neurons. In vitro, A(3 has been shown to induce apoptosis in many different neuronal cell types, such as rat PC-12 cells, primary rat hippocampal and cortical cultures, and the predifferentiated human neurotype SH-SY5Y cell line (Dickson DW (2004) J Clin Invest 114:23-7; Canu et al.
(2003) Cerebelluna 2:270-278; Li et al. (1996) Brain Researcla 738:196-204).
Numerous reports have shown that A(3 fibrils can induce neurodegeneration, and it has been shown that neuronal cells exposed in vitro to A(3 can become apoptotic (Morgan et al. (2004) Prog. Neurobiol. 74:323-349; Stefani et al. (2003) J. Mol. Med. 81:678-99; La Ferla et al. (1997) J. Clin. Invest. 100(2):310-320). In Alzheimer's disease, a progressive neuronal cell loss accompanies the deposition of Ap amyloid fibrils in senile plaques.
In yet another aspect, the invention pertains to a method for inhibiting A(3-induced neuronal cell death by administering an effective amount of a compound of the present invention.
Another aspect of the invention pertains to a method for providing neuroprotection to a subject having an A(3-amyloid related disease, e.g.
Alzheimer's disease, that includes administering an effective amount of a compound of the present inveiition to the subject, such that neuroprotection is provided.
In another aspect, methods for inhibiting A(3-induced neuronal cell death are provided that include administration of an effective amount of a compound of the present invention to a subject such that neuronal cell death is inhibited.
In another aspect, methods for treating a disease state characterized by A(3-induced neuronal cell death in a subject are provided, e.g., by administering an effective amount of a compound of the present invention. Non-limiting examples of such disease states include Alzheimer's disease and A(3-amyloid related diseases.
The term "neuroprotection" includes protection of neuronal cells of a subject from A(3-induced cell death, e.g., cell death induced directly or indirectly by an A(3 peptide. A(3-induced cell death may result in initiation of processes such as, for example: the destabilization of the cytoskeleton; DNA fragmentation; the activation of hydrolytic enzymes, such as phospholipase A2; activation of caspases, calcium-activated proteases and/or calcium-activated endonucleases; inflammation mediated by macrophages; calcium influx into a cell; membrane potential changes in a cell;
the disruption of cell junctions leading to decreased or absent cell-cell communication; and the activation of expression of genes involved in cell death, e.g., immediate-early genes.
Tau Assenably of A~re ag tion In yet another aspect, the compounds and methods of the invention are administered to a subject to inhibit, prevent or reduce tau asseinbly or aggregation.
Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that A(3 accumulation triggers a cascade which includes tau hyperphosphorylation leading to neurofibrillary tangle formation, and ultimately cell death. Oddo et al., Neuron 43(2):321-332,327 (2004); Hardy and Selko Science 297:353-356 (2002).
Compounds effective at reducing, inhibiting or preventing A(3 aggregation may also be effective at reducing, inhibiting or preventing tau aggregation. Accordingly, not only can the compounds and the methods of the present invention be employed to treat amyloid related disorders (e.g., A(3-related disorders such as Alzheimer's Disease, adult-onset diabetes, and age-related macular degeneration), but additionally or alternatively to treat tauopathies (e.g., Progressive Supernuclear Palsy (PSP), Corticobasal Degeneration (CBD), and frontotemporal dementia with Parkinsonism (FTDP) in a subject.
Accordingly, in one embodiment the invention provides a method of treating or preventing a tauopathy in a subject comprising administering a therapeutic amount of a compound of the invention such that the tauopathy is treated or prevented.
The compounds of the invention may be administered therapeutically or prophylactically to treat diseases associated with tau formation, aggregation or deposition. The compounds may act to inhibit, prevent and/or reverse tau aggregation by one or more of the following mechanisms: slowing the rate or preventing Ap fibril formation or deposition; lessening the degree of A(3 deposition; inhibiting, reducing or preventing amyloid-(3 fibril formation; inhibiting neurodegeneration or cellular toxicity induced by amyloid-(3 or tau aggregates; inhibiting inflammation related to the presence of A(3 or tau; enhancing clearance of A(3 or tau from the brain or other organs; favoring the degradation of amyloid-(3 protein prior to its organization into fibrils;
slowing the rate of tau formation or aggregation; inhibiting or reversing tau aggregation;
inhibiting neuronal cell death; inhibiting, reducing or preventing neurofibrillary tangle, neuritic plaque, neuritic thread, globose tangle, or Pick Body formation; and inhibiting, reducing or preventing the formation or presence of thorny astrocytes, tufted astrocytes, astrocytic plaques, coiled bodies, glial threads, and microglia.
"Tau" or "tau protein" refers to the tau protein which is associated with the stabilization of microtubules in nerve cells and a component of a broad range of tau aggregates, e.g., neurofibrillary tangles. The term, unless otherwise indicated herein, refers to tau in all of its isoforms with or without modifications, including phosphorylation, truncation and conformation.
Without wishing to be bound by any particular theory, it is believed that A(3 accumulation triggers a cascade which includes tau hyperphosphorylation leading to neurofibrillary tangle formation, and ultimately cell death. Oddo et al., Neuron 43(2):321-332,327 (2004); Hardy and Selko Science 297:353-356 (2002).
Compounds effective at reducing, inhibiting or preventing A(3 aggregation may also be effective at reducing, inhibiting or preventing tau aggregation. Accordingly, not only can the compounds and the methods of the present invention be employed to treat amyloid related disorders (e.g., A(3-related disorders such as Alzheimer's Disease, adult-onset diabetes, and age-related macular degeneration), but additionally or alternatively to treat tauopathies (e.g., Progressive Supernuclear Palsy (PSP), Corticobasal Degeneration (CBD), and frontotemporal dementia with Parkinsonism (FTDP) in a subject.
Accordingly, in one embodiment the invention provides a method of treating or preventing a tauopathy in a subject comprising administering a therapeutic amount of a compound of the invention such that the tauopathy is treated or prevented.
The compounds of the invention may be administered therapeutically or prophylactically to treat diseases associated with tau formation, aggregation or deposition. The compounds may act to inhibit, prevent and/or reverse tau aggregation by one or more of the following mechanisms: slowing the rate or preventing Ap fibril formation or deposition; lessening the degree of A(3 deposition; inhibiting, reducing or preventing amyloid-(3 fibril formation; inhibiting neurodegeneration or cellular toxicity induced by amyloid-(3 or tau aggregates; inhibiting inflammation related to the presence of A(3 or tau; enhancing clearance of A(3 or tau from the brain or other organs; favoring the degradation of amyloid-(3 protein prior to its organization into fibrils;
slowing the rate of tau formation or aggregation; inhibiting or reversing tau aggregation;
inhibiting neuronal cell death; inhibiting, reducing or preventing neurofibrillary tangle, neuritic plaque, neuritic thread, globose tangle, or Pick Body formation; and inhibiting, reducing or preventing the formation or presence of thorny astrocytes, tufted astrocytes, astrocytic plaques, coiled bodies, glial threads, and microglia.
"Tau" or "tau protein" refers to the tau protein which is associated with the stabilization of microtubules in nerve cells and a component of a broad range of tau aggregates, e.g., neurofibrillary tangles. The term, unless otherwise indicated herein, refers to tau in all of its isoforms with or without modifications, including phosphorylation, truncation and conformation.
"Tauopathy" refers to tau-related disorders, e.g., tau-related neurodegenerative disorders, e.g., Alzheimer's Disease, Progressive Supranuclear Palsy (PSP), Corticobasal Degeneration (CBD), Pick's Disease, Frontotemporal dementia and Parkinsonism associated with chromosome 17 (FTDP-17).
"Tau aggregates" or "tau aggregation" refers to tau aggregates or aggregation associated with a broad range of disorders, primarily neurodegenerative disorders. Tau aggregates exist in many forms that include, but are not limited to, neurofibrillary tangles (pyramidal cells, or the extracellular remnants of such cells after degradation of the neuron, that include helical and straight filament pairs of aggregated tau), neuritic plaques (dystrophic neurites that contain a core of amyloid surrounded at least in part by tau aggregates typically in the straight filament form), neuritic threads (related to dystrophic neurites, but not organized in a plaque), globose tangles (accumulations of tau in neuronal cytoplasm associated with Progressive Supernuclear Palsy), and Pick Bodies (disordered tau fibrils associated with Pick's Disease that generally include tau protein as a major component and typically are found in neurons). Tau aggregates also include aggregates within cells, including: thorny astocytes (generally characterized by tau aggregates in and around the perinuclear cytoplasm found in subjects with PSP), tufted astrocytes (generally characterized by tau aggregates through grey matters cells and associated with PSP and AD), astrocytic plaques (plaques found in grey matter and associated with CBD), coiled bodies (generally characterized by comma-shaped or coiled structures that include tau filaments wrapped around the nucleus of an oligodendrocyte and found in subjects with FTDP-17, PSP and CBD), glial threads (generally characterized by tau inclusions in the myelin sheath of oligodendocytes found in subjects having PSP), and tau aggregates associated with microglia.
"Inhibition" of tau aggregation includes preventing or stopping of tau formation, clearance of tau, inhibiting or slowing down of tau deposition in a subject with tauopathy, and reducing or reversing neurofibrillary tangles or tau deposits in a subject.
Inhibition of tau aggregation is determined relative to an untreated subject, or relative to the treated subject prior to treatment, or, e.g., determined,by clinically measurable improvement, e.g., or in the case of a subject with brain amyloidosis, e.g., an Alzheimer's or cerebral amyloid angiopathy subject, stabilization of cognitive function or prevention of a further decrease in cognitive function (i.e., preventing, slowing, or stopping disease progression), or improvement of parameters such as the concentration of A(3 or tau in the CSF.
"Tau aggregates" or "tau aggregation" refers to tau aggregates or aggregation associated with a broad range of disorders, primarily neurodegenerative disorders. Tau aggregates exist in many forms that include, but are not limited to, neurofibrillary tangles (pyramidal cells, or the extracellular remnants of such cells after degradation of the neuron, that include helical and straight filament pairs of aggregated tau), neuritic plaques (dystrophic neurites that contain a core of amyloid surrounded at least in part by tau aggregates typically in the straight filament form), neuritic threads (related to dystrophic neurites, but not organized in a plaque), globose tangles (accumulations of tau in neuronal cytoplasm associated with Progressive Supernuclear Palsy), and Pick Bodies (disordered tau fibrils associated with Pick's Disease that generally include tau protein as a major component and typically are found in neurons). Tau aggregates also include aggregates within cells, including: thorny astocytes (generally characterized by tau aggregates in and around the perinuclear cytoplasm found in subjects with PSP), tufted astrocytes (generally characterized by tau aggregates through grey matters cells and associated with PSP and AD), astrocytic plaques (plaques found in grey matter and associated with CBD), coiled bodies (generally characterized by comma-shaped or coiled structures that include tau filaments wrapped around the nucleus of an oligodendrocyte and found in subjects with FTDP-17, PSP and CBD), glial threads (generally characterized by tau inclusions in the myelin sheath of oligodendocytes found in subjects having PSP), and tau aggregates associated with microglia.
"Inhibition" of tau aggregation includes preventing or stopping of tau formation, clearance of tau, inhibiting or slowing down of tau deposition in a subject with tauopathy, and reducing or reversing neurofibrillary tangles or tau deposits in a subject.
Inhibition of tau aggregation is determined relative to an untreated subject, or relative to the treated subject prior to treatment, or, e.g., determined,by clinically measurable improvement, e.g., or in the case of a subject with brain amyloidosis, e.g., an Alzheimer's or cerebral amyloid angiopathy subject, stabilization of cognitive function or prevention of a further decrease in cognitive function (i.e., preventing, slowing, or stopping disease progression), or improvement of parameters such as the concentration of A(3 or tau in the CSF.
Blood-Bf ain Barrier Regardless of the particular mechanism by which the compound exerts its biological effects, the compound prevents or treats amyloid associated diseases, such as for example Alzheimer's disease, CAA, MCI, diabetes related amyloidosis, AL
amyloidosis, Down's syndrome, or (32M amyloidosis. The compound may reverse or favor deposition of amyloid or the compound may favor plaque clearance or slow deposition. For example, the compound may decrease the amyloid concentration in the brain of a subject versus an untreated subject. The compound may penetrate into the brain by crossing the blood-brain barrier ("BBB") to exert its biological effect. The compound may maintain soluble amyloid in a non-fibrillar form, or alternatively, the compound may increase the rate of clearance of soluble amyloid from the brain of a subject versus an untreated subject. The compound may also increase the rate of degradation of Ap in the brain prior to organization into fibrils. A compound may also act in the periphery, causing a change in the equilibrium of the amyloid protein concentration in the two compartments (i.e., systemic vs. central), in which case a compound may not be required to penetrate the brain to decrease the concentration of A(3 in the brain (a "sink" effect).
Agents of the invention that exert their physiological effect in vivo in the brain may be more useful if they gain access to target cells in the brain. Non-limiting examples of brain cells are neurons, glial cells (astrocytes, oligodendrocytes, microglia), cerebrovascular cells (muscle cells, endothelial cells), and cells that comprise the meninges. The blood brain barrier ("BBB") typically restricts access to brain cells by acting as a physical and functional blockade that separates the brain parenchyma from the systemic circulation (see, e.g., Pardridge, et al., J. Neurovirol. 5(6), 556-69 (1999);
Rubin, et al., Rev. Neurosci. 22, 11-28 (1999)). Circulating molecules are generally able to gain access to brain cells via one of two processes: lipid-mediated transport through the BBB by free diffusion, or active (or catalyzed) transport.
The agents of the invention maybe formulated to improve distribution in vivo, for example as powdered or liquid tablet or solution for oral administration or as a nasal spray, nose drops, a gel or ointment, through a tube or catheter, by syringe, by packtail, by pledget, or by submucosal infusion. Generally the blood-brain barrier (BBB) excludes many highly hydrophilic agents. To ensure that the more hydrophilic therapeutic agents of the invention cross the BBB, they may be formulated, for example, in liposomes. For methods of manufacturing liposomes, see, e.g., U.S. Pat.
Nos.
4,522,811; 5,374,548; and 5,399,331. The liposomes may comprise one or more moieties which are selectively transported into specific cells or organs ("targeting moieties" or "targeting groups" or "transporting vectors"), thus providing targeted drug delivery (see, e.g., V.V. Ranade J. Clin. Plzarmacol. 29, 685 (1989)).
Likewise, the agents may be linked to targeting groups that facilitate penetration of the blood brain barrier. In one embodiment, the method of the present invention employs a naturally occurring polyamine linked to an agent that is a small molecule and is useful for inhibiting e.g., A(3 deposition.
To facilitate transport of agents of the invention across the BBB, they may be coupled to a BBB transport vector (for review of BBB transport vectors and mechanisms, see Bickel, et al., Adv. Drug Delivery Reviews 46, 247-79 (2001)).
Exemplary transport vectors include cationized albumin or the OX26 monoclonal antibody to the transferrin receptor; these proteins undergo absorptive-mediated and receptor-mediated transcytosis through the BBB, respectively. Natural cell metabolites that may be used as targeting groups include, inter alia, putrescine, spermidine, spermine, or DHA. Other exemplary targeting moieties include folate or biotin (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,416,016); mannosides (Umezawa, et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res.
Commun. 153, 1038 (1988)); antibodies (P.G. Bloeman, et al., FEBSLett. 357, (1995); M. Owais, et al., Antimicrob. Agents Claenaother. 39, 180 (1995));
surfactant protein A receptor (Briscoe, et al., Am. J. Physiol. 1233, 134 (1995)); gp120 (Schreier, et al., J Biol. Chem. 269, 9090 (1994)); see also, K. Keinanen and M.L.
Laukkanen, FEBSLett. 346, 123 (1994); J.J. Killion and I.J. Fidler, Immun.omethods 4, 273 (1994).
Examples of other BBB transport vectors that target receptor-mediated transport systems into the brain include factors such as insulin, insulin-like growth factors ("IGF-I," and "IGF-II"), angiotensin II, atrial and brain natriuretic peptide ("ANP," and "BNP"), interleukin I("IL-l") and transferrin. Monoclonal antibodies to the receptors that bind these factors may also be used as BBB transport vectors. BBB
transport vectors targeting mechanisms for absorptive-mediated transcytosis include cationic moieties such as cationized LDL, albumin or horseradish peroxidase coupled with polylysine, cationized albumin or cationized immunoglobulins. Small basic oligopeptides such as the dynorphin analogue E-2078 and the ACTH analogue ebiratide may also cross the brain via absorptive-mediated transcytosis and are potential transport vectors.
Other BBB transport vectors target systems for transporting nutrients into the brain. Examples of such BBB transport vectors include hexose moieties, e.g., glucose and monocarboxylic acids, e.g., lactic acid and neutral amino acids, e.g., phenylalanine, and amines, e.g., choline and basic amino acids, e.g., arginine, nucleosides, e.g., adenosine and purine bases, e.g., adenine, and thyroid hormone, e.g., triiodothyridine.
Antibodies to the extracellular domain of nutrient transporters may also be used as transport vectors. Other possible vectors include angiotensin II and ANP, which may be involved in regulating BBB permeability.
amyloidosis, Down's syndrome, or (32M amyloidosis. The compound may reverse or favor deposition of amyloid or the compound may favor plaque clearance or slow deposition. For example, the compound may decrease the amyloid concentration in the brain of a subject versus an untreated subject. The compound may penetrate into the brain by crossing the blood-brain barrier ("BBB") to exert its biological effect. The compound may maintain soluble amyloid in a non-fibrillar form, or alternatively, the compound may increase the rate of clearance of soluble amyloid from the brain of a subject versus an untreated subject. The compound may also increase the rate of degradation of Ap in the brain prior to organization into fibrils. A compound may also act in the periphery, causing a change in the equilibrium of the amyloid protein concentration in the two compartments (i.e., systemic vs. central), in which case a compound may not be required to penetrate the brain to decrease the concentration of A(3 in the brain (a "sink" effect).
Agents of the invention that exert their physiological effect in vivo in the brain may be more useful if they gain access to target cells in the brain. Non-limiting examples of brain cells are neurons, glial cells (astrocytes, oligodendrocytes, microglia), cerebrovascular cells (muscle cells, endothelial cells), and cells that comprise the meninges. The blood brain barrier ("BBB") typically restricts access to brain cells by acting as a physical and functional blockade that separates the brain parenchyma from the systemic circulation (see, e.g., Pardridge, et al., J. Neurovirol. 5(6), 556-69 (1999);
Rubin, et al., Rev. Neurosci. 22, 11-28 (1999)). Circulating molecules are generally able to gain access to brain cells via one of two processes: lipid-mediated transport through the BBB by free diffusion, or active (or catalyzed) transport.
The agents of the invention maybe formulated to improve distribution in vivo, for example as powdered or liquid tablet or solution for oral administration or as a nasal spray, nose drops, a gel or ointment, through a tube or catheter, by syringe, by packtail, by pledget, or by submucosal infusion. Generally the blood-brain barrier (BBB) excludes many highly hydrophilic agents. To ensure that the more hydrophilic therapeutic agents of the invention cross the BBB, they may be formulated, for example, in liposomes. For methods of manufacturing liposomes, see, e.g., U.S. Pat.
Nos.
4,522,811; 5,374,548; and 5,399,331. The liposomes may comprise one or more moieties which are selectively transported into specific cells or organs ("targeting moieties" or "targeting groups" or "transporting vectors"), thus providing targeted drug delivery (see, e.g., V.V. Ranade J. Clin. Plzarmacol. 29, 685 (1989)).
Likewise, the agents may be linked to targeting groups that facilitate penetration of the blood brain barrier. In one embodiment, the method of the present invention employs a naturally occurring polyamine linked to an agent that is a small molecule and is useful for inhibiting e.g., A(3 deposition.
To facilitate transport of agents of the invention across the BBB, they may be coupled to a BBB transport vector (for review of BBB transport vectors and mechanisms, see Bickel, et al., Adv. Drug Delivery Reviews 46, 247-79 (2001)).
Exemplary transport vectors include cationized albumin or the OX26 monoclonal antibody to the transferrin receptor; these proteins undergo absorptive-mediated and receptor-mediated transcytosis through the BBB, respectively. Natural cell metabolites that may be used as targeting groups include, inter alia, putrescine, spermidine, spermine, or DHA. Other exemplary targeting moieties include folate or biotin (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,416,016); mannosides (Umezawa, et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res.
Commun. 153, 1038 (1988)); antibodies (P.G. Bloeman, et al., FEBSLett. 357, (1995); M. Owais, et al., Antimicrob. Agents Claenaother. 39, 180 (1995));
surfactant protein A receptor (Briscoe, et al., Am. J. Physiol. 1233, 134 (1995)); gp120 (Schreier, et al., J Biol. Chem. 269, 9090 (1994)); see also, K. Keinanen and M.L.
Laukkanen, FEBSLett. 346, 123 (1994); J.J. Killion and I.J. Fidler, Immun.omethods 4, 273 (1994).
Examples of other BBB transport vectors that target receptor-mediated transport systems into the brain include factors such as insulin, insulin-like growth factors ("IGF-I," and "IGF-II"), angiotensin II, atrial and brain natriuretic peptide ("ANP," and "BNP"), interleukin I("IL-l") and transferrin. Monoclonal antibodies to the receptors that bind these factors may also be used as BBB transport vectors. BBB
transport vectors targeting mechanisms for absorptive-mediated transcytosis include cationic moieties such as cationized LDL, albumin or horseradish peroxidase coupled with polylysine, cationized albumin or cationized immunoglobulins. Small basic oligopeptides such as the dynorphin analogue E-2078 and the ACTH analogue ebiratide may also cross the brain via absorptive-mediated transcytosis and are potential transport vectors.
Other BBB transport vectors target systems for transporting nutrients into the brain. Examples of such BBB transport vectors include hexose moieties, e.g., glucose and monocarboxylic acids, e.g., lactic acid and neutral amino acids, e.g., phenylalanine, and amines, e.g., choline and basic amino acids, e.g., arginine, nucleosides, e.g., adenosine and purine bases, e.g., adenine, and thyroid hormone, e.g., triiodothyridine.
Antibodies to the extracellular domain of nutrient transporters may also be used as transport vectors. Other possible vectors include angiotensin II and ANP, which may be involved in regulating BBB permeability.
In some cases, the bond linking the therapeutic agent to the transport vector may be cleaved following transport into the brain in order to liberate the biologically active agent. Exemplary linkers or "linker groups" include disulfide bonds, an ether linkage, a thioether linkage, an alkylene or alkenylene linkage, an amino or a hydrozino linkage, ester-based linkages, thioether linkages, amide bonds, acid-labile linkages, and Schiff base linkages. Avidin/biotin linkers, in which avidin is covalently coupled to the BBB
drug transport vector, may also be used. Avidin itself may be a drug transport vector.
Transcytosis, including receptor-mediated transport of compositions across the blood brain barrier, may also be suitable for the agents of the invention.
Transferrin receptor-mediated delivery is disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,672,683;
5,383,988;
5,527,527; 5,977,307; and 6,015,555. Transferrin-mediated transport is also known.
P.M. Friden, et al., Pharrnacol. Exp. Ther. 278, 1491-98 (1996); H.J. Lee, J.
Pharmacol.
Exp. Tlaer. 292, 1048-52 (2000). EGF receptor-mediated delivery is disclosed in Y. Deguchi, et al., Bioconjug. Chem. 10, 32-37 (1999), and transcytosis is described in A. Cerletti, et al., J. Drug Target. 8, 435-46 (2000). Insulin fragments have also been used as carriers for delivery across the blood brain barrier. M. Fukuta, et al., Pharm.
Res. 11. 1681-88 (1994). Delivery of agents via a conjugate of neutral avidin and cationized human albumin has also been described. Y.S. Kang, et al., Pharm.
Res. 1, 1257-64 (1994).
Nitric oxide is a vasodilator of the peripheral vasculature in normal tissue of the body. Increasing generation of nitric oxide by nitric oxide synthase causes vasodilation without loss of blood pressure. The blood-pressure-independent increase in blood flow through brain tissue increases cerebral bioavailability of blood-born compositions. This increase in nitric oxide may be stimulated by administering L-arginine. As nitric oxide is increased, cerebral blood flow is consequently increased, and drugs in the blood stream are carried along with the increased flow into brain tissue. Therefore, L-arginine may be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention to enhance delivery of agents to brain tissue before, after, or while introducing a pharmaceutical composition into the blood stream of the subject substantially contemporaneously with a blood flow enhancing amount of L-arginine, as described in WO 00/56328.
Other modifications in order to enhance penetration of the agents of the invention across the blood brain barrier may be accomplished using methods and derivatives known in the art.
drug transport vector, may also be used. Avidin itself may be a drug transport vector.
Transcytosis, including receptor-mediated transport of compositions across the blood brain barrier, may also be suitable for the agents of the invention.
Transferrin receptor-mediated delivery is disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,672,683;
5,383,988;
5,527,527; 5,977,307; and 6,015,555. Transferrin-mediated transport is also known.
P.M. Friden, et al., Pharrnacol. Exp. Ther. 278, 1491-98 (1996); H.J. Lee, J.
Pharmacol.
Exp. Tlaer. 292, 1048-52 (2000). EGF receptor-mediated delivery is disclosed in Y. Deguchi, et al., Bioconjug. Chem. 10, 32-37 (1999), and transcytosis is described in A. Cerletti, et al., J. Drug Target. 8, 435-46 (2000). Insulin fragments have also been used as carriers for delivery across the blood brain barrier. M. Fukuta, et al., Pharm.
Res. 11. 1681-88 (1994). Delivery of agents via a conjugate of neutral avidin and cationized human albumin has also been described. Y.S. Kang, et al., Pharm.
Res. 1, 1257-64 (1994).
Nitric oxide is a vasodilator of the peripheral vasculature in normal tissue of the body. Increasing generation of nitric oxide by nitric oxide synthase causes vasodilation without loss of blood pressure. The blood-pressure-independent increase in blood flow through brain tissue increases cerebral bioavailability of blood-born compositions. This increase in nitric oxide may be stimulated by administering L-arginine. As nitric oxide is increased, cerebral blood flow is consequently increased, and drugs in the blood stream are carried along with the increased flow into brain tissue. Therefore, L-arginine may be used in the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention to enhance delivery of agents to brain tissue before, after, or while introducing a pharmaceutical composition into the blood stream of the subject substantially contemporaneously with a blood flow enhancing amount of L-arginine, as described in WO 00/56328.
Other modifications in order to enhance penetration of the agents of the invention across the blood brain barrier may be accomplished using methods and derivatives known in the art.
BBB Amino Acid Transport Systenis One of the primary interfaces between the central nervous system and the peripheral circulation is the blood brain barrier (BBB). The BBB is composed of a monolayer of brain capillary endothelial cells that are fused together by tight junctions.
The endothelial cells of the BBB contain membrane transport systems, such as the amino acid transport sytems, involved in the influx/efflux of compounds. Nine such amino acid transport systems have been identified which are present in the endothelium of the blood brain barrier. These systems include System y, which transports amino acids with positively charged side chains and their analogs (i.e., basic amino acids and their analogs, e.g., arginine, lysine, and ornithine), System L1, which transports neutral amino acids and their analogs (e.g., phenylalanine, leucine, glycine, alanine, serine, cysteine, tryptophan, methionine, isoleucine, tyrosine, histidine, valine, threonine, proline, asparagine, and glutamine), and System X-, which transports amino acids witli negatively charged amino acids and their analogs (i.e., acidic amino acids and their analogs, e.g., glutamic acid and aspartic acid). Blood brain barrier transport vectors, e.g., amino acids, need not function in the confines of the presently described systems.
The skilled artisan would understand that the specific transporter system which carries the transport vector may be useful in designing the compounds of the invention, but does not limit the scope of the invention.
Large neutral amino acids (LNAAs) such as phenylalanine reach the brain by means of the transporters found in both membranes of endothelial cells. For LNAAs, net uptake through the BBB is determined by their ratio in plasma and their different affinity to the stereospecific L-type AA carrier system. System L mediates high affinity sodium-independent uptake of amino acids with large neutral side chains.
System L at the BBB shares many characteristics with the L system transporter in other tissues, thus it has been proposed that the BBB system represents a different isoform, designated L1.
In one aspect, the present invention is directed to a bifunctional compound which includes a BBB transport vector and a moiety for the treatment of a CNS
disease or an amyloid associated disease, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the BBB transport vector is an amino acid or an amino acid analog.
In some embodiments, the BBB transport vector is a basic amino acid or a basic amino acid analog, for example, arginine, lysine, omithine, and/or analogs thereof. In other embodiments, the BBB transport vector is an acidic amino acid or an acidic acid analog, for example, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, and/or analogs thereof. In yet other embodiments, the BBB transport vector is a small neutral amino acid or a small neutral amino acid analog, for example, glycine, alanine, serine, cysteine, and/or analogs thereof. In still other embodiments, the BBB transport vector is a large neutral amino acid or a large neutral amino acid analog. Exemplary large neutral amino acids include phenylalanine, tryptophan, leucine, methionine, isoleucine, tyrosine, histidine, valine, threonine, proline, asparagine, glutamine, and/or analogs thereof.
In one embodiment, the amino acid or amino acid analog is substituted with the moiety for the treatment of a CNS disease or an amyloid associated disease at the nitrogen. In some embodiments, where the amino acid includes an aromatic side chain, the amino acid or amino acid analog is substituted on the aromatic side chain.
In another embodiment, the amino acid or amino acid analog is substituted both at the nitrogen and on the aromatic side chain. In still further embodiments, the amino acid or amino acid analog is substituted at the oxygen.
In some embodiments, the substitution comprises a direct covalent bond to the amino acid or amino acid analog. In other embodiments, the substitution comprises a linker group, which connects the moiety for the treatment of a CNS disease or an amyloid associated disease to the amino acid or amino acid analog. In some embodiments, the linker groups is a disulfide bond, an ether linkage, a thioether linkage, an alkylene or alkenylene linkage, an amino or a hydrozino linkage, an ester-based linkage, a thioester linkage, an amide bond, an acid-labile linkage, or a Schiff base linkage.
Compounds of the Invention The present invention relates, at least in part, to the use of certain chemical compounds (and pharmaceutical formulations thereof) in the prevention or treatment of CNS diseases and/or amyloid associated diseases, including, inter alia, Alzheimer's disease, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, inclusion body myositis, Down's syndrome, diabetes related amyloidosis, hemodialysis-related amyloidosis ((32M), primary amyloidosis (e.g., a, or x chain-related), familial amyloid polyneuropathy (FAP), senile systemic amyloidosis, familial amyloidosis, Ostertag-type non-neuropathic amyloidosis, cranial neuropathy, hereditary cerebral hemorrhage, familial dementia, chronic dialysis, familial Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinlcer syndrome, hereditary spongiform encephalopathies, prion diseases, familial Mediterranean fever, Muckle-Well's syndrome, nephropathy, deafness, urticaria, limb pain, cardiomyopathy, cutaneous deposits, multiple myeloma, benign monoclonal gammopathy, maccoglobulinaemia, myeloma associated amyloidosis, medullary carcinomas of the thyroid, and isolated atrial amyloid, seizure, neuropathic pain, Abercrombies degeneration, Acquired epileptiform aphasia, Landau-Kleffner Syndrome, Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis, Adrenoleukodystrophy, Leukodystrophy, Agnosia, Alexander Disease, Alpers Disease, Progressive Sclerosing Poliodystrophy, Alternating Hemiplegia, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis, Lou Gehrig's disease, Angelman Syndrome, Ataxia Telangiectasia, Ataxias and Cerebellar/Spinocerebellar Degeneration, Attention Deficit Disorder, Binswanger's Disease, subcortical dementia, Canavan Disease, Cerebral Hypoxia, Cerebro-Oculo-Facio-Skeletal Syndrome, Pena Shokeir II
Syndrome, Charcot-Marie-Tooth, Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyneuropathy (CIDP), Corticobasal Degeneration, Degenerative knee arthritis, Diabetic neuropathy, Early Infantile Epileptic Encephalopathy, Ohtahara Syndrome, Epilepsy, Friedreich's Ataxia, Guillain-Barre Syndrome (GBS), Acute Idiopathic Polyneuritis, Hallervorden-Spatz Disease, Neurodegeneration with Brain Iron Accumulation, Huntington's Disease, Krabbe Disease, Kugelberg-Welander Disease, Spinal Muscular Atrophy (SMA), SMA type I, SMA type II, SMA type III, Kennedy syndrome, progressive spinobulbar muscular atrophy, Congenital SMA with arthrogryposis, Adult SMA, Leigh's Disease, Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome, Machado-Joseph Disease, spinocerebellar ataxia type 3, Monomelic Amyotrophy, Multiple Sclerosis, Neuroacanthocytosis, Niemann-Pick disease, Olivopontocerebellar Atrophy, Paraneoplastic Syndromes, Neurologic paraneoplastic syndromes, Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome, stiff-person syndrome, encephalomyelitis, myasthenia gravis, cerebellar degeneration, limbic and/or brainstem encephalitis, neuromyotonia, opsoclonus and sensory neuropathy, Parkinson's Disease, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher Disease, Pick's Disease, Primary Lateral Sclerosis, Progressive Locomotor Ataxia, Syphilitic Spinal Sclerosis, Tabes Dorsalis, Progressive Supranuclear Palsy, Rasmussen's Encephalitis, Rett Syndrome, Tourette's Syndrome, Usher syndrome, West syndrome, Infantile Spasms, Wilson Disease, and/or hepatolenticular degeneration.
The chemical structures herein are drawn according to the conventional standards known in the art. Thus, where an atom, such as a carbon atom, as drawn appears to have an unsatisfied valency, then that valency is assumed to be satisfied by a hydrogen atom even though that hydrogen atom is not necessarily explicitly drawn. The structures,of some of the compounds of this invention include stereogenic carbon atoms.
It is to be understood that isomers arising from such asymmetry (e.g., all enantiomers and diastereomers) are included within the scope of this invention unless indicated otherwise. That is, unless otherwise stipulated, any chiral carbon center may be of either (R)- or (S)-stereochemistry. Such isomers can be obtained in substantially pure form by classical separation techniques and by stereochemically-controlled synthesis.
Furthermore, alkenes can include either the E- or Z- geometry, where appropriate. In addition, the compounds of the present invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with acceptable solvents such as water, THF, ethanol, and the like. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of the present invention.
A "small molecule" refers to a compound that is not itself the product of gene transcription or translation (e.g., protein, RNA, or DNA) and preferably has a low molecular weight, e.g., less than about 2500 amu.
The terms "moiety" and "group," as used herein, are used interchangeably to mean, in their broadest sense, a portion of a compound, such as a substituent in an organic compound or a radical of a molecule that is attached to another moiety. As a nonlimiting example, an amino acid moiety may be any natural or synthetic amino acid as defined herein, which is covalently bonded, e.g., through the nitrogen, to another organic moiety. Examples of moieties are known to those skilled in the art and are intended to be included within the meaning of the 'term so long as they fall within the scope of the compounds defined herein.
As used herein, the term "compound" is intended to mean a substance made up of molecules that further consist of atoms. A compound may be any natural or non-natural material, for example, peptide or polypeptide sequences, organic or inorganic molecules or compositions, nucleic acid molecules, carbohydrates, lipids or combinations thereof. A compound generally refers to a chemical entity, whether in the solid, liquid or gaseous phase, and whether in a crude mixture or purified and isolated.
Compounds encompass the chemical compound itself as well as, where applicable:
amorphous and crystalline forms of the compound, including polymorphic forms, said forms in mixture or in isolation; free acid and free base forms of the compound; isomers of the compound, including geometric isomers, optical isomers, and tautomeric isomers, said optical isomers to include enantiomers and diastereomers, chiral isomers and non-chiral isomers, said optical isomers to include isolated optical isomers or mixtures of optical isomers including racemic and non-racemic mixtures; said geometric isomers to include transoid and cisoid forms, where an isomer may be in isolated form or in admixture with one or more other isomers; isotopes of the compound, including deuterium- and tritium-containing compounds, and including compounds containing radioisotopes, including therapeutically- and diagnostically-effective radioisotopes;
multimeric forms of the compound, including dimeric, trimeric, etc. forms;
salts of the compound, including acid addition salts and base addition salts, including organic counterions and inorganic counterions, and including zwitterionic forms, where if a compound is associated with two or more counterions, the two or more counterions may be the same or different; and solvates of the compound, including hemisolvates, monosolvates, disolvates, etc., including organic solvates and inorganic solvates, said inorganic solvates including hydrates; where if a compound is associated with two or more solvent molecules, the two or more solvent molecules may be the same or different.
As used herein, "alkyl" groups include saturated hydrocarbons having one or more carbon atoms, including straight-chain alkyl groups (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, etc.), cyclic alkyl groups (or "cycloalkyl" or "alicyclic" or "carbocyclic" groups) (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, etc.), branched-chain alkyl groups (isopropyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, etc.), and alkyl-substituted alkyl groups (e.g., alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl groups and cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl groups). The term "aliphatic group" includes organic moieties characterized by straight or branched-chains, typically having between 1 and 22 carbon atoms. In complex structures, the chains may be branched, bridged, or cross-linked. Aliphatic groups include alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, and alkynyl groups.
In certain embodiments, a straight-chain or branched-chain alkyl group may have 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone, e.g., CI-C30 for straight-chain or C3-C30 for branched-chain. In certain embodiments, a straight-chain or branched-chain alkyl group may have 20 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone, e.g., C1-C20 for straight-chain or C3-C20 for branched-chain, and more preferably 18 or fewer. Likewise, preferred cycloalkyl groups have from 4-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and more preferably have 4-7 carbon atoms in the ring structure. The term "lower alkyl"
refers to alkyl groups having from 1 to 6 carbons in the chain, and to cycloalkyl groups having from 3 to 6 carbons in the ring structure.
Unless the number of carbons is otherwise specified, "lower" as in "lower aliphatic," "lower alkyl," "lower alkenyl," etc. as used herein means that the moiety has at least one and less than about 8 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, a straight-chain or branched-chain lower alkyl group has 6 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C1-C6 for straight-chain, C3-C6 for branched-chain), and more preferably 4 or fewer.
Likewise, preferred cycloalkyl groups have from 3-8 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and more preferably have 5 or 6 carbons in the ring structure. The term "CI-C6" as in "C1-C6 alkyl" means alkyl groups containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Moreover, unless otherwise specified the term alkyl includes both "unsubstituted alkyls" and "substituted alkyls," the latter of which refers to alkyl groups having substituents replacing one or more hydrogens on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents may include, for example, alkenyl, alkynyl, halogeno, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl ainino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclic, alkylaryl, or aromatic (including heteroaromatic) groups.
An "arylalkyl" group is an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group (e.g., phenylmethyl (i.e., benzyl)). An "alkylaryl" moiety is an aryl group substituted with an alkyl group (e.g., p-methylphenyl (i. e., p-tolyl)). The term "n-alkyl" means a straight-chain (i.e., unbranched) unsubstituted alkyl group. An "alkylene"
group is a divalent analog of the corresponding alkyl group. The terms "alkenyl" and "alkynyl"
refer to unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous to alkyls, but which contain at least one double or triple carbon-carbon bond respectively. Suitable alkenyl and alkynyl groups include groups having 2 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 2 to about 6 carbon atoms.
The term "aromatic group" or "aryl group" includes unsaturated and aromatic cyclic hydrocarbons as well as unsaturated and aromatic heterocycles containing one or more rings. Aryl groups may also be fused or bridged with alicyclic or heterocyclic rings that are not aromatic so as to form a polycycle (e.g., tetralin). An "arylene" group is a divalent analog of an aryl group. Aryl groups can also be fused or bridged with alicyclic or heterocyclic rings which are not aromatic so as to form a polycycle (e.g., tetralin).
The term "heterocyclic group" includes closed ring structures analogous to carbocyclic groups in which one or more of the carbon atoms in the ring is an element other than carbon, for example, nitrogen, sulfur, or oxygen. Heterocyclic groups may be saturated or unsaturated. Additionally, heterocyclic groups (such as pyrrolyl, pyridyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, purinyl, and furyl) may have aromatic character, in which case they may be referred to as "heteroaryl" or "heteroaromatic" groups.
Unless otherwise stipulated, aryl and heterocyclic (including heteroaryl) groups may also be substituted at one or more constituent atoms. Examples of heteroaromatic and heteroalicyclic groups may have 1 to 3 separate or fused rings with 3 to about 8 members per ring and one or more N, 0, or S heteroatoms. In general, the term "heteroatom" includes atoms of any element other than carbon or hydrogen, preferred examples of which include nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus.
Heterocyclic groups may be saturated or unsaturated or aromatic.
The endothelial cells of the BBB contain membrane transport systems, such as the amino acid transport sytems, involved in the influx/efflux of compounds. Nine such amino acid transport systems have been identified which are present in the endothelium of the blood brain barrier. These systems include System y, which transports amino acids with positively charged side chains and their analogs (i.e., basic amino acids and their analogs, e.g., arginine, lysine, and ornithine), System L1, which transports neutral amino acids and their analogs (e.g., phenylalanine, leucine, glycine, alanine, serine, cysteine, tryptophan, methionine, isoleucine, tyrosine, histidine, valine, threonine, proline, asparagine, and glutamine), and System X-, which transports amino acids witli negatively charged amino acids and their analogs (i.e., acidic amino acids and their analogs, e.g., glutamic acid and aspartic acid). Blood brain barrier transport vectors, e.g., amino acids, need not function in the confines of the presently described systems.
The skilled artisan would understand that the specific transporter system which carries the transport vector may be useful in designing the compounds of the invention, but does not limit the scope of the invention.
Large neutral amino acids (LNAAs) such as phenylalanine reach the brain by means of the transporters found in both membranes of endothelial cells. For LNAAs, net uptake through the BBB is determined by their ratio in plasma and their different affinity to the stereospecific L-type AA carrier system. System L mediates high affinity sodium-independent uptake of amino acids with large neutral side chains.
System L at the BBB shares many characteristics with the L system transporter in other tissues, thus it has been proposed that the BBB system represents a different isoform, designated L1.
In one aspect, the present invention is directed to a bifunctional compound which includes a BBB transport vector and a moiety for the treatment of a CNS
disease or an amyloid associated disease, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the BBB transport vector is an amino acid or an amino acid analog.
In some embodiments, the BBB transport vector is a basic amino acid or a basic amino acid analog, for example, arginine, lysine, omithine, and/or analogs thereof. In other embodiments, the BBB transport vector is an acidic amino acid or an acidic acid analog, for example, aspartic acid, glutamic acid, and/or analogs thereof. In yet other embodiments, the BBB transport vector is a small neutral amino acid or a small neutral amino acid analog, for example, glycine, alanine, serine, cysteine, and/or analogs thereof. In still other embodiments, the BBB transport vector is a large neutral amino acid or a large neutral amino acid analog. Exemplary large neutral amino acids include phenylalanine, tryptophan, leucine, methionine, isoleucine, tyrosine, histidine, valine, threonine, proline, asparagine, glutamine, and/or analogs thereof.
In one embodiment, the amino acid or amino acid analog is substituted with the moiety for the treatment of a CNS disease or an amyloid associated disease at the nitrogen. In some embodiments, where the amino acid includes an aromatic side chain, the amino acid or amino acid analog is substituted on the aromatic side chain.
In another embodiment, the amino acid or amino acid analog is substituted both at the nitrogen and on the aromatic side chain. In still further embodiments, the amino acid or amino acid analog is substituted at the oxygen.
In some embodiments, the substitution comprises a direct covalent bond to the amino acid or amino acid analog. In other embodiments, the substitution comprises a linker group, which connects the moiety for the treatment of a CNS disease or an amyloid associated disease to the amino acid or amino acid analog. In some embodiments, the linker groups is a disulfide bond, an ether linkage, a thioether linkage, an alkylene or alkenylene linkage, an amino or a hydrozino linkage, an ester-based linkage, a thioester linkage, an amide bond, an acid-labile linkage, or a Schiff base linkage.
Compounds of the Invention The present invention relates, at least in part, to the use of certain chemical compounds (and pharmaceutical formulations thereof) in the prevention or treatment of CNS diseases and/or amyloid associated diseases, including, inter alia, Alzheimer's disease, cerebral amyloid angiopathy, inclusion body myositis, Down's syndrome, diabetes related amyloidosis, hemodialysis-related amyloidosis ((32M), primary amyloidosis (e.g., a, or x chain-related), familial amyloid polyneuropathy (FAP), senile systemic amyloidosis, familial amyloidosis, Ostertag-type non-neuropathic amyloidosis, cranial neuropathy, hereditary cerebral hemorrhage, familial dementia, chronic dialysis, familial Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease, Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinlcer syndrome, hereditary spongiform encephalopathies, prion diseases, familial Mediterranean fever, Muckle-Well's syndrome, nephropathy, deafness, urticaria, limb pain, cardiomyopathy, cutaneous deposits, multiple myeloma, benign monoclonal gammopathy, maccoglobulinaemia, myeloma associated amyloidosis, medullary carcinomas of the thyroid, and isolated atrial amyloid, seizure, neuropathic pain, Abercrombies degeneration, Acquired epileptiform aphasia, Landau-Kleffner Syndrome, Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis, Adrenoleukodystrophy, Leukodystrophy, Agnosia, Alexander Disease, Alpers Disease, Progressive Sclerosing Poliodystrophy, Alternating Hemiplegia, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis, Lou Gehrig's disease, Angelman Syndrome, Ataxia Telangiectasia, Ataxias and Cerebellar/Spinocerebellar Degeneration, Attention Deficit Disorder, Binswanger's Disease, subcortical dementia, Canavan Disease, Cerebral Hypoxia, Cerebro-Oculo-Facio-Skeletal Syndrome, Pena Shokeir II
Syndrome, Charcot-Marie-Tooth, Chronic Inflammatory Demyelinating Polyneuropathy (CIDP), Corticobasal Degeneration, Degenerative knee arthritis, Diabetic neuropathy, Early Infantile Epileptic Encephalopathy, Ohtahara Syndrome, Epilepsy, Friedreich's Ataxia, Guillain-Barre Syndrome (GBS), Acute Idiopathic Polyneuritis, Hallervorden-Spatz Disease, Neurodegeneration with Brain Iron Accumulation, Huntington's Disease, Krabbe Disease, Kugelberg-Welander Disease, Spinal Muscular Atrophy (SMA), SMA type I, SMA type II, SMA type III, Kennedy syndrome, progressive spinobulbar muscular atrophy, Congenital SMA with arthrogryposis, Adult SMA, Leigh's Disease, Lennox-Gastaut Syndrome, Machado-Joseph Disease, spinocerebellar ataxia type 3, Monomelic Amyotrophy, Multiple Sclerosis, Neuroacanthocytosis, Niemann-Pick disease, Olivopontocerebellar Atrophy, Paraneoplastic Syndromes, Neurologic paraneoplastic syndromes, Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome, stiff-person syndrome, encephalomyelitis, myasthenia gravis, cerebellar degeneration, limbic and/or brainstem encephalitis, neuromyotonia, opsoclonus and sensory neuropathy, Parkinson's Disease, Pelizaeus-Merzbacher Disease, Pick's Disease, Primary Lateral Sclerosis, Progressive Locomotor Ataxia, Syphilitic Spinal Sclerosis, Tabes Dorsalis, Progressive Supranuclear Palsy, Rasmussen's Encephalitis, Rett Syndrome, Tourette's Syndrome, Usher syndrome, West syndrome, Infantile Spasms, Wilson Disease, and/or hepatolenticular degeneration.
The chemical structures herein are drawn according to the conventional standards known in the art. Thus, where an atom, such as a carbon atom, as drawn appears to have an unsatisfied valency, then that valency is assumed to be satisfied by a hydrogen atom even though that hydrogen atom is not necessarily explicitly drawn. The structures,of some of the compounds of this invention include stereogenic carbon atoms.
It is to be understood that isomers arising from such asymmetry (e.g., all enantiomers and diastereomers) are included within the scope of this invention unless indicated otherwise. That is, unless otherwise stipulated, any chiral carbon center may be of either (R)- or (S)-stereochemistry. Such isomers can be obtained in substantially pure form by classical separation techniques and by stereochemically-controlled synthesis.
Furthermore, alkenes can include either the E- or Z- geometry, where appropriate. In addition, the compounds of the present invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with acceptable solvents such as water, THF, ethanol, and the like. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of the present invention.
A "small molecule" refers to a compound that is not itself the product of gene transcription or translation (e.g., protein, RNA, or DNA) and preferably has a low molecular weight, e.g., less than about 2500 amu.
The terms "moiety" and "group," as used herein, are used interchangeably to mean, in their broadest sense, a portion of a compound, such as a substituent in an organic compound or a radical of a molecule that is attached to another moiety. As a nonlimiting example, an amino acid moiety may be any natural or synthetic amino acid as defined herein, which is covalently bonded, e.g., through the nitrogen, to another organic moiety. Examples of moieties are known to those skilled in the art and are intended to be included within the meaning of the 'term so long as they fall within the scope of the compounds defined herein.
As used herein, the term "compound" is intended to mean a substance made up of molecules that further consist of atoms. A compound may be any natural or non-natural material, for example, peptide or polypeptide sequences, organic or inorganic molecules or compositions, nucleic acid molecules, carbohydrates, lipids or combinations thereof. A compound generally refers to a chemical entity, whether in the solid, liquid or gaseous phase, and whether in a crude mixture or purified and isolated.
Compounds encompass the chemical compound itself as well as, where applicable:
amorphous and crystalline forms of the compound, including polymorphic forms, said forms in mixture or in isolation; free acid and free base forms of the compound; isomers of the compound, including geometric isomers, optical isomers, and tautomeric isomers, said optical isomers to include enantiomers and diastereomers, chiral isomers and non-chiral isomers, said optical isomers to include isolated optical isomers or mixtures of optical isomers including racemic and non-racemic mixtures; said geometric isomers to include transoid and cisoid forms, where an isomer may be in isolated form or in admixture with one or more other isomers; isotopes of the compound, including deuterium- and tritium-containing compounds, and including compounds containing radioisotopes, including therapeutically- and diagnostically-effective radioisotopes;
multimeric forms of the compound, including dimeric, trimeric, etc. forms;
salts of the compound, including acid addition salts and base addition salts, including organic counterions and inorganic counterions, and including zwitterionic forms, where if a compound is associated with two or more counterions, the two or more counterions may be the same or different; and solvates of the compound, including hemisolvates, monosolvates, disolvates, etc., including organic solvates and inorganic solvates, said inorganic solvates including hydrates; where if a compound is associated with two or more solvent molecules, the two or more solvent molecules may be the same or different.
As used herein, "alkyl" groups include saturated hydrocarbons having one or more carbon atoms, including straight-chain alkyl groups (e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, etc.), cyclic alkyl groups (or "cycloalkyl" or "alicyclic" or "carbocyclic" groups) (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, etc.), branched-chain alkyl groups (isopropyl, tert-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, etc.), and alkyl-substituted alkyl groups (e.g., alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl groups and cycloalkyl-substituted alkyl groups). The term "aliphatic group" includes organic moieties characterized by straight or branched-chains, typically having between 1 and 22 carbon atoms. In complex structures, the chains may be branched, bridged, or cross-linked. Aliphatic groups include alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, and alkynyl groups.
In certain embodiments, a straight-chain or branched-chain alkyl group may have 30 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone, e.g., CI-C30 for straight-chain or C3-C30 for branched-chain. In certain embodiments, a straight-chain or branched-chain alkyl group may have 20 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone, e.g., C1-C20 for straight-chain or C3-C20 for branched-chain, and more preferably 18 or fewer. Likewise, preferred cycloalkyl groups have from 4-10 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and more preferably have 4-7 carbon atoms in the ring structure. The term "lower alkyl"
refers to alkyl groups having from 1 to 6 carbons in the chain, and to cycloalkyl groups having from 3 to 6 carbons in the ring structure.
Unless the number of carbons is otherwise specified, "lower" as in "lower aliphatic," "lower alkyl," "lower alkenyl," etc. as used herein means that the moiety has at least one and less than about 8 carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, a straight-chain or branched-chain lower alkyl group has 6 or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C1-C6 for straight-chain, C3-C6 for branched-chain), and more preferably 4 or fewer.
Likewise, preferred cycloalkyl groups have from 3-8 carbon atoms in their ring structure, and more preferably have 5 or 6 carbons in the ring structure. The term "CI-C6" as in "C1-C6 alkyl" means alkyl groups containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Moreover, unless otherwise specified the term alkyl includes both "unsubstituted alkyls" and "substituted alkyls," the latter of which refers to alkyl groups having substituents replacing one or more hydrogens on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents may include, for example, alkenyl, alkynyl, halogeno, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl ainino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclic, alkylaryl, or aromatic (including heteroaromatic) groups.
An "arylalkyl" group is an alkyl group substituted with an aryl group (e.g., phenylmethyl (i.e., benzyl)). An "alkylaryl" moiety is an aryl group substituted with an alkyl group (e.g., p-methylphenyl (i. e., p-tolyl)). The term "n-alkyl" means a straight-chain (i.e., unbranched) unsubstituted alkyl group. An "alkylene"
group is a divalent analog of the corresponding alkyl group. The terms "alkenyl" and "alkynyl"
refer to unsaturated aliphatic groups analogous to alkyls, but which contain at least one double or triple carbon-carbon bond respectively. Suitable alkenyl and alkynyl groups include groups having 2 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 2 to about 6 carbon atoms.
The term "aromatic group" or "aryl group" includes unsaturated and aromatic cyclic hydrocarbons as well as unsaturated and aromatic heterocycles containing one or more rings. Aryl groups may also be fused or bridged with alicyclic or heterocyclic rings that are not aromatic so as to form a polycycle (e.g., tetralin). An "arylene" group is a divalent analog of an aryl group. Aryl groups can also be fused or bridged with alicyclic or heterocyclic rings which are not aromatic so as to form a polycycle (e.g., tetralin).
The term "heterocyclic group" includes closed ring structures analogous to carbocyclic groups in which one or more of the carbon atoms in the ring is an element other than carbon, for example, nitrogen, sulfur, or oxygen. Heterocyclic groups may be saturated or unsaturated. Additionally, heterocyclic groups (such as pyrrolyl, pyridyl, isoquinolyl, quinolyl, purinyl, and furyl) may have aromatic character, in which case they may be referred to as "heteroaryl" or "heteroaromatic" groups.
Unless otherwise stipulated, aryl and heterocyclic (including heteroaryl) groups may also be substituted at one or more constituent atoms. Examples of heteroaromatic and heteroalicyclic groups may have 1 to 3 separate or fused rings with 3 to about 8 members per ring and one or more N, 0, or S heteroatoms. In general, the term "heteroatom" includes atoms of any element other than carbon or hydrogen, preferred examples of which include nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, and phosphorus.
Heterocyclic groups may be saturated or unsaturated or aromatic.
Examples of heterocycles include, but are not limited to, acridinyl; azocinyl;
benzimidazolyl; benzofuranyl; benzothiofuranyl; benzothiophenyl; benzoxazolyl;
benzthiazolyl; benztriazolyl; benztetrazolyl; benzisoxazolyl;
benzisothiazolyl;
benzimidazolinyl; carbazolyl; 4aH-carbazolyl; carbolinyl; chromanyl;
chromenyl;
cinnolinyl; decahydroquinolinyl; 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl;
dihydrofuro[2,3-b]tetrahydrofuran; furanyl; furazanyl; imidazolidinyl;
imidazolinyl;
imidazolyl; 1H-indazolyl; indolenyl; indolinyl; indolizinyl; indolyl; 3H-indolyl;
isobenzofuranyl; isochromanyl; isoindazolyl; isoindolinyl; isoindolyl;
isoquinolinyl;
isothiazolyl; isoxazolyl; methylenedioxyphenyl; morpholinyl; naphthyridinyl;
octahydroisoquinolinyl; oxadiazolyl; 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl; 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl;
1,2,5-oxadiazolyl; 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl; oxazolidinyl; oxazolyl; oxazolidinyl;
pyrimidinyl;
phenanthridinyl; phenanthrolinyl; phenazinyl; phenothiazinyl; phenoxathiinyl;
phenoxazinyl; phthalazinyl; piperazinyl; piperidinyl; piperidonyl; 4-piperidonyl;
piperonyl; pteridinyl; purinyl; pyranyl; pyrazinyl; pyrazolidinyl;
pyrazolinyl; pyrazolyl;
pyridazinyl; pyridooxazole; pyridoimidazole; pyridothiazole; pyridinyl;
pyridyl;
pyrimidinyl; pyrrolidinyl; pyrrolinyl; 2H-pyrrolyl; pyrrolyl; quinazolinyl;
quinolinyl;
4H-quinolizinyl; quinoxalinyl; quinuclidinyl; tetrahydrofuranyl;
tetrahydroisoquinolinyl;
tetrahydroquinolinyl; tetrazolyl; 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl; 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl;
1,2,4-thiadiazolyl; 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl; 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl; thianthrenyl;
thiazolyl; thienyl;
thienothiazolyl; thienooxazolyl; thienoimidazolyl; thiophenyl; triazinyl;
1,2,3-triazolyl;
1,2,4-triazolyl; 1,2,5-triazolyl; 1,3,4-triazolyl; and xanthenyl. Preferred heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl; furanyl; thienyl; pyrrolyl;
pyrazolyl;
pyrrolidinyl; imidazolyl; indolyl; benzimidazolyl; 1H-indazolyl; oxazolidinyl;
benzotriazolyl; benzisoxazolyl; oxindolyl; benzoxazolinyl; and isatinoyl groups. Also included are fused ring and spiro compounds containing, for example, the above heterocycles.
A common hydrocarbon aryl group is a phenyl group having one ring. Two-ring hydrocarbon aryl groups include naphthyl, indenyl, benzocyclooctenyl, benzocycloheptenyl, pentalenyl, and azulenyl groups, as well as the partially hydrogenated analogs thereof such as indanyl and tetrahydronaphthyl. Exemplary three-ring hydrocarbon aryl groups include acephthylenyl, fluorenyl, phenalenyl, phenanthrenyl, and anthracenyl groups.
Aryl groups also include heteromonocyclic aryl groups, i.e., single-ring heteroaryl groups, such as thienyl, furyl, pyranyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyridazinyl groups; and oxidized analogs thereof such as pyridonyl, oxazolonyl, pyrazolonyl, isoxazolonyl, and thiazolonyl groups. The corresponding hydrogenated (i.e., non-aromatic) heteromonocylic groups include pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazblidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperidyl and piperidino, piperazinyl, and morpholino and morpholinyl groups.
Aryl groups also include fused two-ring heteroaryls such as indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, ciimolinyl, chromenyl, isochromenyl, benzothienyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, purinyl, quinolizinyl, isoquinolonyl, quinolonyl, naphthyridinyl, and pteridinyl groups, as well as the partially hydrogenated analogs such as chromanyl, isochromanyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, and tetrahydroindolyl groups. Aryl groups also include fused three-ring groups such as phenoxathiinyl, carbazolyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, and dibenzofuranyl groups.
Some typical aryl groups include substituted or unsubstituted 5- and 6-membered single-ring groups. In another aspect, each Ar group may be selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiaozolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, and pyrimidinyl groups. Further examples include substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, biphenyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-benzothiazolyl, purinyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 5-indolyl, 1-isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, 5-quinoxalinyl, 3-quinolyl, and 6-quinolyl groups.
The term "amine" or "amino," as used herein, refers to an unsubstituted or substituted moiety of the formula -NRaRb, in which Ra and Rb are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or heterocyclyl, or Ra and Rb, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a cyclic moiety having from 3 to 8 atoms in the ring. Thus, the term amino includes cyclic amino moieties such as piperidinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups, unless otherwise stated. Thus, the term "alkylamino" as used herein means an alkyl group having an amino group attached thereto. Suitable alkylamino groups include groups having 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. The term amino includes compounds or moieties in which a nitrogen atom is covalently bonded to at least one carbon or heteroatom. The term "dialkylamino" includes groups wherein the nitrogen atom is bound to at least two alkyl groups. The term "arylamino" and "diarylamino" include groups wherein the nitrogen is bound to at least one or two aryl groups, respectively. The term "alkylarylamino" refers to an amino group which is bound to at least one alkyl group and at least one aryl group.
benzimidazolyl; benzofuranyl; benzothiofuranyl; benzothiophenyl; benzoxazolyl;
benzthiazolyl; benztriazolyl; benztetrazolyl; benzisoxazolyl;
benzisothiazolyl;
benzimidazolinyl; carbazolyl; 4aH-carbazolyl; carbolinyl; chromanyl;
chromenyl;
cinnolinyl; decahydroquinolinyl; 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl;
dihydrofuro[2,3-b]tetrahydrofuran; furanyl; furazanyl; imidazolidinyl;
imidazolinyl;
imidazolyl; 1H-indazolyl; indolenyl; indolinyl; indolizinyl; indolyl; 3H-indolyl;
isobenzofuranyl; isochromanyl; isoindazolyl; isoindolinyl; isoindolyl;
isoquinolinyl;
isothiazolyl; isoxazolyl; methylenedioxyphenyl; morpholinyl; naphthyridinyl;
octahydroisoquinolinyl; oxadiazolyl; 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl; 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl;
1,2,5-oxadiazolyl; 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl; oxazolidinyl; oxazolyl; oxazolidinyl;
pyrimidinyl;
phenanthridinyl; phenanthrolinyl; phenazinyl; phenothiazinyl; phenoxathiinyl;
phenoxazinyl; phthalazinyl; piperazinyl; piperidinyl; piperidonyl; 4-piperidonyl;
piperonyl; pteridinyl; purinyl; pyranyl; pyrazinyl; pyrazolidinyl;
pyrazolinyl; pyrazolyl;
pyridazinyl; pyridooxazole; pyridoimidazole; pyridothiazole; pyridinyl;
pyridyl;
pyrimidinyl; pyrrolidinyl; pyrrolinyl; 2H-pyrrolyl; pyrrolyl; quinazolinyl;
quinolinyl;
4H-quinolizinyl; quinoxalinyl; quinuclidinyl; tetrahydrofuranyl;
tetrahydroisoquinolinyl;
tetrahydroquinolinyl; tetrazolyl; 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl; 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl;
1,2,4-thiadiazolyl; 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl; 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl; thianthrenyl;
thiazolyl; thienyl;
thienothiazolyl; thienooxazolyl; thienoimidazolyl; thiophenyl; triazinyl;
1,2,3-triazolyl;
1,2,4-triazolyl; 1,2,5-triazolyl; 1,3,4-triazolyl; and xanthenyl. Preferred heterocycles include, but are not limited to, pyridinyl; furanyl; thienyl; pyrrolyl;
pyrazolyl;
pyrrolidinyl; imidazolyl; indolyl; benzimidazolyl; 1H-indazolyl; oxazolidinyl;
benzotriazolyl; benzisoxazolyl; oxindolyl; benzoxazolinyl; and isatinoyl groups. Also included are fused ring and spiro compounds containing, for example, the above heterocycles.
A common hydrocarbon aryl group is a phenyl group having one ring. Two-ring hydrocarbon aryl groups include naphthyl, indenyl, benzocyclooctenyl, benzocycloheptenyl, pentalenyl, and azulenyl groups, as well as the partially hydrogenated analogs thereof such as indanyl and tetrahydronaphthyl. Exemplary three-ring hydrocarbon aryl groups include acephthylenyl, fluorenyl, phenalenyl, phenanthrenyl, and anthracenyl groups.
Aryl groups also include heteromonocyclic aryl groups, i.e., single-ring heteroaryl groups, such as thienyl, furyl, pyranyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyridazinyl groups; and oxidized analogs thereof such as pyridonyl, oxazolonyl, pyrazolonyl, isoxazolonyl, and thiazolonyl groups. The corresponding hydrogenated (i.e., non-aromatic) heteromonocylic groups include pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, pyrazblidinyl, pyrazolinyl, piperidyl and piperidino, piperazinyl, and morpholino and morpholinyl groups.
Aryl groups also include fused two-ring heteroaryls such as indolyl, isoindolyl, indolizinyl, indazolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, ciimolinyl, chromenyl, isochromenyl, benzothienyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, purinyl, quinolizinyl, isoquinolonyl, quinolonyl, naphthyridinyl, and pteridinyl groups, as well as the partially hydrogenated analogs such as chromanyl, isochromanyl, indolinyl, isoindolinyl, and tetrahydroindolyl groups. Aryl groups also include fused three-ring groups such as phenoxathiinyl, carbazolyl, phenanthridinyl, acridinyl, perimidinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxazinyl, and dibenzofuranyl groups.
Some typical aryl groups include substituted or unsubstituted 5- and 6-membered single-ring groups. In another aspect, each Ar group may be selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, pyrrolyl, furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiaozolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, and pyrimidinyl groups. Further examples include substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, biphenyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrrolyl, 3-pyrazolyl, 2-imidazolyl, 4-imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, 2-oxazolyl, 4-oxazolyl, 5-oxazolyl, 3-isoxazolyl, 4-isoxazolyl, 5-isoxazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 4-thiazolyl, 5-thiazolyl, 2-furyl, 3-furyl, 2-thienyl, 3-thienyl, 2-pyridyl, 3-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-pyrimidyl, 4-pyrimidyl, 5-benzothiazolyl, purinyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 5-indolyl, 1-isoquinolyl, 5-isoquinolyl, 2-quinoxalinyl, 5-quinoxalinyl, 3-quinolyl, and 6-quinolyl groups.
The term "amine" or "amino," as used herein, refers to an unsubstituted or substituted moiety of the formula -NRaRb, in which Ra and Rb are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, or heterocyclyl, or Ra and Rb, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a cyclic moiety having from 3 to 8 atoms in the ring. Thus, the term amino includes cyclic amino moieties such as piperidinyl or pyrrolidinyl groups, unless otherwise stated. Thus, the term "alkylamino" as used herein means an alkyl group having an amino group attached thereto. Suitable alkylamino groups include groups having 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms. The term amino includes compounds or moieties in which a nitrogen atom is covalently bonded to at least one carbon or heteroatom. The term "dialkylamino" includes groups wherein the nitrogen atom is bound to at least two alkyl groups. The term "arylamino" and "diarylamino" include groups wherein the nitrogen is bound to at least one or two aryl groups, respectively. The term "alkylarylamino" refers to an amino group which is bound to at least one alkyl group and at least one aryl group.
The term "alkaminoalkyl" refers to an alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group substituted with an alkylamino group. The term "amide" or "aminocarbonyl" includes compounds or moieties which contain a nitrogen atom which is bound to the carbon of a carbonyl or a thiocarbonyl group.
The term "alkylthio" refers to an alkyl group, having a sulfhydryl group attached thereto. Suitable alkylthio groups include groups having 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms.
The term "alkylcarboxyl" as used herein means an alkyl group having a carboxyl group attached thereto.
The term "alkoxy" as used herein means an alkyl group having an oxygen atom attached thereto. Representative alkoxy groups include groups having 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, tert-butoxy and the like. Examples of alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, isopropyloxy, propoxy, butoxy, and pentoxy groups. The alkoxy groups can be substituted with groups such as alkenyl, alkynyl, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaininocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moieties. Examples of halogen substituted alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, chloromethoxy, dichloromethoxy, trichloromethoxy, etc., as well as perhalogenated alkyloxy groups.
The term "acylamino" includes moieties wherein an amino moiety is bonded to an acyl group. For example, the acylamino group includes alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido groups.
The terms "alkoxyalkyl", "alkylaminoalkyP" and "thioalkoxyalkyl" include alkyl groups, as described above, which further include oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms replacing one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
The term "carbonyl" or "carboxy" includes compounds and moieties which contain a carbon connected with a double bond to an oxygen atom. Examples of moieties which contain a carbonyl include aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, amides, esters, anhydrides, etc.
The term "alkylthio" refers to an alkyl group, having a sulfhydryl group attached thereto. Suitable alkylthio groups include groups having 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably from 1 to about 6 carbon atoms.
The term "alkylcarboxyl" as used herein means an alkyl group having a carboxyl group attached thereto.
The term "alkoxy" as used herein means an alkyl group having an oxygen atom attached thereto. Representative alkoxy groups include groups having 1 to about 12 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to about 6 carbon atoms, e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, tert-butoxy and the like. Examples of alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, isopropyloxy, propoxy, butoxy, and pentoxy groups. The alkoxy groups can be substituted with groups such as alkenyl, alkynyl, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaininocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moieties. Examples of halogen substituted alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, chloromethoxy, dichloromethoxy, trichloromethoxy, etc., as well as perhalogenated alkyloxy groups.
The term "acylamino" includes moieties wherein an amino moiety is bonded to an acyl group. For example, the acylamino group includes alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido groups.
The terms "alkoxyalkyl", "alkylaminoalkyP" and "thioalkoxyalkyl" include alkyl groups, as described above, which further include oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms replacing one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
The term "carbonyl" or "carboxy" includes compounds and moieties which contain a carbon connected with a double bond to an oxygen atom. Examples of moieties which contain a carbonyl include aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids, amides, esters, anhydrides, etc.
The term "ether" or "ethereal" includes compounds or moieties which contain an oxygen bonded to two carbon atoms. For example, an ether or ethereal group includes "alkoxyalkyl" which refers to an alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl group substituted with an alkoxy group.
A "sulfonate" group is a-SO3H or -SO3-X+ group bonded to a carbon atom, where X+ is a cationic counter ion group. Similarly, a "sulfonic acid"
compound has a-SO3H or -SO3-X+ group bonded to a carbon atom, where X+ is a cationic group.
A
"sulfate" as used herein is a-OSO3H or -OSO3"X+ group bonded to a carbon atom, and a "sulfuric acid" compound has a-SO3H or -OSO3-X+ group bonded to a carbon atom, where X+ is a cationic group. According to the invention, a suitable cationic group may be a hydrogen atom. In certain cases, the cationic group may actually be another group on the therapeutic compound that is positively charged at physiological pH, for example an amino group.
A "counter ion" is required to maintain electroneutrality. Examples of anionic counter ions include halide, triflate, sulfate, nitrate, hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, acetate, phosphate, oxalate, cyanide, alkylcarboxylate, N-hydroxysuccinimide, N-hydroxybenzotriazole, alkoxide, thioalkoxide, alkane sulfonyloxy, halogenated alkane sulfonyloxy, arylsulfonyloxy, bisulfate, oxalate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, borate, benzoate, lactate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, naphthylate mesylate, glucoheptonate, or lactobionate. Compounds containing a cationic group covalently bonded to an anionic group may be referred to as an "internal salt."
The term "nitro" means -NO2i the term "halogen" or "halogeno" or "halo"
designates -F, -Cl, -Br or -I; the term "thiol," "thio," or "mercapto" means SH; and the term "hydroxyl" or "hydroxy" means -OH.
The term "acyl" refers to a carbonyl group that is attached through its carbon atom to a hydrogen (i.e., a formyl), an aliphatic group (e.g., acetyl), an aromatic group (e.g., benzoyl), and the like. That is, acyl refers to a group desived from a carboxylic acid (RC(O)OH) with the following general formula: R-C(O)-, wherein R is a alkyl or aryl as defined herein. When R is an alkyl group, the "acyl" is equivalent to "alkylcarbonyl"; when R is an aryl group, the "acyl" is equivalent to "arylcarbonyl".
The term "substituted acyl" includes acyl groups where one or more of the hydrogen atoms on one or more carbon atoms are replaced by, for example, an alkyl group, alkynyl group, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety.
As used in the description and drawings herein, an optional single/double bond is represented by a solid line together with a dashed line, and refers to a covalent linkage between two carbon atoms which can be either a single bond or a double bond.
For example, the structure:
can represent either cyclohexane or cyclohexene.
Unless otherwise specified, the chemical moieties of the compounds of the invention, including those groups discussed above, may be "substituted or unsubstituted." In some embodiments, the term "substituted" means that the moiety has substituents placed on the moiety other than hydrogen (i.e., in most cases, replacing a hydrogen), which allow the molecule to perform its intended function. Examples of substituents include moieties selected from straight or branched alkyl (preferably CI-C5), cycloalkyl (preferably C3-C8), alkoxy (preferably Cl-C6), thioalkyl (preferably C1-C6), alkenyl (preferably C2-C6), alkynyl (preferably C2-C6), heterocyclic, carbocyclic, aryl (e.g., phenyl), aryloxy (e.g., phenoxy), aralkyl (e.g., benzyl), aryloxyalkyl (e.g., phenyloxyalkyl), arylacetamidoyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, alkylcarbonyl and arylcarbonyl or other such acyl group, heteroarylcarbonyl, and heteroaryl groups, as well as (CR'R")0-3NR'R" (e.g., -NH2), (CR'R")0-3CN (e.g., -CN), -NO2, halogen (e.g., -F, -Cl, -Br, or -I), (CR'R")0-3C(halogen)3 (e.g., -CF3), (CR'R")0-3CH(halogen)2, (CR'R")0-3CH2(halogen), (CR'R")0-3CONR'R", (CR'R")0-3(CNH)NR'R", (CR'R")0-3S(O)1-2NR'R", (CR'R")0-3CH0, (CR'R")0-30(CR'R")o-3H, (CR'R")0-3S(O)0-3R' (e.g., -SO3H), (CR'R")0-30(CR'R")0-3H (e.g., -CHZOCH3 and -OCH3), (CR'R")0-3S(CR'R")0-3H (e.g., -SH and -SCH3), (CR'R")0-30H (e.g., -OH), (CR'R")0-3COR', (CR'R")0-3(substituted or unsubstituted phenyl), (CR'R")0-3(C3-cycloalkyl), (CR'R")0-3CO2R' (e.g., -CO2H), and (CR'R")0-30R' groups, wherein R' and R" are each independently hydrogen, a C1-C5 alkyl, C2-C5 alkenyl, C2-C5 alkynyl, or aryl group; or the side chain of any naturally occurring amino acid.
In another embodiment, a substituent may be selected from straight or branched alkyl (preferably Cl-Cs), cycloalkyl (preferably C3-C8), alkoxy (preferably C1-C6), thioalkyl (preferably C1-C6), alkenyl (preferably C2-C6), alkynyl (preferably C2-C6), heterocyclic, carbocyclic, aryl (e.g., phenyl), aryloxy (e.g., phenoxy), aralkyl (e.g., benzyl), aryloxyalkyl (e.g., phenyloxyalkyl), arylacetamidoyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, alkylcarbonyl and arylcarbonyl or other such acyl group, heteroarylcarbonyl, or heteroaryl group, (CR'R")o-IoNR'R" (e.g., -NH2), (CR'R")o_IoCN (e.g., -CN), NO2, halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, or I), (CR'R")o-loC(halogen)3 (e.g., -CF3), (CR'R")o-IoCH(halogen)2, (CR'R")o-loCH2(halogen), (CR'R")o_IoCONR'R", (CR'R")o-lo(CNH)NR'R", (CR'R")o-ioS(O)1-2NR'R", (CR'R")o-ioCHO, (CR'R")o-io0(CR'R")o-ioH, (CR'R")o-ioS(O)o-sR' (e.g., -SO3H), (CR'R")o_io0(CR'R")o-loH (e.g., -CH2OCH3 and -OCH3), (CR'R")o-loS(CR'R")0-3H
(e.g., -SH and -SCH3), (CR'R")o-IoOH (e.g., -OH), (CR'R")o_IoCOR', (CR'R")o-io(substituted or unsubstituted phenyl), (CR'R")o-lo(C3-C8 cycloalkyl), (CR'R")o-1oC02R' (e.g., -CO2H), or (CR'R")o-IOOR' group, or the side chain of any naturally occurring amino acid; wherein R' and R" are each independently hydrogen, a C1-C5 alkyl, C2-C5 alkenyl, C2-C5 alkynyl, or aryl group, or R' and R" taken together are a benzylidene group or a -(CH2)20(CH2)2- group.
It will be understood that "substitution" or "substituted with" includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with the permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. As used herein, the term "substituted" is meant to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the pennissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. The permissible substituents can be one or more.
In some embodiments, a "substituent" may be selected from the group consisting of, for example, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, nitro, cyano, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkeiiyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, CI-C6 alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, CI-C6 alkylcarbonyl, Cl-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Cl -C6 alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, and aryl (including heteroaryl) groups.
It will also be inderstood that the term "analog" refers to a chemical compound that is structurally related to the pareiit compound and retains at least a measurable amount of its activity. That is, an analog may be a compound or composition that varies from an original or primary compound or composition by the presence of one or more chemical additions, deletions, substituents, or substitutions as described above, which are not present in the structure of the primary compound or composition. An analog as used herein may generally have at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, or 50% of the activity of the primary compound or composition, and preferably more, up to and exceeding 100%
of the activity of the primary compound or composition. An analog may have physical or functional characteristics that differ from those of the primary compound or composition, for example, different or enhanced solubility, membrane permeability, or biological half-life, while retaining anti-viral or anti-tumor activity. The term "analog"
also refers to a different enantiomeric form of a given compound, such as the dextrorotatory or levorotatory form of a molecule or a compound made using one or more enantiomeric forms of a given constituent. An analog may have, for example, a modification in one or more of the rings, and/or one or more of its substitutes, alone or in combination. Analogs include double-bond isomers, reduction products, side-chain modifications and stereoisomers of any of the preceding molecules. The term analog refers to any substance which has substantially similar compositional and/or functional characteristics, preferably both substantially similar compositional and functional characteristics, as does the substance for which it is an analog. Analogs may be naturally occurring or synthetically produced. Additionally the term analog may include compounds where one or more atoms have been substituted with a different, preferably isoelectronic, atom.
The term "amino acid" refers to any compound containing both an amino group and a carboxylic acid group. Although the amino group most commonly occurs at the position adjacent to the carboxy function, the amino group maybe positioned at any location within the molecule. The amino acid may also contain additional functional groups, such as amino, thio, carboxyl, carboxamide, imidazole, etc. An amino acid may be synthetic or naturally occurring, and may be used in either its racemic or optically active (D-, or L-) forms, including various ratios of stereoisomers.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to compounds of Formula I:
A-Y Q
wherein:
Q is a BBB transport vector;
Y is a direct bond or a linker group;
A is hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, carbocyclic, heterocyclic, bicyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, fused-ring aryl or heteroaryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, , R4-S-CHz-O R4-S-CH2- \
R4-S-CH2- ~ O or , each of which may be optionally substituted; and R4 and RS together with the nitrogen form a 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic ring, or are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, and benzoimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
or a phannaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, Q is a 5 or 6 membered aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, which may be further substituted. In other embodiments, Q is an amino acid moiety or analog thereof. Q may be a basic amino acid moiety or analog thereof, e.g., arginine, lysine, omithine, and/or analogs thereof. Q may also be an acidic amino acid moiety or analog thereof, e.g., aspartic acid, glutainic acid, and/or analogs thereof.
Furthermore, Q may be a small neutral amino acid moiety or analog thereof, e.g., glycine, alanine, serine, cysteine, and/or analogs thereof. Q may also be a large neutral amino acid moiety or analog thereof, e.g., phenylalanine, tryptophan, leucine, methionine, isoleucine, tyrosine, histidine, valine, threonine, proline, asparagine, glutamine, and/or analogs thereof. In other embodiments, the linker group is a disulfide bond, an ether linlcage, a thioether linkage, an alkylene or alkenylene linkage, an amino or a hydrozino linkage, an ester-based linkage, a thioester linkage, an amide bond, an acid-labile linkage, or a Schiff base linkage.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compounds of Formula II:
R' A-Y Y
Z3, Zl NHR3 R~
z2 (II) wherein:
X is oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur;
Y is a direct bond or a linker group;
Zl, Z2, Z3 are each independently C, CH, CH2, P, N, NH, S, or absent;
Rl and R2 are independently absent, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkylnyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or acyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, amido, arylamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkanesulfonyl, arenesulfonyl, cycloalkanesulfonyl, and heteroarenesulfonyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
A is hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, carbocyclic, heterocyclic, bicyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, fused-ring aryl or heteroaryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, , R4-S-CH2-O
O R4.-ly-CH2- \ I! II N-CH2-R4-S-CHa- 0 or , each of which may be optionally substituted; and R4 and RS together with the nitrogen form a 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic ring, or are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, or benzoimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
In one embodiment, X is oxygen or nitrogen. In another embodiment, Y is a direct bond. In yet another embodiment, Zl, Z2 and Z3 are N, C or CH. In still another embodiment, Rl and R2 are independently absent or hydrogen. In another embodiment, R3 is hydrogen, arylamido, arylaminocarbonyl or arenesulfonyl, each of which may be optionally substituted. In yet another embodiment, A is one of the following groups:
II Re 0 I I R4.-il-CHZ- R4-O- \N-CH2~.
z R S-CH - O or R4 o > > > >
each of which may be optionally substituted.
In still another embodiment, R4 and R5 are each independently cycloalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, or benzoimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted. In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are each independently pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrimidinone, tetrahydropyridine, piperidine, piperazine, imidazole, benzoimidazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, benzooxazole, triazole, thiazole, benzothiazole, tetrazole, thiadiazole, pyrazolopyrimidine, isoquinoline, or tetrahydroisoquinoline, each of which may be optionally substituted. In another embodiment, R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen form a 6 membered ring optionally interrupted with one or more additional heteroatoms. In some embodiments the resultant 6 inembered ring is non-fused ring. In other embodiments, the linker group is a disulfide bond, an ether linkage, a thioether linkage, an alkylene or alkenylene linkage, an amino or a hydrozino linkage, an ester-based linkage, a thioester linkage, an amide bond, an acid-labile linkage, or a Schiff base linkage.
In a further embodiment, the compound is at least one compound selected from the compounds of Table 1 and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, and prodrugs thereof..
Table 1- Exeinplayy Conapounds of the present invention.
0 HO NHa N S I\ OH CNO / NHz ~ IS IV 0 OFI
F I / NHZ N
~"N~CI
0 HO NHi N /s I \ NHZ
N
\ 'O / NHz F'y N 0 N
F' I N S ~ NH
F I/ NHZ Z N
~11NCI
/
HO N ~
N
N NYS O OH F ~N- g N~ 0 HN F F / OH
p HN
0 \ / - NHZ NHZ /\N \
y CI
\ / N O o OH Ho NHZ c OH
N~ I/ HN \N~S N
~O F I / HN~=O I \ ~
H N, H % ~N \
~ 0 OH N HO N
N NYS I\ I / F F I
N_N' NHZ F S N~ OH
S~ po~o NHZ No ~ OH ~
/ N O
N Nf4 N NYS NHZ F F ~ I O Ho N_NI NH, F S N \ cti,al, ~
~\ I NHZ NH, N/ 0 / OH SN O
A "sulfonate" group is a-SO3H or -SO3-X+ group bonded to a carbon atom, where X+ is a cationic counter ion group. Similarly, a "sulfonic acid"
compound has a-SO3H or -SO3-X+ group bonded to a carbon atom, where X+ is a cationic group.
A
"sulfate" as used herein is a-OSO3H or -OSO3"X+ group bonded to a carbon atom, and a "sulfuric acid" compound has a-SO3H or -OSO3-X+ group bonded to a carbon atom, where X+ is a cationic group. According to the invention, a suitable cationic group may be a hydrogen atom. In certain cases, the cationic group may actually be another group on the therapeutic compound that is positively charged at physiological pH, for example an amino group.
A "counter ion" is required to maintain electroneutrality. Examples of anionic counter ions include halide, triflate, sulfate, nitrate, hydroxide, carbonate, bicarbonate, acetate, phosphate, oxalate, cyanide, alkylcarboxylate, N-hydroxysuccinimide, N-hydroxybenzotriazole, alkoxide, thioalkoxide, alkane sulfonyloxy, halogenated alkane sulfonyloxy, arylsulfonyloxy, bisulfate, oxalate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, borate, benzoate, lactate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, naphthylate mesylate, glucoheptonate, or lactobionate. Compounds containing a cationic group covalently bonded to an anionic group may be referred to as an "internal salt."
The term "nitro" means -NO2i the term "halogen" or "halogeno" or "halo"
designates -F, -Cl, -Br or -I; the term "thiol," "thio," or "mercapto" means SH; and the term "hydroxyl" or "hydroxy" means -OH.
The term "acyl" refers to a carbonyl group that is attached through its carbon atom to a hydrogen (i.e., a formyl), an aliphatic group (e.g., acetyl), an aromatic group (e.g., benzoyl), and the like. That is, acyl refers to a group desived from a carboxylic acid (RC(O)OH) with the following general formula: R-C(O)-, wherein R is a alkyl or aryl as defined herein. When R is an alkyl group, the "acyl" is equivalent to "alkylcarbonyl"; when R is an aryl group, the "acyl" is equivalent to "arylcarbonyl".
The term "substituted acyl" includes acyl groups where one or more of the hydrogen atoms on one or more carbon atoms are replaced by, for example, an alkyl group, alkynyl group, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety.
As used in the description and drawings herein, an optional single/double bond is represented by a solid line together with a dashed line, and refers to a covalent linkage between two carbon atoms which can be either a single bond or a double bond.
For example, the structure:
can represent either cyclohexane or cyclohexene.
Unless otherwise specified, the chemical moieties of the compounds of the invention, including those groups discussed above, may be "substituted or unsubstituted." In some embodiments, the term "substituted" means that the moiety has substituents placed on the moiety other than hydrogen (i.e., in most cases, replacing a hydrogen), which allow the molecule to perform its intended function. Examples of substituents include moieties selected from straight or branched alkyl (preferably CI-C5), cycloalkyl (preferably C3-C8), alkoxy (preferably Cl-C6), thioalkyl (preferably C1-C6), alkenyl (preferably C2-C6), alkynyl (preferably C2-C6), heterocyclic, carbocyclic, aryl (e.g., phenyl), aryloxy (e.g., phenoxy), aralkyl (e.g., benzyl), aryloxyalkyl (e.g., phenyloxyalkyl), arylacetamidoyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, alkylcarbonyl and arylcarbonyl or other such acyl group, heteroarylcarbonyl, and heteroaryl groups, as well as (CR'R")0-3NR'R" (e.g., -NH2), (CR'R")0-3CN (e.g., -CN), -NO2, halogen (e.g., -F, -Cl, -Br, or -I), (CR'R")0-3C(halogen)3 (e.g., -CF3), (CR'R")0-3CH(halogen)2, (CR'R")0-3CH2(halogen), (CR'R")0-3CONR'R", (CR'R")0-3(CNH)NR'R", (CR'R")0-3S(O)1-2NR'R", (CR'R")0-3CH0, (CR'R")0-30(CR'R")o-3H, (CR'R")0-3S(O)0-3R' (e.g., -SO3H), (CR'R")0-30(CR'R")0-3H (e.g., -CHZOCH3 and -OCH3), (CR'R")0-3S(CR'R")0-3H (e.g., -SH and -SCH3), (CR'R")0-30H (e.g., -OH), (CR'R")0-3COR', (CR'R")0-3(substituted or unsubstituted phenyl), (CR'R")0-3(C3-cycloalkyl), (CR'R")0-3CO2R' (e.g., -CO2H), and (CR'R")0-30R' groups, wherein R' and R" are each independently hydrogen, a C1-C5 alkyl, C2-C5 alkenyl, C2-C5 alkynyl, or aryl group; or the side chain of any naturally occurring amino acid.
In another embodiment, a substituent may be selected from straight or branched alkyl (preferably Cl-Cs), cycloalkyl (preferably C3-C8), alkoxy (preferably C1-C6), thioalkyl (preferably C1-C6), alkenyl (preferably C2-C6), alkynyl (preferably C2-C6), heterocyclic, carbocyclic, aryl (e.g., phenyl), aryloxy (e.g., phenoxy), aralkyl (e.g., benzyl), aryloxyalkyl (e.g., phenyloxyalkyl), arylacetamidoyl, alkylaryl, heteroaralkyl, alkylcarbonyl and arylcarbonyl or other such acyl group, heteroarylcarbonyl, or heteroaryl group, (CR'R")o-IoNR'R" (e.g., -NH2), (CR'R")o_IoCN (e.g., -CN), NO2, halogen (e.g., F, Cl, Br, or I), (CR'R")o-loC(halogen)3 (e.g., -CF3), (CR'R")o-IoCH(halogen)2, (CR'R")o-loCH2(halogen), (CR'R")o_IoCONR'R", (CR'R")o-lo(CNH)NR'R", (CR'R")o-ioS(O)1-2NR'R", (CR'R")o-ioCHO, (CR'R")o-io0(CR'R")o-ioH, (CR'R")o-ioS(O)o-sR' (e.g., -SO3H), (CR'R")o_io0(CR'R")o-loH (e.g., -CH2OCH3 and -OCH3), (CR'R")o-loS(CR'R")0-3H
(e.g., -SH and -SCH3), (CR'R")o-IoOH (e.g., -OH), (CR'R")o_IoCOR', (CR'R")o-io(substituted or unsubstituted phenyl), (CR'R")o-lo(C3-C8 cycloalkyl), (CR'R")o-1oC02R' (e.g., -CO2H), or (CR'R")o-IOOR' group, or the side chain of any naturally occurring amino acid; wherein R' and R" are each independently hydrogen, a C1-C5 alkyl, C2-C5 alkenyl, C2-C5 alkynyl, or aryl group, or R' and R" taken together are a benzylidene group or a -(CH2)20(CH2)2- group.
It will be understood that "substitution" or "substituted with" includes the implicit proviso that such substitution is in accordance with the permitted valence of the substituted atom and the substituent, and that the substitution results in a stable compound, e.g., which does not spontaneously undergo transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination, etc. As used herein, the term "substituted" is meant to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the pennissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and nonaromatic substituents of organic compounds. The permissible substituents can be one or more.
In some embodiments, a "substituent" may be selected from the group consisting of, for example, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, nitro, cyano, C1-C6 alkyl, C2-C6 alkeiiyl, C2-C6 alkynyl, C1-C6 alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, CI-C6 alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, CI-C6 alkylcarbonyl, Cl-C6 alkoxycarbonyl, Ci-C6 alkoxy, Cl -C6 alkylthio, arylthio, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, and aryl (including heteroaryl) groups.
It will also be inderstood that the term "analog" refers to a chemical compound that is structurally related to the pareiit compound and retains at least a measurable amount of its activity. That is, an analog may be a compound or composition that varies from an original or primary compound or composition by the presence of one or more chemical additions, deletions, substituents, or substitutions as described above, which are not present in the structure of the primary compound or composition. An analog as used herein may generally have at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, or 50% of the activity of the primary compound or composition, and preferably more, up to and exceeding 100%
of the activity of the primary compound or composition. An analog may have physical or functional characteristics that differ from those of the primary compound or composition, for example, different or enhanced solubility, membrane permeability, or biological half-life, while retaining anti-viral or anti-tumor activity. The term "analog"
also refers to a different enantiomeric form of a given compound, such as the dextrorotatory or levorotatory form of a molecule or a compound made using one or more enantiomeric forms of a given constituent. An analog may have, for example, a modification in one or more of the rings, and/or one or more of its substitutes, alone or in combination. Analogs include double-bond isomers, reduction products, side-chain modifications and stereoisomers of any of the preceding molecules. The term analog refers to any substance which has substantially similar compositional and/or functional characteristics, preferably both substantially similar compositional and functional characteristics, as does the substance for which it is an analog. Analogs may be naturally occurring or synthetically produced. Additionally the term analog may include compounds where one or more atoms have been substituted with a different, preferably isoelectronic, atom.
The term "amino acid" refers to any compound containing both an amino group and a carboxylic acid group. Although the amino group most commonly occurs at the position adjacent to the carboxy function, the amino group maybe positioned at any location within the molecule. The amino acid may also contain additional functional groups, such as amino, thio, carboxyl, carboxamide, imidazole, etc. An amino acid may be synthetic or naturally occurring, and may be used in either its racemic or optically active (D-, or L-) forms, including various ratios of stereoisomers.
In one embodiment, the present invention is directed to compounds of Formula I:
A-Y Q
wherein:
Q is a BBB transport vector;
Y is a direct bond or a linker group;
A is hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, carbocyclic, heterocyclic, bicyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, fused-ring aryl or heteroaryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, , R4-S-CHz-O R4-S-CH2- \
R4-S-CH2- ~ O or , each of which may be optionally substituted; and R4 and RS together with the nitrogen form a 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic ring, or are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, and benzoimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
or a phannaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
In some embodiments, Q is a 5 or 6 membered aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety, which may be further substituted. In other embodiments, Q is an amino acid moiety or analog thereof. Q may be a basic amino acid moiety or analog thereof, e.g., arginine, lysine, omithine, and/or analogs thereof. Q may also be an acidic amino acid moiety or analog thereof, e.g., aspartic acid, glutainic acid, and/or analogs thereof.
Furthermore, Q may be a small neutral amino acid moiety or analog thereof, e.g., glycine, alanine, serine, cysteine, and/or analogs thereof. Q may also be a large neutral amino acid moiety or analog thereof, e.g., phenylalanine, tryptophan, leucine, methionine, isoleucine, tyrosine, histidine, valine, threonine, proline, asparagine, glutamine, and/or analogs thereof. In other embodiments, the linker group is a disulfide bond, an ether linlcage, a thioether linkage, an alkylene or alkenylene linkage, an amino or a hydrozino linkage, an ester-based linkage, a thioester linkage, an amide bond, an acid-labile linkage, or a Schiff base linkage.
In another embodiment, the present invention is directed to compounds of Formula II:
R' A-Y Y
Z3, Zl NHR3 R~
z2 (II) wherein:
X is oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur;
Y is a direct bond or a linker group;
Zl, Z2, Z3 are each independently C, CH, CH2, P, N, NH, S, or absent;
Rl and R2 are independently absent, hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkylnyl, aryl, arylalkyl, or acyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, amido, arylamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkanesulfonyl, arenesulfonyl, cycloalkanesulfonyl, and heteroarenesulfonyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
A is hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, carbocyclic, heterocyclic, bicyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, fused-ring aryl or heteroaryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, , R4-S-CH2-O
O R4.-ly-CH2- \ I! II N-CH2-R4-S-CHa- 0 or , each of which may be optionally substituted; and R4 and RS together with the nitrogen form a 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic ring, or are each independently hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, or benzoimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
In one embodiment, X is oxygen or nitrogen. In another embodiment, Y is a direct bond. In yet another embodiment, Zl, Z2 and Z3 are N, C or CH. In still another embodiment, Rl and R2 are independently absent or hydrogen. In another embodiment, R3 is hydrogen, arylamido, arylaminocarbonyl or arenesulfonyl, each of which may be optionally substituted. In yet another embodiment, A is one of the following groups:
II Re 0 I I R4.-il-CHZ- R4-O- \N-CH2~.
z R S-CH - O or R4 o > > > >
each of which may be optionally substituted.
In still another embodiment, R4 and R5 are each independently cycloalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, or benzoimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted. In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are each independently pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrimidinone, tetrahydropyridine, piperidine, piperazine, imidazole, benzoimidazole, oxazole, oxadiazole, benzooxazole, triazole, thiazole, benzothiazole, tetrazole, thiadiazole, pyrazolopyrimidine, isoquinoline, or tetrahydroisoquinoline, each of which may be optionally substituted. In another embodiment, R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen form a 6 membered ring optionally interrupted with one or more additional heteroatoms. In some embodiments the resultant 6 inembered ring is non-fused ring. In other embodiments, the linker group is a disulfide bond, an ether linkage, a thioether linkage, an alkylene or alkenylene linkage, an amino or a hydrozino linkage, an ester-based linkage, a thioester linkage, an amide bond, an acid-labile linkage, or a Schiff base linkage.
In a further embodiment, the compound is at least one compound selected from the compounds of Table 1 and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, and prodrugs thereof..
Table 1- Exeinplayy Conapounds of the present invention.
0 HO NHa N S I\ OH CNO / NHz ~ IS IV 0 OFI
F I / NHZ N
~"N~CI
0 HO NHi N /s I \ NHZ
N
\ 'O / NHz F'y N 0 N
F' I N S ~ NH
F I/ NHZ Z N
~11NCI
/
HO N ~
N
N NYS O OH F ~N- g N~ 0 HN F F / OH
p HN
0 \ / - NHZ NHZ /\N \
y CI
\ / N O o OH Ho NHZ c OH
N~ I/ HN \N~S N
~O F I / HN~=O I \ ~
H N, H % ~N \
~ 0 OH N HO N
N NYS I\ I / F F I
N_N' NHZ F S N~ OH
S~ po~o NHZ No ~ OH ~
/ N O
N Nf4 N NYS NHZ F F ~ I O Ho N_NI NH, F S N \ cti,al, ~
~\ I NHZ NH, N/ 0 / OH SN O
NS OH F I N O Ho NH6 NN~N HN O F S HN OH
\
I / OH NHz 0 eN z ~\N \
Ir\J' N_~iS I\ OH N O NHZ
NNlN / HN~O F / l S \ HO
OH
\ HN~O I
NH
/ OH I N'H o o /
O I H3C~\O~I
N/~S
HO NHz 0 I \
~N~ / NHz N S N I S N
~ ' S I \ OH 0 H I/ NH OH ry~/\~0 z II I
O O) \ ~S NH QN
Z -II\ N
~N H / NHz S ~
NHZ N
~ NHZ cN
HO NHZ
O
N\ /S I\ OH J~N\ N O I\
N,H / HN 0 HS OH
HN
O N
NHz CN
~ ~ _ NHZ
N
~S / HN' o H ~S N O OH
H HN
NH ~ -O
N
~ / I \ N Ni OzN
\
I / OH NHz 0 eN z ~\N \
Ir\J' N_~iS I\ OH N O NHZ
NNlN / HN~O F / l S \ HO
OH
\ HN~O I
NH
/ OH I N'H o o /
O I H3C~\O~I
N/~S
HO NHz 0 I \
~N~ / NHz N S N I S N
~ ' S I \ OH 0 H I/ NH OH ry~/\~0 z II I
O O) \ ~S NH QN
Z -II\ N
~N H / NHz S ~
NHZ N
~ NHZ cN
HO NHZ
O
N\ /S I\ OH J~N\ N O I\
N,H / HN 0 HS OH
HN
O N
NHz CN
~ ~ _ NHZ
N
~S / HN' o H ~S N O OH
H HN
NH ~ -O
N
~ / I \ N Ni OzN
Ho NHs O _ I \
N~S OH
NNN / NH2 O~ N O sI
~ \ S \ OH / / NHi N~ N
OzN
O HO NHz NYS I\ NHz \~ INI O
NN-N / NHZ O~\ N OTN
S I \ NHa / NHZ IN
N~S \
O
0 Ho NHZ
N
pH p~ N O I\
~N_Ni / HN O S \ OH / HN
8-~, Zs N
~ NHZ " / ~
~
NOz p Nkz HO
N N ~S I / HN pH N1 0 ~ O'\S H OH
N~
O N~
H N
N
0 Ho NH2 NYS I OH N~N \
N\ O' NH 0 Z ~ HII S IN
HNN~ / NHz pH s \
N N'~'N
O o NHi =N~/S ~\ NHZ N-N HO O' NH2 HN S N p N
N S
O N p NHi N
~7 Ho N' /S C'rl OHHN\ I pH
Np N, S~ \N S
p I/ HN~ 0 ' _ S I /
\ p \N / ~ ~ 1 ~ I / 5 N
F F NJ
N~S OH
NNN / NH2 O~ N O sI
~ \ S \ OH / / NHi N~ N
OzN
O HO NHz NYS I\ NHz \~ INI O
NN-N / NHZ O~\ N OTN
S I \ NHa / NHZ IN
N~S \
O
0 Ho NHZ
N
pH p~ N O I\
~N_Ni / HN O S \ OH / HN
8-~, Zs N
~ NHZ " / ~
~
NOz p Nkz HO
N N ~S I / HN pH N1 0 ~ O'\S H OH
N~
O N~
H N
N
0 Ho NH2 NYS I OH N~N \
N\ O' NH 0 Z ~ HII S IN
HNN~ / NHz pH s \
N N'~'N
O o NHi =N~/S ~\ NHZ N-N HO O' NH2 HN S N p N
N S
O N p NHi N
~7 Ho N' /S C'rl OHHN\ I pH
Np N, S~ \N S
p I/ HN~ 0 ' _ S I /
\ p \N / ~ ~ 1 ~ I / 5 N
F F NJ
0 N'-N HO N i NYS OH HN g N
N\ OI H NH N I/ HN, O I/
s CN N"kN
NHs HO
N.N~S OH N ~N 0 NI
NH NHz \ N
Ng ~
OH s / NHZ
N ~N
\
N_\ I\ NHZ ~N IN 0 N NH / NHZ NS N/ ~
fi NHZ
i=1 CN
O -N ' IN 0 0 N_~ iS I\ OH </N ~S N HO Nf4 N\ NIH HN,~ H OH
0 / HN. GO
S"
O
F
O ~ N
N~
N NYS OH H \ OH HO
S
HN_O HN~O
SlN CH3 N'CH, NH2 HO NH, O
'~ N
OH ~ 0 ,~N NHZ N~S N OH N
N-~
~ N
NHZ s N' CH3 ~,N, CH3 OH NH2 Ho NH2 ~~ ~ H3 ~CH~ I
N S NHZ \N S N~ NHZ
\
NHz / NH2 /N\N I
N N~
N\ OI H NH N I/ HN, O I/
s CN N"kN
NHs HO
N.N~S OH N ~N 0 NI
NH NHz \ N
Ng ~
OH s / NHZ
N ~N
\
N_\ I\ NHZ ~N IN 0 N NH / NHZ NS N/ ~
fi NHZ
i=1 CN
O -N ' IN 0 0 N_~ iS I\ OH </N ~S N HO Nf4 N\ NIH HN,~ H OH
0 / HN. GO
S"
O
F
O ~ N
N~
N NYS OH H \ OH HO
S
HN_O HN~O
SlN CH3 N'CH, NH2 HO NH, O
'~ N
OH ~ 0 ,~N NHZ N~S N OH N
N-~
~ N
NHZ s N' CH3 ~,N, CH3 OH NH2 Ho NH2 ~~ ~ H3 ~CH~ I
N S NHZ \N S N~ NHZ
\
NHz / NH2 /N\N I
N N~
HON~S OH N O HO NH, HN.~ N S \ \
OH
O HN.S,10 0 P F eN Is NH2 ~
I iN I/ HN~0 N- S OH
HN
NH ~syN
- / \ N II
O
CI HD NHz N' 0 NN
S ~ OH S iN 0 NHZ I/ NHZ ~S N
I~ DH s / NHa N/ 's O
NN
N
NI N~ 0 NHs / NHZ S-\S N NH s / NHZ Z NI~s CI
NzN 0 0 NHZ
/ ~
NN~ HO
HN O N
~ SO S. S \ OH
HN\S O
O N-N
F ' sJs F
CI
_ o N~ 0 HO NHt HN S OH N 0 0 / HN S~ I
N~0 HN OH
~0 s N
~ N, H
-HO NH' 0 0 HO NHl Ho NF~
/ \ \ I \
S
N\
N IS
S S
H3C. N1, ." _ ~ -0H, N~I
CH2 H~0 HO NH2 HO NHz \
I \ I
S N
H
aC"~N ~ N\ I ~N
~C
A S
NHZ NHz HO O
NI HO
\
\
S N
S
I
H3C'N \ N I N
N \N S \
HO NH2 HO NHa HO NHi _ I \ \
N CH' SyN~
NS NS NY
HO NH, HO 0 N H2 N~ HO
~ / \
\ I \ /
N S N S
IY ~
/e 1 C~N~N OII S \N
O
HO Ho NH2 NH=
HO
N
S
N~o S
N I/ \ O
S ~
~O ~ f1 Hp~ \/ \CH, HO NHz HO NH2 0 N HO NHZ
N HO
N_O ~IN
~ O HC
~N3's O HO N~'~z 0 HO N~ \ HO NHz /
\ ~N SN
OS I \ Nr\/ S
H,O
HO NH
, \ NHz I / HO O I \
SY O - I\ ~ &CH, Nf N 0 5 N\/
HO NHz HO NF~ HO NHZ
N
N
O S
ON
OF
N~ HO O 0 0 HO N~ Ho NHz HO NHz \ H 11 N / N~ N
N
I \ ~N \ \ \
0 0 Ho N~ Ho NHz 0 HO NHz I \ \
~\N S N
\ NJ HO
INJ N
HO NH2 HO NHz aF I\ / I/
/ I \ N / I \ ~ N N
N N\/
HOCNA\
0 N_NP
OH
O HN.S,10 0 P F eN Is NH2 ~
I iN I/ HN~0 N- S OH
HN
NH ~syN
- / \ N II
O
CI HD NHz N' 0 NN
S ~ OH S iN 0 NHZ I/ NHZ ~S N
I~ DH s / NHa N/ 's O
NN
N
NI N~ 0 NHs / NHZ S-\S N NH s / NHZ Z NI~s CI
NzN 0 0 NHZ
/ ~
NN~ HO
HN O N
~ SO S. S \ OH
HN\S O
O N-N
F ' sJs F
CI
_ o N~ 0 HO NHt HN S OH N 0 0 / HN S~ I
N~0 HN OH
~0 s N
~ N, H
-HO NH' 0 0 HO NHl Ho NF~
/ \ \ I \
S
N\
N IS
S S
H3C. N1, ." _ ~ -0H, N~I
CH2 H~0 HO NH2 HO NHz \
I \ I
S N
H
aC"~N ~ N\ I ~N
~C
A S
NHZ NHz HO O
NI HO
\
\
S N
S
I
H3C'N \ N I N
N \N S \
HO NH2 HO NHa HO NHi _ I \ \
N CH' SyN~
NS NS NY
HO NH, HO 0 N H2 N~ HO
~ / \
\ I \ /
N S N S
IY ~
/e 1 C~N~N OII S \N
O
HO Ho NH2 NH=
HO
N
S
N~o S
N I/ \ O
S ~
~O ~ f1 Hp~ \/ \CH, HO NHz HO NH2 0 N HO NHZ
N HO
N_O ~IN
~ O HC
~N3's O HO N~'~z 0 HO N~ \ HO NHz /
\ ~N SN
OS I \ Nr\/ S
H,O
HO NH
, \ NHz I / HO O I \
SY O - I\ ~ &CH, Nf N 0 5 N\/
HO NHz HO NF~ HO NHZ
N
N
O S
ON
OF
N~ HO O 0 0 HO N~ Ho NHz HO NHz \ H 11 N / N~ N
N
I \ ~N \ \ \
0 0 Ho N~ Ho NHz 0 HO NHz I \ \
~\N S N
\ NJ HO
INJ N
HO NH2 HO NHz aF I\ / I/
/ I \ N / I \ ~ N N
N N\/
HOCNA\
0 N_NP
HO NHz O 0 / I \
N
SI
N N s Il/N HO\~ ~
NJ 'O' N_N
Me0 HO NHz O 0 NFiz HO NHi HO
N I \
N
~
N J N N N
~ ~,N N S
~i~ q Me0 NHz HO 0 NHz HO
/ \
MeO N
~ rN N iN
N S \y NJ N
I ~ N O~OH
HO NF~ HO NH2 N N
I/ I\ N~N I N I/ \ \
NJ N
HO Nl-~ HO N~ HO
S
\ I I / CF3 I N
Ho NH2 0 0 HO N~
NHz N HO
N
S I I
N
\ \
C, / N
N
SI
N N s Il/N HO\~ ~
NJ 'O' N_N
Me0 HO NHz O 0 NFiz HO NHi HO
N I \
N
~
N J N N N
~ ~,N N S
~i~ q Me0 NHz HO 0 NHz HO
/ \
MeO N
~ rN N iN
N S \y NJ N
I ~ N O~OH
HO NF~ HO NH2 N N
I/ I\ N~N I N I/ \ \
NJ N
HO Nl-~ HO N~ HO
S
\ I I / CF3 I N
Ho NH2 0 0 HO N~
NHz N HO
N
S I I
N
\ \
C, / N
HO NF~ HO NH' HO NH' \ I \ CF~
\ I I N I/ \ I
S \
O 0 HO NHz HO NH, HO NH2 \ \ I /
I / \ NI S
S \ N IN
HO NH, N
/ I
\
In yet another embodiment, the compound is at least one compound selected from the compounds of Table 2 and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, and prodrugs thereof.
Table 2 - Exemplaiy Compounds of the present invention.
Ho NHZ N-N 0 0 / S~N"N HO H2 HO NHZ / N -~_ CI
\ / I s NH " S S
Q
HO ~N~N -N /
HO NHZ N-N
11~ NHz \\N II ~N HO NH2 S \ ~~ /\ N ~~
N
o ~S\O NH
OCH
0 ~ 0 HO NHZ N-N
HO NHZ N/_ H NHZ N-N N ~ N
' \
N
S/~NH S~'N O~
\ \ ~ o H
I /
N
N- x~
~ s S~NN
HO NHZ N-N HO NHZ N N
/1\ /11~
~S\
N
~ I v v I o o H ~
H
oH
\ I I N I/ \ I
S \
O 0 HO NHz HO NH, HO NH2 \ \ I /
I / \ NI S
S \ N IN
HO NH, N
/ I
\
In yet another embodiment, the compound is at least one compound selected from the compounds of Table 2 and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, and prodrugs thereof.
Table 2 - Exemplaiy Compounds of the present invention.
Ho NHZ N-N 0 0 / S~N"N HO H2 HO NHZ / N -~_ CI
\ / I s NH " S S
Q
HO ~N~N -N /
HO NHZ N-N
11~ NHz \\N II ~N HO NH2 S \ ~~ /\ N ~~
N
o ~S\O NH
OCH
0 ~ 0 HO NHZ N-N
HO NHZ N/_ H NHZ N-N N ~ N
' \
N
S/~NH S~'N O~
\ \ ~ o H
I /
N
N- x~
~ s S~NN
HO NHZ N-N HO NHZ N N
/1\ /11~
~S\
N
~ I v v I o o H ~
H
oH
HO NHZ N H NHZ N~ HO NHz N S,,l NH S~~
\
o N-NH 0 NH
HO NHZ HO NHz N-N.N HO ~-N
N S N SN~\r ~ 0 I ~
\ ~ ~ \
~r HO NHZ NII /\ HO NH2 NHZ
N~ HO N-N
N ~NH
I 0 S O \ I S
In some embodiments the compounds of the present invention are not the compounds of Table 3 and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Table 3 - Exemplary Compounds.
H O~y Q \ I \/\/5 'H
No 0 O OEt NSI~O 0 N\/',/SO3H
OH HO ~S03H O~NNH NH3C' - OH
z H ~-0 O
CaNS'OH ~N S~H NHz NH
O NH2 COQf~ /IS03H
0 \ _ ' MeO Y
HN\%S O HN 0'o HN\%O~O
OH ~ OH OH
O
Ae O
O
~J'N O O
HNH IOI
S I~ HN H O HN~ 111,0 OH OH OH
SO3H SO3H S0,11 S03H SOaH
COOH cou 00O=
NHZ NH3' i+1H,3 O)y _ S 11 HO I \~ ~ZP(O I\ COyH H o O ~~d ~ / N / NHZ H3NN\/-~/S~N 0~-cr H 0 p p N O SPO I
HN ~N~\ N~iS, OH H-N ,i N ~~ N pp Z
0 H O~O 0 H O HN' O H ~
~ Cf ~
O ,p p /COOH
H-N ~N ONa CHZ-CH
~ NaO3S O NH
Na03S
H O y O
$t3t,~;S t Na03S
COOH
NC7 l~ CI CHZ-CI\
NHz NaO3S I
~~O'H
O- o 0 OH ~
NHZ
O
In some embodiments the compounds of the present invention include the compounds of Table 3 and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
It should be understood that the use of any of the compounds described herein is within the scope of the present invention and is intended to be encompassed by the present invention.
Libraries In another aspect, the invention provides libraries of compounds of Formula I
and/or Formula II, and methods of preparing such libraries. The synthesis of combinatorial libraries is well known in the art and has been reviewed (see, e.g., E.M.
Gordon et al., J. Med. Chena. 37:1385-1401 (1994)). Thus, the subject invention contemplates methods for synthesis of combinatorial libraries of compounds of Formula I and/or Formula II.
\
o N-NH 0 NH
HO NHZ HO NHz N-N.N HO ~-N
N S N SN~\r ~ 0 I ~
\ ~ ~ \
~r HO NHZ NII /\ HO NH2 NHZ
N~ HO N-N
N ~NH
I 0 S O \ I S
In some embodiments the compounds of the present invention are not the compounds of Table 3 and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Table 3 - Exemplary Compounds.
H O~y Q \ I \/\/5 'H
No 0 O OEt NSI~O 0 N\/',/SO3H
OH HO ~S03H O~NNH NH3C' - OH
z H ~-0 O
CaNS'OH ~N S~H NHz NH
O NH2 COQf~ /IS03H
0 \ _ ' MeO Y
HN\%S O HN 0'o HN\%O~O
OH ~ OH OH
O
Ae O
O
~J'N O O
HNH IOI
S I~ HN H O HN~ 111,0 OH OH OH
SO3H SO3H S0,11 S03H SOaH
COOH cou 00O=
NHZ NH3' i+1H,3 O)y _ S 11 HO I \~ ~ZP(O I\ COyH H o O ~~d ~ / N / NHZ H3NN\/-~/S~N 0~-cr H 0 p p N O SPO I
HN ~N~\ N~iS, OH H-N ,i N ~~ N pp Z
0 H O~O 0 H O HN' O H ~
~ Cf ~
O ,p p /COOH
H-N ~N ONa CHZ-CH
~ NaO3S O NH
Na03S
H O y O
$t3t,~;S t Na03S
COOH
NC7 l~ CI CHZ-CI\
NHz NaO3S I
~~O'H
O- o 0 OH ~
NHZ
O
In some embodiments the compounds of the present invention include the compounds of Table 3 and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
It should be understood that the use of any of the compounds described herein is within the scope of the present invention and is intended to be encompassed by the present invention.
Libraries In another aspect, the invention provides libraries of compounds of Formula I
and/or Formula II, and methods of preparing such libraries. The synthesis of combinatorial libraries is well known in the art and has been reviewed (see, e.g., E.M.
Gordon et al., J. Med. Chena. 37:1385-1401 (1994)). Thus, the subject invention contemplates methods for synthesis of combinatorial libraries of compounds of Formula I and/or Formula II.
In some embodiments, libraries of compounds of the invention contain at least compounds, at least 100 compounds, or at least 500 compounds. In some embodiments, the libraries of compounds of the invention contain fewer than 109 compounds, fewer than 10 8 compounds, or fewer than 107 compounds.
A library of compounds may be substantially pure, i.e., substantially free of compounds other than the intended products, e.g., members of the library. In some embodiments, the purity of a library produced according to the methods of the invention is at least about 50%, at least about 70%, at least about 90%, or at least about 95%.
The libraries of compounds of the invention can be prepared according to the methods of the invention. In general, at least one starting material used for synthesis of the libraries of the invention is provided as a variegated population. The term "variegated population", as used herein, refers to a population including at least two different chemical entities, e.g., of different chemical structure. For example, a "variegated population" of compounds of Formula II would comprise at least two different compounds of Formula II. Use of a variegated population of linkers to immobilize coinpounds to the solid support can produce a variety of compounds upon cleavage of the linkers.
Libraries of the invention are useful, e.g., for drug discovery. For example, a library of the invention can be screened (e.g., according to the methods described herein) to determine whether the library includes compounds having a pre-selected activity (e.g., useful for treating CNS diseases or amyloid associated diseases).
Isolation of Rat Prinaary Cerebrovascular Endothelial Cells Of concern in the development of drugs targeting the central nervous system (CNS) is their ability to penetrate into the brain. The present invention provides an in vitro assay to predict the likelihood of a given drug to cross the blood-brain barrier (BBB) via specific carrier-mediated transport systems. Isolation and culture of primary rat brain endothelial cells (RBEC) have previously been reported as laborious procedures. High variations in yield and quality of cells are all factors that have blocked their use in the development of a medium throughput screening assay for testing compounds. In certain aspects, the present invention is directed to a reproducible method for isolating and culturing enriched RBEC from microcapillaries for their use, e.g., in screening compounds for their ability to bind to the large neutral amino acid carrier (LI-system carrier). Compared to previously described protocols, the present methods have several advantages. After only 5 days of culture, endothelial cells can be characterized and used immediately for screening. The present method provides high yields, e.g., the RBEC from 36 brains provides enough cells to screen simultaneously 7 compounds per plate in 2 to 3 96-well plates. During this short term culture, primary RBEC retain their morphology as well as their endothelial characteristics such as the expression of the von Willebrand factor (Factor VIII-related antigen), the specific lectin binding, and the uptake of acetylated low density lipoprotein (Ac-LDL).
Innovative characteristics of this new isolation procedure are 1) the optimization of a two-stage enzymatic digestion to produce partially digested microcapillaries mostly depleted of non-endothelial cells, 2) the improved selective growth of RBEC by the short initial adherence period, and 3) the lack of cloning procedure resulting from these previous steps.
Accordingly, in one aspect, the present invention is directed to a method for isolating Rat Primary Cerebrovascular Endothelial Cells. In some embodiments, the method includes one or more of the following steps: removing cortices from rats;
digesting the cortices; isolating the microcapillaries; digesting the microcapillaries;
isolating the microcapillaries again; and incubating the microcapillaries until the endothelial cells establish themselves. In one einbodiment, the method produces enriched brain endothelial cell cultures. In other embodiments, the present method for isolating and culturing enriched primary endothelial cell retains the characteristics of the RBEC and the functionality of their endogenous transporters such as the L1-system carrier.
In yet another aspect, the rat primary cerebrovascular endothelial cells isolated as described by the methods herein are used in an assay to test compounds of the present invention. For example, they may be used to determine the indirect ability of specific compounds to cross the BBB using active transporter systems such as the L1-system. In some embodiments, the RBEC cultures retaining their endothelial transporter system functionality are used in a rapid, reliable, and reproducible competitive binding assay to screen drugs. In some embodiments, this competitive binding assay can be employed to identify compounds that bind to the L1-system carrier and provide parameters to select CNS drug candidates designed to penetrate the brain using a specific active transporter.
Subiects and Patient Populations The term "subject" includes living organisms in which amyloidosis can occur, or which are susceptible to amyloid diseases, e.g., Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome, CAA, dialysis-related ((32M) amyloidosis, secondary (AA) amyloidosis, primary (AL) amyloidosis, hereditary amyloidosis, diabetes, etc. Examples of subjects include humans, chickens, ducks, peking ducks, geese, monkeys, deer, cows, rabbits, sheep, goats, dogs, cats, mice, rats, and transgenic species thereof. Administration of the compositions of the present invention to a subject to be treated can be carried out using known procedures, at dosages and for periods of time effective to modulate amyloid aggregation or amyloid-induced toxicity in the subject as further described herein. An effective amount of the therapeutic compound necessary to achieve a therapeutic effect may vary according to factors such as the amount of amyloid already deposited at the clinical site in the subject, the age, sex, and weight of the subject, and the ability of the therapeutic compound to modulate amyloid aggregation in the subject. Dosage regimens can be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation.
In certain embodiments of the invention, the subject is in need of treatment by the methods of the invention, and is selected for treatment based on this need. A subject in need of treatment is art-recognized, and includes subjects that have been identified as having a disease or disorder related to amyloid-deposition or amyloidosis, has a symptom of such a disease or disorder, or is at risk of such a disease or disorder, and would be expected, based on diagnosis, e.g., medical diagnosis, to benefit from treatment (e.g., curing, healing, preventing, alleviating, relieving, altering, remedying, aineliorating, improving, or affecting the disease or disorder, the symptom of the disease or disorder, or the risk of the disease or disorder).
In an exemplary aspect of the invention, the subject is a human. For example, the subject may be a human over 30 years old, human over 40 years old, a human over 50 years old, a human over 60 years old, a human over 70 years old, a human over 80 years old, a human over 85 years old, a human over 90 years old, or a human over 95 years old. The subject may be a female human, including a postmenopausal female human, who may be on hornzone (estrogen) replacement therapy. The subject may also be a male human. In another embodiment, the subject is under 40 years old.
A subject may be a human at risk for Alzheimer's disease, e.g., being over the age of 40 or having a predisposition for Alzheimer's disease. Alzheimer's disease predisposing factors identified or proposed in the scientific literature include, among others, a genotype predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease;
environmental factors predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease; past history of infection by viral and bacterial agents predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease; and vascular factors predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease. A subject may also have one or more risk factors for cardiovascular disease (e.g., atherosclerosis of the coronary arteries, angina pectoris, and myocardial infarction) or cerebrovascular disease (e.g., atherosclerosis of the intracranial or extracranial arteries, stroke, syncope, and transient ischemic attacks), such as hypercholesterolemia, hypertension, diabetes, cigarette smoking, familial or previous history of coronary artery disease, cerebrovascular disease, and cardiovascular disease. Hypercholesterolemia typically is defined as a serum total cholesterol concentration of greater than about 5.2 mmol/L (about 200 mg/dL).
Several genotypes are believed to predispose a subject to Alzheimer's disease.
These include the genotypes such as presenilin-1, presenilin-2, and amyloid precursor protein (APP) missense mutations associated with familial Alzheimer's disease, and a-2-macroglobulin and LRP-1 genotypes, which are thought to increase the risk of acquiring sporadic (late-onset) Alzheimer's disease. E.van Uden, et al., J.
NeuYosci.
22(21), 9298-304 (2002); J.J.Goto, et al., J. Mol. Neurosci. 19(1-2), 37-41 (2002).
Another genetic risk factor for the development of Alzheimer's disease are variants of ApoE, the gene that encodes apolipoprotein E(particularly the apoE4 genotype), a constituent of the low-density lipoprotein particle. WJ Strittmatter, et al., Annu. Rev.
Neurosci. 19, 53-77 (1996). The molecular mechanisms by which the various ApoE
alleles alter the likelihood of developing Alzheimer's disease are unknown, however the role of ApoE in cholesterol metabolism is consistent with the growing body of evidence linking cholesterol metabolism to Alzheimer's disease. For example, chronic use of cholesterol-lowering drugs such as statins has recently been associated with a lower incidence of Alzheimer's disease, and cholesterol-lowering drugs have been shown to reduce pathology in APP transgenic mice. These and other studies suggest that cholesterol may affect APP processing. ApoE4 has been suggested to alter AP
trafficking (in and out of the brain), and favor retention of Ap in the brain.
ApoE4 has also been suggested to favor APP processing toward A(3 formation.
Environmental factors have been proposed as predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease, including exposure to aluminum, although the epidemiological evidence is ambiguous. In addition, prior infection by certain viral or bacterial agents may predispose a subject to Alzheimer's disease, including the herpes simplex virus and chlamydia pneumoniae.
Finally, other predisposing factors for Alzheimer's disease can include risk factors for cardiovascular or cerebrovascular disease, including cigarette smoking, hypertension and diabetes. "At risk for Alzheimer's disease" also encompasses any other predisposing factors not listed above or as yet identified and includes an increased rislc for Alzheimer's disease caused by head injury, medications, diet, or lifestyle.
The methods of the present invention can be used for one or more of the following: to prevent Alzheimer's disease, to treat Alzheimer's disease, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's disease, or to regulate production of or levels of amyloid (3 (A(3) peptides. In an embodiment, the human carries one or more mutations in the genes that encode 0-amyloid precursor protein, presenilin-1 or presenilin-2. In another embodiment, the human carries the Apolipoprotein s4 gene. In another embodiment, the human has a family history of Alzheimer's Disease or a dementia illness. In another embodiment, the human has trisomy 21 (Down's Syndrome). In another embodiment, the subject has a normal or low serum total blood cholesterol level. In another embodiment, the serum total blood cholesterol level is less than about 200 mg/dL, or less than about 180, and it can range from about 150 to about 200 mg/dL. In another embodiment, the total LDL cholesterol level is less than about 100 mg/dL, or less than about 90 mg/dL and can range from about 30 to about 100 mg/dL. Methods of measuring serum total blood cholesterol and total LDL cholesterol are well known to those skilled in the art and for example include those disclosed in WO 99/3 8498 at p.11, incorporated by reference herein. Methods of determining levels of other sterols in serum are disclosed in H. Gylling, et al., "Serum Sterols During Stanol Ester Feeding in a Mildly Hypercholesterolemic Population", J. Lipid Res. 40: 593-600 (1999).
In another embodiment, the subject has an elevated serum total blood cholesterol level. In another embodiment, the serum total cholesterol level is at least about 200 mg/dL, or at least about 220 mg/dL and can range from about 200 to about 1000 mg/dL.
In another embodiment, the subject has an elevated total LDL cholesterol level. In another embodiment, the total LDL cholesterol level is greater than about 100 mg/dL, or even greater than about 110 mg/dL and can range from about 100 to about 1000 mg/dL.
In another embodiment, the human is at least about 40 years of age. In another embodiment, the human is at least about 60 years of age. In another embodiment, the human is at least about 70 years of age. In another embodiment, the human is at least about 80 years of age. In another embodiment, the human is at least about 85 years of age. In one embodiment, the human is between about 60 and about 100 years of age.
In still a further embodiment, the subject is shown to be at risk by a diagnostic brain imaging technique, for example, one that measures brain activity, plaque deposition, or brain atrophy.
In still a further embodiment, the subject is shown to be at risk by a cognitive test such as Clinical Dementia Rating ("CDR"), Alzheimer's Disease Assessment Scale-Cognition ("ADAS-Cog"), or Mini-Mental State Examination ("MMSE"). The subject may exhibit a below average score on a cognitive test, as compared to a historical control of similar age and educational background. The subject may also exhibit a reduction in score as compared to previous scores of the subject on the same or similar cognition tests.
In determining the CDR, a subject is typically assessed and rated in each of six cognitive and behavioural categories: memory, orientation, judgement and problem solving, community affairs, home and hobbies, and personal care. The assessment may include historical information provided by the subject, or preferably, a corroborator who knows the subject well. The subject is assessed and rated in each of these areas and the overall rating, (0, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0) determined. A rating of 0 is considered normal. A
rating of 1.0 is considered to correspond to mild dementia. A subject with a CDR of 0.5 is characterized by mild consistent forgetfulness, partial recollection of events and "benign" forgetfulness. In one embodiment the subject is assessed with a rating on the CDR of above 0, of above about 0.5, of above about 1.0, of above about 1.5, of above about 2.0, of above about 2.5, or at about 3Ø
Another test is the Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE), as described by Folstein "'Mini-mental state. A practical method for grading the cognitive state of patients for the clinician." J. Psychiatr. Res. 12:189-198, 1975. The MMSE
evaluates the presence of global intellectual deterioration. See also Folstein "Differential diagnosis of dementia. The clinical process." Psychiatr Clin North Am. 20:45-57, 1997. The MMSE
is a means to evaluate the onset of dementia and the presence of global intellectual deterioration, as seen in Alzheimer's disease and multi-infart dementia. The MMSE is scored from 1 to 30. The MMSE does not evaluate basic cognitive potential, as, for example, the so-called IQ test. Instead, it tests intellectual skills. A
person of "normal"
intellectual capabilities will score a "30" on the MMSE objective test (however, a person with a MMSE score of 30 could also score well below "normal" on an IQ test).
See, e.g., Kaufer, J. Neuropsychiatry Clin. Neurosci. 10:55-63, 1998; Becke, Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord. 12:54-57, 1998; Ellis, Arch. Neurol. 55:360-365, 1998; Magni, Int.
Psychogeriatr. 8:127-134, 1996; Monsch, Acta Neurol. Scand. 92:145-150, 1995.
In one embodiment, the subject scores below 30 at least once on the MMSE. In another embodiment, the subject scores below about 28, below about 26, below about 24, below about 22, below about 20, below about 18, below about 16, below about 14, below about 12, below about 10, below about 8, below about 6, below about 4, below about 2, or below about 1.
Another means to evaluate cognition, particularly Alzheimer's disease, is the Alzheimer's Disease Assessment Scale (ADAS-Cog), or a variation termed the Standardized Alzheimer's Disease Assessment Scale (SADAS). It is commonly used as an efficacy measure in clinical drug trials of Alzheimer's disease and related disorders characterized by cognitive decline. SADAS and ADAS-Cog were not designed to diagnose Alzheimer's disease; they are useful in characterizing symptoms of dementia and are a relatively sensitive indicator of dementia progression. (See, e.g., Doraiswamy, Neurology 48:1511-1517, 1997; and Standish, J. Am. Geriatr. Soc. 44:712-716, 1996.) Annual deterioration in untreated Alzheimer's disease patients is approximately 8 points per year (See, eg., Raskind, M Prim. Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry 2000 Aug;
2(4):134-138).
The ADAS-cog is designed to measure, with the use of questionnaires, the progression and the severity of cognitive decline as seen in AD on a 70- point scale. The ADAS-cog scale quantifies the number of wrong answers. Consequently, a high score on the scale indicates a more severe case of cognitive decline. In one embodiment, a subject exhibits a score of greater than 0, greater than about 5, greater than about 10, greater than about 15, greater than about 20, greater than about 25, greater than about 30, greater than about 35, greater than about 40, greater than about 45, greater than about 50, greater than about 55, greater than about 60, greater than about 65, greater than about 68, or about 70.
In another embodiment, the subject exhibits no symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease. In another embodiment, the subject is a human who is at least 40 years of age and exhibits no symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease. In another embodiment, the subject is a human who is at least 40 years of age and exhibits one or more symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease.
In another embodiment, the subject has Mild Cognitive Impairment. In a further embodiment, the subject has a CDR rating of about 0.5. In another embodiment, the subject has early Alzheimer's disease. In another embodiment, the subject has cerebral amyloid angiopathy.
By using the methods of the present invention, the levels of amyloid 0 peptides in a subject's plasma or cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) can be reduced from levels prior to treatment from about 10 to about 100 percent, or even about 50 to about 100 percent.
In an alternative embodiment, the subject can have an elevated level of amyloid A(340 and A(342 peptide in the blood and CSF prior to treatment, according to the present methods, of greater than about 10 pg/mL, or greater than about 20 pg/mL, or greater than about 35 pg/mL, or even greater than about 40 pg/mL. In another embodiment, the elevated level of amyloid A(342 peptide can range from about 30 pg/mL to about pg/mL, or even to about 500 pg/mL. One skilled in the art would understand that as Alzheimer's disease progresses, the measurable levels of amyloid 0 peptide in the CSF
may decrease from elevated levels present before onset of the disease. This effect is attributed to increased deposition, i.e., trapping of A(3 peptide in the brain instead of normal clearance from the brain into the CSF.
In an alternative embodiment, the subject can have an elevated level of amyloid A(340 peptide in the blood and CSF prior to treatment, according to the present methods, of greater than about 5 pg A(342/mL or greater than about 50 pg A(340/mL, or greater than about 400 pg/mL. In another embodiment, the elevated level of amyloid A(340 peptide can range from about 200 pg/mL to about 800 pg/mL, to even about 1000 pg/mL.
In another embodiment, the subject can have an elevated level of amyloid A(342 peptide in the CSF prior to treatment, according to the present methods, of groater than about 5 pg/mL, or greater than about 10 pg/mL, or greater than about 200 pg/mL, or greater than about 500 pg/mL. In another embodiment, the level of amyloid 0 peptide can range from about 10 pg/mL to about 1,000 pg/mL, or even about 100 pg/mL to about 1,000 pg/mL.
In another embodiment, the subject can have an elevated level of amyloid A(340 peptide in the CSF prior to treatment according to the present methods of greater than about 10 pg/mL, or greater than about 50 pg/mL, or even greater than about 100 pg/mL.
In another embodiment, the level of amyloid 0 peptide can range from about 10 pg/mL
to about 1,000 pg/mL.
The amount of amyloid (3 peptide in the brain, CSF, blood, or plasma of a subject can be evaluated by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay ("ELISA") or quantitative immunoblotting test methods or by quantitative SELDI-TOF which are well known to those skilled in the art, such as is disclosed by Zhang, et al., J. Biol.
Chern. 274, 8966-72 (1999) and Zhang, et al., Biochemistiy 40, 5049-55 (2001). See also, A.K.Vehmas, et al., DNA Cell Biol. 20(11), 713-21 (2001), P.Lewczuk, et al., Rapid Comnaun. Mass Spectrom. 17(12), 1291-96 (2003); B.M.Austen, et al., J. Peptide Sci. 6, 459-69 (2000);
and H.Davies, et al., BioTechniques 27, 1258-62 (1999). These tests are performed on samples of the brain or blood which have been prepared in a manner well known to one skilled in the art. Another example of a useful method for measuring levels of amyloid 0 peptides is by Europium immunoassay (EIA). See, e.g., WO 99/38498 at p.11.
The methods of the invention may be applied as a therapy for a subject having Alzheimer's disease or a dementia, or the methods of the invention may be applied as a prophylaxis against Alzheimer's disease or dementia for subject with such a predisposition, as in a subject, e.g., with a genomic mutation in the APP
gene, the ApoE
gene, or a presenilin gene. The subject may have (or may be predisposed to developing or may be suspected of having) vascular dementia, or senile dementia, Mild Cognitive Impairment, or early Alzheimer's disease. In addition to Alzheimer's disease, the subject may have another amyloid associated disease such as cerebral amyloid angiopathy, or the subject may have amyloid deposits, especially amyloid-(3 amyloid deposits in the brain.
A library of compounds may be substantially pure, i.e., substantially free of compounds other than the intended products, e.g., members of the library. In some embodiments, the purity of a library produced according to the methods of the invention is at least about 50%, at least about 70%, at least about 90%, or at least about 95%.
The libraries of compounds of the invention can be prepared according to the methods of the invention. In general, at least one starting material used for synthesis of the libraries of the invention is provided as a variegated population. The term "variegated population", as used herein, refers to a population including at least two different chemical entities, e.g., of different chemical structure. For example, a "variegated population" of compounds of Formula II would comprise at least two different compounds of Formula II. Use of a variegated population of linkers to immobilize coinpounds to the solid support can produce a variety of compounds upon cleavage of the linkers.
Libraries of the invention are useful, e.g., for drug discovery. For example, a library of the invention can be screened (e.g., according to the methods described herein) to determine whether the library includes compounds having a pre-selected activity (e.g., useful for treating CNS diseases or amyloid associated diseases).
Isolation of Rat Prinaary Cerebrovascular Endothelial Cells Of concern in the development of drugs targeting the central nervous system (CNS) is their ability to penetrate into the brain. The present invention provides an in vitro assay to predict the likelihood of a given drug to cross the blood-brain barrier (BBB) via specific carrier-mediated transport systems. Isolation and culture of primary rat brain endothelial cells (RBEC) have previously been reported as laborious procedures. High variations in yield and quality of cells are all factors that have blocked their use in the development of a medium throughput screening assay for testing compounds. In certain aspects, the present invention is directed to a reproducible method for isolating and culturing enriched RBEC from microcapillaries for their use, e.g., in screening compounds for their ability to bind to the large neutral amino acid carrier (LI-system carrier). Compared to previously described protocols, the present methods have several advantages. After only 5 days of culture, endothelial cells can be characterized and used immediately for screening. The present method provides high yields, e.g., the RBEC from 36 brains provides enough cells to screen simultaneously 7 compounds per plate in 2 to 3 96-well plates. During this short term culture, primary RBEC retain their morphology as well as their endothelial characteristics such as the expression of the von Willebrand factor (Factor VIII-related antigen), the specific lectin binding, and the uptake of acetylated low density lipoprotein (Ac-LDL).
Innovative characteristics of this new isolation procedure are 1) the optimization of a two-stage enzymatic digestion to produce partially digested microcapillaries mostly depleted of non-endothelial cells, 2) the improved selective growth of RBEC by the short initial adherence period, and 3) the lack of cloning procedure resulting from these previous steps.
Accordingly, in one aspect, the present invention is directed to a method for isolating Rat Primary Cerebrovascular Endothelial Cells. In some embodiments, the method includes one or more of the following steps: removing cortices from rats;
digesting the cortices; isolating the microcapillaries; digesting the microcapillaries;
isolating the microcapillaries again; and incubating the microcapillaries until the endothelial cells establish themselves. In one einbodiment, the method produces enriched brain endothelial cell cultures. In other embodiments, the present method for isolating and culturing enriched primary endothelial cell retains the characteristics of the RBEC and the functionality of their endogenous transporters such as the L1-system carrier.
In yet another aspect, the rat primary cerebrovascular endothelial cells isolated as described by the methods herein are used in an assay to test compounds of the present invention. For example, they may be used to determine the indirect ability of specific compounds to cross the BBB using active transporter systems such as the L1-system. In some embodiments, the RBEC cultures retaining their endothelial transporter system functionality are used in a rapid, reliable, and reproducible competitive binding assay to screen drugs. In some embodiments, this competitive binding assay can be employed to identify compounds that bind to the L1-system carrier and provide parameters to select CNS drug candidates designed to penetrate the brain using a specific active transporter.
Subiects and Patient Populations The term "subject" includes living organisms in which amyloidosis can occur, or which are susceptible to amyloid diseases, e.g., Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome, CAA, dialysis-related ((32M) amyloidosis, secondary (AA) amyloidosis, primary (AL) amyloidosis, hereditary amyloidosis, diabetes, etc. Examples of subjects include humans, chickens, ducks, peking ducks, geese, monkeys, deer, cows, rabbits, sheep, goats, dogs, cats, mice, rats, and transgenic species thereof. Administration of the compositions of the present invention to a subject to be treated can be carried out using known procedures, at dosages and for periods of time effective to modulate amyloid aggregation or amyloid-induced toxicity in the subject as further described herein. An effective amount of the therapeutic compound necessary to achieve a therapeutic effect may vary according to factors such as the amount of amyloid already deposited at the clinical site in the subject, the age, sex, and weight of the subject, and the ability of the therapeutic compound to modulate amyloid aggregation in the subject. Dosage regimens can be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation.
In certain embodiments of the invention, the subject is in need of treatment by the methods of the invention, and is selected for treatment based on this need. A subject in need of treatment is art-recognized, and includes subjects that have been identified as having a disease or disorder related to amyloid-deposition or amyloidosis, has a symptom of such a disease or disorder, or is at risk of such a disease or disorder, and would be expected, based on diagnosis, e.g., medical diagnosis, to benefit from treatment (e.g., curing, healing, preventing, alleviating, relieving, altering, remedying, aineliorating, improving, or affecting the disease or disorder, the symptom of the disease or disorder, or the risk of the disease or disorder).
In an exemplary aspect of the invention, the subject is a human. For example, the subject may be a human over 30 years old, human over 40 years old, a human over 50 years old, a human over 60 years old, a human over 70 years old, a human over 80 years old, a human over 85 years old, a human over 90 years old, or a human over 95 years old. The subject may be a female human, including a postmenopausal female human, who may be on hornzone (estrogen) replacement therapy. The subject may also be a male human. In another embodiment, the subject is under 40 years old.
A subject may be a human at risk for Alzheimer's disease, e.g., being over the age of 40 or having a predisposition for Alzheimer's disease. Alzheimer's disease predisposing factors identified or proposed in the scientific literature include, among others, a genotype predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease;
environmental factors predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease; past history of infection by viral and bacterial agents predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease; and vascular factors predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease. A subject may also have one or more risk factors for cardiovascular disease (e.g., atherosclerosis of the coronary arteries, angina pectoris, and myocardial infarction) or cerebrovascular disease (e.g., atherosclerosis of the intracranial or extracranial arteries, stroke, syncope, and transient ischemic attacks), such as hypercholesterolemia, hypertension, diabetes, cigarette smoking, familial or previous history of coronary artery disease, cerebrovascular disease, and cardiovascular disease. Hypercholesterolemia typically is defined as a serum total cholesterol concentration of greater than about 5.2 mmol/L (about 200 mg/dL).
Several genotypes are believed to predispose a subject to Alzheimer's disease.
These include the genotypes such as presenilin-1, presenilin-2, and amyloid precursor protein (APP) missense mutations associated with familial Alzheimer's disease, and a-2-macroglobulin and LRP-1 genotypes, which are thought to increase the risk of acquiring sporadic (late-onset) Alzheimer's disease. E.van Uden, et al., J.
NeuYosci.
22(21), 9298-304 (2002); J.J.Goto, et al., J. Mol. Neurosci. 19(1-2), 37-41 (2002).
Another genetic risk factor for the development of Alzheimer's disease are variants of ApoE, the gene that encodes apolipoprotein E(particularly the apoE4 genotype), a constituent of the low-density lipoprotein particle. WJ Strittmatter, et al., Annu. Rev.
Neurosci. 19, 53-77 (1996). The molecular mechanisms by which the various ApoE
alleles alter the likelihood of developing Alzheimer's disease are unknown, however the role of ApoE in cholesterol metabolism is consistent with the growing body of evidence linking cholesterol metabolism to Alzheimer's disease. For example, chronic use of cholesterol-lowering drugs such as statins has recently been associated with a lower incidence of Alzheimer's disease, and cholesterol-lowering drugs have been shown to reduce pathology in APP transgenic mice. These and other studies suggest that cholesterol may affect APP processing. ApoE4 has been suggested to alter AP
trafficking (in and out of the brain), and favor retention of Ap in the brain.
ApoE4 has also been suggested to favor APP processing toward A(3 formation.
Environmental factors have been proposed as predisposing a subject to Alzheimer's disease, including exposure to aluminum, although the epidemiological evidence is ambiguous. In addition, prior infection by certain viral or bacterial agents may predispose a subject to Alzheimer's disease, including the herpes simplex virus and chlamydia pneumoniae.
Finally, other predisposing factors for Alzheimer's disease can include risk factors for cardiovascular or cerebrovascular disease, including cigarette smoking, hypertension and diabetes. "At risk for Alzheimer's disease" also encompasses any other predisposing factors not listed above or as yet identified and includes an increased rislc for Alzheimer's disease caused by head injury, medications, diet, or lifestyle.
The methods of the present invention can be used for one or more of the following: to prevent Alzheimer's disease, to treat Alzheimer's disease, or ameliorate symptoms of Alzheimer's disease, or to regulate production of or levels of amyloid (3 (A(3) peptides. In an embodiment, the human carries one or more mutations in the genes that encode 0-amyloid precursor protein, presenilin-1 or presenilin-2. In another embodiment, the human carries the Apolipoprotein s4 gene. In another embodiment, the human has a family history of Alzheimer's Disease or a dementia illness. In another embodiment, the human has trisomy 21 (Down's Syndrome). In another embodiment, the subject has a normal or low serum total blood cholesterol level. In another embodiment, the serum total blood cholesterol level is less than about 200 mg/dL, or less than about 180, and it can range from about 150 to about 200 mg/dL. In another embodiment, the total LDL cholesterol level is less than about 100 mg/dL, or less than about 90 mg/dL and can range from about 30 to about 100 mg/dL. Methods of measuring serum total blood cholesterol and total LDL cholesterol are well known to those skilled in the art and for example include those disclosed in WO 99/3 8498 at p.11, incorporated by reference herein. Methods of determining levels of other sterols in serum are disclosed in H. Gylling, et al., "Serum Sterols During Stanol Ester Feeding in a Mildly Hypercholesterolemic Population", J. Lipid Res. 40: 593-600 (1999).
In another embodiment, the subject has an elevated serum total blood cholesterol level. In another embodiment, the serum total cholesterol level is at least about 200 mg/dL, or at least about 220 mg/dL and can range from about 200 to about 1000 mg/dL.
In another embodiment, the subject has an elevated total LDL cholesterol level. In another embodiment, the total LDL cholesterol level is greater than about 100 mg/dL, or even greater than about 110 mg/dL and can range from about 100 to about 1000 mg/dL.
In another embodiment, the human is at least about 40 years of age. In another embodiment, the human is at least about 60 years of age. In another embodiment, the human is at least about 70 years of age. In another embodiment, the human is at least about 80 years of age. In another embodiment, the human is at least about 85 years of age. In one embodiment, the human is between about 60 and about 100 years of age.
In still a further embodiment, the subject is shown to be at risk by a diagnostic brain imaging technique, for example, one that measures brain activity, plaque deposition, or brain atrophy.
In still a further embodiment, the subject is shown to be at risk by a cognitive test such as Clinical Dementia Rating ("CDR"), Alzheimer's Disease Assessment Scale-Cognition ("ADAS-Cog"), or Mini-Mental State Examination ("MMSE"). The subject may exhibit a below average score on a cognitive test, as compared to a historical control of similar age and educational background. The subject may also exhibit a reduction in score as compared to previous scores of the subject on the same or similar cognition tests.
In determining the CDR, a subject is typically assessed and rated in each of six cognitive and behavioural categories: memory, orientation, judgement and problem solving, community affairs, home and hobbies, and personal care. The assessment may include historical information provided by the subject, or preferably, a corroborator who knows the subject well. The subject is assessed and rated in each of these areas and the overall rating, (0, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0) determined. A rating of 0 is considered normal. A
rating of 1.0 is considered to correspond to mild dementia. A subject with a CDR of 0.5 is characterized by mild consistent forgetfulness, partial recollection of events and "benign" forgetfulness. In one embodiment the subject is assessed with a rating on the CDR of above 0, of above about 0.5, of above about 1.0, of above about 1.5, of above about 2.0, of above about 2.5, or at about 3Ø
Another test is the Mini-Mental State Examination (MMSE), as described by Folstein "'Mini-mental state. A practical method for grading the cognitive state of patients for the clinician." J. Psychiatr. Res. 12:189-198, 1975. The MMSE
evaluates the presence of global intellectual deterioration. See also Folstein "Differential diagnosis of dementia. The clinical process." Psychiatr Clin North Am. 20:45-57, 1997. The MMSE
is a means to evaluate the onset of dementia and the presence of global intellectual deterioration, as seen in Alzheimer's disease and multi-infart dementia. The MMSE is scored from 1 to 30. The MMSE does not evaluate basic cognitive potential, as, for example, the so-called IQ test. Instead, it tests intellectual skills. A
person of "normal"
intellectual capabilities will score a "30" on the MMSE objective test (however, a person with a MMSE score of 30 could also score well below "normal" on an IQ test).
See, e.g., Kaufer, J. Neuropsychiatry Clin. Neurosci. 10:55-63, 1998; Becke, Alzheimer Dis Assoc Disord. 12:54-57, 1998; Ellis, Arch. Neurol. 55:360-365, 1998; Magni, Int.
Psychogeriatr. 8:127-134, 1996; Monsch, Acta Neurol. Scand. 92:145-150, 1995.
In one embodiment, the subject scores below 30 at least once on the MMSE. In another embodiment, the subject scores below about 28, below about 26, below about 24, below about 22, below about 20, below about 18, below about 16, below about 14, below about 12, below about 10, below about 8, below about 6, below about 4, below about 2, or below about 1.
Another means to evaluate cognition, particularly Alzheimer's disease, is the Alzheimer's Disease Assessment Scale (ADAS-Cog), or a variation termed the Standardized Alzheimer's Disease Assessment Scale (SADAS). It is commonly used as an efficacy measure in clinical drug trials of Alzheimer's disease and related disorders characterized by cognitive decline. SADAS and ADAS-Cog were not designed to diagnose Alzheimer's disease; they are useful in characterizing symptoms of dementia and are a relatively sensitive indicator of dementia progression. (See, e.g., Doraiswamy, Neurology 48:1511-1517, 1997; and Standish, J. Am. Geriatr. Soc. 44:712-716, 1996.) Annual deterioration in untreated Alzheimer's disease patients is approximately 8 points per year (See, eg., Raskind, M Prim. Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry 2000 Aug;
2(4):134-138).
The ADAS-cog is designed to measure, with the use of questionnaires, the progression and the severity of cognitive decline as seen in AD on a 70- point scale. The ADAS-cog scale quantifies the number of wrong answers. Consequently, a high score on the scale indicates a more severe case of cognitive decline. In one embodiment, a subject exhibits a score of greater than 0, greater than about 5, greater than about 10, greater than about 15, greater than about 20, greater than about 25, greater than about 30, greater than about 35, greater than about 40, greater than about 45, greater than about 50, greater than about 55, greater than about 60, greater than about 65, greater than about 68, or about 70.
In another embodiment, the subject exhibits no symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease. In another embodiment, the subject is a human who is at least 40 years of age and exhibits no symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease. In another embodiment, the subject is a human who is at least 40 years of age and exhibits one or more symptoms of Alzheimer's Disease.
In another embodiment, the subject has Mild Cognitive Impairment. In a further embodiment, the subject has a CDR rating of about 0.5. In another embodiment, the subject has early Alzheimer's disease. In another embodiment, the subject has cerebral amyloid angiopathy.
By using the methods of the present invention, the levels of amyloid 0 peptides in a subject's plasma or cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) can be reduced from levels prior to treatment from about 10 to about 100 percent, or even about 50 to about 100 percent.
In an alternative embodiment, the subject can have an elevated level of amyloid A(340 and A(342 peptide in the blood and CSF prior to treatment, according to the present methods, of greater than about 10 pg/mL, or greater than about 20 pg/mL, or greater than about 35 pg/mL, or even greater than about 40 pg/mL. In another embodiment, the elevated level of amyloid A(342 peptide can range from about 30 pg/mL to about pg/mL, or even to about 500 pg/mL. One skilled in the art would understand that as Alzheimer's disease progresses, the measurable levels of amyloid 0 peptide in the CSF
may decrease from elevated levels present before onset of the disease. This effect is attributed to increased deposition, i.e., trapping of A(3 peptide in the brain instead of normal clearance from the brain into the CSF.
In an alternative embodiment, the subject can have an elevated level of amyloid A(340 peptide in the blood and CSF prior to treatment, according to the present methods, of greater than about 5 pg A(342/mL or greater than about 50 pg A(340/mL, or greater than about 400 pg/mL. In another embodiment, the elevated level of amyloid A(340 peptide can range from about 200 pg/mL to about 800 pg/mL, to even about 1000 pg/mL.
In another embodiment, the subject can have an elevated level of amyloid A(342 peptide in the CSF prior to treatment, according to the present methods, of groater than about 5 pg/mL, or greater than about 10 pg/mL, or greater than about 200 pg/mL, or greater than about 500 pg/mL. In another embodiment, the level of amyloid 0 peptide can range from about 10 pg/mL to about 1,000 pg/mL, or even about 100 pg/mL to about 1,000 pg/mL.
In another embodiment, the subject can have an elevated level of amyloid A(340 peptide in the CSF prior to treatment according to the present methods of greater than about 10 pg/mL, or greater than about 50 pg/mL, or even greater than about 100 pg/mL.
In another embodiment, the level of amyloid 0 peptide can range from about 10 pg/mL
to about 1,000 pg/mL.
The amount of amyloid (3 peptide in the brain, CSF, blood, or plasma of a subject can be evaluated by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay ("ELISA") or quantitative immunoblotting test methods or by quantitative SELDI-TOF which are well known to those skilled in the art, such as is disclosed by Zhang, et al., J. Biol.
Chern. 274, 8966-72 (1999) and Zhang, et al., Biochemistiy 40, 5049-55 (2001). See also, A.K.Vehmas, et al., DNA Cell Biol. 20(11), 713-21 (2001), P.Lewczuk, et al., Rapid Comnaun. Mass Spectrom. 17(12), 1291-96 (2003); B.M.Austen, et al., J. Peptide Sci. 6, 459-69 (2000);
and H.Davies, et al., BioTechniques 27, 1258-62 (1999). These tests are performed on samples of the brain or blood which have been prepared in a manner well known to one skilled in the art. Another example of a useful method for measuring levels of amyloid 0 peptides is by Europium immunoassay (EIA). See, e.g., WO 99/38498 at p.11.
The methods of the invention may be applied as a therapy for a subject having Alzheimer's disease or a dementia, or the methods of the invention may be applied as a prophylaxis against Alzheimer's disease or dementia for subject with such a predisposition, as in a subject, e.g., with a genomic mutation in the APP
gene, the ApoE
gene, or a presenilin gene. The subject may have (or may be predisposed to developing or may be suspected of having) vascular dementia, or senile dementia, Mild Cognitive Impairment, or early Alzheimer's disease. In addition to Alzheimer's disease, the subject may have another amyloid associated disease such as cerebral amyloid angiopathy, or the subject may have amyloid deposits, especially amyloid-(3 amyloid deposits in the brain.
TYeatnaent of Central Nervous Systenz Disorders and/on Anayloid associated Diseases The present invention pertains to methods of using the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions thereof in the treatment and prevention of central nervous system disorders and/or amyloid associated diseases. The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be administered therapeutically or prophylactically to treat diseases associated with amyloid (e.g., AL amyloid protein (?~ or x-chain related, e.g., amyloid X, amyloid x, amyloid xIV, amyloid WI, amyloid y, amyloid yl), A(3, IAPP, (32M, AA, or AH amyloid protein) fibril formation, aggregation or deposition.
The phannaceutical compositions of the invention may act to ameliorate the course of an amyloid associated disease using any of the following mechanisms (this list is meant to be illustrative and not limiting): slowing the rate of amyloid fibril formation or deposition; lessening the degree of amyloid deposition; inhibiting, reducing, or preventing amyloid fibril formation; inhibiting neurodegeneration or cellular toxicity induced by amyloid; inhibiting amyloid induced inflammation; enhancing the clearance of amyloid from the brain; enhancing degradation of A(3 in the brain; or favoring clearance of amyloid protein prior to its organization in fibrils.
"Modulation" of amyloid deposition includes both inhibition, as defined above, and enhancement of amyloid deposition or fibril fonnation. The term "modulating" is intended, therefore, to encompass prevention or stopping of amyloid formation or accumulation, inhibition or slowing down of further amyloid formation or accumulation in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis, e.g., already having amyloid deposition, and reducing or reversing of amyloid formation or accumulation in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis; and enhancing amyloid deposition, e.g., increasing the rate or amount of amyloid deposition in vivo or in vitro. Amyloid-enhancing compounds may be useful in animal models of amyloidosis, for example, to make possible the development of amyloid deposits in animals in a shorter period of time or to increase amyloid deposits over a selected period of time. Amyloid-enhancing coinpounds may be useful in screening assays for compounds which inhibit amyloidosis in vivo, for example, in animal models, cellular assays and in vitro assays for amyloidosis. Such compounds may be used, for example, to provide faster or more sensitive assays for compounds.
Modulation of amyloid deposition is determined relative to an untreated subject or relative to the treated subject prior to treatment.
"Inhibition" of amyloid deposition includes preventing or stopping of amyloid formation, e.g., fibrillogenesis, clearance of amyloid, e.g., soluble A(3 from brain, inhibiting or slowing down of further amyloid deposition in a subject with amyloidosis, e.g., already having amyloid deposits, and reducing or reversing amyloid fibrillogenesis or deposits in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis. Inhibition of amyloid deposition is determined relative to an untreated subject, or relative to the treated subject prior to treatment, or, e.g., determined by clinically measurable improvement, e.g., or in the case of a subject with brain amyloidosis, e.g., an Alzheimer's or cerebral amyloid angiopathy subject, stabilization of cognitive function or prevention of a further decrease in cognitive function (i.e., preventing, slowing, or stopping disease progression), or improvement of parameters such as the concentration of A(3 or tau in the CSF.
As used herein, "treatment" of a subject includes the application or administration of a composition of the invention to a subject, or application or administration of a composition of the invention to a cell or tissue from a subject, who has an amyloid associated disease or condition, has a symptom of such a disease or condition, or is at risk of (or susceptible to) such a disease or condition, with the purpose of curing, healing, alleviating, relieving, altering, remedying, ameliorating, improving, or affecting the disease or condition, the symptom of the disease or condition, or the risk of (or susceptibility to) the disease or condition. The term "treating" refers to any indicia of success in the t'reatment or amelioration of an injury, pathology or condition, including any objective or subjective parameter such as abatement; remission;
diminishing of symptoms or making the injury, pathology or condition more tolerable to the subject; slowing in the rate of degeneration or decline; making the final point of degeneration less debilitating; improving a subject's physical or mental well-being; or, in some situations, preventing the onset of dementia. The treatment or amelioration of symptoms can be based on objective or subjective parameters; including the results of a physical examination, a psychiatric evaluation, or a cognition test such as CDR, MMSE, ADAS-Cog, or another test known in the art. For example, the methods of the invention successfully treat a subject's dementia by slowing the rate of or lessening the extent of cognitive decline.
In one embodiment, the term "treating" includes maintaining a subject's CDR
rating at its base line rating or at 0. In another embodiment, the term treating includes decreasing a subject's CDR rating by about 0.25 or more, about 0.5 or more, about 1.0 or more, about 1.5 or more, about 2.0 or more, about 2.5 or more, or about 3.0 or more.
In another embodiment, the term "treating" also includes reducing the rate of the increase of a subject's CDR rating as compared to historical controls. In another embodiment, the term includes reducing the rate of increase of a subject's CDR
rating by about 5% or more, about 10% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or'more, about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 80% or more, about 90% or more, or about 100%, of the increase of the historical or untreated controls.
The phannaceutical compositions of the invention may act to ameliorate the course of an amyloid associated disease using any of the following mechanisms (this list is meant to be illustrative and not limiting): slowing the rate of amyloid fibril formation or deposition; lessening the degree of amyloid deposition; inhibiting, reducing, or preventing amyloid fibril formation; inhibiting neurodegeneration or cellular toxicity induced by amyloid; inhibiting amyloid induced inflammation; enhancing the clearance of amyloid from the brain; enhancing degradation of A(3 in the brain; or favoring clearance of amyloid protein prior to its organization in fibrils.
"Modulation" of amyloid deposition includes both inhibition, as defined above, and enhancement of amyloid deposition or fibril fonnation. The term "modulating" is intended, therefore, to encompass prevention or stopping of amyloid formation or accumulation, inhibition or slowing down of further amyloid formation or accumulation in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis, e.g., already having amyloid deposition, and reducing or reversing of amyloid formation or accumulation in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis; and enhancing amyloid deposition, e.g., increasing the rate or amount of amyloid deposition in vivo or in vitro. Amyloid-enhancing compounds may be useful in animal models of amyloidosis, for example, to make possible the development of amyloid deposits in animals in a shorter period of time or to increase amyloid deposits over a selected period of time. Amyloid-enhancing coinpounds may be useful in screening assays for compounds which inhibit amyloidosis in vivo, for example, in animal models, cellular assays and in vitro assays for amyloidosis. Such compounds may be used, for example, to provide faster or more sensitive assays for compounds.
Modulation of amyloid deposition is determined relative to an untreated subject or relative to the treated subject prior to treatment.
"Inhibition" of amyloid deposition includes preventing or stopping of amyloid formation, e.g., fibrillogenesis, clearance of amyloid, e.g., soluble A(3 from brain, inhibiting or slowing down of further amyloid deposition in a subject with amyloidosis, e.g., already having amyloid deposits, and reducing or reversing amyloid fibrillogenesis or deposits in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis. Inhibition of amyloid deposition is determined relative to an untreated subject, or relative to the treated subject prior to treatment, or, e.g., determined by clinically measurable improvement, e.g., or in the case of a subject with brain amyloidosis, e.g., an Alzheimer's or cerebral amyloid angiopathy subject, stabilization of cognitive function or prevention of a further decrease in cognitive function (i.e., preventing, slowing, or stopping disease progression), or improvement of parameters such as the concentration of A(3 or tau in the CSF.
As used herein, "treatment" of a subject includes the application or administration of a composition of the invention to a subject, or application or administration of a composition of the invention to a cell or tissue from a subject, who has an amyloid associated disease or condition, has a symptom of such a disease or condition, or is at risk of (or susceptible to) such a disease or condition, with the purpose of curing, healing, alleviating, relieving, altering, remedying, ameliorating, improving, or affecting the disease or condition, the symptom of the disease or condition, or the risk of (or susceptibility to) the disease or condition. The term "treating" refers to any indicia of success in the t'reatment or amelioration of an injury, pathology or condition, including any objective or subjective parameter such as abatement; remission;
diminishing of symptoms or making the injury, pathology or condition more tolerable to the subject; slowing in the rate of degeneration or decline; making the final point of degeneration less debilitating; improving a subject's physical or mental well-being; or, in some situations, preventing the onset of dementia. The treatment or amelioration of symptoms can be based on objective or subjective parameters; including the results of a physical examination, a psychiatric evaluation, or a cognition test such as CDR, MMSE, ADAS-Cog, or another test known in the art. For example, the methods of the invention successfully treat a subject's dementia by slowing the rate of or lessening the extent of cognitive decline.
In one embodiment, the term "treating" includes maintaining a subject's CDR
rating at its base line rating or at 0. In another embodiment, the term treating includes decreasing a subject's CDR rating by about 0.25 or more, about 0.5 or more, about 1.0 or more, about 1.5 or more, about 2.0 or more, about 2.5 or more, or about 3.0 or more.
In another embodiment, the term "treating" also includes reducing the rate of the increase of a subject's CDR rating as compared to historical controls. In another embodiment, the term includes reducing the rate of increase of a subject's CDR
rating by about 5% or more, about 10% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or'more, about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 80% or more, about 90% or more, or about 100%, of the increase of the historical or untreated controls.
In another embodiment, the term "treating" also includes maintaining a subject's score on the MMSE. The term "treating" includes increasing a subject's MMSE
score by about 1, about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 7.5, about 10, about 12.5, about 15, about 17.5, about 20, or about 25 points. The term also includes reducing the rate of the decrease of a subject's MMSE score as compared to historical controls. In another embodiment, the term includes reducing the rate of decrease of a subject's MMSE score by about 5% or less, about 10% or less, about 20% or less, about 25% or less, about 30%
or less, about 40% or less, about 50% or less, about 60% or less, about 70% or less, about 80% or less, about 90% or less or about 100% or less, of the decrease of the historical or untreated controls.
In yet another embodiment, the term "treating" includes maintaining a subject's score on the ADAS-Cog. The term "treating" includes decreasing a subject's ADAS-Cog score by about 1 point or greater, by about 2 points or greater, by about 3 points or greater, by about 4 points or greater, by about 5 points or greater, by about 7.5 points or greater, by about 10 points or greater, by about 12.5 points or greater, by about 15 points or greater, by about 17.5 points or greater, by about 20 points or greater, or by about 25 points or greater. The term also includes reducing the rate of the increase of a subject's ADAS-Cog score as compared to historical controls. In another embodiment, the term includes reducing the rate of increase of a subject's ADAS-Cog score by about 5% or more, about 10% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 80% or more, about 90% or more or about 100% of the increase of the historical or untreated controls.
In another embodiment, the term "treating" e.g., for AA or AL amyloidosis, includes an increase in serum creatinine, e.g., an increase of creatinine clearance of 10%
or greater, 20% or greater, 50% or greater, 80% or greater, 90% or greater, 100% or greater, 150% or greater, 200% or greater. The term "treating" also may include remission of nephrotic syndrome (NS). It may also include remission of chronic diarrhea and/or a gain in body weight, e.g., by 10% or greater, 15% or greater, or 20% or greater.
Without wishing to be bound by theory, in some aspects the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention contain a compound that prevents or inhibits amyloid fibril formation, either in the brain or other organ of interest (acting locally) or throughout the entire body (acting systemically). Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be effective in controlling amyloid deposition either following their entry into the brain (following penetration of the blood brain barrier) or from the periphery.
When acting from the periphery, a compound of a phannaceutical composition may alter the equilibrium of amyloidogenic peptide between the brain and the plasma so as to favor the exit of amyloidogenic peptide from the brain. It may also favor clearance (or catabolism) of the amyloid protein (soluble), and then prevent amyloid fibril formation and deposition due to a reduction of the amyloid protein pool in a specific organ, e.g., liver, spleen, pancreas, kidney, joints, brain, etc. An increase in the exit of amyloidogenic peptide from the brain would result in a decrease in amyloidogenic peptide brain concentration and therefore favor a decrease in amyloidogenic peptide deposition. In particular, an agent may lower the levels of amyloid P
peptides, e.g., both A(340 and A(342 in the CSF and the plasma, or the agent may lower the levels of amyloid (3 peptides, e.g., A(340 and A(342 in the CSF and increase it in the plasma.
Alternatively, compounds that penetrate the brain could control deposition by acting directly on brain amyloidogenic peptide e.g., by maintaining it in a non-fibrillar form or favoring its clearance from the brain, by increasing its degradation in the brain, or protecting brain cells from the detrimental effect of amyloidogenic peptide.
An agent can also cause a decrease of the concentration of the amyloid protein (i.e., in a specific organ so that the critical concentration needed to trigger amyloid fibril formation or deposition is not reached). Furthermore, the compounds described herein may inhibit or reduce an interaction between amyloid and a cell surface constituent, for example, a glycosaminoglycan or proteoglycan constituent of a basement meinbrane, whereby inhibiting or reducing this interaction produces the observed neuroprotective and cell-protective effects. For example, the compound may also prevent an amyloid peptide from binding or adhering to a cell surface, a process which is known to cause cell damage or toxicity. Similarly, the compound may block amyloid-induced cellular toxicity or microglial activation or amyloid-induced neurotoxicity, or inhibit ainyloid induced inflammation. The compound may also reduce the rate or amount of amyloid aggregation, fibril formation, or deposition, or the compound lessens the degree of amyloid deposition. The foregoing mechanisms of action should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention inasmuch as the invention may be practiced without such information.
The term "amyloid-(3 disease" (or "amyloid-(3 related disease," which terms as used herein are synonymous) may be used for mild cognitive impairment;
vascular dementia; early Alzheimer's disease; Alzheimer's disease, including sporadic (non-hereditary) Alzheimer's disease and familial (hereditary) Alzheimer's disease; age-related cognitive decline; cerebral amyloid angiopathy ("CAA"); hereditary cerebral hemorrhage; senile dementia; Down's syndrome; inclusion body myositis ("]BM");
or age-related macular degeneration ("ARMD"). According to certain aspects of the invention, amyloid-(3 is a peptide having 39-43 amino-acids, or amyloid-(3 is an amyloidogenic peptide produced from (3APP.
score by about 1, about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 7.5, about 10, about 12.5, about 15, about 17.5, about 20, or about 25 points. The term also includes reducing the rate of the decrease of a subject's MMSE score as compared to historical controls. In another embodiment, the term includes reducing the rate of decrease of a subject's MMSE score by about 5% or less, about 10% or less, about 20% or less, about 25% or less, about 30%
or less, about 40% or less, about 50% or less, about 60% or less, about 70% or less, about 80% or less, about 90% or less or about 100% or less, of the decrease of the historical or untreated controls.
In yet another embodiment, the term "treating" includes maintaining a subject's score on the ADAS-Cog. The term "treating" includes decreasing a subject's ADAS-Cog score by about 1 point or greater, by about 2 points or greater, by about 3 points or greater, by about 4 points or greater, by about 5 points or greater, by about 7.5 points or greater, by about 10 points or greater, by about 12.5 points or greater, by about 15 points or greater, by about 17.5 points or greater, by about 20 points or greater, or by about 25 points or greater. The term also includes reducing the rate of the increase of a subject's ADAS-Cog score as compared to historical controls. In another embodiment, the term includes reducing the rate of increase of a subject's ADAS-Cog score by about 5% or more, about 10% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 80% or more, about 90% or more or about 100% of the increase of the historical or untreated controls.
In another embodiment, the term "treating" e.g., for AA or AL amyloidosis, includes an increase in serum creatinine, e.g., an increase of creatinine clearance of 10%
or greater, 20% or greater, 50% or greater, 80% or greater, 90% or greater, 100% or greater, 150% or greater, 200% or greater. The term "treating" also may include remission of nephrotic syndrome (NS). It may also include remission of chronic diarrhea and/or a gain in body weight, e.g., by 10% or greater, 15% or greater, or 20% or greater.
Without wishing to be bound by theory, in some aspects the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention contain a compound that prevents or inhibits amyloid fibril formation, either in the brain or other organ of interest (acting locally) or throughout the entire body (acting systemically). Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may be effective in controlling amyloid deposition either following their entry into the brain (following penetration of the blood brain barrier) or from the periphery.
When acting from the periphery, a compound of a phannaceutical composition may alter the equilibrium of amyloidogenic peptide between the brain and the plasma so as to favor the exit of amyloidogenic peptide from the brain. It may also favor clearance (or catabolism) of the amyloid protein (soluble), and then prevent amyloid fibril formation and deposition due to a reduction of the amyloid protein pool in a specific organ, e.g., liver, spleen, pancreas, kidney, joints, brain, etc. An increase in the exit of amyloidogenic peptide from the brain would result in a decrease in amyloidogenic peptide brain concentration and therefore favor a decrease in amyloidogenic peptide deposition. In particular, an agent may lower the levels of amyloid P
peptides, e.g., both A(340 and A(342 in the CSF and the plasma, or the agent may lower the levels of amyloid (3 peptides, e.g., A(340 and A(342 in the CSF and increase it in the plasma.
Alternatively, compounds that penetrate the brain could control deposition by acting directly on brain amyloidogenic peptide e.g., by maintaining it in a non-fibrillar form or favoring its clearance from the brain, by increasing its degradation in the brain, or protecting brain cells from the detrimental effect of amyloidogenic peptide.
An agent can also cause a decrease of the concentration of the amyloid protein (i.e., in a specific organ so that the critical concentration needed to trigger amyloid fibril formation or deposition is not reached). Furthermore, the compounds described herein may inhibit or reduce an interaction between amyloid and a cell surface constituent, for example, a glycosaminoglycan or proteoglycan constituent of a basement meinbrane, whereby inhibiting or reducing this interaction produces the observed neuroprotective and cell-protective effects. For example, the compound may also prevent an amyloid peptide from binding or adhering to a cell surface, a process which is known to cause cell damage or toxicity. Similarly, the compound may block amyloid-induced cellular toxicity or microglial activation or amyloid-induced neurotoxicity, or inhibit ainyloid induced inflammation. The compound may also reduce the rate or amount of amyloid aggregation, fibril formation, or deposition, or the compound lessens the degree of amyloid deposition. The foregoing mechanisms of action should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention inasmuch as the invention may be practiced without such information.
The term "amyloid-(3 disease" (or "amyloid-(3 related disease," which terms as used herein are synonymous) may be used for mild cognitive impairment;
vascular dementia; early Alzheimer's disease; Alzheimer's disease, including sporadic (non-hereditary) Alzheimer's disease and familial (hereditary) Alzheimer's disease; age-related cognitive decline; cerebral amyloid angiopathy ("CAA"); hereditary cerebral hemorrhage; senile dementia; Down's syndrome; inclusion body myositis ("]BM");
or age-related macular degeneration ("ARMD"). According to certain aspects of the invention, amyloid-(3 is a peptide having 39-43 amino-acids, or amyloid-(3 is an amyloidogenic peptide produced from (3APP.
Mild cognitive impairment ("MCI") is a condition characterized by a state of mild but measurable impairment in thinking skills, which is not necessarily associated with the presence of dementia. MCI frequently, but not necessarily, precedes Alzheimer's disease. It is a diagnosis that has most often been associated with mild memory problems, but it can also be characterized by mild impairments in other thinking skills, such as language or planning skills. However, in general, an individual with MCI will have more significant memory lapses than would be expected for someone of their age or educational background. As the condition progresses, a physician may change the diagnosis to "Mild-to-Moderate Cognitive Impairment,"
as is well understood in this art.
Cerebral amyloid angiopathy ("CAA") refers to the specific deposition of amyloid fibrils in the walls of leptomingeal and cortical arteries, arterioles and in capillaries and veins. It is commonly associated with Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome and normal aging, as well as with a variety of familial conditions related to stroke or dementia (see Frangione, et al., Amyloid: J. Protein Folding Disord.
8, Suppl. 1, 36-42 (2001)). CAA can occur sporadically or be hereditary. Multiple mutation sites in either A(3 or the APP gene have been identified and are clinically associated with either dementia or cerebral hemorrhage. Exemplary CAA disorders include, but are not limited to, hereditary cerebral hemorrhage with amyloidosis of Icelandic type (HCHWA-I); the Dutch variant of HCHWA (HCHWA-D; a mutation in A(3); the Flemish mutation of A(3; the Arctic mutation of A(3; the Italian mutation of A(3; the Iowa mutation of A(3; familial British dementia; and familial Danish dementia.
Cerebral amyloid angiopathy is known to be associated with cerebral hemorrhage (or hemorrhagic stroke).
Also, the invention relates to a method for preventing or inhibiting amyloid deposition in a subject. For example, such a method comprises administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound capable of reducing the concentration of amyloid (e.g., AL amyloid protein (X or x-chain related, e.g., amyloid k, amyloid K, amyloid KIV, amyloid XVI, amyloid y, amyloid yl), A(3, IAPP, (32M, AA, AH
amyloid protein, or other amyloids), such that amyloid accumulation or deposition is prevented or inhibited.
In another aspect, the invention relates to a method for preventing, reducing, or inhibiting amyloid deposition in a subject. For example, such a method comprises administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound capable of inhibiting amyloid (e.g., AL amyloid protein (X or x-chain related, e.g., amyloid X, amyloid ic, amyloid xIV, amyloid XVI, amyloid y, amyloid y1), A(3, IAPP, PaM, AA, AH
as is well understood in this art.
Cerebral amyloid angiopathy ("CAA") refers to the specific deposition of amyloid fibrils in the walls of leptomingeal and cortical arteries, arterioles and in capillaries and veins. It is commonly associated with Alzheimer's disease, Down's syndrome and normal aging, as well as with a variety of familial conditions related to stroke or dementia (see Frangione, et al., Amyloid: J. Protein Folding Disord.
8, Suppl. 1, 36-42 (2001)). CAA can occur sporadically or be hereditary. Multiple mutation sites in either A(3 or the APP gene have been identified and are clinically associated with either dementia or cerebral hemorrhage. Exemplary CAA disorders include, but are not limited to, hereditary cerebral hemorrhage with amyloidosis of Icelandic type (HCHWA-I); the Dutch variant of HCHWA (HCHWA-D; a mutation in A(3); the Flemish mutation of A(3; the Arctic mutation of A(3; the Italian mutation of A(3; the Iowa mutation of A(3; familial British dementia; and familial Danish dementia.
Cerebral amyloid angiopathy is known to be associated with cerebral hemorrhage (or hemorrhagic stroke).
Also, the invention relates to a method for preventing or inhibiting amyloid deposition in a subject. For example, such a method comprises administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound capable of reducing the concentration of amyloid (e.g., AL amyloid protein (X or x-chain related, e.g., amyloid k, amyloid K, amyloid KIV, amyloid XVI, amyloid y, amyloid yl), A(3, IAPP, (32M, AA, AH
amyloid protein, or other amyloids), such that amyloid accumulation or deposition is prevented or inhibited.
In another aspect, the invention relates to a method for preventing, reducing, or inhibiting amyloid deposition in a subject. For example, such a method comprises administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound capable of inhibiting amyloid (e.g., AL amyloid protein (X or x-chain related, e.g., amyloid X, amyloid ic, amyloid xIV, amyloid XVI, amyloid y, amyloid y1), A(3, IAPP, PaM, AA, AH
amyloid protein, or other amyloids), such that amyloid deposition is prevented, reduced, or inhibited.
The invention also relates to a method for modulating, e.g., minimizing, amyloid-associated damage to cells, comprising the step of administering a compound capable of reducing the concentration of amyloid (e.g., AL amyloid protein (X
or x-chain related, e.g., amyloid X, amyloid x, amyloid xIV, amyloid kVI, amyloid y, amyloid yl), A[3, IAPP, P2M, AA, AH amyloid protein, or another amyloid), such that said amyloid-associated damage to cells is modulated. In certain aspects of the invention, the methods for modulating amyloid-associated damage to cells comprise a step of administering a compound capable of reducing the concentration of amyloid or reducing the interaction of an amyloid with a cell surface.
The invention also includes a method for directly or indirectly preventing cell death in a subject, the method comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound capable of preventing amyloid (e.g., AL amyloid protein (X or x-chain related, e.g., ainyloid X, amyloid x, amyloid xIV, amyloid XVI, amyloid 7, amyloid yl), A(3, IAPP, (32M, AA, AH amyloid protein, or other amyloid) mediated events that lead, directly or indirectly, to cell death.
In an embodiment, the method is used to treat Alzheimer's disease (e.g.
sporadic or familial AD). The method can also be used prophylactically or therapeutically to treat other clinical occurrences of amyloid-(3 deposition, such as in Down's syndrome individuals and in patients with cerebral amyloid angiopathy ("CAA") or hereditary cerebral hemorrhage.
The invention also includes a method for treating convulsive disorders, including epilepsy.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a method for inhibiting epileptogenesis in a subject. The method includes the step of administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of an agent which modulates a process in a pathway associated with epileptogenesis, such that epileptogenesis is inhibited in the subject.
As noted above, upregulation of excitatory coupling between neurons, mediated by N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) receptors, and downregulation of inhibitory coupling between neurons, mediated by gamma-amino-butyric acid (GABA) receptors, have both been implicated in epileptogenesis. Other processes in pathways associated with epileptogenesis include release of nitric oxide (NO), a neurotransmitter implicated in epileptogenesis; release of calcium (Ca2+), which may mediate damage to neurons when released in excess; neurotoxicity due to excess zinc (Zn2+); neurotoxicity due to excess iron (Fe2+); and neurotoxicity due to oxidative cell damage. Accordingly, in some embodiments, an agent to be administered to a subject to inhibit epileptogenesis is capable of inhibiting one or more processes in at least one pathway associated with epileptogenesis. For example, an agent useful for inhibition of epileptogenesis can reduce the release of, or attenuate the epileptogenic effect of, NO in brain tissue;
antagonize an NMDA receptor; augment endogenous GABA inhibition; block voltage-gated ion channels; reduce the release of, reduce the free concentration of (e.g., by chelation), or otherwise reduce the epileptogenic effect of cations including Ca2+, Zn2+, or Fe2+; inhibit oxidative cell damage; or the like. In certain embodiments, an agent to be administered to a subject to inhibit epileptogenesis is capable of inhibiting at least two processes in at least one pathway associated with epileptogenesis.
In still another embodiment, the invention provides a method of inhibiting a convulsive disorder. The method includes the step of administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a(3-amino anionic compound such that the convulsive disorder is inhibited; with the proviso that the (3-amino anionic compound is not (3-alanine or taurine.
In another embodiment; the invention provides a method for inhibiting both a convulsive disorder and epileptogenesis in a subject. The method includes the step of administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of an agent which a) blocks sodium or calcium ion channels, or opens potassium or chloride ion channels;
and b) has at least one activity selected from the group consisting of NMDA
receptor antagonism; augmentation of endogenous GABA inhibition; calcium binding; iron binding; zinc binding; NO synthase inhibition; and antioxidant activity; such that epileptogenesis is inhibited in the subject.
The compounds of the invention may be used prophylactically or therapeutically in the treatment of disorders in which amyloid-beta peptide is abnormally deposited at non-neurological locations, such as treatment of IBM by delivery of the compounds to muscle fibers, or treatment of macular degeneration by delivery of the compound(s) of the invention to the basal surface of the retinal pigmented epithelium.
The present invention also provides a method for modulating amyloid-associated damage to cells, comprising the step of administering a compound capable of reducing the concentration of A(3, or capable of minimizing the interaction of A(3 (soluble oligomeric or fibrillary) with the cell surface, such that said amyloid-associated damage to cells is modulated. In certain aspects of the invention, the methods for modulating amyloid-associated damage to cells comprise a step of administering a compound capable of reducing the concentration of A(3 or reducing the interaction of A(3 with a cell surface.
The invention also relates to a method for modulating, e.g., minimizing, amyloid-associated damage to cells, comprising the step of administering a compound capable of reducing the concentration of amyloid (e.g., AL amyloid protein (X
or x-chain related, e.g., amyloid X, amyloid x, amyloid xIV, amyloid kVI, amyloid y, amyloid yl), A[3, IAPP, P2M, AA, AH amyloid protein, or another amyloid), such that said amyloid-associated damage to cells is modulated. In certain aspects of the invention, the methods for modulating amyloid-associated damage to cells comprise a step of administering a compound capable of reducing the concentration of amyloid or reducing the interaction of an amyloid with a cell surface.
The invention also includes a method for directly or indirectly preventing cell death in a subject, the method comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound capable of preventing amyloid (e.g., AL amyloid protein (X or x-chain related, e.g., ainyloid X, amyloid x, amyloid xIV, amyloid XVI, amyloid 7, amyloid yl), A(3, IAPP, (32M, AA, AH amyloid protein, or other amyloid) mediated events that lead, directly or indirectly, to cell death.
In an embodiment, the method is used to treat Alzheimer's disease (e.g.
sporadic or familial AD). The method can also be used prophylactically or therapeutically to treat other clinical occurrences of amyloid-(3 deposition, such as in Down's syndrome individuals and in patients with cerebral amyloid angiopathy ("CAA") or hereditary cerebral hemorrhage.
The invention also includes a method for treating convulsive disorders, including epilepsy.
In one embodiment, the invention provides a method for inhibiting epileptogenesis in a subject. The method includes the step of administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of an agent which modulates a process in a pathway associated with epileptogenesis, such that epileptogenesis is inhibited in the subject.
As noted above, upregulation of excitatory coupling between neurons, mediated by N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA) receptors, and downregulation of inhibitory coupling between neurons, mediated by gamma-amino-butyric acid (GABA) receptors, have both been implicated in epileptogenesis. Other processes in pathways associated with epileptogenesis include release of nitric oxide (NO), a neurotransmitter implicated in epileptogenesis; release of calcium (Ca2+), which may mediate damage to neurons when released in excess; neurotoxicity due to excess zinc (Zn2+); neurotoxicity due to excess iron (Fe2+); and neurotoxicity due to oxidative cell damage. Accordingly, in some embodiments, an agent to be administered to a subject to inhibit epileptogenesis is capable of inhibiting one or more processes in at least one pathway associated with epileptogenesis. For example, an agent useful for inhibition of epileptogenesis can reduce the release of, or attenuate the epileptogenic effect of, NO in brain tissue;
antagonize an NMDA receptor; augment endogenous GABA inhibition; block voltage-gated ion channels; reduce the release of, reduce the free concentration of (e.g., by chelation), or otherwise reduce the epileptogenic effect of cations including Ca2+, Zn2+, or Fe2+; inhibit oxidative cell damage; or the like. In certain embodiments, an agent to be administered to a subject to inhibit epileptogenesis is capable of inhibiting at least two processes in at least one pathway associated with epileptogenesis.
In still another embodiment, the invention provides a method of inhibiting a convulsive disorder. The method includes the step of administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a(3-amino anionic compound such that the convulsive disorder is inhibited; with the proviso that the (3-amino anionic compound is not (3-alanine or taurine.
In another embodiment; the invention provides a method for inhibiting both a convulsive disorder and epileptogenesis in a subject. The method includes the step of administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of an agent which a) blocks sodium or calcium ion channels, or opens potassium or chloride ion channels;
and b) has at least one activity selected from the group consisting of NMDA
receptor antagonism; augmentation of endogenous GABA inhibition; calcium binding; iron binding; zinc binding; NO synthase inhibition; and antioxidant activity; such that epileptogenesis is inhibited in the subject.
The compounds of the invention may be used prophylactically or therapeutically in the treatment of disorders in which amyloid-beta peptide is abnormally deposited at non-neurological locations, such as treatment of IBM by delivery of the compounds to muscle fibers, or treatment of macular degeneration by delivery of the compound(s) of the invention to the basal surface of the retinal pigmented epithelium.
The present invention also provides a method for modulating amyloid-associated damage to cells, comprising the step of administering a compound capable of reducing the concentration of A(3, or capable of minimizing the interaction of A(3 (soluble oligomeric or fibrillary) with the cell surface, such that said amyloid-associated damage to cells is modulated. In certain aspects of the invention, the methods for modulating amyloid-associated damage to cells comprise a step of administering a compound capable of reducing the concentration of A(3 or reducing the interaction of A(3 with a cell surface.
In accordance with the present invention, there is further provided a method for preventing cell death in a subject, said method comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound capable of preventing A(3-mediated events that lead, directly or indirectly, to cell death.
The present invention also provides a method for modulating amyloid-associated damage to cells, comprising the step of administering a compound capable of reducing the concentration of IAPP, or capable of minimizing the interaction of IAPP
(soluble oligomeric or fibrillary) with the cell surface, such that said amyloid-associated damage to cells is modulated. In certain aspects of the invention, the methods for modulating amyloid-associated damage to cells comprise a step of administering a compound capable of reducing the concentration of IAPP or reducing the interaction of IAPP with a cell surface.
In accordance with the present invention, there is further provided a method for preventing cell death in a subject, said method comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound capable of preventing IAPP-mediated events that lead, directly or indirectly, to cell death.
This invention also provides methods and compositions which are useful in the treatment of amyloidosis. The methods of the invention involve administering to a subject a therapeutic compound which inhibits amyloid deposition. Accordingly, the compositions and methods of the invention are useful for inhibiting amyloidosis in disorders in which amyloid deposition occurs. The methods of the invention can be used therapeutically to treat amyloidosis or can be used prophylactically in a subject susceptible to (hereditary) amyloidosis or identified as being at risk to develop amyloidosis, e.g., hereditary, or identified as being at risk to develop amyloidosis. In certain embodiments, the invention includes a method of inhibiting an interaction between an amyloidogenic protein and a constituent of basement membrane to inhibit amyloid deposition. The constituent of basement membrane is a glycoprotein or proteoglycan, e.g., heparan sulfate proteoglycan. A therapeutic compound used in this method may interfere with binding of a basement membrane constituent to a target binding site on an amyloidogenic protein, thereby inhibiting amyloid deposition.
In some aspects, the methods of the invention involve administering to a subject a therapeutic compound which inhibits amyloid deposition. "Inhibition of amyloid deposition," includes the prevention of amyloid formation, inhibition of further amyloid deposition in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis and reduction of amyloid deposits in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis. Inhibition of amyloid deposition is determined relative to an untreated subject or relative to the treated subject prior to treatment. In an embodiment, amyloid deposition is inhibited by inhibiting an interaction between an amyloidogenic protein and a constituent of basement membrane. "Basement membrane" refers to an extracellular matrix comprising glycoproteins and proteoglycans, including laminin, collagen type IV, fibronectin, perlecan, agrin, dermatan sulfate, and heparan sulfate proteoglycan (HSPG). In one embodiment, amyloid deposition is inhibited by interfering with an interaction between an amyloidogenic protein and a sulfated glycosaminoglycan such as HSPG, derrnatan sulfate, perlecan or agrin sulfate. Sulfated glycosaminoglycans are known to be present in all types of amyloids (see Snow, et al. Lab. Invest. 56, 120-23 (1987)) and amyloid deposition and HSPG deposition occur coincidentally in animal models of amyloidosis (see Snow, et al. Lab. Invest. 56, 665-75 (1987) and Gervais, F. et al. Curr.
Med. Chem., 3, 361-370 (2003)). Consensus binding site motifs for HSPG in amyloidogenic proteins have been described (see, e.g., Cardin and Weintraub Arteriosclerosis 9, 21-32 (1989)).
In some cases, the ability of a compound to prevent or block the fonnation or deposition of amyloid may reside in its ability to bind to non-fibrillar, soluble amyloid protein and to maintain its solubility.
The ability of a therapeutic compound of the invention to inhibit an interaction between an amyloidogenic protein and a glycoprotein or proteoglycan constituent of a basement membrane can be assessed by an in vitro binding assay, such as that described in US 5,164,295, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
Alternatively, the ability of a compound to bind to an amyloidogenic protein or to inhibit the binding of a basement membrane constituent (e.g. HSPG) to an amyloidogenic protein (e.g. A(3) can be measured using a mass spectrometry assay where soluble protein, e.g.A(3, IAPP, (32M is incubated with the compound. A compound which binds to, e.g. A(3, will induce a change in the mass spectrum of the protein.
Exemplary protocols for a mass spectrometry assay employing A(3 and IAPP can be found in the Examples, the results of which are provided in Table 5. The protocol can readily be modified to adjust the sensitivity of the data, e.g., by adjusting the amount of protein and/or compound employed. Thus, e.g., binding might be detected for test compounds noted as not having detectable binding employing less sensitive test protocols.
Alternative methods for screening compounds exist and can readily be employed by a skilled practitioner to provide an indication of the ability of test compounds to bind to, e.g., fibrillar A(3. One such screening assay is an ultraviolet absorption assay. In an exemplary protocol, a test compound (20 M) is incubated with 50 M A(3(1-40) fibers for 1 hour at 37 C in Tris buffered saline (20 mM Tris, 150 mM NaC1, pH 7.4 containing 0.01 sodium azide). Following incubation, the solution is centrifitged for 20 minutes at 21,000 g to sediment the A(3(1-40) fibers along with any bound test compound. The amount of test compound remaining in the supernatant can then be determined by reading the absorbance. The fraction of test compound bound can then be calculated by comparing the amount remaining in the supematants of incubations with A(3 to the amount remaining in control incubations which do not contain A(3 fibers.
Thioflavin T and Congo Red, both of which are known to bind to A(3 fibers, may be included in each assay run as positive controls. Before assaying, test compounds can be diluted to 40 gM, which would be twice the concentration in the final test, and then scanned using the Hewlett Packard 8453 UV/VIS spectrophotometer to determine if the absorbance is sufficient for detection.
In another embodiment, the invention pertains to a method for improving cognition in a subject suffering from an amyloid associated disease. The method includes administering an effective amount of a therapeutic compound of the invention, such that the subject's cognition is improved. The subject's cognition can be tested using methods known in the art such as the Clinical Dementia Rating ("CDR"), Mini-Mental State Examination ("MMSE"), and the Alzheimer's Disease Assessment Scale-Cognition ("ADAS-Cog").
In another embodiment, the invention pertains to a method for treating a subject for an amyloid associated disease. The method includes administering a cognitive test to a subject prior to administration of a compound of the invention, administering an effective amount of a compound of the invention to the subject, and administering a cognitive test to the subject subsequent to administration of the compound, such that the subject is treated for the amyloid associated disease, wherein the subject's score on said cognitive test is improved.
"Improvement," "improved" or "improving" in cognition is present within the context of the present invention if there is a statistically significant difference in the direction of normality between the performance of subjects treated using the methods of the invention as compared to members of a placebo group, historical control, or between subsequent tests given to the same subject.
In one embodiment, a subject's CDR is maintained at 0. In another embodiment, a subject's CDR is decreased (e.g., improved) by about 0.25 or more, about 0.5 or more, about 1.0 or more, about 1.5 or more, about 2.0 or more, about 2.5 or more, or about 3.0 or more. In another embodiment, the rate of increase of a subject's CDR rating is reduced by about 5% or more, about 10% or more, about 20% or more, about 25%
or more, about 30% or more, about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 80% or more, about 90% or more, or about 100% or more of the increase of the historical or untreated controls.
In one embodiment, a subject's score on the MMSE is maintained.
Alternatively, the subject's score on the MMSE may be increased by about 1, about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 7.5, about 10, about 12.5, about 15, about 17.5, about 20, or about 25 points. In another alternative, the rate of the decrease of a subject's MMSE score as compared to historical controls is reduced. For example, the rate of the decrease of a subject's MMSE score may be reduced by about 5% or more, about 10%
or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 80% or more, about 90% or more, or about 100% or more of the decrease of the historical or untreated controls.
In one embodiment, the invention pertains to a method for treating, slowing or stopping an amyloid associated disease associated with cognitive impairment, by administering to a subject an effective amount of a therapeutic compound of the invention, wherein the annual deterioration of the subject's cognition as measured by ADAS-Cog is less than 8 points per year, less the 6 points per year, less than 5 points per year, less than 4 points per year, or less than 3 points per year. In a further embodiment, the invention pertains to a method for treating, slowing or stopping an ainyloid associated disease associated with cognition by administering an effective amount of a therapeutic compound of the invention such that the subject's cognition as measured by ADAS-Cog remains constant over a year. "Constant" includes fluctuations of no more than 2 points. Remaining constant includes fluctuations of two points or less in either direction. In a further embodiment, the subject's cognition improves by 2 points or greater per year, 3 points or greater per year, 4 point or greater per year, 5 points or greater per year, 6 points or greater per year, 7 points or greater per year, 8 points or greater per year, etc. as measured by the ADAS-Cog. In another alternative, the rate of the increase of a subject's ADAS-Cog score as compared to historical controls is reduced. For example, the rate of the increase of a subject's ADAS-Cog score may be reduced by about 5% or more, about 10% or more, about 20% or more, about 25%
or more, about 30% or more, about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 80% or more, about 90% or more or about 100% of the increase of the historical or untreated controls.
In another embodiment, the ratio of A(342:A(340 in the CSF or plasma of a subject decreases by about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more. In another embodiment, the levels of A(3 in the subject's cerebrospinal fluid decrease by about 15% or more, about 25% or more, about 35% or more, about 45% or more, about 55% or more, about 75% or more, or about 90% or more.
It is to be understood that wherever values and ranges are provided herein, e.g., in ages of subject populations, dosages, and blood levels, all values and ranges encompassed by these values and ranges, are meant to be encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Moreover, all values in these values and ranges may also be the upper or lower limits of a range.
Furthermore, the invention pertains to any novel chemical compound described herein. That is, the invention relates to novel compounds, and novel methods of their use as described herein, which are within the scope of the Formulae disclosed herein, and which are not disclosed in the cited Patents and Patent Applications.
Use of Compounds of the Ibavention in Ifnaging Methods It has also been discovered that the binding properties of the compounds of the present invention can be combined with imaging properties of fluorine moieties to provide compounds that are not only useful for the treatment of diseases (e.g., amyloid-associated diseases and CNS diseases), but that can also be used as an NMR
detectable agent for a number of diagnostic and therapeutic uses (e.g., detection of amyloid, diagnosis of disease and/or diagnosis of disease state).
Accordingly, the invention provides a detectable agent (e.g., a contrast agent, imaging probe or diagnostic reagent) that binds or otherwise associates with a moiety of interest (e.g., A(3, IAPP and (32M) in a subject or sample or tissue or cell, thus allowing detection of the compound and the moiety of interest. Use of such compounds can provide information such as the presence and location and density or amount of a moiety of interest (e.g., an amyloid). Such information can allow diagnosis of a disease or disease state or a predisposition of such a disease or disease state.
Accordingly, the present invention provides methods of using the compounds of the invention to detect, diagnose, and monitor disease or a predisposition to a disease or disease state. These methods can be used with any of the subject populations described herein, to detect any of the amyloid proteins described and/or to treat any of the amyloid related diseases described herein. These methods may include employing any of the compounds described herein that include a fluorine moiety.
The compounds of the invention that include a fluorine moiety may be used as contrast agents, imaging probes and/or diagnostic reagents. For example, the compounds of the invention that include a fluorine moiety may be used in accordance with the method of the present invention to detect or locate amyloid and/or an7yloid deposits. The compounds of the invention that include a fluorine moiety can be employed to enhance imaging, e.g., of amyloid fibril formation and/or the surrounding environment of amyloid.
The present invention also provides a method for modulating amyloid-associated damage to cells, comprising the step of administering a compound capable of reducing the concentration of IAPP, or capable of minimizing the interaction of IAPP
(soluble oligomeric or fibrillary) with the cell surface, such that said amyloid-associated damage to cells is modulated. In certain aspects of the invention, the methods for modulating amyloid-associated damage to cells comprise a step of administering a compound capable of reducing the concentration of IAPP or reducing the interaction of IAPP with a cell surface.
In accordance with the present invention, there is further provided a method for preventing cell death in a subject, said method comprising administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound capable of preventing IAPP-mediated events that lead, directly or indirectly, to cell death.
This invention also provides methods and compositions which are useful in the treatment of amyloidosis. The methods of the invention involve administering to a subject a therapeutic compound which inhibits amyloid deposition. Accordingly, the compositions and methods of the invention are useful for inhibiting amyloidosis in disorders in which amyloid deposition occurs. The methods of the invention can be used therapeutically to treat amyloidosis or can be used prophylactically in a subject susceptible to (hereditary) amyloidosis or identified as being at risk to develop amyloidosis, e.g., hereditary, or identified as being at risk to develop amyloidosis. In certain embodiments, the invention includes a method of inhibiting an interaction between an amyloidogenic protein and a constituent of basement membrane to inhibit amyloid deposition. The constituent of basement membrane is a glycoprotein or proteoglycan, e.g., heparan sulfate proteoglycan. A therapeutic compound used in this method may interfere with binding of a basement membrane constituent to a target binding site on an amyloidogenic protein, thereby inhibiting amyloid deposition.
In some aspects, the methods of the invention involve administering to a subject a therapeutic compound which inhibits amyloid deposition. "Inhibition of amyloid deposition," includes the prevention of amyloid formation, inhibition of further amyloid deposition in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis and reduction of amyloid deposits in a subject with ongoing amyloidosis. Inhibition of amyloid deposition is determined relative to an untreated subject or relative to the treated subject prior to treatment. In an embodiment, amyloid deposition is inhibited by inhibiting an interaction between an amyloidogenic protein and a constituent of basement membrane. "Basement membrane" refers to an extracellular matrix comprising glycoproteins and proteoglycans, including laminin, collagen type IV, fibronectin, perlecan, agrin, dermatan sulfate, and heparan sulfate proteoglycan (HSPG). In one embodiment, amyloid deposition is inhibited by interfering with an interaction between an amyloidogenic protein and a sulfated glycosaminoglycan such as HSPG, derrnatan sulfate, perlecan or agrin sulfate. Sulfated glycosaminoglycans are known to be present in all types of amyloids (see Snow, et al. Lab. Invest. 56, 120-23 (1987)) and amyloid deposition and HSPG deposition occur coincidentally in animal models of amyloidosis (see Snow, et al. Lab. Invest. 56, 665-75 (1987) and Gervais, F. et al. Curr.
Med. Chem., 3, 361-370 (2003)). Consensus binding site motifs for HSPG in amyloidogenic proteins have been described (see, e.g., Cardin and Weintraub Arteriosclerosis 9, 21-32 (1989)).
In some cases, the ability of a compound to prevent or block the fonnation or deposition of amyloid may reside in its ability to bind to non-fibrillar, soluble amyloid protein and to maintain its solubility.
The ability of a therapeutic compound of the invention to inhibit an interaction between an amyloidogenic protein and a glycoprotein or proteoglycan constituent of a basement membrane can be assessed by an in vitro binding assay, such as that described in US 5,164,295, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
Alternatively, the ability of a compound to bind to an amyloidogenic protein or to inhibit the binding of a basement membrane constituent (e.g. HSPG) to an amyloidogenic protein (e.g. A(3) can be measured using a mass spectrometry assay where soluble protein, e.g.A(3, IAPP, (32M is incubated with the compound. A compound which binds to, e.g. A(3, will induce a change in the mass spectrum of the protein.
Exemplary protocols for a mass spectrometry assay employing A(3 and IAPP can be found in the Examples, the results of which are provided in Table 5. The protocol can readily be modified to adjust the sensitivity of the data, e.g., by adjusting the amount of protein and/or compound employed. Thus, e.g., binding might be detected for test compounds noted as not having detectable binding employing less sensitive test protocols.
Alternative methods for screening compounds exist and can readily be employed by a skilled practitioner to provide an indication of the ability of test compounds to bind to, e.g., fibrillar A(3. One such screening assay is an ultraviolet absorption assay. In an exemplary protocol, a test compound (20 M) is incubated with 50 M A(3(1-40) fibers for 1 hour at 37 C in Tris buffered saline (20 mM Tris, 150 mM NaC1, pH 7.4 containing 0.01 sodium azide). Following incubation, the solution is centrifitged for 20 minutes at 21,000 g to sediment the A(3(1-40) fibers along with any bound test compound. The amount of test compound remaining in the supernatant can then be determined by reading the absorbance. The fraction of test compound bound can then be calculated by comparing the amount remaining in the supematants of incubations with A(3 to the amount remaining in control incubations which do not contain A(3 fibers.
Thioflavin T and Congo Red, both of which are known to bind to A(3 fibers, may be included in each assay run as positive controls. Before assaying, test compounds can be diluted to 40 gM, which would be twice the concentration in the final test, and then scanned using the Hewlett Packard 8453 UV/VIS spectrophotometer to determine if the absorbance is sufficient for detection.
In another embodiment, the invention pertains to a method for improving cognition in a subject suffering from an amyloid associated disease. The method includes administering an effective amount of a therapeutic compound of the invention, such that the subject's cognition is improved. The subject's cognition can be tested using methods known in the art such as the Clinical Dementia Rating ("CDR"), Mini-Mental State Examination ("MMSE"), and the Alzheimer's Disease Assessment Scale-Cognition ("ADAS-Cog").
In another embodiment, the invention pertains to a method for treating a subject for an amyloid associated disease. The method includes administering a cognitive test to a subject prior to administration of a compound of the invention, administering an effective amount of a compound of the invention to the subject, and administering a cognitive test to the subject subsequent to administration of the compound, such that the subject is treated for the amyloid associated disease, wherein the subject's score on said cognitive test is improved.
"Improvement," "improved" or "improving" in cognition is present within the context of the present invention if there is a statistically significant difference in the direction of normality between the performance of subjects treated using the methods of the invention as compared to members of a placebo group, historical control, or between subsequent tests given to the same subject.
In one embodiment, a subject's CDR is maintained at 0. In another embodiment, a subject's CDR is decreased (e.g., improved) by about 0.25 or more, about 0.5 or more, about 1.0 or more, about 1.5 or more, about 2.0 or more, about 2.5 or more, or about 3.0 or more. In another embodiment, the rate of increase of a subject's CDR rating is reduced by about 5% or more, about 10% or more, about 20% or more, about 25%
or more, about 30% or more, about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 80% or more, about 90% or more, or about 100% or more of the increase of the historical or untreated controls.
In one embodiment, a subject's score on the MMSE is maintained.
Alternatively, the subject's score on the MMSE may be increased by about 1, about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 7.5, about 10, about 12.5, about 15, about 17.5, about 20, or about 25 points. In another alternative, the rate of the decrease of a subject's MMSE score as compared to historical controls is reduced. For example, the rate of the decrease of a subject's MMSE score may be reduced by about 5% or more, about 10%
or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 80% or more, about 90% or more, or about 100% or more of the decrease of the historical or untreated controls.
In one embodiment, the invention pertains to a method for treating, slowing or stopping an amyloid associated disease associated with cognitive impairment, by administering to a subject an effective amount of a therapeutic compound of the invention, wherein the annual deterioration of the subject's cognition as measured by ADAS-Cog is less than 8 points per year, less the 6 points per year, less than 5 points per year, less than 4 points per year, or less than 3 points per year. In a further embodiment, the invention pertains to a method for treating, slowing or stopping an ainyloid associated disease associated with cognition by administering an effective amount of a therapeutic compound of the invention such that the subject's cognition as measured by ADAS-Cog remains constant over a year. "Constant" includes fluctuations of no more than 2 points. Remaining constant includes fluctuations of two points or less in either direction. In a further embodiment, the subject's cognition improves by 2 points or greater per year, 3 points or greater per year, 4 point or greater per year, 5 points or greater per year, 6 points or greater per year, 7 points or greater per year, 8 points or greater per year, etc. as measured by the ADAS-Cog. In another alternative, the rate of the increase of a subject's ADAS-Cog score as compared to historical controls is reduced. For example, the rate of the increase of a subject's ADAS-Cog score may be reduced by about 5% or more, about 10% or more, about 20% or more, about 25%
or more, about 30% or more, about 40% or more, about 50% or more, about 60% or more, about 70% or more, about 80% or more, about 90% or more or about 100% of the increase of the historical or untreated controls.
In another embodiment, the ratio of A(342:A(340 in the CSF or plasma of a subject decreases by about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30% or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more. In another embodiment, the levels of A(3 in the subject's cerebrospinal fluid decrease by about 15% or more, about 25% or more, about 35% or more, about 45% or more, about 55% or more, about 75% or more, or about 90% or more.
It is to be understood that wherever values and ranges are provided herein, e.g., in ages of subject populations, dosages, and blood levels, all values and ranges encompassed by these values and ranges, are meant to be encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Moreover, all values in these values and ranges may also be the upper or lower limits of a range.
Furthermore, the invention pertains to any novel chemical compound described herein. That is, the invention relates to novel compounds, and novel methods of their use as described herein, which are within the scope of the Formulae disclosed herein, and which are not disclosed in the cited Patents and Patent Applications.
Use of Compounds of the Ibavention in Ifnaging Methods It has also been discovered that the binding properties of the compounds of the present invention can be combined with imaging properties of fluorine moieties to provide compounds that are not only useful for the treatment of diseases (e.g., amyloid-associated diseases and CNS diseases), but that can also be used as an NMR
detectable agent for a number of diagnostic and therapeutic uses (e.g., detection of amyloid, diagnosis of disease and/or diagnosis of disease state).
Accordingly, the invention provides a detectable agent (e.g., a contrast agent, imaging probe or diagnostic reagent) that binds or otherwise associates with a moiety of interest (e.g., A(3, IAPP and (32M) in a subject or sample or tissue or cell, thus allowing detection of the compound and the moiety of interest. Use of such compounds can provide information such as the presence and location and density or amount of a moiety of interest (e.g., an amyloid). Such information can allow diagnosis of a disease or disease state or a predisposition of such a disease or disease state.
Accordingly, the present invention provides methods of using the compounds of the invention to detect, diagnose, and monitor disease or a predisposition to a disease or disease state. These methods can be used with any of the subject populations described herein, to detect any of the amyloid proteins described and/or to treat any of the amyloid related diseases described herein. These methods may include employing any of the compounds described herein that include a fluorine moiety.
The compounds of the invention that include a fluorine moiety may be used as contrast agents, imaging probes and/or diagnostic reagents. For example, the compounds of the invention that include a fluorine moiety may be used in accordance with the method of the present invention to detect or locate amyloid and/or an7yloid deposits. The compounds of the invention that include a fluorine moiety can be employed to enhance imaging, e.g., of amyloid fibril formation and/or the surrounding environment of amyloid.
The term "imaging probe" refers to a probe that can be employed in conjunction with an imaging technique. Exemplary probes may include the compounds of the invention comprising a I9F isotope (and/or another isotope which has properties which allow it to be detected by imaging techniques), which can be used in conjunction with imaging techniques such as Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) or Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (MRS). Itnaging probes can be used to image or probe biological or other structures.
The term "diagnostic reagent" refers to agents that can be employed to diagnose or aid in the diagnosis of a disease or disorder (e.g., an amyloid-related disease or disorder). By way of example, a diagnostic reagent can be employed to provide information regarding the stage or progression or regression of the disease or disorder and/or to identify particular locations of or localizations of disease or disorder related moieties (e.g., locations of or localizations of amyloid proteins).
The term "contrast agent" refers to agents that can enhance imaging of cells, organs, and other structures. In fluoroscopy, contrast agents are used to enhance the imaging of otherwise radiolucent tissues. Generally, fluoroscopic contrast agents work by x-ray absorption. For NMR or MRI image enhancement, contrast agents generally shorten either the Tl or T2 proton relaxation times, giving rise to intensity enhancement in appropriately weighted images.
The fluorinated compounds of the invention can include one, a plurality, or even a maximum number of chemically equivalent fluorines on one or more substituents resonating at one or only few frequencies, e.g., from trifluoromethyl functions. Spectral aspects of fluorinated compounds generally are known and described in the literature.
See e.g., Sotak, C. H. et al., MAGN. REsoN. MED. 29:188-195 (1993).
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention that include a fluorine moiety are water soluble. This can enhance the functionality of the compounds of the invention in many biomedical settings, as it can, e.g., obviate the need for emulsifiers.
In one embodiment of the present invention, an effective amount of a formulation or composition comprising a fluorinated compound of the invention in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is administered to a patient, and the patient, or a portion of the patient, is imaged. The term "amount effective to provide a detectable NMR signal", refers to a non-toxic amount of compound sufficient to allow detection or to enhance or alter a MRI image. The compound can be administered in an amount that permits detection of the compounds or structures of interest (e.g., amyloid protein or amyloid plaques) and/or enhance detection or visualization of these compounds or structures as well as the surrounding organs or tissues. In one embodiment, the patient is mammal, e.g., a human or non-human mammal. In another embodiment, an effective amount of compound is administered or introduced to a tissue, one or more cells, or a sample, e.g., that include a moiety of interest such as amyloid proteins.
The above methods can include the administration of additional agents or therapies, including agents that inhibit amyloid deposition that are not compounds of the invention. The administration may be staggered or contemporaneous with the administration of the fluorinated compounds of the invention. Accordingly, the method can be used, e.g., to assess the efficacy of such additional compounds by imaging a subject subsequent to the administration of the additional compound.
The compounds of the present invention may be administered by any suitable route described herein, including, for example, parenterally (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal and pulmonary), for imaging of internal organs, tissues, tumors, and the like. It will be appreciated that the route be selected depending on the organs or tissues to be imaged.
In one embodiment, the compound is administered alone. In another embodiment, it is administered as a pharmaceutical formulation comprising at least one compound of the invention and one or more pharinaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents or excipients as described herein. The formulation can optionally include delivery systems such as emulsions, liposomes and microparticles. The pharmaceutical formulation may optionally include other diagnostic or therapeutic agents, including other contrast agents, probes and/or diagnostic agents. The compounds of the present invention may also be presented for use in the form of veterinary formulations, which may be prepared, for example, by methods that are conventional in the art.
Dosages of the fluorinated compounds of the invention can depend on the spin density, flow (diffusion and perfusion), susceptibility, and relaxivity (T1 and T2) of the compounds of the invention. Dosages of the compounds of the invention may be conveniently calculated in milligrams of 19F per kilogram of patient (abbreviated as mg 19F/kg). For example, for parenteral administration, typical dosages may be from about 50 to about 1000 mg 19F/kg, more preferably from about 100 to about 500 mg 19F/kg.
The dosage may take into account other fluorinated compounds in the administered formula.
For methods of continuous administrations (e.g., intravenous), suitable rates of administration are known in the art. Typical rates of administration are about 0.5 to 5 mL of formulation per second, more preferably about 1-3 mL/s. Imaging may begin before or after commencing administration, contintie during administration, and may continue after administration.
The term "diagnostic reagent" refers to agents that can be employed to diagnose or aid in the diagnosis of a disease or disorder (e.g., an amyloid-related disease or disorder). By way of example, a diagnostic reagent can be employed to provide information regarding the stage or progression or regression of the disease or disorder and/or to identify particular locations of or localizations of disease or disorder related moieties (e.g., locations of or localizations of amyloid proteins).
The term "contrast agent" refers to agents that can enhance imaging of cells, organs, and other structures. In fluoroscopy, contrast agents are used to enhance the imaging of otherwise radiolucent tissues. Generally, fluoroscopic contrast agents work by x-ray absorption. For NMR or MRI image enhancement, contrast agents generally shorten either the Tl or T2 proton relaxation times, giving rise to intensity enhancement in appropriately weighted images.
The fluorinated compounds of the invention can include one, a plurality, or even a maximum number of chemically equivalent fluorines on one or more substituents resonating at one or only few frequencies, e.g., from trifluoromethyl functions. Spectral aspects of fluorinated compounds generally are known and described in the literature.
See e.g., Sotak, C. H. et al., MAGN. REsoN. MED. 29:188-195 (1993).
In one embodiment, the compounds of the invention that include a fluorine moiety are water soluble. This can enhance the functionality of the compounds of the invention in many biomedical settings, as it can, e.g., obviate the need for emulsifiers.
In one embodiment of the present invention, an effective amount of a formulation or composition comprising a fluorinated compound of the invention in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is administered to a patient, and the patient, or a portion of the patient, is imaged. The term "amount effective to provide a detectable NMR signal", refers to a non-toxic amount of compound sufficient to allow detection or to enhance or alter a MRI image. The compound can be administered in an amount that permits detection of the compounds or structures of interest (e.g., amyloid protein or amyloid plaques) and/or enhance detection or visualization of these compounds or structures as well as the surrounding organs or tissues. In one embodiment, the patient is mammal, e.g., a human or non-human mammal. In another embodiment, an effective amount of compound is administered or introduced to a tissue, one or more cells, or a sample, e.g., that include a moiety of interest such as amyloid proteins.
The above methods can include the administration of additional agents or therapies, including agents that inhibit amyloid deposition that are not compounds of the invention. The administration may be staggered or contemporaneous with the administration of the fluorinated compounds of the invention. Accordingly, the method can be used, e.g., to assess the efficacy of such additional compounds by imaging a subject subsequent to the administration of the additional compound.
The compounds of the present invention may be administered by any suitable route described herein, including, for example, parenterally (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, intradermal and pulmonary), for imaging of internal organs, tissues, tumors, and the like. It will be appreciated that the route be selected depending on the organs or tissues to be imaged.
In one embodiment, the compound is administered alone. In another embodiment, it is administered as a pharmaceutical formulation comprising at least one compound of the invention and one or more pharinaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents or excipients as described herein. The formulation can optionally include delivery systems such as emulsions, liposomes and microparticles. The pharmaceutical formulation may optionally include other diagnostic or therapeutic agents, including other contrast agents, probes and/or diagnostic agents. The compounds of the present invention may also be presented for use in the form of veterinary formulations, which may be prepared, for example, by methods that are conventional in the art.
Dosages of the fluorinated compounds of the invention can depend on the spin density, flow (diffusion and perfusion), susceptibility, and relaxivity (T1 and T2) of the compounds of the invention. Dosages of the compounds of the invention may be conveniently calculated in milligrams of 19F per kilogram of patient (abbreviated as mg 19F/kg). For example, for parenteral administration, typical dosages may be from about 50 to about 1000 mg 19F/kg, more preferably from about 100 to about 500 mg 19F/kg.
The dosage may take into account other fluorinated compounds in the administered formula.
For methods of continuous administrations (e.g., intravenous), suitable rates of administration are known in the art. Typical rates of administration are about 0.5 to 5 mL of formulation per second, more preferably about 1-3 mL/s. Imaging may begin before or after commencing administration, contintie during administration, and may continue after administration.
It will be appreciated that dosages, dosage volumes, formulation concentrations, rates of administration, and imaging protocols will be individualized to the particular patient and the examination sought, and may be determined by an experienced practitioner. Guidelines for selecting such parameters are known in the art.
The Contrast Media Manual, (1992, R. W. Katzberg, Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore, Md.).
It is to be understood that the invention also is directed to use of the compounds and methods of the invention employing Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (MRS).
MRS can be employed to identify structures and/or compounds in the immediate vicinity of the compounds of the invention. By analysis of the resonance frequency of the surrounding atoms, which are slightly different in different compounds because of the electron shielding unique to each compound, different compounds are identifiable with MRS.
Accordingly, in another aspect of the invention MRS is used, with or without other imaging techniques.
Synthesis of Conapounds of the Invention In general, the compounds of the present invention may be prepared by the methods illustrated in the general reaction schemes as, for example, described below, or by modifications thereof, using readily available starting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis procedures. In these reactions, it is also possible to make use of variants which are in themselves known, but are not mentioned here. Functional and structural equivalents of the compounds described herein and which have the same general properties, wherein one or more simple variations of substituents are made which do not adversely affect the essential nature or the utility of the compound are also included.
The compounds of the present invention may be readily prepared in accordance with the synthesis schemes and protocols described herein, as illustrated in the specific procedures provided. However, those skilled in the art will recognize that other synthetic pathways for forming the compounds of this invention may be used, and that the following is provided merely by way of example, and is not limiting to the present invention. See, e.g., "Comprehensive Organic Transformations" by R. Larock, VCH
Publishers (1989). It will be further recognized that various protecting and deprotecting strategies will be employed that are standard in the art (See, e.g., "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" by Greene and Wuts). Those skilled in the relevant arts will recognize that the selection of any particular protecting group (e.g., amine and carboxyl protecting groups) will depend on the stability of the protected moiety with regards to the subsequent reaction conditions and will understand the appropriate selections.
Further illustrating the knowledge of those skilled in the art is the following sampling of the extensive chemical literature: "Chemistry of the Amino Acids"
by J.P. Greenstein and M. Winitz, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1961);
"Comprehensive Organic Transformations" by R. Larock, VCH Publishers (1989);
T.D. Ocain, et al., J. Med. Chem. 31, 2193-99 (1988); E.M. Gordon, et al., J.
Med.
Chem. 31, 2199-10 (1988); "Practice of Peptide Synthesis" by M. Bodansky and A. Bodanszky, Springer-Verlag, New York (1984); "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" by T. Greene and P. Wuts (1991); "Asymmetric Synthesis:
Construction of Chiral Molecules Using Amino Acids" by G.M. Coppola and H.F. Schuster, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1987); "The Chemical Synthesis of Peptides" by J.
Jones, Oxford University Press, New York (1991); and "Introduction of Peptide Chemistry" by P.D. Bailey, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1992).
The synthesis of compounds of the invention is carried out in a solvent.
Suitable solvents are liquids at ambient room temperature and pressure or remain in the liquid state under the temperature and pressure conditions used in the reaction.
Useful solvents are not particularly restricted provided that they do not interfere with the reaction itself (that is, they preferably are inert solvents), and they dissolve a certain amount of the reactants. Depending on the circumstances, solvents may be distilled or degassed.
Solvents may be, for example, aliphatic hydrocarbons (e.g., hexanes, heptanes, ligroin, petroleum ether, cyclohexane, or methylcyclohexane) and halogenated hydrocarbons (e.g., methylenechloride, chloroform, carbontetrachloride, dichloroethane, chlorobenzene, or dichlororbenzene); aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, tetrahydronaphthalene, ethylbenzene, or xylene); ethers (e.g., diglyme, methyl-tert-butyl ether, methyl-tert-amyl ether, ethyl-tert-butyl ether, diethylether, diisopropylether, tetrahydrofuran or methyltetrahydrofurans, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, or diethyleneglycol dimethylether); nitriles (e.g., acetonitrile); ketones (e.g., acetone);
esters (e.g., methyl acetate or ethyl acetate); and mixtures thereof.
In general, after completion of the reaction, the product is isolated from the reaction mixture according to standard techniques. For example, the solvent is removed by evaporation or filtration if the product is solid, optionally under reduced pressure.
After the completion of the reaction, water may be added to the residue to make the aqueous layer acidic or basic and the precipitated compound filtered, although care should be exercised when handling water-sensitive compounds. Similarly, water may be added to the reaction mixture with a hydrophobic solvent to extract the target compound.
The organic layer may be washed with water, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate or sodium sulphate, and the solvent is evaporated to obtain the target compound. The target compound thus obtained may be purified, if necessary, e.g., by recrystallization, reprecipitation, chromatography, or by converting it to a salt by addition of an acid or base.
The compounds of the invention may be supplied in a solution with an appropriate solvent or in a solvent-free form (e.g., lyophilized). In another aspect of the invention, the compounds and buffers necessary for carrying out the methods of the invention may be packaged as a kit, optionally including a container. The kit may be commercially used for treating or preventing amyloid associated diseases and/or CNS
diseases according to the methods described herein and may include instructions for use in a method of the invention. Additional kit components may include acids, bases, buffering agents, inorganic salts, solvents, antioxidants, preservatives, or metal chelators. The additional kit components are present as pure compositions, or as aqueous or organic solutions that incorporate one or more additional kit components.
Any or all of the kit components optionally further comprise buffers.
The term "container" includes any receptacle for holding the therapeutic compound. For example, in one embodiment, the container is the packaging that contains the compound. In other embodiments, the container is not the packaging that contains the compound, i.e., the container is a receptacle, such as a box or vial that contains the packaged compound or unpackaged compound and the instructions for use of the compound. Moreover, packaging techniques are well known in the art. It should be understood that the instructions for use of the therapeutic compound may be contained on the packaging containing the therapeutic compound, and as such the instructions form an increased functional relationship to the packaged product.
Pharmaceutical Preparations In another embodiment, the present invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising agents according to any of the Formulae herein for the treatment of an amyloid associated disease and/or a CNS disease, as well as methods of manufacturing such pharmaceutical compositions.
In general, the agents of the present invention may be prepared by the methods illustrated in the general reaction schemes as, for example, in the patents and patent applications refered to herein, or by modifications thereof, using readily available starting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis procedures. In these reactions, it is also possible to make use of variants which are in themselves known, but are not mentioned here. Functional and structural equivalents of the agents described herein and which have the same general properties, wherein one or more simple variations of substituents are made which do not adversely affect the essential lia.ture or the utility of the agent are also included.
The agents of the invention may be supplied in a solution with an appropriate solvent or in a solvent-free form (e.g., lyophilized). In another aspect of the invention, the agents and buffers necessary for carrying out the methods of the invention may be packaged as a kit. The kit may be commercially used according to the methods described herein and may include instructions for use in a method of the invention.
Additional kit components may include acids, bases, buffering agents, inorganic salts, solvents, antioxidants, preservatives, or metal chelators. The additional kit components are present as pure compositions, or as aqueous or organic solutions that incorporate one or more additional kit coinponents. Any or all of the kit components optionally further comprise buffers.
The therapeutic agent may also be administered parenterally, intraperitoneally, intraspinally, or intracerebrally. Dispersions can be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
To administer the therapeutic agent by other than parenteral administration, it may be necessary to coat the agent with, or co-administe'r the agent with, a material to prevent its inactivation. For example, the therapeutic agent may be administered to a subject in an appropriate carrier, for example, liposomes, or a diluent.
Pharmaceutically acceptable diluents include saline and aqueous buffer solutions. Liposomes include water-in-oil-in-water CGF emulsions as well as conventional liposomes (Strejan et aL, J.
Neuroimmufzol. 7, 27 (1984)).
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. In all cases, the composition must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists.
It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles include, without limitation, any non-immunogenic pharmaceutical adjuvants suitable for oral, parenteral, nasal, mucosal, transdermal, intravascular (IV), intraarterial (IA), intramuscular (IM), and subcutaneous (SC) administration routes, such as phosphate buffer saline (PBS).
The Contrast Media Manual, (1992, R. W. Katzberg, Williams and Wilkins, Baltimore, Md.).
It is to be understood that the invention also is directed to use of the compounds and methods of the invention employing Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (MRS).
MRS can be employed to identify structures and/or compounds in the immediate vicinity of the compounds of the invention. By analysis of the resonance frequency of the surrounding atoms, which are slightly different in different compounds because of the electron shielding unique to each compound, different compounds are identifiable with MRS.
Accordingly, in another aspect of the invention MRS is used, with or without other imaging techniques.
Synthesis of Conapounds of the Invention In general, the compounds of the present invention may be prepared by the methods illustrated in the general reaction schemes as, for example, described below, or by modifications thereof, using readily available starting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis procedures. In these reactions, it is also possible to make use of variants which are in themselves known, but are not mentioned here. Functional and structural equivalents of the compounds described herein and which have the same general properties, wherein one or more simple variations of substituents are made which do not adversely affect the essential nature or the utility of the compound are also included.
The compounds of the present invention may be readily prepared in accordance with the synthesis schemes and protocols described herein, as illustrated in the specific procedures provided. However, those skilled in the art will recognize that other synthetic pathways for forming the compounds of this invention may be used, and that the following is provided merely by way of example, and is not limiting to the present invention. See, e.g., "Comprehensive Organic Transformations" by R. Larock, VCH
Publishers (1989). It will be further recognized that various protecting and deprotecting strategies will be employed that are standard in the art (See, e.g., "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" by Greene and Wuts). Those skilled in the relevant arts will recognize that the selection of any particular protecting group (e.g., amine and carboxyl protecting groups) will depend on the stability of the protected moiety with regards to the subsequent reaction conditions and will understand the appropriate selections.
Further illustrating the knowledge of those skilled in the art is the following sampling of the extensive chemical literature: "Chemistry of the Amino Acids"
by J.P. Greenstein and M. Winitz, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1961);
"Comprehensive Organic Transformations" by R. Larock, VCH Publishers (1989);
T.D. Ocain, et al., J. Med. Chem. 31, 2193-99 (1988); E.M. Gordon, et al., J.
Med.
Chem. 31, 2199-10 (1988); "Practice of Peptide Synthesis" by M. Bodansky and A. Bodanszky, Springer-Verlag, New York (1984); "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis" by T. Greene and P. Wuts (1991); "Asymmetric Synthesis:
Construction of Chiral Molecules Using Amino Acids" by G.M. Coppola and H.F. Schuster, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1987); "The Chemical Synthesis of Peptides" by J.
Jones, Oxford University Press, New York (1991); and "Introduction of Peptide Chemistry" by P.D. Bailey, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York (1992).
The synthesis of compounds of the invention is carried out in a solvent.
Suitable solvents are liquids at ambient room temperature and pressure or remain in the liquid state under the temperature and pressure conditions used in the reaction.
Useful solvents are not particularly restricted provided that they do not interfere with the reaction itself (that is, they preferably are inert solvents), and they dissolve a certain amount of the reactants. Depending on the circumstances, solvents may be distilled or degassed.
Solvents may be, for example, aliphatic hydrocarbons (e.g., hexanes, heptanes, ligroin, petroleum ether, cyclohexane, or methylcyclohexane) and halogenated hydrocarbons (e.g., methylenechloride, chloroform, carbontetrachloride, dichloroethane, chlorobenzene, or dichlororbenzene); aromatic hydrocarbons (e.g., benzene, toluene, tetrahydronaphthalene, ethylbenzene, or xylene); ethers (e.g., diglyme, methyl-tert-butyl ether, methyl-tert-amyl ether, ethyl-tert-butyl ether, diethylether, diisopropylether, tetrahydrofuran or methyltetrahydrofurans, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, or diethyleneglycol dimethylether); nitriles (e.g., acetonitrile); ketones (e.g., acetone);
esters (e.g., methyl acetate or ethyl acetate); and mixtures thereof.
In general, after completion of the reaction, the product is isolated from the reaction mixture according to standard techniques. For example, the solvent is removed by evaporation or filtration if the product is solid, optionally under reduced pressure.
After the completion of the reaction, water may be added to the residue to make the aqueous layer acidic or basic and the precipitated compound filtered, although care should be exercised when handling water-sensitive compounds. Similarly, water may be added to the reaction mixture with a hydrophobic solvent to extract the target compound.
The organic layer may be washed with water, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulphate or sodium sulphate, and the solvent is evaporated to obtain the target compound. The target compound thus obtained may be purified, if necessary, e.g., by recrystallization, reprecipitation, chromatography, or by converting it to a salt by addition of an acid or base.
The compounds of the invention may be supplied in a solution with an appropriate solvent or in a solvent-free form (e.g., lyophilized). In another aspect of the invention, the compounds and buffers necessary for carrying out the methods of the invention may be packaged as a kit, optionally including a container. The kit may be commercially used for treating or preventing amyloid associated diseases and/or CNS
diseases according to the methods described herein and may include instructions for use in a method of the invention. Additional kit components may include acids, bases, buffering agents, inorganic salts, solvents, antioxidants, preservatives, or metal chelators. The additional kit components are present as pure compositions, or as aqueous or organic solutions that incorporate one or more additional kit components.
Any or all of the kit components optionally further comprise buffers.
The term "container" includes any receptacle for holding the therapeutic compound. For example, in one embodiment, the container is the packaging that contains the compound. In other embodiments, the container is not the packaging that contains the compound, i.e., the container is a receptacle, such as a box or vial that contains the packaged compound or unpackaged compound and the instructions for use of the compound. Moreover, packaging techniques are well known in the art. It should be understood that the instructions for use of the therapeutic compound may be contained on the packaging containing the therapeutic compound, and as such the instructions form an increased functional relationship to the packaged product.
Pharmaceutical Preparations In another embodiment, the present invention relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising agents according to any of the Formulae herein for the treatment of an amyloid associated disease and/or a CNS disease, as well as methods of manufacturing such pharmaceutical compositions.
In general, the agents of the present invention may be prepared by the methods illustrated in the general reaction schemes as, for example, in the patents and patent applications refered to herein, or by modifications thereof, using readily available starting materials, reagents and conventional synthesis procedures. In these reactions, it is also possible to make use of variants which are in themselves known, but are not mentioned here. Functional and structural equivalents of the agents described herein and which have the same general properties, wherein one or more simple variations of substituents are made which do not adversely affect the essential lia.ture or the utility of the agent are also included.
The agents of the invention may be supplied in a solution with an appropriate solvent or in a solvent-free form (e.g., lyophilized). In another aspect of the invention, the agents and buffers necessary for carrying out the methods of the invention may be packaged as a kit. The kit may be commercially used according to the methods described herein and may include instructions for use in a method of the invention.
Additional kit components may include acids, bases, buffering agents, inorganic salts, solvents, antioxidants, preservatives, or metal chelators. The additional kit components are present as pure compositions, or as aqueous or organic solutions that incorporate one or more additional kit coinponents. Any or all of the kit components optionally further comprise buffers.
The therapeutic agent may also be administered parenterally, intraperitoneally, intraspinally, or intracerebrally. Dispersions can be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, these preparations may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
To administer the therapeutic agent by other than parenteral administration, it may be necessary to coat the agent with, or co-administe'r the agent with, a material to prevent its inactivation. For example, the therapeutic agent may be administered to a subject in an appropriate carrier, for example, liposomes, or a diluent.
Pharmaceutically acceptable diluents include saline and aqueous buffer solutions. Liposomes include water-in-oil-in-water CGF emulsions as well as conventional liposomes (Strejan et aL, J.
Neuroimmufzol. 7, 27 (1984)).
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. In all cases, the composition must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists.
It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles include, without limitation, any non-immunogenic pharmaceutical adjuvants suitable for oral, parenteral, nasal, mucosal, transdermal, intravascular (IV), intraarterial (IA), intramuscular (IM), and subcutaneous (SC) administration routes, such as phosphate buffer saline (PBS).
The vehicle can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, isotonic agents are included, for example, sugars, sodium chloride, or polyalcohols such as mannitol and sorbitol, in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate or gelatin.
Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the therapeutic agent in the required ainount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the therapeutic agent into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient (i.e., the therapeutic agent) plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
The therapeutic agent can be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier. The therapeutic agent and other ingredients may also be enclosed in a hard or soft shell gelatin capsule, compressed into tablets, or incorporated directly into the subject's diet. For oral therapeutic administration, the therapeutic agent may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like. The percentage of the therapeutic agent in the coinpositions and preparations may, of course, be varied. The amount of the therapeutic agent in such therapeutically useful compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.
It is especially advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subjects to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of therapeutic agent calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical vehicle. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the therapeutic agent and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such a therapeutic agent for the treatment of amyloid deposition in subjects.
The present invention therefore includes pharmaceutical formulations comprising the agents of the Formulae described herein, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles for aerosol, oral and parenteral administration. Also, the present invention includes such agents, or salts thereof, which have been lyophilized and which may be reconstituted to form pharmaceutically acceptable formulations for administration, as by intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous injection. Administration may also be intradermal or transdermal.
In accordance with the present invention, an agent of the Formulae described herein, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may be administered orally or through inhalation as a solid, or may be administered intramuscularly or intravenously as a solution, suspension or emulsion. Alternatively, the agents or salts may also be administered by inhalation, intravenously or intramuscularly as a liposomal suspension.
Pharmaceutical formulations are also provided which are suitable for administration as an aerosol, by inhalation. These formulations comprise a solution or suspension of the desired agent of any Formula herein, or a salt thereof, or a plurality of solid particles of the agent or salt. The desired formulation may be placed in a small chamber and nebulized. Nebulization may be accomplished by coinpressed air or by ultrasonic energy to form a plurality of liquid droplets or solid particles comprising the agents or salts. The liquid droplets or solid particles should have a particle size in the range of about 0.5 to about 5 microns. The solid particles can be obtained by processing the solid agent of any Formula described herein, or a salt thereof, in any appropriate manner known in the art, such as by micronization. The size of the solid particles or droplets will be, for example, from about 1 to about 2 microns. In this respect, commercial nebulizers are available to achieve this purpose.
A pharniaceutical formulation suitable for administration as an aerosol may be in the form of a liquid, the formulation will comprise a water-soluble agent of any Formula described herein, or a salt thereof, in a carrier which comprises water. A
surfactant may be present which lowers the surface tension of the formulation sufficiently to result in the formation of droplets within the desired size range when subjected to nebulization.
Peroral compositions also include liquid solutions, emulsions, suspensions, and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles suitable for preparation of such compositions are well known in the art. Typical components of carriers for syrups, elixirs, emulsions and suspensions include ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, liquid sucrose, sorbitol and water. For a suspension, typical suspending agents include methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, tragacanth, and sodium alginate; typical wetting agents include lecithin and polysorbate 80; and typical preservatives include methyl paraben and sodium benzoate.
Peroral liquid compositions may also contain one or more components such as sweeteners, flavoring agents and colorants disclosed above.
Pharmaceutical compositions may also be coated by conventional methods, typically with pH or time-dependent coatings, such that the subject agent is released in the gastrointestinal tract in the vicinity of the desired topical application, or at various times to extend the desired action. Such dosage forms typically include, but are not limited to, one or more of cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinylacetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate, ethyl cellulose, waxes, and shellac.
Other compositions useful for attaining systemic delivery of the subject agents include sublingual, buccal and nasal dosage forms. Such compositions typically comprise one or more of soluble filler substances such as sucrose, sorbitol and mannitol;
and binders such as acacia, microcrystalline cellulose, carboxymetliyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose. Glidants, lubricants, sweeteners, colorants, antioxidants and flavoring agents disclosed above may also be included.
The compositions of this invention can also be administered topically to a subject, e.g., by the direct laying on or spreading of the composition on the epidennal or epithelial tissue of the subject, or transdermally via a "patch". Such compositions include, for example, lotions, creams, solutions, gels and solids. These topical compositions may comprise an effective amount, usually at least about 0.1 %, or even from about 1% to about 5%, of an agent of the invention. Suitable carriers for topical administration typically remain in place on the skin as a continuous film, and resist being removed by perspiration or immersion in water. Generally, the carrier is organic in nature and capable of having dispersed or dissolved therein the therapeutic agent. The carrier may include pharxnaceutically acceptable emollients, emulsifiers, thickening agents, solvents and the like.
In one embodiment, active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to inhibit amyloid deposition in a subject. A
"therapeutically effective"
dosage inhibits amyloid deposition by, for example, at least about 20%, or by at least about 40%, or even by at least about 60%, or by at least about 80% relative to untreated subjects. In the case of an Alzheimer's subject, a "therapeutically effective"
dosage stabilizes cognitive function or prevents a further decrease in cognitive function (i.e., preventing, slowing, or stopping disease progression). The present invention accordingly provides therapeutic drugs. By "therapeutic" or "drug" is meant an agent having a beneficial ameliorative or prophylactic effect on a specific disease or condition in a living human or non-human animal.
In the case of AA or AL amyloidosis, the agent may improve or stabilize specific organ function. As an example, renal function may be stabilized or improved by 10% or greater, 20% or greater, 30% or greater, 40% or greater, 50% or greater, 60%
or greater, 70% or greater, 80% or greater, or by greater than 90%.
In the case of IAPP, the agent may maintain or increase (3-islet cell function, as determined by insulin concentration or the Pro-IAPP/IAPP ratio. In a further embodiment, the Pro-IAPP/IAPP ratio is increased by about 10% or greater, about 20%
or greater, about 30% or greater, about 40% or greater, or by about 50%. In a further embodiment, the ratio is increased up to 50%. In addition, a therapeutically effective amount of the agent may be effective to improve glycemia or insulin levels.
In another embodiment, the active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to treat AA (secondary) amyloidosis and/or AL
(primary) amyloidosis, by stabilizing renal function, decreasing proteinuria, increasing creatinine clearance (e.g., by at least 50% or greater or by at least 100% or greater), remission of chronic diarrhea, or by weight gain (e.g., 10% or greater). In addition, the agents may be administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to improve neplirotic syndrome.
Furthermore, active agents may be administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to decrease deposition in a subject of amyloid protein, e.g., A(340 or AP42. A therapeutically effective dosage decreases amyloid deposition by, for example, at least about 15%, or by at least about 40%, or even by at least 60%, or at least by about 80% relative to untreated subjects.
In another embodiment, active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to increase or enhance amyloid protein, e.g., A040 or A(342, in the blood, CSF, or plasma of a subject. A therapeutically effective dosage increases the concentration by, for example, at least about 15%, or by at least about 40%, or even by at least 60%, or at least by about 80% relative to untreated subjects.
In yet another embodiment, active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to maintain a subject's CDR rating at its base line rating or at 0. In another embodiment, the active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to decrease a subject's CDR rating by about 0.25 or more, abotit 0.5 or more, about 1.0 or more, about 1.5 or more, about 2.0 or more, about 2.5 or more, or about 3.0 or more. In another embodiment, the active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to reduce the rate of the increase of a subject's CDR rating as compared to historical or untreated controls. In another embodiment, the therapeutically effective dosage is sufficient to reduce the rate of increase of a subject's CDR rating (relative to untreated subjects) by about 5% or greater, about 10% or greater, about 20% or greater, about 25% or greater, about 30% or greater, about 40% or greater, about 50% or greater, about 60% or greater, about 70% or greater, about 80% or greater, about 90% or greater or about 100% or greater.
In yet anotller embodiment, active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to maintain a subject's score on the MMSE. In another embodiment, the active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to increase a subject's MMSE score by about 1, about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 7.5, about 10, about 12.5, about 15, about 17.5, about 20, or about 25 points. In another embodiment, the active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to reduce the rate of the decrease of a subject's MMSE score as compared to historical controls. In another embodiment, the therapeutically effective dosage is sufficient to reduce the rate of decrease of a subject's MMSE score may be about 5% or less, about 10% or less, about 20% or less, about 25% or less, about 30% or less, about 40% or less, about 50% or less, about 60% or less, about 70% or less, about 80% or less, about 90% or less or about 100% or less, of the decrease of the historical or untreated controls.
In yet another embodiment, active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to maintain a subject's score on the ADAS-Cog. In another embodiment, the active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to decrease a subject's ADAS-Cog score by about 2 points or greater, by about 3 points or greater, by about 4 points or greater, by about 5 points or greater, by about 7.5 points or greater, by about 10 points or greater, by about 12.5 points or greater, by about 15 points or greater, by about 17.5 points or greater, by about 20 points or greater, or by about 25 points or greater. In another embodiment, the active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to reduce the rate of the increase of a subject's ADAS-Cog scores as compared to historical or untreated controls.
In another embodiment, the therapeutically effective dosage is sufficient to reduce the rate of increase of a subject's ADAS-Cog scores (relative to untreated subjects) by about 5% or greater, about 10% or greater, about 20% or greater, about 25% or greater, about 30% or greater, about 40% or greater, about 50% or greater, about 60% or greater, about 70% or greater, about 80% or greater, about 90% or greater or about 100% or greater.
In another embodiment, active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to decrease the ratio of A(342:A(340 in the CSF or plasma of a subject by about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30%
or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more.
In another embodiment, active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to lower levels of A(3 in the CSF or plasma of a subject by about 15% or more, about 25% or more, about 35% or more, about 45% or more, about 55% or more, about 75% or more, or about 95% or more.
Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such agents can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50, and usually a larger therapeutic index is more efficacious. While agents that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such agents to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to unaffected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
It is understood that appropriate doses depend upon a number of factors within the ken of the ordinarily skilled physician, veterinarian, or researcher. The dose(s) of the small molecule will vary, for example, depending upon the identity, size, and condition of the subject or sample being treated, further depending upon the route by which the composition is to be administered, if applicable, and the effect which the practitioner desires the small molecule to have upon the subject. Exemplary doses include milligram or microgram amounts of the small molecule per kilogram of subject or sample weight (e.g., about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 500 milligrams per kilogram, about 100 micrograms per kilogram to about 5 milligrams per kilogram, or about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 50 micrograms per kilogram). It is furthermore understood that appropriate doses depend upon the potency. Such appropriate doses may be determined using the assays described herein. When one or more of these compounds is to be administered to an animal (e.g., a human), a physician, veterinarian, or researcher may, for example, prescribe a relatively low dose at first, subsequently increasing the dose until an appropriate response is obtained. In addition, it is understood that the specific dose level for any particular animal subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific agent employed, the age, body weight, general health, gender, and diet of the subject, the time of administration, the route of administration, the rate of excretion, and any drug combination.
The ability of an agent to inhibit amyloid deposition can be evaluated in an animal model system that may be predictive of efficacy in inhibiting amyloid deposition in human diseases, such as a transgenic mouse expressing human APP or other relevant animal models where A(3 deposition is seen or for example in an animal model of AA
amyloidosis. Likewise, the ability of an agent to prevent or reduce cognitive impainnent in a model system may be indicative of efficacy in humans. Alternatively, the ability of an agent can be evaluated by examining the ability of the agent to inhibit amyloid fibril formation in vitro, e.g., using a fibrillogenesis assay such as that described herein, including a ThT, CD, or EM assay. Also the binding of an agent to ainyloid fibrils may be measured using a MS assay as described herein. The ability of the agent to protect cells from amyloid induced toxicity is detennined in vitro using biochemical assays to detennine percent cell death induced by amyloid protein. The ability of an agent to modulate renal function may also be evaluated in an appropriate animal model system.
The therapeutic agent of the invention may also be administered ex vivo to inhibit amyloid deposition or treat certain amyloid associated diseases, such as (32M
amyloidosis and other amyloidoses related to dialysis. Ex vivo administration of the therapeutic agents of the invention can be accomplished by contacting a body fluid (e.g., blood, plasma, etc.) with a therapeutic compound of the invention such that the therapeutic compound is capable of perfonning its intended function and administering the body fluid to the subject. The therapeutic compound of the invention may perform its function ex vivo (e.g., dialysis filter), in vivo (e.g., administered with the body fluid), or both. For example, a therapeutic compound of the invention may be used to reduce plasma (32M levels and/or maintain (32M in its soluble form ex vivo, in vivo, or both.
Prodrugs The present invention is also related to prodrugs of the agents of the Fonnulae disclosed herein. Prodrugs are agents which are converted in vivo to active forms (see, e.g., R.B. Silverman, 1992, "The Organic Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action,"
Academic Press, Chp. 8). Prodrugs can be used to alter the biodistribution (e.g., to allow agents which would not typically enter the reactive site of the protease) or the pharmacokinetics for a particular agent. For example, a carboxylic acid group, can be esterified, e.g., with a methyl group or an ethyl group to yield an ester.
When the ester is administered to a subject, the ester is cleaved, enzymatically or non-enzymatically, reductively, oxidatively, or hydrolytically, to reveal the anionic group. An anionic group can be esterified with moieties (e.g., acyloxymethyl esters) which are cleaved to reveal an intermediate agent which subsequently decomposes to yield the active agent.
The prodrug moieties may be metabolized in vivo by esterases or by other mechanisms to carboxylic acids.
Examples of prodrugs and their uses are well known in the art (see, e.g., Berge, et al., "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Pharna. Sci. 66, 1-19 (1977)). The prodrugs can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the agents, or by separately reacting the purified agent in its free acid form with a suitable derivatizing agent.
Carboxylic acids can be converted into esters via treatment with an alcohol in the presence of a catalyst.
Examples of cleavable carboxylic acid prodrug moieties include substituted and unsubstituted, branched or unbranched lower alkyl ester moieties, (e.g., ethyl esters, propyl esters, butyl esters, pentyl esters, cyclopentyl esters, hexyl esters, cyclohexyl esters), lower alkenyl esters, dilower alkyl-amino lower-alkyl esters (e.g., dimethylaminoethyl ester), acylamino lower alkyl esters, acyloxy lower alkyl esters (e.g., pivaloyloxymethyl ester), aryl esters (phenyl ester), aryl-lower alkyl esters (e.g., benzyl ester), substituted (e.g., with methyl, halo, or methoxy substituents) aryl and aryl-lower alkyl esters, amides, lower-alkyl amides, dilower alkyl amides, and hydroxy amides.
Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts Certain embodiments of the present agents can contain a basic functional group, such as amino or alkylamino, and are, thus, capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable acids. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in this respect, refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic acid addition salts of agents of the present invention. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the agents of the invention, or by separately reacting a purified agent of the invention in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed.
Representative salts include the hydrohalide (including hydrobromide and hydrochloride), sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, napthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, and laurylsulphonate salts and the like. See, e.g., Berge et al., "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Plaarm. Sci. 66, 1-19 (1977).
In other cases, the agents of the present invention may contain one or more acidic functional groups and, thus, are capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable bases. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in these instances refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic base addition salts of agents of the present invention.
These salts can likewise be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the agents, or by separately reacting the purified agent in its free acid form with a suitable base, such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine. Representative alkali or alkaline earth salts include the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum salts and the like. Representative organic amines usefitl for the formation of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine and the like.
"Phannaceutically acceptable salts" also includes, for example, derivatives of agents modified by making acid or base salts thereof, as described further below and elsewhere in the present application. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; and alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids. Pha.rm.aceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quatemary ammonium salts of the parent agent formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids.
Such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, and nitric acid;
and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, palmoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, and isethionic acid.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be synthesized from the parent agent which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts may be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these agents with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two.
All acid, salt, base, and other ionic and non-ionic forms of the compounds described are included as compounds of the invention. For example, if a compound is shown as an acid herein, the salt forms of the compound are also included.
Likewise, if a compound is shown as a salt, the acid and/or basic forms are also included.
Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, numerous equivalents to the specific procedures, embodiments, claims, and examples described herein. Such equivalents are considered to be within the scope of this invention and covered by the claims appended hereto. The contents of all references, issued patents, and published patent applications cited throughout this application are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties. The invention is further illustrated by the following examples, which should not be construed as further limiting.
Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the therapeutic agent in the required ainount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the therapeutic agent into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient (i.e., the therapeutic agent) plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
The therapeutic agent can be orally administered, for example, with an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier. The therapeutic agent and other ingredients may also be enclosed in a hard or soft shell gelatin capsule, compressed into tablets, or incorporated directly into the subject's diet. For oral therapeutic administration, the therapeutic agent may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like. The percentage of the therapeutic agent in the coinpositions and preparations may, of course, be varied. The amount of the therapeutic agent in such therapeutically useful compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.
It is especially advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subjects to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of therapeutic agent calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical vehicle. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the therapeutic agent and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such a therapeutic agent for the treatment of amyloid deposition in subjects.
The present invention therefore includes pharmaceutical formulations comprising the agents of the Formulae described herein, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, in pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles for aerosol, oral and parenteral administration. Also, the present invention includes such agents, or salts thereof, which have been lyophilized and which may be reconstituted to form pharmaceutically acceptable formulations for administration, as by intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous injection. Administration may also be intradermal or transdermal.
In accordance with the present invention, an agent of the Formulae described herein, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, may be administered orally or through inhalation as a solid, or may be administered intramuscularly or intravenously as a solution, suspension or emulsion. Alternatively, the agents or salts may also be administered by inhalation, intravenously or intramuscularly as a liposomal suspension.
Pharmaceutical formulations are also provided which are suitable for administration as an aerosol, by inhalation. These formulations comprise a solution or suspension of the desired agent of any Formula herein, or a salt thereof, or a plurality of solid particles of the agent or salt. The desired formulation may be placed in a small chamber and nebulized. Nebulization may be accomplished by coinpressed air or by ultrasonic energy to form a plurality of liquid droplets or solid particles comprising the agents or salts. The liquid droplets or solid particles should have a particle size in the range of about 0.5 to about 5 microns. The solid particles can be obtained by processing the solid agent of any Formula described herein, or a salt thereof, in any appropriate manner known in the art, such as by micronization. The size of the solid particles or droplets will be, for example, from about 1 to about 2 microns. In this respect, commercial nebulizers are available to achieve this purpose.
A pharniaceutical formulation suitable for administration as an aerosol may be in the form of a liquid, the formulation will comprise a water-soluble agent of any Formula described herein, or a salt thereof, in a carrier which comprises water. A
surfactant may be present which lowers the surface tension of the formulation sufficiently to result in the formation of droplets within the desired size range when subjected to nebulization.
Peroral compositions also include liquid solutions, emulsions, suspensions, and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles suitable for preparation of such compositions are well known in the art. Typical components of carriers for syrups, elixirs, emulsions and suspensions include ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, liquid sucrose, sorbitol and water. For a suspension, typical suspending agents include methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, tragacanth, and sodium alginate; typical wetting agents include lecithin and polysorbate 80; and typical preservatives include methyl paraben and sodium benzoate.
Peroral liquid compositions may also contain one or more components such as sweeteners, flavoring agents and colorants disclosed above.
Pharmaceutical compositions may also be coated by conventional methods, typically with pH or time-dependent coatings, such that the subject agent is released in the gastrointestinal tract in the vicinity of the desired topical application, or at various times to extend the desired action. Such dosage forms typically include, but are not limited to, one or more of cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinylacetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose phthalate, ethyl cellulose, waxes, and shellac.
Other compositions useful for attaining systemic delivery of the subject agents include sublingual, buccal and nasal dosage forms. Such compositions typically comprise one or more of soluble filler substances such as sucrose, sorbitol and mannitol;
and binders such as acacia, microcrystalline cellulose, carboxymetliyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose. Glidants, lubricants, sweeteners, colorants, antioxidants and flavoring agents disclosed above may also be included.
The compositions of this invention can also be administered topically to a subject, e.g., by the direct laying on or spreading of the composition on the epidennal or epithelial tissue of the subject, or transdermally via a "patch". Such compositions include, for example, lotions, creams, solutions, gels and solids. These topical compositions may comprise an effective amount, usually at least about 0.1 %, or even from about 1% to about 5%, of an agent of the invention. Suitable carriers for topical administration typically remain in place on the skin as a continuous film, and resist being removed by perspiration or immersion in water. Generally, the carrier is organic in nature and capable of having dispersed or dissolved therein the therapeutic agent. The carrier may include pharxnaceutically acceptable emollients, emulsifiers, thickening agents, solvents and the like.
In one embodiment, active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to inhibit amyloid deposition in a subject. A
"therapeutically effective"
dosage inhibits amyloid deposition by, for example, at least about 20%, or by at least about 40%, or even by at least about 60%, or by at least about 80% relative to untreated subjects. In the case of an Alzheimer's subject, a "therapeutically effective"
dosage stabilizes cognitive function or prevents a further decrease in cognitive function (i.e., preventing, slowing, or stopping disease progression). The present invention accordingly provides therapeutic drugs. By "therapeutic" or "drug" is meant an agent having a beneficial ameliorative or prophylactic effect on a specific disease or condition in a living human or non-human animal.
In the case of AA or AL amyloidosis, the agent may improve or stabilize specific organ function. As an example, renal function may be stabilized or improved by 10% or greater, 20% or greater, 30% or greater, 40% or greater, 50% or greater, 60%
or greater, 70% or greater, 80% or greater, or by greater than 90%.
In the case of IAPP, the agent may maintain or increase (3-islet cell function, as determined by insulin concentration or the Pro-IAPP/IAPP ratio. In a further embodiment, the Pro-IAPP/IAPP ratio is increased by about 10% or greater, about 20%
or greater, about 30% or greater, about 40% or greater, or by about 50%. In a further embodiment, the ratio is increased up to 50%. In addition, a therapeutically effective amount of the agent may be effective to improve glycemia or insulin levels.
In another embodiment, the active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to treat AA (secondary) amyloidosis and/or AL
(primary) amyloidosis, by stabilizing renal function, decreasing proteinuria, increasing creatinine clearance (e.g., by at least 50% or greater or by at least 100% or greater), remission of chronic diarrhea, or by weight gain (e.g., 10% or greater). In addition, the agents may be administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to improve neplirotic syndrome.
Furthermore, active agents may be administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to decrease deposition in a subject of amyloid protein, e.g., A(340 or AP42. A therapeutically effective dosage decreases amyloid deposition by, for example, at least about 15%, or by at least about 40%, or even by at least 60%, or at least by about 80% relative to untreated subjects.
In another embodiment, active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to increase or enhance amyloid protein, e.g., A040 or A(342, in the blood, CSF, or plasma of a subject. A therapeutically effective dosage increases the concentration by, for example, at least about 15%, or by at least about 40%, or even by at least 60%, or at least by about 80% relative to untreated subjects.
In yet another embodiment, active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to maintain a subject's CDR rating at its base line rating or at 0. In another embodiment, the active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to decrease a subject's CDR rating by about 0.25 or more, abotit 0.5 or more, about 1.0 or more, about 1.5 or more, about 2.0 or more, about 2.5 or more, or about 3.0 or more. In another embodiment, the active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to reduce the rate of the increase of a subject's CDR rating as compared to historical or untreated controls. In another embodiment, the therapeutically effective dosage is sufficient to reduce the rate of increase of a subject's CDR rating (relative to untreated subjects) by about 5% or greater, about 10% or greater, about 20% or greater, about 25% or greater, about 30% or greater, about 40% or greater, about 50% or greater, about 60% or greater, about 70% or greater, about 80% or greater, about 90% or greater or about 100% or greater.
In yet anotller embodiment, active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to maintain a subject's score on the MMSE. In another embodiment, the active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to increase a subject's MMSE score by about 1, about 2, about 3, about 4, about 5, about 7.5, about 10, about 12.5, about 15, about 17.5, about 20, or about 25 points. In another embodiment, the active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to reduce the rate of the decrease of a subject's MMSE score as compared to historical controls. In another embodiment, the therapeutically effective dosage is sufficient to reduce the rate of decrease of a subject's MMSE score may be about 5% or less, about 10% or less, about 20% or less, about 25% or less, about 30% or less, about 40% or less, about 50% or less, about 60% or less, about 70% or less, about 80% or less, about 90% or less or about 100% or less, of the decrease of the historical or untreated controls.
In yet another embodiment, active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to maintain a subject's score on the ADAS-Cog. In another embodiment, the active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to decrease a subject's ADAS-Cog score by about 2 points or greater, by about 3 points or greater, by about 4 points or greater, by about 5 points or greater, by about 7.5 points or greater, by about 10 points or greater, by about 12.5 points or greater, by about 15 points or greater, by about 17.5 points or greater, by about 20 points or greater, or by about 25 points or greater. In another embodiment, the active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to reduce the rate of the increase of a subject's ADAS-Cog scores as compared to historical or untreated controls.
In another embodiment, the therapeutically effective dosage is sufficient to reduce the rate of increase of a subject's ADAS-Cog scores (relative to untreated subjects) by about 5% or greater, about 10% or greater, about 20% or greater, about 25% or greater, about 30% or greater, about 40% or greater, about 50% or greater, about 60% or greater, about 70% or greater, about 80% or greater, about 90% or greater or about 100% or greater.
In another embodiment, active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to decrease the ratio of A(342:A(340 in the CSF or plasma of a subject by about 15% or more, about 20% or more, about 25% or more, about 30%
or more, about 35% or more, about 40% or more, about 45% or more, or about 50% or more.
In another embodiment, active agents are administered at a therapeutically effective dosage sufficient to lower levels of A(3 in the CSF or plasma of a subject by about 15% or more, about 25% or more, about 35% or more, about 45% or more, about 55% or more, about 75% or more, or about 95% or more.
Toxicity and therapeutic efficacy of such agents can be determined by standard pharmaceutical procedures in cell cultures or experimental animals, e.g., for determining the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the ED50 (the dose therapeutically effective in 50% of the population). The dose ratio between toxic and therapeutic effects is the therapeutic index and can be expressed as the ratio LD50/ED50, and usually a larger therapeutic index is more efficacious. While agents that exhibit toxic side effects may be used, care should be taken to design a delivery system that targets such agents to the site of affected tissue in order to minimize potential damage to unaffected cells and, thereby, reduce side effects.
It is understood that appropriate doses depend upon a number of factors within the ken of the ordinarily skilled physician, veterinarian, or researcher. The dose(s) of the small molecule will vary, for example, depending upon the identity, size, and condition of the subject or sample being treated, further depending upon the route by which the composition is to be administered, if applicable, and the effect which the practitioner desires the small molecule to have upon the subject. Exemplary doses include milligram or microgram amounts of the small molecule per kilogram of subject or sample weight (e.g., about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 500 milligrams per kilogram, about 100 micrograms per kilogram to about 5 milligrams per kilogram, or about 1 microgram per kilogram to about 50 micrograms per kilogram). It is furthermore understood that appropriate doses depend upon the potency. Such appropriate doses may be determined using the assays described herein. When one or more of these compounds is to be administered to an animal (e.g., a human), a physician, veterinarian, or researcher may, for example, prescribe a relatively low dose at first, subsequently increasing the dose until an appropriate response is obtained. In addition, it is understood that the specific dose level for any particular animal subject will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific agent employed, the age, body weight, general health, gender, and diet of the subject, the time of administration, the route of administration, the rate of excretion, and any drug combination.
The ability of an agent to inhibit amyloid deposition can be evaluated in an animal model system that may be predictive of efficacy in inhibiting amyloid deposition in human diseases, such as a transgenic mouse expressing human APP or other relevant animal models where A(3 deposition is seen or for example in an animal model of AA
amyloidosis. Likewise, the ability of an agent to prevent or reduce cognitive impainnent in a model system may be indicative of efficacy in humans. Alternatively, the ability of an agent can be evaluated by examining the ability of the agent to inhibit amyloid fibril formation in vitro, e.g., using a fibrillogenesis assay such as that described herein, including a ThT, CD, or EM assay. Also the binding of an agent to ainyloid fibrils may be measured using a MS assay as described herein. The ability of the agent to protect cells from amyloid induced toxicity is detennined in vitro using biochemical assays to detennine percent cell death induced by amyloid protein. The ability of an agent to modulate renal function may also be evaluated in an appropriate animal model system.
The therapeutic agent of the invention may also be administered ex vivo to inhibit amyloid deposition or treat certain amyloid associated diseases, such as (32M
amyloidosis and other amyloidoses related to dialysis. Ex vivo administration of the therapeutic agents of the invention can be accomplished by contacting a body fluid (e.g., blood, plasma, etc.) with a therapeutic compound of the invention such that the therapeutic compound is capable of perfonning its intended function and administering the body fluid to the subject. The therapeutic compound of the invention may perform its function ex vivo (e.g., dialysis filter), in vivo (e.g., administered with the body fluid), or both. For example, a therapeutic compound of the invention may be used to reduce plasma (32M levels and/or maintain (32M in its soluble form ex vivo, in vivo, or both.
Prodrugs The present invention is also related to prodrugs of the agents of the Fonnulae disclosed herein. Prodrugs are agents which are converted in vivo to active forms (see, e.g., R.B. Silverman, 1992, "The Organic Chemistry of Drug Design and Drug Action,"
Academic Press, Chp. 8). Prodrugs can be used to alter the biodistribution (e.g., to allow agents which would not typically enter the reactive site of the protease) or the pharmacokinetics for a particular agent. For example, a carboxylic acid group, can be esterified, e.g., with a methyl group or an ethyl group to yield an ester.
When the ester is administered to a subject, the ester is cleaved, enzymatically or non-enzymatically, reductively, oxidatively, or hydrolytically, to reveal the anionic group. An anionic group can be esterified with moieties (e.g., acyloxymethyl esters) which are cleaved to reveal an intermediate agent which subsequently decomposes to yield the active agent.
The prodrug moieties may be metabolized in vivo by esterases or by other mechanisms to carboxylic acids.
Examples of prodrugs and their uses are well known in the art (see, e.g., Berge, et al., "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Pharna. Sci. 66, 1-19 (1977)). The prodrugs can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the agents, or by separately reacting the purified agent in its free acid form with a suitable derivatizing agent.
Carboxylic acids can be converted into esters via treatment with an alcohol in the presence of a catalyst.
Examples of cleavable carboxylic acid prodrug moieties include substituted and unsubstituted, branched or unbranched lower alkyl ester moieties, (e.g., ethyl esters, propyl esters, butyl esters, pentyl esters, cyclopentyl esters, hexyl esters, cyclohexyl esters), lower alkenyl esters, dilower alkyl-amino lower-alkyl esters (e.g., dimethylaminoethyl ester), acylamino lower alkyl esters, acyloxy lower alkyl esters (e.g., pivaloyloxymethyl ester), aryl esters (phenyl ester), aryl-lower alkyl esters (e.g., benzyl ester), substituted (e.g., with methyl, halo, or methoxy substituents) aryl and aryl-lower alkyl esters, amides, lower-alkyl amides, dilower alkyl amides, and hydroxy amides.
Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts Certain embodiments of the present agents can contain a basic functional group, such as amino or alkylamino, and are, thus, capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable acids. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in this respect, refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic acid addition salts of agents of the present invention. These salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the agents of the invention, or by separately reacting a purified agent of the invention in its free base form with a suitable organic or inorganic acid, and isolating the salt thus formed.
Representative salts include the hydrohalide (including hydrobromide and hydrochloride), sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, nitrate, acetate, valerate, oleate, palmitate, stearate, laurate, benzoate, lactate, phosphate, tosylate, citrate, maleate, fumarate, succinate, tartrate, napthylate, mesylate, glucoheptonate, lactobionate, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, and laurylsulphonate salts and the like. See, e.g., Berge et al., "Pharmaceutical Salts", J. Plaarm. Sci. 66, 1-19 (1977).
In other cases, the agents of the present invention may contain one or more acidic functional groups and, thus, are capable of forming pharmaceutically acceptable salts with pharmaceutically acceptable bases. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" in these instances refers to the relatively non-toxic, inorganic and organic base addition salts of agents of the present invention.
These salts can likewise be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the agents, or by separately reacting the purified agent in its free acid form with a suitable base, such as the hydroxide, carbonate or bicarbonate of a pharmaceutically acceptable metal cation, with ammonia, or with a pharmaceutically acceptable organic primary, secondary or tertiary amine. Representative alkali or alkaline earth salts include the lithium, sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and aluminum salts and the like. Representative organic amines usefitl for the formation of base addition salts include ethylamine, diethylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine and the like.
"Phannaceutically acceptable salts" also includes, for example, derivatives of agents modified by making acid or base salts thereof, as described further below and elsewhere in the present application. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; and alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids. Pha.rm.aceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quatemary ammonium salts of the parent agent formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids.
Such conventional non-toxic salts include those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulfuric, sulfamic, phosphoric, and nitric acid;
and the salts prepared from organic acids such as acetic, propionic, succinic, glycolic, stearic, lactic, malic, tartaric, citric, ascorbic, palmoic, maleic, hydroxymaleic, phenylacetic, glutamic, benzoic, salicylic, sulfanilic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, fumaric, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, ethane disulfonic, oxalic, and isethionic acid.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be synthesized from the parent agent which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts may be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these agents with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two.
All acid, salt, base, and other ionic and non-ionic forms of the compounds described are included as compounds of the invention. For example, if a compound is shown as an acid herein, the salt forms of the compound are also included.
Likewise, if a compound is shown as a salt, the acid and/or basic forms are also included.
Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, numerous equivalents to the specific procedures, embodiments, claims, and examples described herein. Such equivalents are considered to be within the scope of this invention and covered by the claims appended hereto. The contents of all references, issued patents, and published patent applications cited throughout this application are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties. The invention is further illustrated by the following examples, which should not be construed as further limiting.
Examples Example 1: Synthesis of Library of Exemplary Compounds Library compounds were synthesized in accordance with the following exemplary scheines:
Synthesis of library (Route 1):
Step 1 (deprotection): A solution of Fmoc-Gly-Wang resin (5 g, 5 mmol) in a fritted syringe was washed 4 times with DMF (30 mL). To cleave the Fmoc group, mL of a 30 % piperidine / N-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP) solution was added to the resin and the suspension was shaken for 30 minutes. The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed 4 times with NMP (35 mL). A deep blue color on a Kaiser test was observed, indicating free amine.
Step 2 (activation):
(I Ph2C=NH / AcOH I I
-OC-CHZ-NHZ ' Q)-OC-CH2-N=CPh2 A solution of benzophenone imine (2.54 mL, 15 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (840 L, 15 mmol) in NMP (35 mL) was prepared and the solution was introduced to the fritted syringe containing the free amino resin (Step 1, -5 g, N5 mmol).
The suspension was shaken overnight at room temperature. The reagents and solvents were then removed by filtration. The resin was washed 4 times with DMF (30 mL), 4 times with methanol (35 mL), and once with DIEA (1N in methanol, 20 mL) for 30 min.
The resin was then filtered and washed 4 times with DMF (30 mL), and 4 times with CHZCl2 (30 mL), and subsequently dried overnight in vacuo.
Step 3 (introduction of block A):
~ Building block A -OC
-CH-NH=CPh2 QP --OC-CHZ-N=CPh2 -->
H cX I Br Q Br Me Me N + Me ~ ~ ~ Me / I\ H ~ N-\ BEMP
Me The benzophenone imine resin from Step 2 (2.3 g, -2.3 mmol), building block A
as defined below (e.g., a,a-dibromo-m-xylene, 3.1 g, 11.7 mmol) and O-allyl-lv (9-anthracenylmethyl) cinchonidinium bromide (1.4 g, 2.3 nnnol) were suspended in methylene chloride (30 mL). The suspension was shaken for 5 min and then cooled to -78 C with a dry ice slurry in 2-propanol. The Dewar flask was fixed on Titer plate shaker with a foam lid to maintain the low temperature. The reaction mixture was shaken gently for 20 min at -78 C. 2-tert-Butylimino-2-diethylamino-l,3-diinethylperhydro-1,3,2-diazaphosphorine (BEMP, 3.3 mL, 11.4 mmol) was added via syringe. The reaction mixture was shaken at -78 C for 5 h and then gradually warmed up to room temperature for 5 to 7 h. The reagents and solvents were then removed by filtration. The resin was washed 4 times with DMF (30 mL), 4 times with CH2C12 (30 mL), and 4 times with methanol (35 mL), and subsequently dried overnight in vacuo.
Building block A Products Br Br 101 --OC-CH-NH=CPh2 Al Br O
Br'/- Nr Br O-- OC- CH- NH= CPhZ
\
A2 Br Step 4 (coupling of block C):
~ Building Block C ~
--OC-CH-N=CPhZ (BBC) U-OC-CH-N=CPh2 X I Br DIEA X I BBC
Each resin from Step 3 (50 mg each, -50 mol) was distributed into 32 fritted syringes (Torvig, 50 mg each, -50), for a total of 64 syringes, and was swelled in NMP
(1 mL) for 30 min. The solvent was removed from each syringe by filtration.
Solutions of each of the sixteen building blocks listed below (10 mmol each) and DIEA
(3.5 mL, mmol) in NMP (10 mL) were prepared. 3 mL of solutions C1-C8 were added to the syringes containing the product incorporating building block Al, and 3 mL of solutions C9-C 16 were added to the syringes containing the product incorporating building bock A2. The suspensions were then shaken for 20 h on a Titer Plate Shaker. The reaction 20 mixtures were each filtered and washed 5 times with methylene chloride (5 mL), 3 times with THF (5 mL), three times with THF/H20 (3/1 v/v, 5 mL), and three times with THF
(5 mL) and the resins were dried overnight under vacuum.
Synthesis of library (Route 1):
Step 1 (deprotection): A solution of Fmoc-Gly-Wang resin (5 g, 5 mmol) in a fritted syringe was washed 4 times with DMF (30 mL). To cleave the Fmoc group, mL of a 30 % piperidine / N-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP) solution was added to the resin and the suspension was shaken for 30 minutes. The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed 4 times with NMP (35 mL). A deep blue color on a Kaiser test was observed, indicating free amine.
Step 2 (activation):
(I Ph2C=NH / AcOH I I
-OC-CHZ-NHZ ' Q)-OC-CH2-N=CPh2 A solution of benzophenone imine (2.54 mL, 15 mmol) and glacial acetic acid (840 L, 15 mmol) in NMP (35 mL) was prepared and the solution was introduced to the fritted syringe containing the free amino resin (Step 1, -5 g, N5 mmol).
The suspension was shaken overnight at room temperature. The reagents and solvents were then removed by filtration. The resin was washed 4 times with DMF (30 mL), 4 times with methanol (35 mL), and once with DIEA (1N in methanol, 20 mL) for 30 min.
The resin was then filtered and washed 4 times with DMF (30 mL), and 4 times with CHZCl2 (30 mL), and subsequently dried overnight in vacuo.
Step 3 (introduction of block A):
~ Building block A -OC
-CH-NH=CPh2 QP --OC-CHZ-N=CPh2 -->
H cX I Br Q Br Me Me N + Me ~ ~ ~ Me / I\ H ~ N-\ BEMP
Me The benzophenone imine resin from Step 2 (2.3 g, -2.3 mmol), building block A
as defined below (e.g., a,a-dibromo-m-xylene, 3.1 g, 11.7 mmol) and O-allyl-lv (9-anthracenylmethyl) cinchonidinium bromide (1.4 g, 2.3 nnnol) were suspended in methylene chloride (30 mL). The suspension was shaken for 5 min and then cooled to -78 C with a dry ice slurry in 2-propanol. The Dewar flask was fixed on Titer plate shaker with a foam lid to maintain the low temperature. The reaction mixture was shaken gently for 20 min at -78 C. 2-tert-Butylimino-2-diethylamino-l,3-diinethylperhydro-1,3,2-diazaphosphorine (BEMP, 3.3 mL, 11.4 mmol) was added via syringe. The reaction mixture was shaken at -78 C for 5 h and then gradually warmed up to room temperature for 5 to 7 h. The reagents and solvents were then removed by filtration. The resin was washed 4 times with DMF (30 mL), 4 times with CH2C12 (30 mL), and 4 times with methanol (35 mL), and subsequently dried overnight in vacuo.
Building block A Products Br Br 101 --OC-CH-NH=CPh2 Al Br O
Br'/- Nr Br O-- OC- CH- NH= CPhZ
\
A2 Br Step 4 (coupling of block C):
~ Building Block C ~
--OC-CH-N=CPhZ (BBC) U-OC-CH-N=CPh2 X I Br DIEA X I BBC
Each resin from Step 3 (50 mg each, -50 mol) was distributed into 32 fritted syringes (Torvig, 50 mg each, -50), for a total of 64 syringes, and was swelled in NMP
(1 mL) for 30 min. The solvent was removed from each syringe by filtration.
Solutions of each of the sixteen building blocks listed below (10 mmol each) and DIEA
(3.5 mL, mmol) in NMP (10 mL) were prepared. 3 mL of solutions C1-C8 were added to the syringes containing the product incorporating building block Al, and 3 mL of solutions C9-C 16 were added to the syringes containing the product incorporating building bock A2. The suspensions were then shaken for 20 h on a Titer Plate Shaker. The reaction 20 mixtures were each filtered and washed 5 times with methylene chloride (5 mL), 3 times with THF (5 mL), three times with THF/H20 (3/1 v/v, 5 mL), and three times with THF
(5 mL) and the resins were dried overnight under vacuum.
Building Block Structure Product #
N.N / p- S N\ Step-4-01 H'S~! .o i Y i" Step-4-02 Step-4-03 Cl Ph/ \Ph Step-4-04 N=N
N N ~ 0 S N Step-4-05 Y ~~ oH N ~N Step-4-06 x " Step-4-07 C2 Ph )~ Ph Ho/./ ~~i Step-4-08 :z Ste 4 09 HN~N S N p- -I pStep-4-1 HS
" H/ Step-4-11 C3 PhJ" Ph Step-4-12 N=N 0 NYN ~ (~~.. S N Step-4-13 H ~/ U N I Y N N Step-4-14 ~ ~ ' Step-4-15 C4 Pn Ph ~ Step-4-16 N-N //~\N Step-4-17 H~S~! Y" Step-4-18 ~ Step-4-19 C5 Ph/~Fh 1 N Step-4-20 HS rvoH N H Step-4-25 N,/~'i ~ N Y Step-4-26 "~~ Step-4-27 C7 Ph/ \Ph Step-4-28 SNNN Step-4-29 HS N X s N N ~ N~L N Step-4-30 NH= Step-4-31 Cg Step-4-32 HS V N\ cF3 0 'N F Step-4-33 IN N P Step-4-34 F
C9 Step-4-35 Ph/C'\Ph Step-4-36 N I~ F F Step-4-37 N
HS cF3 OP -O ' r F Step-4-38 ~ Step-4-39 C 10 Ph/ \Ph Step-4-40 Building Block Structure Product #
N N Step-4-41 HS--QN I~ O- N S~" (~ Step-4-42 HN
~ Step-4-43 C11 Ph/\ Ph Step-4-44 Hs o Step-4-45 --'~ ~o ~ S~~ 1- Step-4-46 N=CPhz Step-4-47 C12 Step-4-48 N~~ N
N"N N Step-4-49 HS NH ~ "H Step-4-50 - 1 " Step-4-51 C 13 Ph / \ Ph Step-4-52 -N
H
N-N ~ Step-4-53-HS4 N~ S NH Step-4-54 Step-4-55 Ph/C\Ph Step-4-56 NHZ
NH2 o N ~ Step-4-57 N ~o s~N Step-4-58 HS NJ N Step-4-59 C15 c \ Step-4-60 Ph Ph N \ CI
N ~ CI N S Step-4-61 Hs--(~s (~ P ry-," s Step-4-62 Step-4-63 C 16 /\ Step-4-64 Ph Ph Step 5 (removal of protecting group):
11 POC-CH-N = CPhz 0 THF /NHZOHOHC]
Step 4 32 syringes (1 N, H20) (V/V 2/1) 5h 0 Po-OC-CH-N= CPhZ 11 -OC-CH-NHZ
X
X
Step 4 32 syringes The resins from Step 4 (in their 64 original fritted syringes) were suspended in a 1N
aqueous solution ofNH2OH=HCl/THF (1/2 v/v, 3 mL) and shaken for 5 h at ambient temperature. The reagents and solvents were then removed by filtration from each of the frits. The resin was washed 4 times with THF (2 mL), 4 times with DMF (2 mL), and once with DIEA (1N in DMF, 2 mL) for 30 min. The resins were then filtered and washed 4 times with DMF (2 mL), and 4 times with CH2C12 (2 mL), and subsequently dried in vacuo. A Kaiser test showed that resin was a deep blue color, indicating the free amine of the product.
Step 6, coupling of building block D:
Part A:
~ 0 NH2 - OC-CH-NHZ Q--OC NH ~
i I x X o Step-5-03, 07, 11, 15 Step-6a-03, 07, 11, 15 ~ 11 0 H-NHZ OC NH
i X X o Step-5-35, 39, 43,47 Step-6a-35, 39, 43, 47 To a solution of Fmoc-D-Phe-OH (1.24 g, 3.2 mmol), PyBop (1.6 g, 3.08 mmol) and HOBt (490 mg, 3.2 mmol) in DMA (anhydrous, 20 mL) was added DIEA (1.12 mL, 6.4 mmol). This solution was added to pre-swelled resins from Steps-5-03, 07, 11, 15, 35, 39, 43, and 47 in syringes. The suspensions were shaken at room teinperature for 2 hours. The reagents and solvent were removed by filtration and each of the 8 resins were washed 4 times with DMF (3 mL) and 4 times with methylene chloride (3 mL) and the Fmoc was removed using the same procedure as in Step 1, above.
N.N / p- S N\ Step-4-01 H'S~! .o i Y i" Step-4-02 Step-4-03 Cl Ph/ \Ph Step-4-04 N=N
N N ~ 0 S N Step-4-05 Y ~~ oH N ~N Step-4-06 x " Step-4-07 C2 Ph )~ Ph Ho/./ ~~i Step-4-08 :z Ste 4 09 HN~N S N p- -I pStep-4-1 HS
" H/ Step-4-11 C3 PhJ" Ph Step-4-12 N=N 0 NYN ~ (~~.. S N Step-4-13 H ~/ U N I Y N N Step-4-14 ~ ~ ' Step-4-15 C4 Pn Ph ~ Step-4-16 N-N //~\N Step-4-17 H~S~! Y" Step-4-18 ~ Step-4-19 C5 Ph/~Fh 1 N Step-4-20 HS rvoH N H Step-4-25 N,/~'i ~ N Y Step-4-26 "~~ Step-4-27 C7 Ph/ \Ph Step-4-28 SNNN Step-4-29 HS N X s N N ~ N~L N Step-4-30 NH= Step-4-31 Cg Step-4-32 HS V N\ cF3 0 'N F Step-4-33 IN N P Step-4-34 F
C9 Step-4-35 Ph/C'\Ph Step-4-36 N I~ F F Step-4-37 N
HS cF3 OP -O ' r F Step-4-38 ~ Step-4-39 C 10 Ph/ \Ph Step-4-40 Building Block Structure Product #
N N Step-4-41 HS--QN I~ O- N S~" (~ Step-4-42 HN
~ Step-4-43 C11 Ph/\ Ph Step-4-44 Hs o Step-4-45 --'~ ~o ~ S~~ 1- Step-4-46 N=CPhz Step-4-47 C12 Step-4-48 N~~ N
N"N N Step-4-49 HS NH ~ "H Step-4-50 - 1 " Step-4-51 C 13 Ph / \ Ph Step-4-52 -N
H
N-N ~ Step-4-53-HS4 N~ S NH Step-4-54 Step-4-55 Ph/C\Ph Step-4-56 NHZ
NH2 o N ~ Step-4-57 N ~o s~N Step-4-58 HS NJ N Step-4-59 C15 c \ Step-4-60 Ph Ph N \ CI
N ~ CI N S Step-4-61 Hs--(~s (~ P ry-," s Step-4-62 Step-4-63 C 16 /\ Step-4-64 Ph Ph Step 5 (removal of protecting group):
11 POC-CH-N = CPhz 0 THF /NHZOHOHC]
Step 4 32 syringes (1 N, H20) (V/V 2/1) 5h 0 Po-OC-CH-N= CPhZ 11 -OC-CH-NHZ
X
X
Step 4 32 syringes The resins from Step 4 (in their 64 original fritted syringes) were suspended in a 1N
aqueous solution ofNH2OH=HCl/THF (1/2 v/v, 3 mL) and shaken for 5 h at ambient temperature. The reagents and solvents were then removed by filtration from each of the frits. The resin was washed 4 times with THF (2 mL), 4 times with DMF (2 mL), and once with DIEA (1N in DMF, 2 mL) for 30 min. The resins were then filtered and washed 4 times with DMF (2 mL), and 4 times with CH2C12 (2 mL), and subsequently dried in vacuo. A Kaiser test showed that resin was a deep blue color, indicating the free amine of the product.
Step 6, coupling of building block D:
Part A:
~ 0 NH2 - OC-CH-NHZ Q--OC NH ~
i I x X o Step-5-03, 07, 11, 15 Step-6a-03, 07, 11, 15 ~ 11 0 H-NHZ OC NH
i X X o Step-5-35, 39, 43,47 Step-6a-35, 39, 43, 47 To a solution of Fmoc-D-Phe-OH (1.24 g, 3.2 mmol), PyBop (1.6 g, 3.08 mmol) and HOBt (490 mg, 3.2 mmol) in DMA (anhydrous, 20 mL) was added DIEA (1.12 mL, 6.4 mmol). This solution was added to pre-swelled resins from Steps-5-03, 07, 11, 15, 35, 39, 43, and 47 in syringes. The suspensions were shaken at room teinperature for 2 hours. The reagents and solvent were removed by filtration and each of the 8 resins were washed 4 times with DMF (3 mL) and 4 times with methylene chloride (3 mL) and the Fmoc was removed using the same procedure as in Step 1, above.
Part B:
o 0 -CH~NHZ (D-OC NHNH
-OC
X ~ IOI
Step-5-04, 08, 12, 16 Step-6b-04, 08, 12, 16 -OC
-CH-NH2 V_011 NH
x CO NHYI
X ~ o , I
~ ~
Step-5-36, 40, 44, 48 Step-6b-36, 40, 44, 48 The resins from Steps-5-04, 08, 12, 16, 36, 40, 44, and 48 were suspended in methylene chloride (1 mL, anhydrous) in Torvig syringes for 5 min, and to each suspension was 5 added a solution of 4-biphenylryl isocyanate (200 mg, -1 mmol) in DMF
(anhydrous, 1 mL). Each suspension was shaken at room temperature overnight. The reagents and solvents were then removed by filtration and the resins were washed with MeOH
and methylene chloride alternatively (3 mL each wash, 4 cycles).
Part C:
F
0 a Ca-ONH P~OC-~NHZ g X X"'~
O1~' 11 o Step-5-19, 23, 27, 31 Step-6c-19, 23, 27, 31 Po-OC-CH~NH2 ~-OC NH ~
~
O ' o X X
10 Step-5-51, 55, 59, 63 Step-6c-51, 55, 59, 63 The resins from Steps-5-19, 23, 27, 31, 51, 55, 59, 63 were swelled in DMF (3 mL) for 30 min in their original fritted syringes. The majority of the solvent was removed by fil,tration. To each syringe was added 2.4 mL of a solution of 4-flurobenzenesulfonyl chloride (620 mg, 3.2 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (700 l, 6.4 mmol) in 15 (20 mL). Each mixture was shaken overnight at ambient temperature. The reagents and solvents were removed by filtration. The resins were each washed 4 times with DMF (3 mL), and 4 times with CH2C12 (3 mL), and subsequently dried in vacuo.
o 0 -CH~NHZ (D-OC NHNH
-OC
X ~ IOI
Step-5-04, 08, 12, 16 Step-6b-04, 08, 12, 16 -OC
-CH-NH2 V_011 NH
x CO NHYI
X ~ o , I
~ ~
Step-5-36, 40, 44, 48 Step-6b-36, 40, 44, 48 The resins from Steps-5-04, 08, 12, 16, 36, 40, 44, and 48 were suspended in methylene chloride (1 mL, anhydrous) in Torvig syringes for 5 min, and to each suspension was 5 added a solution of 4-biphenylryl isocyanate (200 mg, -1 mmol) in DMF
(anhydrous, 1 mL). Each suspension was shaken at room temperature overnight. The reagents and solvents were then removed by filtration and the resins were washed with MeOH
and methylene chloride alternatively (3 mL each wash, 4 cycles).
Part C:
F
0 a Ca-ONH P~OC-~NHZ g X X"'~
O1~' 11 o Step-5-19, 23, 27, 31 Step-6c-19, 23, 27, 31 Po-OC-CH~NH2 ~-OC NH ~
~
O ' o X X
10 Step-5-51, 55, 59, 63 Step-6c-51, 55, 59, 63 The resins from Steps-5-19, 23, 27, 31, 51, 55, 59, 63 were swelled in DMF (3 mL) for 30 min in their original fritted syringes. The majority of the solvent was removed by fil,tration. To each syringe was added 2.4 mL of a solution of 4-flurobenzenesulfonyl chloride (620 mg, 3.2 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine (700 l, 6.4 mmol) in 15 (20 mL). Each mixture was shaken overnight at ambient temperature. The reagents and solvents were removed by filtration. The resins were each washed 4 times with DMF (3 mL), and 4 times with CH2C12 (3 mL), and subsequently dried in vacuo.
Part D:
O
NH~NH
P~-OC-CH~NHZ
O
X
Step-5-20, 24, 28, 32 Step-6d-20, 24, 28, 32 O
O--OC-CHNHZ Y
~ O
~ X
Step-5-52, 56, 60, 64 Step-6d-52, 56, 60, 64 The resins from Steps-5-20, 24, 28, 32, 52, 56, 60, and 64 were suspended in methylene chloride (1 mL, anhydrous) in Torvig syringes for 5 min. To each suspension was added a solution of 4-diphenylmethyl isocyanate (210 mg, -1 mmol) in DMF
(anhydrous, 1 mL). The suspensions were shaken at room temperature overnight.
The reagents and solvents were removed by filtration and the resin was washed with MeOH
and methylene chloride alternatively (3 mL each wash, 4 cycles).
Step 7a (acid cleavage):
Starting Material Product Startiizg Material Product Ste -5-01 Ste -7-01 Step-5-33 Step-7-33 Step-6a-03 Step-7-03 Ste -6a-035 Ste -7-35 Step-6b-04 Step-7-04 Ste -6b-036 Step-7-36 Ste -5-05 Step-7-05 Ste -5-37 Step-7-37 Step-6a-07 Step-7-07 Ste -6a-39 Ste -7-39 Step-6b-08 Step-7-08 Step-6b-40 Step-7-40 Ste -5-09 Step-7-09 Ste -5-41 Step-7-41 Ste -6a-11 Ste -7-11 Step-6a-43 Step-7-43 Ste -6b-12 Ste -7-12 Step-6b-44 Step-7-44 Step-5-13 Step-7-13 Step-5-45 Step-7-45 Ste -6a-15 Ste -7-15 Step-6a-47 Step-7-47 Step-6b-16 Ste -7-16 Step-6b-48 Step-7-48 Step-5-17 Step-7-17 Step-5-49 Step-7-49 Ste -6c-19 Ste -7-19 Ste -6c-51 Ste -7-51 Step-6d-20 Step-7-20 Step-6d-52 Step-7-52 Ste -5-21 Ste -7-21 Step-5-53 Step-7-53 Step-6c-23 Step-7-23 Ste -6c-55 Step-7-55 Step-6d-24 Step-7-24 Step-6d-56 Step-7-56 Ste -5-25 Step-7-25 Ste -5-57 Step-7-57 Step-6c-27 Step-7-27 Step-6c-59 Step-7-59 Step-6d-28 Step-7-28 Step-6d-60 Ste -7-60 Step-5-29 Step-7-29 Step-5-61 Step-7-61 Ste -6c-31 Ste -7-31 Step-6c-63 Step-7-63 Step-6d-32 Step-7-32 Step-6d-64 Step-7-64 The resins shown above were each treated with TFA/Anisole/HZO
(95%/2.5%/2.5%, 1 mL each) for 5 min, and the filtrate was collected by filtration. The resins were again treated with TFA/Anisole/H20 (95%/2.5%/2.5 %, 1 mL each) for min. The filtrates from the same syringes were combined. To the filtrate was added cold ether (10 mL), the precipitate was centrifuged for 5 min at 4000 rpm, and the supemant was decanted. The precipitates were washed and centrifuged three additional times to remove possible impurities. ES-MASS indicated the correct molecular weight for the desired compounds.
Step 7b (ammonia cleavage):
Starting Material Product Step-5-02 Step-7-02 Step-5-06 Step-7-06 Ste p-5-10 Ste -7-10 Ste p-5-14 Ste -7-14 Ste -5-18 Ste -7-18 Step-5-22 Step-7-22 Step-5-26 Step-7-26 Step-5-30 Step-7-30 Step-5-34 Step-7-34 Step-5-38 Step-7-38 Step-5-42 Step-7-42 Step-5-46 Step-7-46 Step-5-50 Step-7-50 Step-5-54 Step-7-54 Step-5-58 Step-7-58 Step-5-62 Step-7-62 The resins shown above were each treated with ammonia in methanol (2 N
solution, 2 mL) for 30 min, and the filtrate was collected by filtration. The resin was again treated with ammonia in methanol (2 N solution, 2 mL) for 2 h. The filtrates from the same syringes were combined. To the filtrate was added cold ether (10 mL), the precipitate was centrifuge for 5 min at 4000 rpm, and the supemant was decanted. For those syringes with no precipitation, hexanes were added. The precipitates were washed and centrifuged three additional times to remove the possible impurities.
O
NH~NH
P~-OC-CH~NHZ
O
X
Step-5-20, 24, 28, 32 Step-6d-20, 24, 28, 32 O
O--OC-CHNHZ Y
~ O
~ X
Step-5-52, 56, 60, 64 Step-6d-52, 56, 60, 64 The resins from Steps-5-20, 24, 28, 32, 52, 56, 60, and 64 were suspended in methylene chloride (1 mL, anhydrous) in Torvig syringes for 5 min. To each suspension was added a solution of 4-diphenylmethyl isocyanate (210 mg, -1 mmol) in DMF
(anhydrous, 1 mL). The suspensions were shaken at room temperature overnight.
The reagents and solvents were removed by filtration and the resin was washed with MeOH
and methylene chloride alternatively (3 mL each wash, 4 cycles).
Step 7a (acid cleavage):
Starting Material Product Startiizg Material Product Ste -5-01 Ste -7-01 Step-5-33 Step-7-33 Step-6a-03 Step-7-03 Ste -6a-035 Ste -7-35 Step-6b-04 Step-7-04 Ste -6b-036 Step-7-36 Ste -5-05 Step-7-05 Ste -5-37 Step-7-37 Step-6a-07 Step-7-07 Ste -6a-39 Ste -7-39 Step-6b-08 Step-7-08 Step-6b-40 Step-7-40 Ste -5-09 Step-7-09 Ste -5-41 Step-7-41 Ste -6a-11 Ste -7-11 Step-6a-43 Step-7-43 Ste -6b-12 Ste -7-12 Step-6b-44 Step-7-44 Step-5-13 Step-7-13 Step-5-45 Step-7-45 Ste -6a-15 Ste -7-15 Step-6a-47 Step-7-47 Step-6b-16 Ste -7-16 Step-6b-48 Step-7-48 Step-5-17 Step-7-17 Step-5-49 Step-7-49 Ste -6c-19 Ste -7-19 Ste -6c-51 Ste -7-51 Step-6d-20 Step-7-20 Step-6d-52 Step-7-52 Ste -5-21 Ste -7-21 Step-5-53 Step-7-53 Step-6c-23 Step-7-23 Ste -6c-55 Step-7-55 Step-6d-24 Step-7-24 Step-6d-56 Step-7-56 Ste -5-25 Step-7-25 Ste -5-57 Step-7-57 Step-6c-27 Step-7-27 Step-6c-59 Step-7-59 Step-6d-28 Step-7-28 Step-6d-60 Ste -7-60 Step-5-29 Step-7-29 Step-5-61 Step-7-61 Ste -6c-31 Ste -7-31 Step-6c-63 Step-7-63 Step-6d-32 Step-7-32 Step-6d-64 Step-7-64 The resins shown above were each treated with TFA/Anisole/HZO
(95%/2.5%/2.5%, 1 mL each) for 5 min, and the filtrate was collected by filtration. The resins were again treated with TFA/Anisole/H20 (95%/2.5%/2.5 %, 1 mL each) for min. The filtrates from the same syringes were combined. To the filtrate was added cold ether (10 mL), the precipitate was centrifuged for 5 min at 4000 rpm, and the supemant was decanted. The precipitates were washed and centrifuged three additional times to remove possible impurities. ES-MASS indicated the correct molecular weight for the desired compounds.
Step 7b (ammonia cleavage):
Starting Material Product Step-5-02 Step-7-02 Step-5-06 Step-7-06 Ste p-5-10 Ste -7-10 Ste p-5-14 Ste -7-14 Ste -5-18 Ste -7-18 Step-5-22 Step-7-22 Step-5-26 Step-7-26 Step-5-30 Step-7-30 Step-5-34 Step-7-34 Step-5-38 Step-7-38 Step-5-42 Step-7-42 Step-5-46 Step-7-46 Step-5-50 Step-7-50 Step-5-54 Step-7-54 Step-5-58 Step-7-58 Step-5-62 Step-7-62 The resins shown above were each treated with ammonia in methanol (2 N
solution, 2 mL) for 30 min, and the filtrate was collected by filtration. The resin was again treated with ammonia in methanol (2 N solution, 2 mL) for 2 h. The filtrates from the same syringes were combined. To the filtrate was added cold ether (10 mL), the precipitate was centrifuge for 5 min at 4000 rpm, and the supemant was decanted. For those syringes with no precipitation, hexanes were added. The precipitates were washed and centrifuged three additional times to remove the possible impurities.
The structures of the products from Route 1 are listed in the following table:
Structure Product ID# Structure Product ID#
a 0 Hz OH Step-7- F N IS N Step-7-z N~ 0 S I/ NHZ NH= Step-7- 2 F N~S N\ Step-7- 22 F NHZ
~~ S N
N N 0 S I/ HN OH Step-7- 48 F F N~ I HN H Step-7-NHz eNHzO
/ N
Y ~
S H N~OH Step-7- 49 F F \N I S I HN 0 OH Step-7- 60 F F /
Y COH
St ep-7- F S N Step-7-N' N S NH 2 0 N- I\ 05 3 I/ NHZ OH 37 24 / OH
O
NN N S I NHZ NHZ Step-7- 4 F F F/ N S N Step-7- 25 ~\ 06 NH NHz 38 z / OH
O
\ F F /
NYS OH
NN,NI HN 0 F / S I ~ OH
cLON Step-7- 50 HN Step-7- 26 JNH, eN Z
N
N _\/S OH F F 0 NN_NT HN~0 OH
F S N
n~\ NH Step-7- 51 HN>== Step-7- 61 OH 08 N,H 40 I /
I~ \
~ /
N~/s oH Step-7- 5 ~/~ Step-7-~N, NHz 09 HS N
H NHZ
Structure Product ID# Structure Product ID#
a 0 Hz OH Step-7- F N IS N Step-7-z N~ 0 S I/ NHZ NH= Step-7- 2 F N~S N\ Step-7- 22 F NHZ
~~ S N
N N 0 S I/ HN OH Step-7- 48 F F N~ I HN H Step-7-NHz eNHzO
/ N
Y ~
S H N~OH Step-7- 49 F F \N I S I HN 0 OH Step-7- 60 F F /
Y COH
St ep-7- F S N Step-7-N' N S NH 2 0 N- I\ 05 3 I/ NHZ OH 37 24 / OH
O
NN N S I NHZ NHZ Step-7- 4 F F F/ N S N Step-7- 25 ~\ 06 NH NHz 38 z / OH
O
\ F F /
NYS OH
NN,NI HN 0 F / S I ~ OH
cLON Step-7- 50 HN Step-7- 26 JNH, eN Z
N
N _\/S OH F F 0 NN_NT HN~0 OH
F S N
n~\ NH Step-7- 51 HN>== Step-7- 61 OH 08 N,H 40 I /
I~ \
~ /
N~/s oH Step-7- 5 ~/~ Step-7-~N, NHz 09 HS N
H NHZ
Structure Product ID# Structure Product IDh 0 ~S NH NHz St o 7- 6 iN N 0 Step-7- 28 H ~S NH 42 N z z O
N~S N
~N H / HN 0 Step-7- 7 H-~5 ~/ HN OH Step-7-NHz NHz _ YS H \ ~ 1N 0 N' HN O ~ \g N
H NH St ~ 7- 52 HN~OH Step-7- 62 / \ N 44 ~ \ I H
O
N
NN_N S QOH
NHz Step-7- ~ N Step-7-13 8 S ~ OH 45 30 NHZ
O
NN YS \ I NHz NH z Step-7- 7- 9 b~ N O Step 7- 31 s NH 46 / / NH2 z O
N NYS OH ~N O
N-NI I\ HN O St 57- 53 O~5 11 N HN OH Step-7- 32 _ NHZ o 47 eNH2 O
N NYS l OH
N
N_ HN~O Step-7- 54 Oj~ S
N H Step-7- 63 ~ ~ ~ N~
- _ 'H
O
NaNYS I \ OH N/\N
\ I NH2 Step-7- 10 J,~ I N Step-7-17 HNN'' S () oH 49 z N
N NYS NHz N~N
~ o / NHz Step-7- 11 \ N 0 Step 7-z N
N~S N
~N H / HN 0 Step-7- 7 H-~5 ~/ HN OH Step-7-NHz NHz _ YS H \ ~ 1N 0 N' HN O ~ \g N
H NH St ~ 7- 52 HN~OH Step-7- 62 / \ N 44 ~ \ I H
O
N
NN_N S QOH
NHz Step-7- ~ N Step-7-13 8 S ~ OH 45 30 NHZ
O
NN YS \ I NHz NH z Step-7- 7- 9 b~ N O Step 7- 31 s NH 46 / / NH2 z O
N NYS OH ~N O
N-NI I\ HN O St 57- 53 O~5 11 N HN OH Step-7- 32 _ NHZ o 47 eNH2 O
N NYS l OH
N
N_ HN~O Step-7- 54 Oj~ S
N H Step-7- 63 ~ ~ ~ N~
- _ 'H
O
NaNYS I \ OH N/\N
\ I NH2 Step-7- 10 J,~ I N Step-7-17 HNN'' S () oH 49 z N
N NYS NHz N~N
~ o / NHz Step-7- 11 \ N 0 Step 7-z N
Structure Product ID# Structure Product IDt O NN
~ \ I N/ HN
N HN,s9H Step-7-12 HNN- \ S S OH Step-7- 64 19 " 51 N 0*0 F
N~ I N O
N
N' ~/ N
N OI S I/ HN OH HN S \ OH
N Step-7- 55 N_ / HN~ Step-7- 65 20 N.H 52 N
s S~~ N-H i~\\/J INHZ OH Step-7- 13 ~s N Step-7-NHZ
N~S N-N\ NH NHz NHZ Step-7- !~ N Step-7-22 14 s NH NH2 54 36 O N <~ IN 0 ~' NHS I / HN S ~H Step-7- 56 N s HN,s pH Step-7- 66 23 ~ , 55 F
\/ ~
O N
O
\ ~ N
N NS HN OH H S T OH
\ NH N O Step-7- 57 / HN- O Step-7- 37 ~\ H 24 I\ NH 56 NHZ
O
HO\/r~'Ys OH Step-7- 15 ~ o Ste 7-1~~~/'N NHZ 25 N S I N~ 57 38 OH
NHZ
OH NHZ
o Step-7- 16 o Step-7- 39 N S I\ NH2 26 N S NHZ 58 / NHZ / NHZ
NHZ
HO N S I\ OH
O
Y / HN~S ~ Step-7- N~S N oH Step-7-\/ 27 58 /\Ns 0 F
F
~ \ I N/ HN
N HN,s9H Step-7-12 HNN- \ S S OH Step-7- 64 19 " 51 N 0*0 F
N~ I N O
N
N' ~/ N
N OI S I/ HN OH HN S \ OH
N Step-7- 55 N_ / HN~ Step-7- 65 20 N.H 52 N
s S~~ N-H i~\\/J INHZ OH Step-7- 13 ~s N Step-7-NHZ
N~S N-N\ NH NHz NHZ Step-7- !~ N Step-7-22 14 s NH NH2 54 36 O N <~ IN 0 ~' NHS I / HN S ~H Step-7- 56 N s HN,s pH Step-7- 66 23 ~ , 55 F
\/ ~
O N
O
\ ~ N
N NS HN OH H S T OH
\ NH N O Step-7- 57 / HN- O Step-7- 37 ~\ H 24 I\ NH 56 NHZ
O
HO\/r~'Ys OH Step-7- 15 ~ o Ste 7-1~~~/'N NHZ 25 N S I N~ 57 38 OH
NHZ
OH NHZ
o Step-7- 16 o Step-7- 39 N S I\ NH2 26 N S NHZ 58 / NHZ / NHZ
NHZ
HO N S I\ OH
O
Y / HN~S ~ Step-7- N~S N oH Step-7-\/ 27 58 /\Ns 0 F
F
Structure Product ID# Structure Product ID#
HO N S OH ~
I~N HNN_ Step-7- 17 N~s HN o Step-7- 67 CI
NzzN
s Step-7- 18 Step-7-OH
NHZ
CI
N,N
\\N_jl s NH Step-7- 19 Step-7-NHz ~/ NH2 Z 30 S-'s 62 42 NH=
/ NHZ
CI
NxN
N g N
HN O I/ HN O H Step-7- s-~s Step-7-s, o s o 31 59 oH 63 68 F F ~
F
CI
NzN O N/ \ HN~S(~OH e:~
N O
o ~/ HNO Step-7- 20 s~s ~ HN oH Step-7- 69 32 ~ O 64 N, H
Syntlaesis of library (Route 2):
Steps 1 and 2 were performed according to Route 1, above, except that 6 g (6 mmol) of Fmoc-Gly-Wang resin was used instead of 5 g.
Step 3 (introduction of building block A):
0 Building blok A (E)11 OC- I CH-- NH= CPh2 - OC- CHZ-N- CPhz ~Ar--\ Br H
Q Br Me O N+ Me-I- Me ",H N BTPP
~N-P-N~
N
HO N S OH ~
I~N HNN_ Step-7- 17 N~s HN o Step-7- 67 CI
NzzN
s Step-7- 18 Step-7-OH
NHZ
CI
N,N
\\N_jl s NH Step-7- 19 Step-7-NHz ~/ NH2 Z 30 S-'s 62 42 NH=
/ NHZ
CI
NxN
N g N
HN O I/ HN O H Step-7- s-~s Step-7-s, o s o 31 59 oH 63 68 F F ~
F
CI
NzN O N/ \ HN~S(~OH e:~
N O
o ~/ HNO Step-7- 20 s~s ~ HN oH Step-7- 69 32 ~ O 64 N, H
Syntlaesis of library (Route 2):
Steps 1 and 2 were performed according to Route 1, above, except that 6 g (6 mmol) of Fmoc-Gly-Wang resin was used instead of 5 g.
Step 3 (introduction of building block A):
0 Building blok A (E)11 OC- I CH-- NH= CPh2 - OC- CHZ-N- CPhz ~Ar--\ Br H
Q Br Me O N+ Me-I- Me ",H N BTPP
~N-P-N~
N
The benzophenone imine resin from Step 2 (1.5 g, -1.5 mmol), building block A
as defined below (e.g., 2.0 g, 7.6 mmol of a,a-dibromo-m-xylene) and O-allyl-1V (9-anthracenylmethyl) cinchonidinium bromide (910 mg, 1.5 mm.ol) was suspended in methylene chloride (20 mL). The suspension was shaken for 5 min and then cooled to -78 C with a dry ice slurry in 2-propanol. The Dewar flask was fixed on Titer plate shaker with a foam lid to maintain the low temperature. The reaction mixture was shaken gently for 20 min at -78 C. 2.3 mL (7.5 mmol) of tert-butylimino-tris(pyrrolidino)phosphorine (BTPP, a phosphazene base) was added via syringe.
The reaction mixture was shaken at -78 C for 5 h and then gradually warmed up to room temperature for 5 to 7 h. The reagents and solvents were then removed by filtration.
The resin was washed 4 times with DMF (20 mL), 4 times with CH2C12 (20 mL), and 4 times with methanol (20 mL), and subsequently dried overnight in vacuo.
Building block A Products Br Br 0-- OC- CH-- NH= CPhZ
A1 Br Br N I Br -OC-CH-- NH=CPh2 A2 ~N Br Br O
OC
- CH- NH= CPh2 A3 Br q.Br O
C1 V CI -OC-CH-NH=CPhZ
cl Step 4 (coupling of building block B):
0 o C-CH-N=CPh2 -OC
-O -CH-N=CPhZ
Br X
-OC-CH-N=CPhZ -OO-CH-N=CPh2 N Br = X-H
-OC-CH~N=CPh2 DIEA 0 -CH~N=CPh2 Br O
x -OC-CH~N=CPhZ 101 P~-OC-CH-N=CPhz I ~
Each resin from Step 3 was distributed into 24 fritted syringes (Torvig, 50 mg each, -50 mol), for a total of 96 syringes, and was swelled in NMP (1 mL) for 30 min.
The solvent was removed by filtration. Twenty-four solutions of the building blocks listed below (10 mmol each) and DIEA (3.5 mL, 20 mmol) in NMP (10 mL) were prepared.
mL of the 24 solutions was added to the 24 syringes for each resin from Step 3, accordingly. The suspensions were then shaken for 20 h on a Titer Plate Shaker. The reaction mixture was filtered and washed 5 times with methylene chloride (5 mL), 3 times with THF (5 mL), 3 times THF/H20 (3/1 v/v, 5 mL), and 3 times with THF
(5 mL). The resins were then dried overnight under vacuum.
Building Structure of Products Building Structure of Products Block Building Block Step 4-# Block Building Block Step 4-#
N SIH
N" N
Bl ~" 01 01, 02, 03, 04 B13 49, 50, 51, 52 \% OzN
B2 ~ 0 05, 06, 07, 08 B14 N~IN 53, 54, 55, 56 SN~N O
H, SH
CN N"~N
B3 09,10,11,12 B15 o s I 57,58,59,60 Building Structure of Products Building Structure of Products Block Building Block Step 4-# Block Building Block Step 4-#
N
B4 H-s ~"' cH' 13, 14, 15, 16 B16 N~~ 61, 62, 63, 64 CH3 CH, SIH SH
N" N ~
B5 ~ 17, 18, 19, 20 B17 Me1N \ N 65,66,67,68 \ / 6 L N
B6 21, 22, 23, 24 B18 D0 69, 70, 71, 72 ~I
B7 " 25, 26, 27, 28 B19 ON ~~
F 73, 74, 75, 76 N /
SH
"~ ON B8 29, 30, 31, 32 B20 Y N 77, 78, 79, 80 NJ
Me0 SH SH
B9 j I j 33, 34, 35, 36 B21 81, 82, 83, 84 Me~~/
N
~
B10 j~ J~" 37, 38, 39, 40 B22 85, 86, 87, 88 HO~/ ~Me O SH
N
11 ~ ~N 41, 42, 43, 44 B23 , 89, 90, 91, 92 ~
SH SH
B12 HON '%N 45, 46, 47, 48 B24 93, 94, 95, 96 0 N=N CF3 N
as defined below (e.g., 2.0 g, 7.6 mmol of a,a-dibromo-m-xylene) and O-allyl-1V (9-anthracenylmethyl) cinchonidinium bromide (910 mg, 1.5 mm.ol) was suspended in methylene chloride (20 mL). The suspension was shaken for 5 min and then cooled to -78 C with a dry ice slurry in 2-propanol. The Dewar flask was fixed on Titer plate shaker with a foam lid to maintain the low temperature. The reaction mixture was shaken gently for 20 min at -78 C. 2.3 mL (7.5 mmol) of tert-butylimino-tris(pyrrolidino)phosphorine (BTPP, a phosphazene base) was added via syringe.
The reaction mixture was shaken at -78 C for 5 h and then gradually warmed up to room temperature for 5 to 7 h. The reagents and solvents were then removed by filtration.
The resin was washed 4 times with DMF (20 mL), 4 times with CH2C12 (20 mL), and 4 times with methanol (20 mL), and subsequently dried overnight in vacuo.
Building block A Products Br Br 0-- OC- CH-- NH= CPhZ
A1 Br Br N I Br -OC-CH-- NH=CPh2 A2 ~N Br Br O
OC
- CH- NH= CPh2 A3 Br q.Br O
C1 V CI -OC-CH-NH=CPhZ
cl Step 4 (coupling of building block B):
0 o C-CH-N=CPh2 -OC
-O -CH-N=CPhZ
Br X
-OC-CH-N=CPhZ -OO-CH-N=CPh2 N Br = X-H
-OC-CH~N=CPh2 DIEA 0 -CH~N=CPh2 Br O
x -OC-CH~N=CPhZ 101 P~-OC-CH-N=CPhz I ~
Each resin from Step 3 was distributed into 24 fritted syringes (Torvig, 50 mg each, -50 mol), for a total of 96 syringes, and was swelled in NMP (1 mL) for 30 min.
The solvent was removed by filtration. Twenty-four solutions of the building blocks listed below (10 mmol each) and DIEA (3.5 mL, 20 mmol) in NMP (10 mL) were prepared.
mL of the 24 solutions was added to the 24 syringes for each resin from Step 3, accordingly. The suspensions were then shaken for 20 h on a Titer Plate Shaker. The reaction mixture was filtered and washed 5 times with methylene chloride (5 mL), 3 times with THF (5 mL), 3 times THF/H20 (3/1 v/v, 5 mL), and 3 times with THF
(5 mL). The resins were then dried overnight under vacuum.
Building Structure of Products Building Structure of Products Block Building Block Step 4-# Block Building Block Step 4-#
N SIH
N" N
Bl ~" 01 01, 02, 03, 04 B13 49, 50, 51, 52 \% OzN
B2 ~ 0 05, 06, 07, 08 B14 N~IN 53, 54, 55, 56 SN~N O
H, SH
CN N"~N
B3 09,10,11,12 B15 o s I 57,58,59,60 Building Structure of Products Building Structure of Products Block Building Block Step 4-# Block Building Block Step 4-#
N
B4 H-s ~"' cH' 13, 14, 15, 16 B16 N~~ 61, 62, 63, 64 CH3 CH, SIH SH
N" N ~
B5 ~ 17, 18, 19, 20 B17 Me1N \ N 65,66,67,68 \ / 6 L N
B6 21, 22, 23, 24 B18 D0 69, 70, 71, 72 ~I
B7 " 25, 26, 27, 28 B19 ON ~~
F 73, 74, 75, 76 N /
SH
"~ ON B8 29, 30, 31, 32 B20 Y N 77, 78, 79, 80 NJ
Me0 SH SH
B9 j I j 33, 34, 35, 36 B21 81, 82, 83, 84 Me~~/
N
~
B10 j~ J~" 37, 38, 39, 40 B22 85, 86, 87, 88 HO~/ ~Me O SH
N
11 ~ ~N 41, 42, 43, 44 B23 , 89, 90, 91, 92 ~
SH SH
B12 HON '%N 45, 46, 47, 48 B24 93, 94, 95, 96 0 N=N CF3 N
Step 5 (removal of protecting groups):
O
O
Pa OC-CH-N=CPh2 O--OC11 -CH-NHZ
X
X
24 syringes O
11 Q-OC-CH-N=CPh2 0 Po-OC-CH~NHZ
X
THF /NHZOHOHCI ~
24 syringes (1 N, HZO) 11 (V/V 2/1) 101 --OC-CH-N=CPh2 5 h POC-CH-NHZ
24 syringes O
O
-OC-CH-N=CPh2 11 --OC-CH-NHZ
- I
I -x 24 syringes The resins from Step 4, in their 96 original fritted syringeswere each suspended in 1N aqueous solution of NH2OH = HC1 / THF (v/v, 1/2, 3 mL) and shaken for 5 h at ambient temperature. The reagents and solvents were then removed by filtration from the frit. The resins were washed 4 times with THF (2 mL), 4 times with DMF (2 mL), and once with DIEA (1N in DMF, 2 mL) for 30 min. The resins were then filtered and washed 4 times with DMF (2 mL), and four times with CH2C12 (2 mL), and subsequently dried in vacuo. A Kaiser test showed that resin was in deep blue, which indicates the free amine of the product.
O
O
Pa OC-CH-N=CPh2 O--OC11 -CH-NHZ
X
X
24 syringes O
11 Q-OC-CH-N=CPh2 0 Po-OC-CH~NHZ
X
THF /NHZOHOHCI ~
24 syringes (1 N, HZO) 11 (V/V 2/1) 101 --OC-CH-N=CPh2 5 h POC-CH-NHZ
24 syringes O
O
-OC-CH-N=CPh2 11 --OC-CH-NHZ
- I
I -x 24 syringes The resins from Step 4, in their 96 original fritted syringeswere each suspended in 1N aqueous solution of NH2OH = HC1 / THF (v/v, 1/2, 3 mL) and shaken for 5 h at ambient temperature. The reagents and solvents were then removed by filtration from the frit. The resins were washed 4 times with THF (2 mL), 4 times with DMF (2 mL), and once with DIEA (1N in DMF, 2 mL) for 30 min. The resins were then filtered and washed 4 times with DMF (2 mL), and four times with CH2C12 (2 mL), and subsequently dried in vacuo. A Kaiser test showed that resin was in deep blue, which indicates the free amine of the product.
Step 6 (cleavage to obtain products):
--OC-CH~NHZ HOC11 -CH-NHZ
II O
P~--OC-CH-NHZ 11 TFA/Anisole/HZO
11 95 /2.5 /2.5 % 0 P-OC-CH-NHZ HO C-CH-NHZ
X CI X
if 0 P~-OC-CH-NHZ 11 X
The resins from Step-5 (96 syringes, -50 mg each, -50 mol) were each treated with TFA/Anisole/H20 (95/2.5/2.5 %, 1 mL each) for 5 min, and the filtrate was collected by filtration. The resins were again treated with TFA/Anisole/H20 (95/2.5/2.5 %, 1 mL each) for 30 min. The filtrates from the same syringes were combined.
To each of the filtrates was added cold ether (10 mL), the precipitate was centrifuged for 5 min at 4000 rpm, and the supernant was decanted. The precipitates were washed and centrifuged three additional times to remove the possible impurities. ES-MASS
showed correct molecular weight of the desired compounds.
--OC-CH~NHZ HOC11 -CH-NHZ
II O
P~--OC-CH-NHZ 11 TFA/Anisole/HZO
11 95 /2.5 /2.5 % 0 P-OC-CH-NHZ HO C-CH-NHZ
X CI X
if 0 P~-OC-CH-NHZ 11 X
The resins from Step-5 (96 syringes, -50 mg each, -50 mol) were each treated with TFA/Anisole/H20 (95/2.5/2.5 %, 1 mL each) for 5 min, and the filtrate was collected by filtration. The resins were again treated with TFA/Anisole/H20 (95/2.5/2.5 %, 1 mL each) for 30 min. The filtrates from the same syringes were combined.
To each of the filtrates was added cold ether (10 mL), the precipitate was centrifuged for 5 min at 4000 rpm, and the supernant was decanted. The precipitates were washed and centrifuged three additional times to remove the possible impurities. ES-MASS
showed correct molecular weight of the desired compounds.
The structures of the products from Route 2 are listed in the following table:
Structure Product ID# Structure Product NH2 HO NHz HO
I \ /
Step-6-01 71 s Step-6-49 N N~N
~ IN~CI I / Oz N\
HO NHi N
" Step-6-02 86 s Step-6-50 N N
N \ CI _ I / ~
OzN
HO NH~ NNZ
HO
Step-6-03 101 o'N Step-6-51 N. C:~
N S \
cl HO NHz HO NF~ CI
Step-6-04 116 Step-6-52 I ' I \ N \ I
NJ
0 NHz NHz HO
HO
CHzCH, Step-6-05 131 Step-6-53 ~ o .
/
0 HO NHz NHz HO CH2CH3 Step-6-06 146 " Step-6-54 N
NI \
S~N O "I ' HO NH2 HO NHz 0 0 I Step-6-07 72 Step-6-55 H3CO ~ ~IN \ I \ I \ N
N~S N s Structure Product ID# Structure Product O
HO NH' O
HO NH=
5Y ~ Step-6-08 87 Step-6-56 NO
s N
aol YJ
Ho NH' HO NH, N Step-6-09 102 5 Step-6-57 CN
N , 'N
\ O / I
O
HO N~ Ho NH2 N N
N Step-6-10 117 S Step-6-58 CN
N \N
O / I
\
Ho NHs 0 NHz HO
Step-6-1 1 132 o 1 Step-6-59 N
eN"~s HO NHz NHz HO
N\ ~ Step-6-12 147 Step-6-60 I \ / 5 N
\
N Y ~/
HO NHZ HO NH=
~ I \
N
Step-6-13 73 Step-6-61 S N CH3 I~s N,CH, N=\
CH, NHz HO NH2 HO
~ \
N S
NI ~ N Step-6-14 88 N/ Step-6-62 s N CH, N\ N~ S
Structure Product ID# Structure Product NH2 HO NHz HO
I \ /
Step-6-01 71 s Step-6-49 N N~N
~ IN~CI I / Oz N\
HO NHi N
" Step-6-02 86 s Step-6-50 N N
N \ CI _ I / ~
OzN
HO NH~ NNZ
HO
Step-6-03 101 o'N Step-6-51 N. C:~
N S \
cl HO NHz HO NF~ CI
Step-6-04 116 Step-6-52 I ' I \ N \ I
NJ
0 NHz NHz HO
HO
CHzCH, Step-6-05 131 Step-6-53 ~ o .
/
0 HO NHz NHz HO CH2CH3 Step-6-06 146 " Step-6-54 N
NI \
S~N O "I ' HO NH2 HO NHz 0 0 I Step-6-07 72 Step-6-55 H3CO ~ ~IN \ I \ I \ N
N~S N s Structure Product ID# Structure Product O
HO NH' O
HO NH=
5Y ~ Step-6-08 87 Step-6-56 NO
s N
aol YJ
Ho NH' HO NH, N Step-6-09 102 5 Step-6-57 CN
N , 'N
\ O / I
O
HO N~ Ho NH2 N N
N Step-6-10 117 S Step-6-58 CN
N \N
O / I
\
Ho NHs 0 NHz HO
Step-6-1 1 132 o 1 Step-6-59 N
eN"~s HO NHz NHz HO
N\ ~ Step-6-12 147 Step-6-60 I \ / 5 N
\
N Y ~/
HO NHZ HO NH=
~ I \
N
Step-6-13 73 Step-6-61 S N CH3 I~s N,CH, N=\
CH, NHz HO NH2 HO
~ \
N S
NI ~ N Step-6-14 88 N/ Step-6-62 s N CH, N\ N~ S
Structure Product ID# Structure Product H3C NICH3 I I \
Step-6-15 103 ~ Step-6-63 N-N
N N~ \
N~g H,C S\\ S\ I
0 / ~
NH, O
HO
Ho NH2 s N Step-6-16 118 Step-6-64 NN N
H,C~NJ II /~-CH, N-N
Ho NH2 I I \
s Step-6-17 133 Step-6-65 N"~N S
H'C-N 'N
- L-N/
Ho NH2 HO NH2 N / I \
s Step-6-18 148 " Step-6-66 N"~N S
H,C-N ''N
N
a 0 Ho N~ HO NHZ
~ \ I \
Step-6-19 74 Step-6-67 N / CH
NS
O
NH
Ho HO NH2 Step-6-20 89 Step-6-68 N' to S
HaC~~N
IO
Ho NF~ o I I \
s Step-6-21 104 Step-6-69 Nl~
N'1~O ~/N I \
ro oF6 Structure Product ID# Structure Product HO NH' NHs HO
N
~ Step-6-22 119 N Step-6-70 O l,"N \
I / O
O HO NHi HO NHz Step-6-23 134 Step-6-71 N
\NJ
O S I
O
HO NF~
5Y0 _ Step-6-24 149 Step-6-72 N
NrJ
HO NF~ HO NHz I \ \
Step-6-25 75 Step-6-73 NI' N
" \ N
~ / F NI /
HO NF~ HO NH=
Step-6-26 90 H Ste -6-74 N N p N
N
/
Ho N~ HO NH' I \ I \
Step-6-27 105 Step-6-75 ~" \ I r N
INJ
F I / I
/
I~ F Step-6-28 120 I~ Step-6-76 N N N
NJ NJ
Step-6-15 103 ~ Step-6-63 N-N
N N~ \
N~g H,C S\\ S\ I
0 / ~
NH, O
HO
Ho NH2 s N Step-6-16 118 Step-6-64 NN N
H,C~NJ II /~-CH, N-N
Ho NH2 I I \
s Step-6-17 133 Step-6-65 N"~N S
H'C-N 'N
- L-N/
Ho NH2 HO NH2 N / I \
s Step-6-18 148 " Step-6-66 N"~N S
H,C-N ''N
N
a 0 Ho N~ HO NHZ
~ \ I \
Step-6-19 74 Step-6-67 N / CH
NS
O
NH
Ho HO NH2 Step-6-20 89 Step-6-68 N' to S
HaC~~N
IO
Ho NF~ o I I \
s Step-6-21 104 Step-6-69 Nl~
N'1~O ~/N I \
ro oF6 Structure Product ID# Structure Product HO NH' NHs HO
N
~ Step-6-22 119 N Step-6-70 O l,"N \
I / O
O HO NHi HO NHz Step-6-23 134 Step-6-71 N
\NJ
O S I
O
HO NF~
5Y0 _ Step-6-24 149 Step-6-72 N
NrJ
HO NF~ HO NHz I \ \
Step-6-25 75 Step-6-73 NI' N
" \ N
~ / F NI /
HO NF~ HO NH=
Step-6-26 90 H Ste -6-74 N N p N
N
/
Ho N~ HO NH' I \ I \
Step-6-27 105 Step-6-75 ~" \ I r N
INJ
F I / I
/
I~ F Step-6-28 120 I~ Step-6-76 N N N
NJ NJ
Structure Product ID# Structure Product NHi HO O
HO NF~
/ I \
Step-6-29 135 Step-5-77 N~ N
N \
N'J
MeO
NHi O
HO
N I
s Step-6-30 150 " Step-6-78 N~N N
N N\
YJ
MeO
NHa NHZ HO
HO
Step-6-31 76 Step-6-79 Me0 N
N S ~ (yN
O HO NH' O
NH, I \ HO
Step-6-32 91 ~\ I ~" "
Step-6-80 / \ .
N\/
OMe O O
HO "HZ HO N
\ \
Step-6-33 106 5 Step-6-81 s I ~N
N N
F~O)101 HO "Hz Ho NHZ
\
Step-6-34 121 5 Step-6-82 S
N-, N
H3C" v HO NF~ HO NHz ~~ Step-6-35 136 Step-6-83 / N MN- \Ns S
HO NF~
/ I \
Step-6-29 135 Step-5-77 N~ N
N \
N'J
MeO
NHi O
HO
N I
s Step-6-30 150 " Step-6-78 N~N N
N N\
YJ
MeO
NHa NHZ HO
HO
Step-6-31 76 Step-6-79 Me0 N
N S ~ (yN
O HO NH' O
NH, I \ HO
Step-6-32 91 ~\ I ~" "
Step-6-80 / \ .
N\/
OMe O O
HO "HZ HO N
\ \
Step-6-33 106 5 Step-6-81 s I ~N
N N
F~O)101 HO "Hz Ho NHZ
\
Step-6-34 121 5 Step-6-82 S
N-, N
H3C" v HO NF~ HO NHz ~~ Step-6-35 136 Step-6-83 / N MN- \Ns S
Structure Product ID# Structure Product HO NF~ HO NHz S N Step-6-36 151 Step-6-84 s N
CH, HO NHZ HO NHz \ \
Step-6-37 77 Step-6-85 N
o s ~
Ho NH2 HO NHZ
Step-6-38 92 N Ste 6-86 s p_ N
O S ~N
NHz HO NH' HO
HO Step-6-39 107 Step-6-87 N \
\ ~ \
HO NHi O
HO NHz N Step-6-40 122 I \ / I Step-6-88 1'/ OH, / \ N
OH
Ho NHZ HO NHz Step-6-41 137 Step-6-89 ]
HO 6-N N l /II
I
HO
N
Step-6-42 152 N11 Step-6-90 o s HO I\ N I\\//I I
e Structure Product ID# Structure Product HO N~ HO NH=
\ I \
Step-6-43 78 Step-6-91 N
~N \
O OH
O
NHz HO
Step-6-44 93 Step-6-92 / S
\
HO I /
N
O o Ho NHz HO NH2 \ \
Step-6-45 108 Step-6-93 s N I \
HO'~-A' /
O N=N CF3 /
HO NH2 HO NH, N Step-6-46 123 N Step-6-94 s s HO \
N 'N ~
O N=N CF~ / N
HO 0 Ho NH2 N N,N Step-6-47 138 CF, Step-6-95 , ~
N \I
o N
OH
0 NHz N~ HO
HO
Step-6-48 153 Step-6-96 S'r'N
N-NN / I N
\
O OH
CF, 160 exemplary compounds are prepared at 1 mM in 1% DMSO/H20 solution.
Briefly, after dissolving the samples in 250 L DMSO, 100 L of each dissolved compound is added to 10 mL of water. The solutions are incubated at 37 C for an overnight incubation period with shaking. After centrifugation, samples are soluble or partially soluble. MS analysis is conducted on all samples and samples are stored at -20 C. If only partially soluble, the supernatants of the compounds, not the whole solution, are stored at -20 C.
For cellular assays, the diluent of solutions initially prepared in 1%
is changed to a suitable physiologic buffer. A volume of 0.5 mL of a sterile concentrated l OX solution of PBS (without Ca+2, Mg+2)-Glucose-HEPES-DMSO is added to 4.5mL of aqueous solution. Solubility i5 visually verified, and pH is measured to ensure that the pH of the solution is neutral. Some compounds are estimated to be at neutral pH range in the same experimental conditions. The compound solutions are then filtered through a 0.22-gm filter unit, and 250 L aliquots are placed in polypropylene tubes and stored at -20 C.
Example 2: Binding of Exemplary Compounds to the Brain Ll Transport System Dilution of libYas y compounds for use in competitive binding assay Compound samples in PBS (without Ca+2, Mg+2)-glucose 30mM-HEPES 10mM
-DMSO 1% as prepared in Example 1 were thawed and left for at least 30 minutes at 20-23 C before preparation of the following sub-dilutions for the competitive binding assay:
200 L of the stock solution were added to 800 L PBS (without Ca}2, Mg+2)-Glucose-HEPES- 1% DMSO (PBSD-1) [diluted 1:5 for a final 1:5 dilution]
100 L (1/5 dilution above) were added to 900 L PBSD-1 [diluted 1:10 for a final 1:50 dilution]
100 L (1/50 dilution above) were added to 900 L PBSD-1 [diluted 1:10 for a final 1:500 dilution]
These sub-dilutions were used immediately or stored overnight at 4 C before the competitive binding assay. A volume of 45 L of each of the compound dilutions (1:5, 1:50, 1:500) in PBSD-1 was added to the appropriate wells in the dilution plate.
Isolation of Rat Prirnai-y Cerebrovascular Endotlaelial Cells Brains from sixty 24-day-old rats were dissected individually on a sterile lint moistened with ice cold Hanlcs' balanced salt solution (Gibco BRL, Grand Island, New Yorlc) containing 10 mM HEPES (medium 1) supplemented with 0.1% BSA.
Cerebellum, striatum, optic nerves, and brain stem (white matter) were removed. After a mid-sagittal section of the brain, the meninges and leptomeningeal debris were removed by rolling a sterile dry cotton swab on the cortices. (Ichikawa N, Naora K, Hirano H, Hashimoto M, Masumura S, and Iwamoto K (1996). Isolation and primary culture of rat cerebral microvascular endothelial cells for studying drug transport in vitro.
J Pharmacol Toxicol Meth 36: 45-52.). Clean cortices were minced in pieces of ;z- 2 mm3 in 15 mL of ice-cold medium 1- 0.1 % BSA. The preparation was divided into 4 sterile pre-weighed tubes and centrifuged at 330 Xg at 20-25 C for 5 min. Tubes were weighed and pre-warmed (37 C) and medium 1 with 0.5% BSA containing 0.3% collagenase and 10 g/mL DNAse 1 (Roche, Laval, Quebec, Canada) were added to each tube (1 mL/g of tissue).
The brain-collagenase mixture was vigorously agitated in a water bath at 37 C
for 90 min. Fifteen min before the end of the digestion, the tissue was homogenized using a 1 0-mL pipette until a creamy mixture was obtained (z; 20 aspirations). Cells were washed by adding medium 1 with 0.1% BSA to the homogenate (26 mL/tube) and centrifuged at 100 Xg at 20-25 C for 7 min. This washing step was repeated 3 more times, once for 5 min and twice for 3 min. Each pellet was re-suspended in 25 mL of a 15% dextran solution prepared in medium 1 with 0.1% BSA and centrifuged at 3200 Xg at 4 C for 25 min to isolate vessels from neural tissue and dextran layers.
Vascular pellets were re-suspended in 5 mL Ca++-Mg++-free-medium 1 with 0.1% BSA
(medium 2) at 20-25 C and transferred in a 50-mL tube. Remaining vessels were collected by rinsing the tubes and pooling the rinsing suspension. (Rupnick MA, Carey A, and Williams SK (1988). Phenotypic diversity in cultured cerebral microvascular endothelial cells in vitro. Cell Develop Biol 24: 435-444.) The vascular preparation was filtered and rinsed (20 mL of medium 2) through a sterile 355- m mesh. The 355- m filtrate was sequentially filtered twice (20 mL of medium 2) through sterile 112-gm meshes and rinsed (Stanimirovic DB, Wong J, Ball R, and Durkin JP (1995). Free radical-induced endothelial membrane dysfunction at the site of the blood-brain barrier: relationship between lipid peroxidation, Na,K-ATPase activity, and 51Cr release. Neurochem Res 20:1417-1427.) and the latter filtrate was filtered and rinsed through a sterile 20-gm mesh. A final step of filtration and rinse was repeated through a double layer of 20- m meshes. All 20- m meshes, which retained the microcapillaries, were then transferred into a 50-mL tube containing 20 mL
of a 0.1 % collagenase/dispase (Roche) solution in medium 2 supplemented with 10 g/mL
DNAse 1 and 0.147 g/mL tosyl-lysine-chloromethyl-ketone (Sigma Chemical Co., Oakville, Ontario, Canada) (medium 3). (Abbott NJ, Hughes CCW, Revest PA, and Greenwood J (1992). Development and characterisation of a rat brain capillary endothelial culture: towards an in vitro blood-brain barrier. J Cell Sci 103:
23-37.) The tube was shaken vigorously to dislodge the capillaries from the meshes, which were then removed from the tube. During the digestion process, the microcapillary preparation was gently shaken in a water bath at 37 C for 60 min. The preparation was again filtered and rinsed (20 mL of medium 2) through a double layer of 20- m meshes. Meshes were soaked in 20 mL of medium 2, shaken, and removed. The microvessel preparation was then centrifuged at 330 Xg at 20-25 C for 5 min. The pellet was re-suspended in 500 L
of culture medium consisting of high glucose Dulbecco's minimum essential medium (Wisent, Hemdon, Virginia) supplemented with amino acids (1X) (Sigma Chemical Co.), vitamins (1X) (Gibco BRL), antibiotics/antiinycotics mixture (1X) (Gibco BRL), 20% FBS (Hyclone, Logan, Utah), 500 g/mL of peptone (Sigma Chemical Co.), 100 g/mL of endothelial cell growth supplement (Sigma Chemical Co.), and 50 g/mL
of heparin (Gibco BRL).
The microcapillary preparation was seeded onto a matrigel-coated (thin coating) 12-well plate (;z~ 45 L/well) (Becton Dickinson, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada) and incubated at 37 C in a humidified 5% COZ atmosphere for 16 h. Non-adhering cells were then dislodged by pipetting 10-15 times the culture medium onto the well surface using a 1-mL pipette. When cellular debris clung to the well, the procedure was repeated using PBS (800 gL/well). After the addition of fresh culture medium, cell growth was monitored on a daily basis. On day 2 of culture, cells were washed with Ca++-Mg~-free - PBS, trypsinized, counted, and plated in culture medium at a density of 1 X
10$ cells /
mL onto matrigel-coated flat bottom 96-well plates and onto a 48-well plate for the characterization of the general endothelial properties.
Characterization of Rat Prirnaf y Cerebrovascular Endothelial Cells Endothelial cells in a 48 well plate as described above were tested for the uptake of Ac-LDL labeled with a fluorescent probe 1,1'-dioctoadecyl-3,3,3',3'-tetramethyl-indocarbocyamine perchlorate (Dil-Ac-LDL) (Biomedical Technologies Inc., Stoughton, Maine), for von Willebrand factor expression (Dako Corporation, Carpinteria, California), and for TRITC - labeled ConA uptake (Sigma Chemical Co.) according to manufacturer's specifications. Characterization of the cell preparation indicated that the isolation procedure resulted in enriched brain endothelial cell cultures that could be used to efficiently test the indirect ability of specific compounds to cross the BBB using active transporter systems such as the Ll-system. On a routine basis, the characterization of RBEC was carried out in parallel to the binding of the compounds to the targeted Ll-system carrier.
These results indicated that this method for isolating and culturing enriched primary endothelial cell retains the characteristics of the RBEC and the functionality of their endogenous transporters such as the Ll-system carrier. The use of enriched RBEC
cultures retaining their endothelial transporter system functionality allows the development of a rapid, reliable, and reproducible competitive binding assay to screen drugs. This medium throughput assay can be employed to identify compounds that bind, e.g., to the Ll-system carrier and provide parameters to select CNS drug candidates designed to penetrate the brain using a specific active transporter.
Pf-eparation ofL-phenylalanine and a-rnethylamino isobutyr'ic acid controls L-phenylalanine (Sigma) and a-(Methylamino) isobutyric acid (MeAIB) (Sigma) were prepared at 2 X 10-2 M by dissolving 0.033g and 0.023g per 10 mL of physiologic buffer, respectively. Both solutions were filtered using 0.22- m membrane filter and a 5-ml syringe, aliquoted in 250 L and frozen at -20 C.
Aliquots of L-phenylalanine and MeAIB were thawed at 20-23 C and left to stand for a 30-minute incubation period. These controls were then diluted in a 96-well plate set for the dilution purpose and further addition of the radioactive isotope prior to the addition of the complete mixture onto cells.
L-phenylalanine and a-(Methylamino) isobutyric acid controls were diluted in wells by performing a 10-fold serial dilution of 45 L of PBSD-1 with 50 L
stock solution (freshly thawed).
Preparation of the radioactive phenylalanine L-[U-"C] Phenylalanine (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech UK Limited) was kept at 4 C in its original package. The radiochemical batch analysis is as follows:
Company: Amersham Pharmacia Code: CFB.70 Batch: 133 Pack Size: 250 Ci Pack Volume: 5mL
Specific Activity: 17.4GBq/mmol, 469 mCi/mmol 96.4 MBq/mg, 2.61 mCi/mg Molecular Weight: 165 (unlabelled) 180 (at this specific activity) Radioactive Concentration: 1.85 MBq/mL, 50 Ci/mL
The concentration of L-[U-14C] Phenylalanine used in this assay was previously determined as the concentration at which there was a 50% maximum binding to the endothelial cell receptors. By estimating the sigmoidal curve fits of the raw data of several experiments using Sigma Plot program, it was estimated that the concentration required for half-maximal saturation of Ll transport system receptors by L-[U-14C]
Phenylalanine was 7 x 10-9M / 3.17 Ci/mL.
Since the radiolabeled phenylalanine was added on cells following a 2-fold dilution, a double concentration of the L-[U-14C] Phenylalanine solution was prepared at 14 x 10"9M / 6.34 Ci/mL. The original L-[U-14C] Phenylalanine solution was diluted by a factor of 7.89 (50 Ci/mL stock concentration divided by 6.34 Ci/mL) in physiologic buffer (PBS with Ca+Z, Mg+2-HEPES (10 mM final)-glucose (30 mM
final)).
A volume of 45 L L-[U-14C] Phenylalanine (2X) was added to a volume of 45 L of each compound dilution (1:5, 1:50, 1:500) in PBSD-1, which were previously distributed in a 96-well dilution plate.
Competitive Binding Assay Protocol Subsequent to plating rat primary endothelial cells and culture media onto 96-well plates as described above, the cells were cultured for 6 days and the culture media was replaced every 3-4 days. The rat endothelial cells were then washed twice with warm physiologic buffer solution. A volume of 35 gL of the radio labeled L-[U-14C]
Phenylalanine and the compound / control mixtures were added to cells and the plate was incubated for 5 minutes at 20-23 C. Cells were washed twice with cold physiologic buffer and 25 L NaOH 1N were added and incubated at 20-23 C for minutes. The plate was tapped gently on the side to ensure that all the cells detached.
The cell lysate was then neutralised with the addition of 25 L HCl 1N. The 50 gL
mixture was transferred to a Wallac flexible plate (specific for radioactivity counting) and 200 L of scintillation liquid (Opti-Phase Supermix, Wallac, UK), were added per well. The plate was sealed, vortexed and read on the Wallac 0-counter.
Procedure for f=adioactivity counting The plates containing the radioactive mixture were transferred to the Wallac (i-counter plate holders. Wallac 1450 Microbeta (Wallac) Protocol #96 was the appropriate protocol for 96-well plates. Briefly, the Protocol #96 includes all the specifications required to detect a specific radioactive isotope in the Wallac (3-counter.
Liquid scintillation counting is a process in which the beta decay electron emitted by the radioactive isotope (in this case 14C) in the sample excites the solvent molecule, which in turn transfers the energy to the solute, or fluor. The energy emission of the solute (the light photon) is converted into an electrical signal (CPM or Counts per Minute) by a photomultiplier tube. Each well was counted for 2-minutes by three photomultiplier tubes simultaneously. The collected raw data, CCPM or Corrected Counts per Minute, were adjusted to the background and used in the compilation of the results.
Data Pf-ocessinz The raw data obtained for the radioactivity counting, Corrected Counts per Minute (CCPM), indicates the amount of L-[U-14C] Phenylalanine radioactivity associated to cells and corrected for the background.
Data analysis and calculation Mean and standard deviation for each replicate of each sample concentration was calculated. The percentage of the specific binding to Ll transport system on cells was also calculated as follows:
CCPM of (sample + L-[U-14C] Phenvlalanine) x 100%
CCPM of (L-[U-14C] Phenylalanine) The percentage of the specific binding was then compared to that of the L-phenylalanine reference control and the difference was evaluated by an arbitrarily scoring system.
Results In order to objectively discriminate between the 160 phenylalanine-derivative compounds for their ability to bind to the brain Ll transport system, a scoring rank system was employed to compare binding of the compounds to the phenylalanine control. For each tested concentration, the difference in the percentage of the specific binding between each compound and the phenylalanine control was evaluated as the following:
For each tested concentration (10"6, 10-5, 10-4 M):
(%) specific binding of (%) specific binding = X
phenylalanine control of compound if X<0 Rank 0 0<X<10 Rank 1 10<X<20 Rank 2 X>20 Rank 3 For a given concentration, a compound having a difference of more than 20%
compared to the phenylalanine means that this compound presents a higher ability to bind to the Ll-system receptor than the phenylalanine itself. For the partially soluble compounds, the actual concentrations are unknown and underestimated and their ability to bind to the receptor may be therefore underestimated. Table 4, below, depicts the results with 127 of the compounds at the three concentrations tested. The remaining 33 (ID Nos. 2, 19, 23, 28, 40, 56, 58, 59, 65, 77, 78, 80, 83, 84, 85, 90, 100, 106, 107, 108, 128, 129, 130, 132, 133, 139, 140, 142, 143, 145, 150, 152, and 157) were ranked 0 for all 3 concentrations tested. Although this particular assay desmonstrated 12 compounds which were highly active (i.e., ranked 3 or above for 2 of the 3 concentrations tested), it is reasonable to believe that minor modifications in assay conditions or concentration would show that many more of the 160 tested compounds are also active.
Table 4: Comparison of binding affinities of 127 test cornpounds witli phenylalanine Comparison Comparison Comparison I.D. # Conc. with the I.D. Cone. with the I.D. Conc. with the (M) Binding of (M) Binding of (M) Binding of Phen lalanine Phenylalanine Phenylalanine 3. 10-6 3 15. 10-6 2 34. 10"6 1 10-5 3 10-5 3 10"5 0 5. 10-6 3 51. 10-6 2 42. 10"6 1 10-5 3 10-5 3 10'5 0 8. 10-6 3 103. 10"6 2 52. 10"6 1 10-5 3 10"5 2 10"5 0 10, 3 10-~ 2 104 0 13. 10-6 3 105. 10'6 2 63. 10-6 1 10"5 3 10-5 2 10-5 0 10"4 3 10-4 2 10-4 0 27. 10"6 3 116. 10-6 2 71. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10-5 2 10"5 0 33. 10"6 3 47. 10-6 2 75. 10"6 1 10-5 3 l0"5 2 10"5 0 10"4 3 10-4 0 10-4 0 57. 10"6 3 50. 10-6 2 76. 10-6 1 10"4 3 10-4 0 10-4 0 118. 10-6 3 53. 10"6 2 92. 10-6 1 10-5 3 l0"5 2 10-5 0 10"4 3 10-4 0 10"4 0 Comparison Comparison Comparison I.D. # Conc. with the I.D. # Cone. with the I.D. # Conc. with the (M) Binding of (M) Binding of (M) Binding of Phenylalanine Phenylalanine Phen lalanine 4. 10-6 3 123. 10"6 2 93. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10-5 2 10"5 0 18. 10"6 3 17. 10-6 2 99. 10"6 1 10"5 3 10"5 1 10"5 0 38. 10"6 3 156. 10-6 2 115. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10-5 1 10"5 0 49. 10-6 3 11. 10-6 2 117. 10"6 1 87. 10"6 3 125. 10"6 2 121. 10'6 1 10-5 3 10-5 1 10"5 0 101. 10-6 3 61. 10-6 2 122. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10-5 0 10"5 0 104 2 104 2 10~ 0 104. 10-6 3 7. 10-6 2 134. 10-6 1 109. 10-6 3 12. 10-6 2 138. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10"5 0 10-5 0 111. 10-6 3 31. 10-6 2 141. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10'S 0 10-5 0 10"4 2 10"4 0 10-4 0 112. 10-6 3 113. 10"6 2 144. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10-5 0 10"5 0 131. 10"6 3 114. 10-6 2 147. 10-6 1 10"5 3 10"5 0 10-5 0 10"4 2 10-4 0 10"4 0 146. 10"6 3 137. 10-6 2 158. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10"5 0 10"5 0 20. 10-6 3 148. 10"6 2 159. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10"5 0 10-5 0 30. 10-6 3 151. 10'6 2 160. 10-6 1 10-5 2 10"5 0 10-5 0 Comparison Comparison Comparison I.D. # Conc. with the I.D. # Conc. with the I.D. # Conc. with the (M) Binding of (M) Binding of (M) Binding of Phenylalanine Phen lalanine Phen lalanine 39. 10"6 3 153. 10-6 2 66. 10"6 0 10"5 2 10-5 0 10-5 3 10. 10"6 3 155. 10"6 2 79. 10"6 0 10"5 1 10"5 0 10-5 3 29. 10-6 3 67. 10-6 1 81. 10-6 0 10-5 1 10"5 3 10"5 3 10"4 0 10-4 3 10-4 2 32. 10-6 3 82. 10-6 1 69. 10"6 0 60. 10-6 3 119. 10-6 1 127. 10-6 0 10-4 1 10"4 2 10-4 1 6. 10-6 3 73. 10-6 1 43. 10-6 0 24. 10-6 3 72. 10"6 1 45. 10-6 0 104 0 10, 1 104 0 35. 10-6 3 86. 10"6 1 46. 10-6 0 10-5 0 10"5 2 10-5 2 10-4 0 10-4 1 10"4 0 36. 10"6 3 21. 10"6 1 91. 10-6 0 10-5 0 10"5 2 10-5 1 62. 10-6 3 88. 10"6 1 102. 10-6 0 10-5 0 10-5 1 10"5 1 136. 10"6 3 89. 10-6 1 9. 10"6 0 10"5 0 10"5 1 10-5 1 10"4 0 10-4 1 10"4 0 149. 10-6 2 94. 10-6 1 16. 10"6 0 10"5 3 10"5 1 10-5 1 10"4 3 10-4 1 10"4 0 1. 106 2 110. 106 1 22. 106 0 10"5 3 10-5 1 10-5 1 10"4 2 10-4 1 10"4 0 37. 10-6 2 48. 10"6 1 25. 10-6 0 10"5 3 10"5 1 10-5 1 Comparison Comparison Comparison I.D. # Conc. with the I.D. # Conc. with the I.D. # Cone. with the (M) Binding of (M) Binding of (M) Binding of Phenylalanine Phen Ialanine Phenylalanine 41. 10-6 2 74. 10"6 1 44. 10-6 0 10"5 3 10-5 1 10-5 1 95. 10-6 2 96. 10-6 1 64. 10-6 0 10-5 3 10-5 1 10"5 1 97. 10-6 2 120. 10'6 1 68. 10-6 0 10-5 3 10-5 1 10"5 1 10-I 2 10'4 0 10"4 0 135. 10-6 2 124. 10-6 1 70. 10"6 0 10"4 2 10-4 0 10-4 0 54. 10-6 2 126. 10-6 1 98. 10"6 0 10-4 1 10-4 0 10"4 0 55. 10"6 2 26. 10-6 1 154. 10-6 0 10"5 3 10-5 0 10-5 0 14. 10-6 2 10'5 3 Example 3: Measurement of Intrinsic Compound Toxicity Dilution of library compounds for use in toxicity study Compound samples in PBS (without Ca 2, Mg+2)-glucose 30mM-HEPES 10mM
-DMSO 1%, as prepared in Example 1, were thawed and left for at least 30 minutes at 20-23 C before preparation of the following sub-dilutions for the compound toxicity assay:
100 [tL of stock compound solution were added to 900 L PBSD- 1 [diluted 1:10 for a final 1:10 dilution]
100 L (1/10 dilution above) were added to 900 L PBSD-1 [diluted 1:10 for a final 1:100 dilution]
Culture of HUVEC
Endothelial cells from human umbilical cord (HUV-EC-C or HUVEC) were purchased form American Type Culture Collection (ATCC, CRL-1730) and cultured according to the manufacturer's protocol. A 1-mL frozen aliquot of sub-cultured cells was thawed in a 37 C water bath and centrifuged following ad*ion of 5 mL of medium. After re-suspension in 5mL medium, cells were seeded in a TC80cm2 flask pre-coated with 0.1% gelatin. Culture medium was replaced every 3-4 days and cells monitored until confluency was reached.
Preparation of Cafnptotlaecin contt=ol A sterile stock solution of 0.5 mM of camptothecin (Sigma) was prepared by dissolving a weighed amount of 0.0085g in 50 mL of double distilled water at 37 C in a water batli. The solution was vortexed, then filtered through a 0.22-gm filter unit and kept at 4 C for the duration of the toxicity assays.
From the stock solution, concentrations of 60, 75, 80, 100, 150, 200 and 250 nM
of camptothecin were prepared in culture diluent containing 1% DMSO.
Cellular toxicity assay protocol HLTVEC were cultured for 4 days in gelatin-coated 96-well plates, following seeding with 40 L/well of a cellular suspension of 1 x 105 cells/mL. Culture media was replaced every 3-4 days of culture until confluency was reached.
On the day of the toxicity assay, the conditioned culture media was removed from the wells and 90 L of culture medium containing 1% DMSO was distributed in the plate. A volume of 10 L of the stock solution, 1:10 and 1:100 dilutions of the compounds in PBS-glucose-HEPES-DMSO 1% were added to the appropriate wells (100- L total volume / well). A volume of 100 L of camptothecin dilutions and culture medium containing 1% DMSO was also distributed into the plate. Cells were incubated at 37 C of 24 hours and then 10 L of the tetrazolium salt WST-1 solution were added to cells and incubated for an extra 90 minutes at 37 C. The absorbance that was associated to the cellular viability was measured at 450nm on the SpectraFluor Tecan reader, and the raw data processed.
Results The intrinsic cellular toxicity of the compounds was determined for each concentration of every compound on HUVEC. The viability percentage was assessed (OD sample / OD control) X 100% and any value < 75% viability was considered toxic.
The following table, Table 5, lists the few compounds that presented at least one toxic concentration. None of the 21 compounds ranked as highly effective to bind to transport system induced cellular toxicity.
Table 5: Intrinsic cellular toxicity of exemplary compounds of the present invention ID# Conc. M Viability %
30 10-4 110%
10"5 112%
10"6 8%
36 10"4 97%
10"5 66%
10-6 99%
37 10-4 94%
10'S 50%
10"6 87%
65 10-4 107%
10"5 68%
10-6 109%
66 10-4 117%
10-5 114%
10-6 67%
Example 4: Synthesis of Exemplary Compounds Compounds were synthesized in accordance with the following exemplary schemes:
Syfathesis of Exemplafy Cofryapounds (Route 1):
B~ y 0 0 NH O Ph e I~~ ~~/II er 0 Ph P NHFMOC Pipeddine'o% ~ 0 II NHZ ph%I~pi & " YIa~Y P N~
lX j'/ -> O
~O NMP AcOH OA,~N4Ph Chlralauxiliary ~ Ph NMP BTPP X
CHZCI2 Br I
X= CH or N
0 Ph 0 O
RSH P ph NHZOH.HCI QO NH2 TFA/HZO HO NHz . TFA
DIEA
X THF/HZO X >
NMP \ S-R r S-R \ I OCH, js-R
I \
X=CHorN X=CHorN X=CHorN
Br o~
6Bu J
\ / \ I ~ N -Y-N V
VN
Chiral Auxiliary B-ITP
CH, HO NHZ HO NHz \ \
Step-6-37 77 Step-6-85 N
o s ~
Ho NH2 HO NHZ
Step-6-38 92 N Ste 6-86 s p_ N
O S ~N
NHz HO NH' HO
HO Step-6-39 107 Step-6-87 N \
\ ~ \
HO NHi O
HO NHz N Step-6-40 122 I \ / I Step-6-88 1'/ OH, / \ N
OH
Ho NHZ HO NHz Step-6-41 137 Step-6-89 ]
HO 6-N N l /II
I
HO
N
Step-6-42 152 N11 Step-6-90 o s HO I\ N I\\//I I
e Structure Product ID# Structure Product HO N~ HO NH=
\ I \
Step-6-43 78 Step-6-91 N
~N \
O OH
O
NHz HO
Step-6-44 93 Step-6-92 / S
\
HO I /
N
O o Ho NHz HO NH2 \ \
Step-6-45 108 Step-6-93 s N I \
HO'~-A' /
O N=N CF3 /
HO NH2 HO NH, N Step-6-46 123 N Step-6-94 s s HO \
N 'N ~
O N=N CF~ / N
HO 0 Ho NH2 N N,N Step-6-47 138 CF, Step-6-95 , ~
N \I
o N
OH
0 NHz N~ HO
HO
Step-6-48 153 Step-6-96 S'r'N
N-NN / I N
\
O OH
CF, 160 exemplary compounds are prepared at 1 mM in 1% DMSO/H20 solution.
Briefly, after dissolving the samples in 250 L DMSO, 100 L of each dissolved compound is added to 10 mL of water. The solutions are incubated at 37 C for an overnight incubation period with shaking. After centrifugation, samples are soluble or partially soluble. MS analysis is conducted on all samples and samples are stored at -20 C. If only partially soluble, the supernatants of the compounds, not the whole solution, are stored at -20 C.
For cellular assays, the diluent of solutions initially prepared in 1%
is changed to a suitable physiologic buffer. A volume of 0.5 mL of a sterile concentrated l OX solution of PBS (without Ca+2, Mg+2)-Glucose-HEPES-DMSO is added to 4.5mL of aqueous solution. Solubility i5 visually verified, and pH is measured to ensure that the pH of the solution is neutral. Some compounds are estimated to be at neutral pH range in the same experimental conditions. The compound solutions are then filtered through a 0.22-gm filter unit, and 250 L aliquots are placed in polypropylene tubes and stored at -20 C.
Example 2: Binding of Exemplary Compounds to the Brain Ll Transport System Dilution of libYas y compounds for use in competitive binding assay Compound samples in PBS (without Ca+2, Mg+2)-glucose 30mM-HEPES 10mM
-DMSO 1% as prepared in Example 1 were thawed and left for at least 30 minutes at 20-23 C before preparation of the following sub-dilutions for the competitive binding assay:
200 L of the stock solution were added to 800 L PBS (without Ca}2, Mg+2)-Glucose-HEPES- 1% DMSO (PBSD-1) [diluted 1:5 for a final 1:5 dilution]
100 L (1/5 dilution above) were added to 900 L PBSD-1 [diluted 1:10 for a final 1:50 dilution]
100 L (1/50 dilution above) were added to 900 L PBSD-1 [diluted 1:10 for a final 1:500 dilution]
These sub-dilutions were used immediately or stored overnight at 4 C before the competitive binding assay. A volume of 45 L of each of the compound dilutions (1:5, 1:50, 1:500) in PBSD-1 was added to the appropriate wells in the dilution plate.
Isolation of Rat Prirnai-y Cerebrovascular Endotlaelial Cells Brains from sixty 24-day-old rats were dissected individually on a sterile lint moistened with ice cold Hanlcs' balanced salt solution (Gibco BRL, Grand Island, New Yorlc) containing 10 mM HEPES (medium 1) supplemented with 0.1% BSA.
Cerebellum, striatum, optic nerves, and brain stem (white matter) were removed. After a mid-sagittal section of the brain, the meninges and leptomeningeal debris were removed by rolling a sterile dry cotton swab on the cortices. (Ichikawa N, Naora K, Hirano H, Hashimoto M, Masumura S, and Iwamoto K (1996). Isolation and primary culture of rat cerebral microvascular endothelial cells for studying drug transport in vitro.
J Pharmacol Toxicol Meth 36: 45-52.). Clean cortices were minced in pieces of ;z- 2 mm3 in 15 mL of ice-cold medium 1- 0.1 % BSA. The preparation was divided into 4 sterile pre-weighed tubes and centrifuged at 330 Xg at 20-25 C for 5 min. Tubes were weighed and pre-warmed (37 C) and medium 1 with 0.5% BSA containing 0.3% collagenase and 10 g/mL DNAse 1 (Roche, Laval, Quebec, Canada) were added to each tube (1 mL/g of tissue).
The brain-collagenase mixture was vigorously agitated in a water bath at 37 C
for 90 min. Fifteen min before the end of the digestion, the tissue was homogenized using a 1 0-mL pipette until a creamy mixture was obtained (z; 20 aspirations). Cells were washed by adding medium 1 with 0.1% BSA to the homogenate (26 mL/tube) and centrifuged at 100 Xg at 20-25 C for 7 min. This washing step was repeated 3 more times, once for 5 min and twice for 3 min. Each pellet was re-suspended in 25 mL of a 15% dextran solution prepared in medium 1 with 0.1% BSA and centrifuged at 3200 Xg at 4 C for 25 min to isolate vessels from neural tissue and dextran layers.
Vascular pellets were re-suspended in 5 mL Ca++-Mg++-free-medium 1 with 0.1% BSA
(medium 2) at 20-25 C and transferred in a 50-mL tube. Remaining vessels were collected by rinsing the tubes and pooling the rinsing suspension. (Rupnick MA, Carey A, and Williams SK (1988). Phenotypic diversity in cultured cerebral microvascular endothelial cells in vitro. Cell Develop Biol 24: 435-444.) The vascular preparation was filtered and rinsed (20 mL of medium 2) through a sterile 355- m mesh. The 355- m filtrate was sequentially filtered twice (20 mL of medium 2) through sterile 112-gm meshes and rinsed (Stanimirovic DB, Wong J, Ball R, and Durkin JP (1995). Free radical-induced endothelial membrane dysfunction at the site of the blood-brain barrier: relationship between lipid peroxidation, Na,K-ATPase activity, and 51Cr release. Neurochem Res 20:1417-1427.) and the latter filtrate was filtered and rinsed through a sterile 20-gm mesh. A final step of filtration and rinse was repeated through a double layer of 20- m meshes. All 20- m meshes, which retained the microcapillaries, were then transferred into a 50-mL tube containing 20 mL
of a 0.1 % collagenase/dispase (Roche) solution in medium 2 supplemented with 10 g/mL
DNAse 1 and 0.147 g/mL tosyl-lysine-chloromethyl-ketone (Sigma Chemical Co., Oakville, Ontario, Canada) (medium 3). (Abbott NJ, Hughes CCW, Revest PA, and Greenwood J (1992). Development and characterisation of a rat brain capillary endothelial culture: towards an in vitro blood-brain barrier. J Cell Sci 103:
23-37.) The tube was shaken vigorously to dislodge the capillaries from the meshes, which were then removed from the tube. During the digestion process, the microcapillary preparation was gently shaken in a water bath at 37 C for 60 min. The preparation was again filtered and rinsed (20 mL of medium 2) through a double layer of 20- m meshes. Meshes were soaked in 20 mL of medium 2, shaken, and removed. The microvessel preparation was then centrifuged at 330 Xg at 20-25 C for 5 min. The pellet was re-suspended in 500 L
of culture medium consisting of high glucose Dulbecco's minimum essential medium (Wisent, Hemdon, Virginia) supplemented with amino acids (1X) (Sigma Chemical Co.), vitamins (1X) (Gibco BRL), antibiotics/antiinycotics mixture (1X) (Gibco BRL), 20% FBS (Hyclone, Logan, Utah), 500 g/mL of peptone (Sigma Chemical Co.), 100 g/mL of endothelial cell growth supplement (Sigma Chemical Co.), and 50 g/mL
of heparin (Gibco BRL).
The microcapillary preparation was seeded onto a matrigel-coated (thin coating) 12-well plate (;z~ 45 L/well) (Becton Dickinson, Mississauga, Ontario, Canada) and incubated at 37 C in a humidified 5% COZ atmosphere for 16 h. Non-adhering cells were then dislodged by pipetting 10-15 times the culture medium onto the well surface using a 1-mL pipette. When cellular debris clung to the well, the procedure was repeated using PBS (800 gL/well). After the addition of fresh culture medium, cell growth was monitored on a daily basis. On day 2 of culture, cells were washed with Ca++-Mg~-free - PBS, trypsinized, counted, and plated in culture medium at a density of 1 X
10$ cells /
mL onto matrigel-coated flat bottom 96-well plates and onto a 48-well plate for the characterization of the general endothelial properties.
Characterization of Rat Prirnaf y Cerebrovascular Endothelial Cells Endothelial cells in a 48 well plate as described above were tested for the uptake of Ac-LDL labeled with a fluorescent probe 1,1'-dioctoadecyl-3,3,3',3'-tetramethyl-indocarbocyamine perchlorate (Dil-Ac-LDL) (Biomedical Technologies Inc., Stoughton, Maine), for von Willebrand factor expression (Dako Corporation, Carpinteria, California), and for TRITC - labeled ConA uptake (Sigma Chemical Co.) according to manufacturer's specifications. Characterization of the cell preparation indicated that the isolation procedure resulted in enriched brain endothelial cell cultures that could be used to efficiently test the indirect ability of specific compounds to cross the BBB using active transporter systems such as the Ll-system. On a routine basis, the characterization of RBEC was carried out in parallel to the binding of the compounds to the targeted Ll-system carrier.
These results indicated that this method for isolating and culturing enriched primary endothelial cell retains the characteristics of the RBEC and the functionality of their endogenous transporters such as the Ll-system carrier. The use of enriched RBEC
cultures retaining their endothelial transporter system functionality allows the development of a rapid, reliable, and reproducible competitive binding assay to screen drugs. This medium throughput assay can be employed to identify compounds that bind, e.g., to the Ll-system carrier and provide parameters to select CNS drug candidates designed to penetrate the brain using a specific active transporter.
Pf-eparation ofL-phenylalanine and a-rnethylamino isobutyr'ic acid controls L-phenylalanine (Sigma) and a-(Methylamino) isobutyric acid (MeAIB) (Sigma) were prepared at 2 X 10-2 M by dissolving 0.033g and 0.023g per 10 mL of physiologic buffer, respectively. Both solutions were filtered using 0.22- m membrane filter and a 5-ml syringe, aliquoted in 250 L and frozen at -20 C.
Aliquots of L-phenylalanine and MeAIB were thawed at 20-23 C and left to stand for a 30-minute incubation period. These controls were then diluted in a 96-well plate set for the dilution purpose and further addition of the radioactive isotope prior to the addition of the complete mixture onto cells.
L-phenylalanine and a-(Methylamino) isobutyric acid controls were diluted in wells by performing a 10-fold serial dilution of 45 L of PBSD-1 with 50 L
stock solution (freshly thawed).
Preparation of the radioactive phenylalanine L-[U-"C] Phenylalanine (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech UK Limited) was kept at 4 C in its original package. The radiochemical batch analysis is as follows:
Company: Amersham Pharmacia Code: CFB.70 Batch: 133 Pack Size: 250 Ci Pack Volume: 5mL
Specific Activity: 17.4GBq/mmol, 469 mCi/mmol 96.4 MBq/mg, 2.61 mCi/mg Molecular Weight: 165 (unlabelled) 180 (at this specific activity) Radioactive Concentration: 1.85 MBq/mL, 50 Ci/mL
The concentration of L-[U-14C] Phenylalanine used in this assay was previously determined as the concentration at which there was a 50% maximum binding to the endothelial cell receptors. By estimating the sigmoidal curve fits of the raw data of several experiments using Sigma Plot program, it was estimated that the concentration required for half-maximal saturation of Ll transport system receptors by L-[U-14C]
Phenylalanine was 7 x 10-9M / 3.17 Ci/mL.
Since the radiolabeled phenylalanine was added on cells following a 2-fold dilution, a double concentration of the L-[U-14C] Phenylalanine solution was prepared at 14 x 10"9M / 6.34 Ci/mL. The original L-[U-14C] Phenylalanine solution was diluted by a factor of 7.89 (50 Ci/mL stock concentration divided by 6.34 Ci/mL) in physiologic buffer (PBS with Ca+Z, Mg+2-HEPES (10 mM final)-glucose (30 mM
final)).
A volume of 45 L L-[U-14C] Phenylalanine (2X) was added to a volume of 45 L of each compound dilution (1:5, 1:50, 1:500) in PBSD-1, which were previously distributed in a 96-well dilution plate.
Competitive Binding Assay Protocol Subsequent to plating rat primary endothelial cells and culture media onto 96-well plates as described above, the cells were cultured for 6 days and the culture media was replaced every 3-4 days. The rat endothelial cells were then washed twice with warm physiologic buffer solution. A volume of 35 gL of the radio labeled L-[U-14C]
Phenylalanine and the compound / control mixtures were added to cells and the plate was incubated for 5 minutes at 20-23 C. Cells were washed twice with cold physiologic buffer and 25 L NaOH 1N were added and incubated at 20-23 C for minutes. The plate was tapped gently on the side to ensure that all the cells detached.
The cell lysate was then neutralised with the addition of 25 L HCl 1N. The 50 gL
mixture was transferred to a Wallac flexible plate (specific for radioactivity counting) and 200 L of scintillation liquid (Opti-Phase Supermix, Wallac, UK), were added per well. The plate was sealed, vortexed and read on the Wallac 0-counter.
Procedure for f=adioactivity counting The plates containing the radioactive mixture were transferred to the Wallac (i-counter plate holders. Wallac 1450 Microbeta (Wallac) Protocol #96 was the appropriate protocol for 96-well plates. Briefly, the Protocol #96 includes all the specifications required to detect a specific radioactive isotope in the Wallac (3-counter.
Liquid scintillation counting is a process in which the beta decay electron emitted by the radioactive isotope (in this case 14C) in the sample excites the solvent molecule, which in turn transfers the energy to the solute, or fluor. The energy emission of the solute (the light photon) is converted into an electrical signal (CPM or Counts per Minute) by a photomultiplier tube. Each well was counted for 2-minutes by three photomultiplier tubes simultaneously. The collected raw data, CCPM or Corrected Counts per Minute, were adjusted to the background and used in the compilation of the results.
Data Pf-ocessinz The raw data obtained for the radioactivity counting, Corrected Counts per Minute (CCPM), indicates the amount of L-[U-14C] Phenylalanine radioactivity associated to cells and corrected for the background.
Data analysis and calculation Mean and standard deviation for each replicate of each sample concentration was calculated. The percentage of the specific binding to Ll transport system on cells was also calculated as follows:
CCPM of (sample + L-[U-14C] Phenvlalanine) x 100%
CCPM of (L-[U-14C] Phenylalanine) The percentage of the specific binding was then compared to that of the L-phenylalanine reference control and the difference was evaluated by an arbitrarily scoring system.
Results In order to objectively discriminate between the 160 phenylalanine-derivative compounds for their ability to bind to the brain Ll transport system, a scoring rank system was employed to compare binding of the compounds to the phenylalanine control. For each tested concentration, the difference in the percentage of the specific binding between each compound and the phenylalanine control was evaluated as the following:
For each tested concentration (10"6, 10-5, 10-4 M):
(%) specific binding of (%) specific binding = X
phenylalanine control of compound if X<0 Rank 0 0<X<10 Rank 1 10<X<20 Rank 2 X>20 Rank 3 For a given concentration, a compound having a difference of more than 20%
compared to the phenylalanine means that this compound presents a higher ability to bind to the Ll-system receptor than the phenylalanine itself. For the partially soluble compounds, the actual concentrations are unknown and underestimated and their ability to bind to the receptor may be therefore underestimated. Table 4, below, depicts the results with 127 of the compounds at the three concentrations tested. The remaining 33 (ID Nos. 2, 19, 23, 28, 40, 56, 58, 59, 65, 77, 78, 80, 83, 84, 85, 90, 100, 106, 107, 108, 128, 129, 130, 132, 133, 139, 140, 142, 143, 145, 150, 152, and 157) were ranked 0 for all 3 concentrations tested. Although this particular assay desmonstrated 12 compounds which were highly active (i.e., ranked 3 or above for 2 of the 3 concentrations tested), it is reasonable to believe that minor modifications in assay conditions or concentration would show that many more of the 160 tested compounds are also active.
Table 4: Comparison of binding affinities of 127 test cornpounds witli phenylalanine Comparison Comparison Comparison I.D. # Conc. with the I.D. Cone. with the I.D. Conc. with the (M) Binding of (M) Binding of (M) Binding of Phen lalanine Phenylalanine Phenylalanine 3. 10-6 3 15. 10-6 2 34. 10"6 1 10-5 3 10-5 3 10"5 0 5. 10-6 3 51. 10-6 2 42. 10"6 1 10-5 3 10-5 3 10'5 0 8. 10-6 3 103. 10"6 2 52. 10"6 1 10-5 3 10"5 2 10"5 0 10, 3 10-~ 2 104 0 13. 10-6 3 105. 10'6 2 63. 10-6 1 10"5 3 10-5 2 10-5 0 10"4 3 10-4 2 10-4 0 27. 10"6 3 116. 10-6 2 71. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10-5 2 10"5 0 33. 10"6 3 47. 10-6 2 75. 10"6 1 10-5 3 l0"5 2 10"5 0 10"4 3 10-4 0 10-4 0 57. 10"6 3 50. 10-6 2 76. 10-6 1 10"4 3 10-4 0 10-4 0 118. 10-6 3 53. 10"6 2 92. 10-6 1 10-5 3 l0"5 2 10-5 0 10"4 3 10-4 0 10"4 0 Comparison Comparison Comparison I.D. # Conc. with the I.D. # Cone. with the I.D. # Conc. with the (M) Binding of (M) Binding of (M) Binding of Phenylalanine Phenylalanine Phen lalanine 4. 10-6 3 123. 10"6 2 93. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10-5 2 10"5 0 18. 10"6 3 17. 10-6 2 99. 10"6 1 10"5 3 10"5 1 10"5 0 38. 10"6 3 156. 10-6 2 115. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10-5 1 10"5 0 49. 10-6 3 11. 10-6 2 117. 10"6 1 87. 10"6 3 125. 10"6 2 121. 10'6 1 10-5 3 10-5 1 10"5 0 101. 10-6 3 61. 10-6 2 122. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10-5 0 10"5 0 104 2 104 2 10~ 0 104. 10-6 3 7. 10-6 2 134. 10-6 1 109. 10-6 3 12. 10-6 2 138. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10"5 0 10-5 0 111. 10-6 3 31. 10-6 2 141. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10'S 0 10-5 0 10"4 2 10"4 0 10-4 0 112. 10-6 3 113. 10"6 2 144. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10-5 0 10"5 0 131. 10"6 3 114. 10-6 2 147. 10-6 1 10"5 3 10"5 0 10-5 0 10"4 2 10-4 0 10"4 0 146. 10"6 3 137. 10-6 2 158. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10"5 0 10"5 0 20. 10-6 3 148. 10"6 2 159. 10-6 1 10-5 3 10"5 0 10-5 0 30. 10-6 3 151. 10'6 2 160. 10-6 1 10-5 2 10"5 0 10-5 0 Comparison Comparison Comparison I.D. # Conc. with the I.D. # Conc. with the I.D. # Conc. with the (M) Binding of (M) Binding of (M) Binding of Phenylalanine Phen lalanine Phen lalanine 39. 10"6 3 153. 10-6 2 66. 10"6 0 10"5 2 10-5 0 10-5 3 10. 10"6 3 155. 10"6 2 79. 10"6 0 10"5 1 10"5 0 10-5 3 29. 10-6 3 67. 10-6 1 81. 10-6 0 10-5 1 10"5 3 10"5 3 10"4 0 10-4 3 10-4 2 32. 10-6 3 82. 10-6 1 69. 10"6 0 60. 10-6 3 119. 10-6 1 127. 10-6 0 10-4 1 10"4 2 10-4 1 6. 10-6 3 73. 10-6 1 43. 10-6 0 24. 10-6 3 72. 10"6 1 45. 10-6 0 104 0 10, 1 104 0 35. 10-6 3 86. 10"6 1 46. 10-6 0 10-5 0 10"5 2 10-5 2 10-4 0 10-4 1 10"4 0 36. 10"6 3 21. 10"6 1 91. 10-6 0 10-5 0 10"5 2 10-5 1 62. 10-6 3 88. 10"6 1 102. 10-6 0 10-5 0 10-5 1 10"5 1 136. 10"6 3 89. 10-6 1 9. 10"6 0 10"5 0 10"5 1 10-5 1 10"4 0 10-4 1 10"4 0 149. 10-6 2 94. 10-6 1 16. 10"6 0 10"5 3 10"5 1 10-5 1 10"4 3 10-4 1 10"4 0 1. 106 2 110. 106 1 22. 106 0 10"5 3 10-5 1 10-5 1 10"4 2 10-4 1 10"4 0 37. 10-6 2 48. 10"6 1 25. 10-6 0 10"5 3 10"5 1 10-5 1 Comparison Comparison Comparison I.D. # Conc. with the I.D. # Conc. with the I.D. # Cone. with the (M) Binding of (M) Binding of (M) Binding of Phenylalanine Phen Ialanine Phenylalanine 41. 10-6 2 74. 10"6 1 44. 10-6 0 10"5 3 10-5 1 10-5 1 95. 10-6 2 96. 10-6 1 64. 10-6 0 10-5 3 10-5 1 10"5 1 97. 10-6 2 120. 10'6 1 68. 10-6 0 10-5 3 10-5 1 10"5 1 10-I 2 10'4 0 10"4 0 135. 10-6 2 124. 10-6 1 70. 10"6 0 10"4 2 10-4 0 10-4 0 54. 10-6 2 126. 10-6 1 98. 10"6 0 10-4 1 10-4 0 10"4 0 55. 10"6 2 26. 10-6 1 154. 10-6 0 10"5 3 10-5 0 10-5 0 14. 10-6 2 10'5 3 Example 3: Measurement of Intrinsic Compound Toxicity Dilution of library compounds for use in toxicity study Compound samples in PBS (without Ca 2, Mg+2)-glucose 30mM-HEPES 10mM
-DMSO 1%, as prepared in Example 1, were thawed and left for at least 30 minutes at 20-23 C before preparation of the following sub-dilutions for the compound toxicity assay:
100 [tL of stock compound solution were added to 900 L PBSD- 1 [diluted 1:10 for a final 1:10 dilution]
100 L (1/10 dilution above) were added to 900 L PBSD-1 [diluted 1:10 for a final 1:100 dilution]
Culture of HUVEC
Endothelial cells from human umbilical cord (HUV-EC-C or HUVEC) were purchased form American Type Culture Collection (ATCC, CRL-1730) and cultured according to the manufacturer's protocol. A 1-mL frozen aliquot of sub-cultured cells was thawed in a 37 C water bath and centrifuged following ad*ion of 5 mL of medium. After re-suspension in 5mL medium, cells were seeded in a TC80cm2 flask pre-coated with 0.1% gelatin. Culture medium was replaced every 3-4 days and cells monitored until confluency was reached.
Preparation of Cafnptotlaecin contt=ol A sterile stock solution of 0.5 mM of camptothecin (Sigma) was prepared by dissolving a weighed amount of 0.0085g in 50 mL of double distilled water at 37 C in a water batli. The solution was vortexed, then filtered through a 0.22-gm filter unit and kept at 4 C for the duration of the toxicity assays.
From the stock solution, concentrations of 60, 75, 80, 100, 150, 200 and 250 nM
of camptothecin were prepared in culture diluent containing 1% DMSO.
Cellular toxicity assay protocol HLTVEC were cultured for 4 days in gelatin-coated 96-well plates, following seeding with 40 L/well of a cellular suspension of 1 x 105 cells/mL. Culture media was replaced every 3-4 days of culture until confluency was reached.
On the day of the toxicity assay, the conditioned culture media was removed from the wells and 90 L of culture medium containing 1% DMSO was distributed in the plate. A volume of 10 L of the stock solution, 1:10 and 1:100 dilutions of the compounds in PBS-glucose-HEPES-DMSO 1% were added to the appropriate wells (100- L total volume / well). A volume of 100 L of camptothecin dilutions and culture medium containing 1% DMSO was also distributed into the plate. Cells were incubated at 37 C of 24 hours and then 10 L of the tetrazolium salt WST-1 solution were added to cells and incubated for an extra 90 minutes at 37 C. The absorbance that was associated to the cellular viability was measured at 450nm on the SpectraFluor Tecan reader, and the raw data processed.
Results The intrinsic cellular toxicity of the compounds was determined for each concentration of every compound on HUVEC. The viability percentage was assessed (OD sample / OD control) X 100% and any value < 75% viability was considered toxic.
The following table, Table 5, lists the few compounds that presented at least one toxic concentration. None of the 21 compounds ranked as highly effective to bind to transport system induced cellular toxicity.
Table 5: Intrinsic cellular toxicity of exemplary compounds of the present invention ID# Conc. M Viability %
30 10-4 110%
10"5 112%
10"6 8%
36 10"4 97%
10"5 66%
10-6 99%
37 10-4 94%
10'S 50%
10"6 87%
65 10-4 107%
10"5 68%
10-6 109%
66 10-4 117%
10-5 114%
10-6 67%
Example 4: Synthesis of Exemplary Compounds Compounds were synthesized in accordance with the following exemplary schemes:
Syfathesis of Exemplafy Cofryapounds (Route 1):
B~ y 0 0 NH O Ph e I~~ ~~/II er 0 Ph P NHFMOC Pipeddine'o% ~ 0 II NHZ ph%I~pi & " YIa~Y P N~
lX j'/ -> O
~O NMP AcOH OA,~N4Ph Chlralauxiliary ~ Ph NMP BTPP X
CHZCI2 Br I
X= CH or N
0 Ph 0 O
RSH P ph NHZOH.HCI QO NH2 TFA/HZO HO NHz . TFA
DIEA
X THF/HZO X >
NMP \ S-R r S-R \ I OCH, js-R
I \
X=CHorN X=CHorN X=CHorN
Br o~
6Bu J
\ / \ I ~ N -Y-N V
VN
Chiral Auxiliary B-ITP
Step 1: Fmoc-Gly-Wang resin (5 mmol) was washed with DMF (4 x 25 mL), 25 % piperidine/DMF (1 x 25 mL, 3 min and 1 x 25 mL 17 min) and DMF (4 x 25 mL).
To cleave the Fmoc group, 25 mL of a 30 % piperidine / N-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP) solution was added to the resin and the suspension was shaken for 30 minutes.
The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed with NMP (4 x 25 mL).
Step 2: Directly to the resin was added benzopheneone imine (25 mmol) and acetic acid (AcOH, 25 mmol) in 25 mL of NMP. The reaction was shaken overnight.
The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed with DMF (4 x 25 mL), H20 (4 x 25 mL), MeOH (4 x 25 mL), MeOH / N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA) (10/1, 3 x 22 mL) and CH2Cl2 (4 x 25 mL). The resin was then dried in vacuo.
Step 3: The resin (5 mmol), a,a-dibromoxylene or 2,6-bis(bromomethyl)pyridine (25 mmol) and o-allyl-N-(9-anthracenylmethyl) cinchonidinium bromide (5 mmol) were mixed in 25 mL of anhydrous CH2Cl2. The suspension was slowly stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes. It was then cooled to -78 C and stirred for 20 additional minutes. Phospozene base t-Bu-tris(tetrametllylene) (BTPP, 25 mmol) was added and the suspension was shaken for 4 hours at -78 C
and one hour at -15 C. The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed with DMF (4 x 25 mL), H20 (4 x 25 mL), DMF/H20 (4 x 25 mL), CHZCl2 (4 x 25 mL) and Et20 (4 x 25 mL). The resin was then dried in vacuo.
Step 4: The resin (1 mrnol) was swelled in 5 mL of NMP. The suspension was shaken for 30 minutes and a solution of thiol (5 mmol) and DIEA (12 mmol) in 5 mL of NMP was added. The suspension was shaken for 22 hours at room temperature. The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed with CH2Cl2 (4 x 10mL), THF (4 x 10 mL), THF/H20 (4 x 10 mL) and THF (4 x 10 mL).
Step 5: The resin was then suspended in 10 mL of 1N NH2OH.HC1 in THF/H20 (2/1). The mixture was shaken for 5 hours at room temperature. The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed with THF (4 x 10 mL) and NMP (4 x 10 mL). To the resin was added 1N DIEA (1.8 mL DIEA and 8.2 mL of NMP). The suspension was shaken 30 minutes at room temperature. The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed with NMP (4 x 10 mL) and CH2C12 (4 x 10 mL).
Step 6: The resin was suspended in a mixture of TFA/H2O/Anisole (95 % /2.5 %
/2.5 %). The suspension was shaken for 30 minutes and the solvent was recovered in a flask. The resin was washed with TFA (10 mL). Filtrates were combined and the volume of solvent was reduced to 1/8 of the initial volume. A few drops of Et20 were added to the solution, and the product was precipitated with hexanes. The suspension was centrifuged and the supernatant was removed. The residual solvent was removed with a stream of N2. The above precipitation procedure was repeated with the supernatant. The products were combined and purified by preparative HPLC.
NMR Results for Exemplafy Compounds Synthesized by Route 1 3-{-1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)-tetrazoleJ-S yl-sulfanylmethyl}-L phenylalanine, trifluoroacetic acid salt, white solid, 22 % overall yield, [a]D= -8.5 (in H20). 1H NMR
(D20, 500 MHz) b ppm 7.24 (d, 2H, J= 8.3 Hz ), 7.10 (t, 1H, J= 7.6 Hz), 7.08 (m, 3H), 7.00 (d, 2H, J= 8.3 Hz), 4.29 (s, 2H), 3.83 (t, 1H, J= 6.1 Hz), 3.81 (dd, 1H, J= 4.9 Hz, 14.2 Hz), 2.95 (dd, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz, 14.2 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 8 ppm 170.00, 169.97, 161.52, 154.50, 137.18, 135.02, 130.19, 129.36, 128.90, 128.46, 126.17, 125.99, 114.82, 55.06, 36.76, 36.01. ES-MS 386 (M+1).
3-[3-(1 phenyl-IH-tetrazol-5 ylsulfanylmethyl)J-L phenylalanine, tYifluo3 oacetic acid salt, white solid, 18 % overall yield, [a]D= -1.5 (in H20). 'H NMR (D20, 500 MHz) 6 ppm 7.48 (m, 3H), 7.32 (d, 2H, J= 8.3 Hz), 7.18 (t, 1H, ,I= 7.6 Hz), 7.13 (d, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.08 (m, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.02 (t, 1H, J= 6.6 Hz), 3.10 (dd, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz, 14.6 Hz), 2.98 (dd, 1H, J= 7.6 Hz, 14.4 Hz). ES-MS 356 (M+1).
3-[3-(IH-benzimidazol-2 ylsulfanylmethyl)]-L phenylalanine, trifluoroacetic acid salt, white solid, 16 % overall yield, [a]D= -3.9 (in H20). 'H NMR (D20, 500 MHz) 6 ppm 7.48 (dd, 2H, J= 3.4 Hz, 6.1Hz), 7.36 (dd, 2H, J= 3.2 Hz, 6.1 Hz), 4.37 (s, 2H), 3.71 (t, 1H, J= 6.4 Hz), 2.89 (dd, 1H, J= 6.4 Hz, 14.6 Hz), 2.83 (dd, 1H, J= 7.3 Hz, 14.6 Hz).
ES-MS 328 (M+1).
3-[3-(5 phenyl-2FI-[1,2,4]triazol-3ylsulfanylmethyl)J-L phenylalanine, tri-fluoroacetic acid salt, white solid, 39 % overall yield, [a]D= -3.2 (in H20). 1H NMR (D20, MHz) b ppm 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.42 (m, 3H), 7.16 (t, 1H, J= 8.1 Hz), 7.10 (d, 2H, J= 6.4 Hz), 7.02 (m, 2H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 3.97 (t, 1H, J= 5.6 Hz), 3.07 (dd, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz, 14.6 Hz), 2.94 (dd, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz, 14.6 Hz). ES-MS 355 (M+1).
2-amino-3-[6-(1 H-benzimidazol-2 ylsulfanylmethyl) pyridin-2 ylJ-L propio-nic acid, tf ifluoroacetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 6 % overall yield, [a]D= + 5.7 (in HZ0). 'H
NMR (D20, 500 MHz) S ppm 7.74 (t, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz ), 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.31 (d, 1H, .7= 7.8 Hz), 7.27 (d, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 4.57 (s, 2H), 4.00 (t, 1H, J=
6.3 Hz), 3.22 (d, 2H, J= 5.9 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) S ppm 172.81, 155.13, 153.83, 141.06, 132.04, 126,54, 124,68, 123,27, 113,48, 70.01, 53.05, 38,28, 35.92. ES-MS 329 (M+1).
To cleave the Fmoc group, 25 mL of a 30 % piperidine / N-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP) solution was added to the resin and the suspension was shaken for 30 minutes.
The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed with NMP (4 x 25 mL).
Step 2: Directly to the resin was added benzopheneone imine (25 mmol) and acetic acid (AcOH, 25 mmol) in 25 mL of NMP. The reaction was shaken overnight.
The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed with DMF (4 x 25 mL), H20 (4 x 25 mL), MeOH (4 x 25 mL), MeOH / N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA) (10/1, 3 x 22 mL) and CH2Cl2 (4 x 25 mL). The resin was then dried in vacuo.
Step 3: The resin (5 mmol), a,a-dibromoxylene or 2,6-bis(bromomethyl)pyridine (25 mmol) and o-allyl-N-(9-anthracenylmethyl) cinchonidinium bromide (5 mmol) were mixed in 25 mL of anhydrous CH2Cl2. The suspension was slowly stirred at room temperature for 5 minutes. It was then cooled to -78 C and stirred for 20 additional minutes. Phospozene base t-Bu-tris(tetrametllylene) (BTPP, 25 mmol) was added and the suspension was shaken for 4 hours at -78 C
and one hour at -15 C. The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed with DMF (4 x 25 mL), H20 (4 x 25 mL), DMF/H20 (4 x 25 mL), CHZCl2 (4 x 25 mL) and Et20 (4 x 25 mL). The resin was then dried in vacuo.
Step 4: The resin (1 mrnol) was swelled in 5 mL of NMP. The suspension was shaken for 30 minutes and a solution of thiol (5 mmol) and DIEA (12 mmol) in 5 mL of NMP was added. The suspension was shaken for 22 hours at room temperature. The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed with CH2Cl2 (4 x 10mL), THF (4 x 10 mL), THF/H20 (4 x 10 mL) and THF (4 x 10 mL).
Step 5: The resin was then suspended in 10 mL of 1N NH2OH.HC1 in THF/H20 (2/1). The mixture was shaken for 5 hours at room temperature. The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed with THF (4 x 10 mL) and NMP (4 x 10 mL). To the resin was added 1N DIEA (1.8 mL DIEA and 8.2 mL of NMP). The suspension was shaken 30 minutes at room temperature. The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed with NMP (4 x 10 mL) and CH2C12 (4 x 10 mL).
Step 6: The resin was suspended in a mixture of TFA/H2O/Anisole (95 % /2.5 %
/2.5 %). The suspension was shaken for 30 minutes and the solvent was recovered in a flask. The resin was washed with TFA (10 mL). Filtrates were combined and the volume of solvent was reduced to 1/8 of the initial volume. A few drops of Et20 were added to the solution, and the product was precipitated with hexanes. The suspension was centrifuged and the supernatant was removed. The residual solvent was removed with a stream of N2. The above precipitation procedure was repeated with the supernatant. The products were combined and purified by preparative HPLC.
NMR Results for Exemplafy Compounds Synthesized by Route 1 3-{-1-[(4-methoxyphenyl)-tetrazoleJ-S yl-sulfanylmethyl}-L phenylalanine, trifluoroacetic acid salt, white solid, 22 % overall yield, [a]D= -8.5 (in H20). 1H NMR
(D20, 500 MHz) b ppm 7.24 (d, 2H, J= 8.3 Hz ), 7.10 (t, 1H, J= 7.6 Hz), 7.08 (m, 3H), 7.00 (d, 2H, J= 8.3 Hz), 4.29 (s, 2H), 3.83 (t, 1H, J= 6.1 Hz), 3.81 (dd, 1H, J= 4.9 Hz, 14.2 Hz), 2.95 (dd, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz, 14.2 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 8 ppm 170.00, 169.97, 161.52, 154.50, 137.18, 135.02, 130.19, 129.36, 128.90, 128.46, 126.17, 125.99, 114.82, 55.06, 36.76, 36.01. ES-MS 386 (M+1).
3-[3-(1 phenyl-IH-tetrazol-5 ylsulfanylmethyl)J-L phenylalanine, tYifluo3 oacetic acid salt, white solid, 18 % overall yield, [a]D= -1.5 (in H20). 'H NMR (D20, 500 MHz) 6 ppm 7.48 (m, 3H), 7.32 (d, 2H, J= 8.3 Hz), 7.18 (t, 1H, ,I= 7.6 Hz), 7.13 (d, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.08 (m, 2H), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.02 (t, 1H, J= 6.6 Hz), 3.10 (dd, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz, 14.6 Hz), 2.98 (dd, 1H, J= 7.6 Hz, 14.4 Hz). ES-MS 356 (M+1).
3-[3-(IH-benzimidazol-2 ylsulfanylmethyl)]-L phenylalanine, trifluoroacetic acid salt, white solid, 16 % overall yield, [a]D= -3.9 (in H20). 'H NMR (D20, 500 MHz) 6 ppm 7.48 (dd, 2H, J= 3.4 Hz, 6.1Hz), 7.36 (dd, 2H, J= 3.2 Hz, 6.1 Hz), 4.37 (s, 2H), 3.71 (t, 1H, J= 6.4 Hz), 2.89 (dd, 1H, J= 6.4 Hz, 14.6 Hz), 2.83 (dd, 1H, J= 7.3 Hz, 14.6 Hz).
ES-MS 328 (M+1).
3-[3-(5 phenyl-2FI-[1,2,4]triazol-3ylsulfanylmethyl)J-L phenylalanine, tri-fluoroacetic acid salt, white solid, 39 % overall yield, [a]D= -3.2 (in H20). 1H NMR (D20, MHz) b ppm 7.70 (m, 2H), 7.42 (m, 3H), 7.16 (t, 1H, J= 8.1 Hz), 7.10 (d, 2H, J= 6.4 Hz), 7.02 (m, 2H), 4.15 (s, 2H), 3.97 (t, 1H, J= 5.6 Hz), 3.07 (dd, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz, 14.6 Hz), 2.94 (dd, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz, 14.6 Hz). ES-MS 355 (M+1).
2-amino-3-[6-(1 H-benzimidazol-2 ylsulfanylmethyl) pyridin-2 ylJ-L propio-nic acid, tf ifluoroacetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 6 % overall yield, [a]D= + 5.7 (in HZ0). 'H
NMR (D20, 500 MHz) S ppm 7.74 (t, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz ), 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.31 (d, 1H, .7= 7.8 Hz), 7.27 (d, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 4.57 (s, 2H), 4.00 (t, 1H, J=
6.3 Hz), 3.22 (d, 2H, J= 5.9 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) S ppm 172.81, 155.13, 153.83, 141.06, 132.04, 126,54, 124,68, 123,27, 113,48, 70.01, 53.05, 38,28, 35.92. ES-MS 329 (M+1).
2-antino-3-[6-(1Hpyrazolo-[3,4-dJpyrimidin-4ylsulfanylmeth.yl) pyYidin-2 ylJ-L-propionic acid, tf ifuoroacetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 2 % overall yield, [a]D= - 5.0 (in H20). 1H NMR (D20, 500 MHz) b ppm 8.56 (s, 1H), 8.20 (t, 1H, J= 8.1 Hz), 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H, .I= 7.8 Hz), 7.65 (d, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 4.78 (s, 2H), 4.19 (t, 1H, .I=
7.1 Hz), 3.48 (m, 2H). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 6 ppm 171.35, 164.58, 154.09, 153.65, 151.38, 146.07, 132.79, 126.25, 126.06, 111.49, 52.57, 34.173, 30.73. ES-MS
(M+1).
2-antino-3-[3-(IH-imidazol-2 ylsulfanylmethyl) phenylJ-L propionic acid, tf ifluoroacetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 7 % overall yield, [a]D= - 3.6 (in H20). 'H
NMR (D20, 500 MHz) 6 ppm 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.54 (t, 1H, J= 7.6 Hz ), 7.36 (m, 3H), 6.95 (d, 1H, J= 7.3 Hz), 5.02 (m, 1H), 4.92 (m, 1H), 4.78 (t, 1H, J= 5.1 Hz), 3.05 (dd, 1H, J=
5.9 Hz, 14.6 Hz), 3.01 (dd, 1H, J= 6.8 Hz, 14.6 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 6 ppm 172.84, 163.34, 163.05, 137.95, 137.08, 135.59, 129.75, 129.69, 129.23, 128.16, 128.57, 121.52, 117.74, 115.43, 55.28, 39.82, 35.96. ES-MS 278 (M+1).
2-amitto-3-[3-(4-hydroxypyrYimidin-2 ylsulfanylmethyl) phenylJ-L propionic acid, tYifluot=oacetic acid salt, white solid, 7 % overall yield, [a]D= - 4.2 (in H20). 'H NMR
(D20, 500 MHz) 6 ppm 7.70 (d, 1H, J= 6.8 Hz), 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.24 (m, 2H), 7.14 (d, 1 H, J= 7.3 Hz), 6.10 (d, 1 H, J= 6.8 Hz), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.06 (t, 1 H, J= 5.6 Hz), 3.16 (dd, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz, 14.6 Hz), 3.05 (dd, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz, 14.6 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 6 ppm 172.32, 149.29, 137.54, 135.02, 130.02, 129.67, 128.90, 128.55, 109.52, 54.85, 35.85, 34.30. ES-MS 306 (M+1).
2-amino-3-[3-(4-trifluorornetlhylpyrrimidin-2 ylsulfanylmethyl) phenylJ-L
pr=opionic acid, trifluo>"oacetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 3 % overall yield, [a]D=
+ 2.2 (in H20). 'H NMR (D20, 500 MHz) 8 ppm 8.65 (d, 1H, J= 4.4 Hz), 8.18 (t, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.92 (d, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.62 (d, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.40 (d, 1H, J= 4.4 Hz), 4.59 (s, 2H), 4.15 (t, 1H, J= 7.1 Hz), 3.44 (m, 2H). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) S ppm 170.96, 170.36, 160.98, 155.64, 155.35, 154.11, 150.69, 146.51, 126.15, 126.40, 13.92, 52.37, 33.70, 32.16. ES-MS 359 (M+1).
2-amino-3-[6-(6-chlorobenzothiazol-2 ylsulfanylmetltyl) pyridin-2ylJ-L pro pionic acid, trifluoroacetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 7 % overall yield, [a]D= -3.1 (in H20). 'H NMR (CDCl3, 500 MHz) b ppm 7.95 (t, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1 H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.5 8(d, 1 H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.22 (d, 1 H, J= 8.3 Hz), 4.78 (s, 2H), 4.49 (m, 1H), 3.66 (m, 2H). 13C (CDC13, 125 MHz) S ppm 167.15, 154.65, 154.00, 153.53, 148.80, 142.97, 133.57, 132.57, 125.21, 124.87, 121.96, 121.64, 53.30, 35.29, 33.99.
ES-MS 380 (M+1).
7.1 Hz), 3.48 (m, 2H). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 6 ppm 171.35, 164.58, 154.09, 153.65, 151.38, 146.07, 132.79, 126.25, 126.06, 111.49, 52.57, 34.173, 30.73. ES-MS
(M+1).
2-antino-3-[3-(IH-imidazol-2 ylsulfanylmethyl) phenylJ-L propionic acid, tf ifluoroacetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 7 % overall yield, [a]D= - 3.6 (in H20). 'H
NMR (D20, 500 MHz) 6 ppm 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.54 (t, 1H, J= 7.6 Hz ), 7.36 (m, 3H), 6.95 (d, 1H, J= 7.3 Hz), 5.02 (m, 1H), 4.92 (m, 1H), 4.78 (t, 1H, J= 5.1 Hz), 3.05 (dd, 1H, J=
5.9 Hz, 14.6 Hz), 3.01 (dd, 1H, J= 6.8 Hz, 14.6 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 6 ppm 172.84, 163.34, 163.05, 137.95, 137.08, 135.59, 129.75, 129.69, 129.23, 128.16, 128.57, 121.52, 117.74, 115.43, 55.28, 39.82, 35.96. ES-MS 278 (M+1).
2-amitto-3-[3-(4-hydroxypyrYimidin-2 ylsulfanylmethyl) phenylJ-L propionic acid, tYifluot=oacetic acid salt, white solid, 7 % overall yield, [a]D= - 4.2 (in H20). 'H NMR
(D20, 500 MHz) 6 ppm 7.70 (d, 1H, J= 6.8 Hz), 7.30 (m, 1H), 7.24 (m, 2H), 7.14 (d, 1 H, J= 7.3 Hz), 6.10 (d, 1 H, J= 6.8 Hz), 4.32 (s, 2H), 4.06 (t, 1 H, J= 5.6 Hz), 3.16 (dd, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz, 14.6 Hz), 3.05 (dd, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz, 14.6 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 6 ppm 172.32, 149.29, 137.54, 135.02, 130.02, 129.67, 128.90, 128.55, 109.52, 54.85, 35.85, 34.30. ES-MS 306 (M+1).
2-amino-3-[3-(4-trifluorornetlhylpyrrimidin-2 ylsulfanylmethyl) phenylJ-L
pr=opionic acid, trifluo>"oacetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 3 % overall yield, [a]D=
+ 2.2 (in H20). 'H NMR (D20, 500 MHz) 8 ppm 8.65 (d, 1H, J= 4.4 Hz), 8.18 (t, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.92 (d, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.62 (d, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.40 (d, 1H, J= 4.4 Hz), 4.59 (s, 2H), 4.15 (t, 1H, J= 7.1 Hz), 3.44 (m, 2H). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) S ppm 170.96, 170.36, 160.98, 155.64, 155.35, 154.11, 150.69, 146.51, 126.15, 126.40, 13.92, 52.37, 33.70, 32.16. ES-MS 359 (M+1).
2-amino-3-[6-(6-chlorobenzothiazol-2 ylsulfanylmetltyl) pyridin-2ylJ-L pro pionic acid, trifluoroacetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 7 % overall yield, [a]D= -3.1 (in H20). 'H NMR (CDCl3, 500 MHz) b ppm 7.95 (t, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.78 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, 1 H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.5 8(d, 1 H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.22 (d, 1 H, J= 8.3 Hz), 4.78 (s, 2H), 4.49 (m, 1H), 3.66 (m, 2H). 13C (CDC13, 125 MHz) S ppm 167.15, 154.65, 154.00, 153.53, 148.80, 142.97, 133.57, 132.57, 125.21, 124.87, 121.96, 121.64, 53.30, 35.29, 33.99.
ES-MS 380 (M+1).
Syntlietic scheme of Exemplafy Compounds (Route 2):
Br-Y@N~~Br or/II
0 0 NH 0 Ph Br i Br 0 Ph ~ ~NHFMOC Piperidine30% NH2 ~ II Ph~Ph ~ I & N4 P
> > P j~~N > O
NMP 0 AcOH Ph Chiral auxiliary Ph NMP BTPP X
CH,Cl, 0 X=CHorN
O NH2 . TFA
0 Ph S R o I
RSH O N Ph 1) H2OZ. AcOH O/ S-NMP X 2)NHZOH.HCI 0 Or >
S-R THF/HZO acH3 0 Or NHz I
0 HO NHz . TFA
X= CH or N o-R X _ X=CHorN X=CHorN
Br N I Bu N CN~-\NI
\ / V
Chiral Auxiliary BTTP
Steps 1 through 4 as described in Route 1 were followed.
Step 5: The resin (1 mmol) was suspended in a solution of 22.5 mL of acetic acid (AcOH) and 2.5 mL of H202 (35 %wt in water). The suspension was shaken for 18 hours and the reagents and solvent were filtered. The resin was washed with EtOH (4 x mL) and THF (4 x 10 mL).
10 Step 6 as described in Route 1 was followed.
NMR Results for Exemplary Compounds Synthesized by Route 2 2-amino-3-[6-(IH-benzimidazol-2-sulfonylnzethyl) pyridin-2 ylJ-L propionic acid, trifluoroacetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 6 % overall yield, [a]D= + 1.0 (in H20). 1H
NMR (Acetone, 500 MHz) S ppm 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.54 (t, 1H, J= 7.6 Hz), 7.36 (m, 3H), 6.95 (d, 1H, J= 7.3 Hz), 5.02 (m, 1H), 4.92 (m, 1H), 4.78 (t, 1H, J= 5.1 Hz), 3.67 (m, 2H). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) S ppm 170.61, 154.88, 145.28, 144.20, 138.72, 136.64, 125.10, 124.29, 123.89, 115.82, 55.35, 51.16, 34.23. ES-MS 361 (M+1).
Br-Y@N~~Br or/II
0 0 NH 0 Ph Br i Br 0 Ph ~ ~NHFMOC Piperidine30% NH2 ~ II Ph~Ph ~ I & N4 P
> > P j~~N > O
NMP 0 AcOH Ph Chiral auxiliary Ph NMP BTPP X
CH,Cl, 0 X=CHorN
O NH2 . TFA
0 Ph S R o I
RSH O N Ph 1) H2OZ. AcOH O/ S-NMP X 2)NHZOH.HCI 0 Or >
S-R THF/HZO acH3 0 Or NHz I
0 HO NHz . TFA
X= CH or N o-R X _ X=CHorN X=CHorN
Br N I Bu N CN~-\NI
\ / V
Chiral Auxiliary BTTP
Steps 1 through 4 as described in Route 1 were followed.
Step 5: The resin (1 mmol) was suspended in a solution of 22.5 mL of acetic acid (AcOH) and 2.5 mL of H202 (35 %wt in water). The suspension was shaken for 18 hours and the reagents and solvent were filtered. The resin was washed with EtOH (4 x mL) and THF (4 x 10 mL).
10 Step 6 as described in Route 1 was followed.
NMR Results for Exemplary Compounds Synthesized by Route 2 2-amino-3-[6-(IH-benzimidazol-2-sulfonylnzethyl) pyridin-2 ylJ-L propionic acid, trifluoroacetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 6 % overall yield, [a]D= + 1.0 (in H20). 1H
NMR (Acetone, 500 MHz) S ppm 7.72 (m, 2H), 7.54 (t, 1H, J= 7.6 Hz), 7.36 (m, 3H), 6.95 (d, 1H, J= 7.3 Hz), 5.02 (m, 1H), 4.92 (m, 1H), 4.78 (t, 1H, J= 5.1 Hz), 3.67 (m, 2H). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) S ppm 170.61, 154.88, 145.28, 144.20, 138.72, 136.64, 125.10, 124.29, 123.89, 115.82, 55.35, 51.16, 34.23. ES-MS 361 (M+1).
3-{-I -[(4-methoxyphenyl)-tetrazole] -5 yl-sulfinylmetlayl}-L phenylalanine, trifluoYoacetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 7 % overall yield, [a]D= - 2.7 (in H20). 1H
NMR (D20, 500 MHz) b ppm 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.07 (dd, 2H, J= 2.2 Hz, 9.0 Hz), 6.94 (dd, 2H, J= 2.2 Hz, 9.0 Hz), 6.82 (m, 2H), 5.04 (m, 2H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.88 (m, 1H). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) S ppm 172.07, 161.112, 135.56, 131.28, 130.80, 130.10, 129.81, 129.76, 127,42, 126.31, 124.95, 115.14, 59.85, 55.95, 54,62, 35.69. ES-MS 402 (M+1).
3-[3-(S phenyl-2H-[1,2,4]tYiazol-3 ylsulfinylmethyl)J-Lphenylalanine, tri-fluoroacetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 2 % overall yield, [a]o= - 8.5 (in H20). 1H
NMR (D20, 500 MHz) 8 ppm 7.75 (m, 2H), 7.47 (m, 3H), 7.16 (m, 2H), 6.94 (m, 2H), 4.48 (s, 2H), 4.30 (m, 1H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.36 (dd, 2H, J= 5.3 Hz, 14.6 Hz), 2.96 (m, 1H).
13C (D20, 125 MHz) S ppm 172.06, 161.94, 157.99, 135.11, 131.94, 131.49, 131.418, 129.98, 129.68, 129.61, 128.85, 126.94, 125.42, 58.96, 54.732, 35.72. ES-MS 371 (M+1).
2-amino-3-[3-(IH-imidazol-2 ylsulfinylmethyl) phenylJ-Lpropionic acid, tri-fluoroacetic acid salt, white solid, 4 % overall yield, [a]D= - 2.0 (in H20).
'H NMR
(D20, 500 MHz) S ppm 7.22 (m, 4H), 6.92 (d, 1H, J= 7.3 Hz), 6.89 (s, 1H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 4.05 (t, 1H, J= 6.5 Hz), 3.13 (dd, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz, 14.6 Hz), 3.00 (dd, 1H, J=
7.6 Hz, 14.0 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 6 ppm 171.87, 139.54, 135.23, 131.69, 130.46, 130.36, 129,76, 127.68, 126.46, 61.54, 54.53, 35.61. ES-MS 310 (M+1).
2-amino-3-[3-(1H-inzidazol-2 ylsulfinylmethyl) phenylJ-Lpropionic acid, tf i-fluoroacetic acid salt, white solid, 4 % overall yield, [a]D= - 2.0 (in H20).
(D20, 500 MHz) b ppm 7.22 (m, 4H), 6.92 (d, 1H, J= 7.3 Hz), 6.89 (s, 1H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 4.05 (t, 1H, J= 6.5 Hz), 3.13 (dd, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz, 14.6 Hz), 3.00 (dd, 1H, J=
7.6 Hz, 14.0 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) S ppm 171.87, 139.54, 135.23, 131.69, 130.46, 130.36, 129,76, 127.68, 126.46, 61.54, 54.53, 35.61. ES-MS 310 (M+1).
3-[3-(1 phenyl-lH-tetr-azol-S ylsulfinylmethyl)]-L phesrylalanine, trifluoro-acetic acid salt, white solid, 27 % overall yield, [a]D= - 2.1 (in HZ0). 'H NMR (D20, 500 MHz) 8 ppm 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.10 (m, 4H), 4.58 (m, 1H), 4.49 (m, 1H), 3.94 (m, 1H), 2.96 (m, 1H), 2.85 (m, 1H). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 8 ppm 171.72, 156.50, 135.28, 131.75, 131.13, 131.05, 130.56, 129.86, 129.59, 127.31, 124.43, 59.52, 54.28, 35.40.
ES-MS 372 (M+1).
NMR (D20, 500 MHz) b ppm 7.14 (m, 2H), 7.07 (dd, 2H, J= 2.2 Hz, 9.0 Hz), 6.94 (dd, 2H, J= 2.2 Hz, 9.0 Hz), 6.82 (m, 2H), 5.04 (m, 2H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.88 (m, 1H). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) S ppm 172.07, 161.112, 135.56, 131.28, 130.80, 130.10, 129.81, 129.76, 127,42, 126.31, 124.95, 115.14, 59.85, 55.95, 54,62, 35.69. ES-MS 402 (M+1).
3-[3-(S phenyl-2H-[1,2,4]tYiazol-3 ylsulfinylmethyl)J-Lphenylalanine, tri-fluoroacetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 2 % overall yield, [a]o= - 8.5 (in H20). 1H
NMR (D20, 500 MHz) 8 ppm 7.75 (m, 2H), 7.47 (m, 3H), 7.16 (m, 2H), 6.94 (m, 2H), 4.48 (s, 2H), 4.30 (m, 1H), 3.95 (m, 1H), 3.36 (dd, 2H, J= 5.3 Hz, 14.6 Hz), 2.96 (m, 1H).
13C (D20, 125 MHz) S ppm 172.06, 161.94, 157.99, 135.11, 131.94, 131.49, 131.418, 129.98, 129.68, 129.61, 128.85, 126.94, 125.42, 58.96, 54.732, 35.72. ES-MS 371 (M+1).
2-amino-3-[3-(IH-imidazol-2 ylsulfinylmethyl) phenylJ-Lpropionic acid, tri-fluoroacetic acid salt, white solid, 4 % overall yield, [a]D= - 2.0 (in H20).
'H NMR
(D20, 500 MHz) S ppm 7.22 (m, 4H), 6.92 (d, 1H, J= 7.3 Hz), 6.89 (s, 1H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 4.05 (t, 1H, J= 6.5 Hz), 3.13 (dd, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz, 14.6 Hz), 3.00 (dd, 1H, J=
7.6 Hz, 14.0 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 6 ppm 171.87, 139.54, 135.23, 131.69, 130.46, 130.36, 129,76, 127.68, 126.46, 61.54, 54.53, 35.61. ES-MS 310 (M+1).
2-amino-3-[3-(1H-inzidazol-2 ylsulfinylmethyl) phenylJ-Lpropionic acid, tf i-fluoroacetic acid salt, white solid, 4 % overall yield, [a]D= - 2.0 (in H20).
(D20, 500 MHz) b ppm 7.22 (m, 4H), 6.92 (d, 1H, J= 7.3 Hz), 6.89 (s, 1H), 4.62 (s, 2H), 4.05 (t, 1H, J= 6.5 Hz), 3.13 (dd, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz, 14.6 Hz), 3.00 (dd, 1H, J=
7.6 Hz, 14.0 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) S ppm 171.87, 139.54, 135.23, 131.69, 130.46, 130.36, 129,76, 127.68, 126.46, 61.54, 54.53, 35.61. ES-MS 310 (M+1).
3-[3-(1 phenyl-lH-tetr-azol-S ylsulfinylmethyl)]-L phesrylalanine, trifluoro-acetic acid salt, white solid, 27 % overall yield, [a]D= - 2.1 (in HZ0). 'H NMR (D20, 500 MHz) 8 ppm 7.44 (m, 1H), 7.36 (m, 2H), 7.10 (m, 4H), 4.58 (m, 1H), 4.49 (m, 1H), 3.94 (m, 1H), 2.96 (m, 1H), 2.85 (m, 1H). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 8 ppm 171.72, 156.50, 135.28, 131.75, 131.13, 131.05, 130.56, 129.86, 129.59, 127.31, 124.43, 59.52, 54.28, 35.40.
ES-MS 372 (M+1).
3-[3-(1 H-benzimidazol-2 ylsulfonylmethyl)]-L phenylalanine, trifluoroacetic acid salt, white solid, 2 % overall yield, [a]D= - 2.0 (in H20). 1H NMR (D20, 500 MHz) 6 ppm 7.57 (dd, 2H, J= 3.4 Hz, 6.4 Hz), 7.37 (dd, 2H, J= 3.4 Hz, 6.1 Hz), 7.11 (m,2H), 6.96 (d, 1H, J= 7.7 Hz), 6.72 (s, 1H), 4.72 (s, 1H), 3.54 (t, 1H, J= 6.2 Hz), 2.85 (dd, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz, 14.6 Hz), 2.71 (dd, 1H, J= 7.6 Hz, 14.4 Hz). 13C (DZO, 125 MHz) S ppm 172.22, 145.31, 137.66, 135.53, 131.53, 130.47, 130.24, 129.73, 127.37, 125.97, 116.87, 61.64, 54.878, 35.58. ES-MS 360 (M+l).
3-[3-(1 phenyl-lH-tetrazol-S ylsulfinylmethyl)]-L phenylalanine, trifluoro-acetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 6 % overall yield, [a]D= - 10.1 (in H20). 'H NMR
(D20, 500 MHz) S ppm 7.64 (t, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.55 (dd, 1H, J= 3.9 Hz, 7.6 Hz), 7.49 (t, 2H, .I=
7.6 Hz), 7.36 (m,2H), 7.06 (dd, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz, 14.2 Hz), 4.73 (m, 2H), 4.09 (t, 1H, J=
5.4 Hz), 3.10 (m, 2H). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 8 ppm 171.94, 156.74, 155.89, 147.30, 139.85, 131.87, 130.35, 124.98, 124.61, 60.79, 59.87, 52.59, 35.68. ES-(M+1).
Synthetic scheme of Exemplany Conzpounds (Route 3):
O I O NH OII Ph P CI + ~NHFMOC 1) DIEA, DMF P NH2 Ph~Ph ~ ll N~
HO 2) Piperidine, DMF AcOH l'J TrCI-0!!! /\/ Ph - I ~ CI - \ CI NMP
Chiral auxiliary BTPP y 0 O Ph HOINHz iFA/H20 Vr1 TfCI-O Ph O Ph RSH N
acH -OiEA TrCI -O
\ I S-R ~ \ I S-R Ph NMP
Br e r _~
LBu \ N ~ N VN~NV
Chiral Auxiliary BTTP
Step 1: Fmoc-Gly-OH (5.3 mmol) was dissolved in 44 mL of anhydrous CHZC12 and 6 mL of DMF. The solution was added to 6.6 mmol of 2-chlorotritylchloride resin with DIEA (21.2 mmol, 4 eq relative to the amino acid). The suspension was shaken for 30 min. The reagents and solvent were filtered. The resin was washed with CH2Cl2/MeOH/DIEA (17/2/1, 3 x 20 mL), CHZCIZ (3 x 20 mL), DMF (2 x 20 mL), CH2C12 (2 x 20 mL) and MeOH (2 x 20 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo over KOH.
To cleave the Fmoc group the resin was swelled in 5 % piperidine in DMF/CH2C12 (20 mL, 1/1). The suspension was shaken for 10 min. The reagents and solvent were filtered. 20 % piperidine in DMF (20 mL) was added to the resin. The suspension was shaken for 15 min. The reagents and solvent were filtered. The resin was washed with DMF (3 x 20 mL) and CH2CIZ (3 x 20 mL).
Step 2: The resin (5.3 mmol) was swelled in 50 mL of NMP. The suspension was shaken for 5 min and the solvent was filtered. To the resin was added a solution of benzophenone imine (53.0 mmol) and AcOH (50.0 mmol) in 40 mL of NMP. The reaction was shaken overnight. The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed with DMF (4 x 10 mL), H20 (4 x 10 mL), MeOH (4 x 10 mL), MeOH/N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA) (10/1, 4 x 11 mL) and CH2C12 (4 x 10 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo.
Step 3: The resin (4.5 mmol), a,a-dibromoxylene (22.5 mmol) and the o-allyl-N-(9-anthracenylmethyl) cinchonidiniuin bromide (4.5 mmol) were mixed in 40 mL
of anhydrous CH2C12. The suspension was shaken at r.t. for 5 min. It was then cooled to -50 C (acetonitrile/ dry ice bath) and stirred for 20 min. Phospozene base t-Bu-tris(tetramethylene) (BTPP, 22.5 mmol) was added. The suspension was stirred overnight at -78 C. The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed with DMF (4 x 10 mL), DMF/H20 (4 x 20mL) and CH2CI2 (4 x lOmL). The resin was dried in vacuo.
Step 4: The resin (1.0 mmol) was swelled in 10 mL of NMP. The suspension was shaken for 5 min and the solvent was filtered. A solution of thiol (5.6 mmol) and DIEA (13.5 mmol) in 10 mL of NMP was added. The suspension was shaken overnight at r.t. The reagents and solvent were filtered. The resin was washed with CH2Cl2 (4 x 10 mL), THF (4 x 10 mL), THF/H20 (4 x 10 mL) and THF (4 x 10 mL), Step 5: The resin was suspended in a mixture of TFA/H20/Anisole (95 %/2.5 %/2.5 %, (10 mL). The suspension was shaken for 1 h. The solvent was recovered in a flask. The resin was washed with TFA (10 mL). The filtrates were combined and the solvent was evaporated. The product was precipitated with cold Et20. The suspension was centrifaged and the supernatant was removed. The solvent was removed of the solid with a stream of N2. The same procedure was repeated twice with the supernatant.
The products were combined and purified by preparative HPLC.
3-[3-(1 phenyl-lH-tetrazol-S ylsulfinylmethyl)]-L phenylalanine, trifluoro-acetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 6 % overall yield, [a]D= - 10.1 (in H20). 'H NMR
(D20, 500 MHz) S ppm 7.64 (t, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.55 (dd, 1H, J= 3.9 Hz, 7.6 Hz), 7.49 (t, 2H, .I=
7.6 Hz), 7.36 (m,2H), 7.06 (dd, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz, 14.2 Hz), 4.73 (m, 2H), 4.09 (t, 1H, J=
5.4 Hz), 3.10 (m, 2H). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 8 ppm 171.94, 156.74, 155.89, 147.30, 139.85, 131.87, 130.35, 124.98, 124.61, 60.79, 59.87, 52.59, 35.68. ES-(M+1).
Synthetic scheme of Exemplany Conzpounds (Route 3):
O I O NH OII Ph P CI + ~NHFMOC 1) DIEA, DMF P NH2 Ph~Ph ~ ll N~
HO 2) Piperidine, DMF AcOH l'J TrCI-0!!! /\/ Ph - I ~ CI - \ CI NMP
Chiral auxiliary BTPP y 0 O Ph HOINHz iFA/H20 Vr1 TfCI-O Ph O Ph RSH N
acH -OiEA TrCI -O
\ I S-R ~ \ I S-R Ph NMP
Br e r _~
LBu \ N ~ N VN~NV
Chiral Auxiliary BTTP
Step 1: Fmoc-Gly-OH (5.3 mmol) was dissolved in 44 mL of anhydrous CHZC12 and 6 mL of DMF. The solution was added to 6.6 mmol of 2-chlorotritylchloride resin with DIEA (21.2 mmol, 4 eq relative to the amino acid). The suspension was shaken for 30 min. The reagents and solvent were filtered. The resin was washed with CH2Cl2/MeOH/DIEA (17/2/1, 3 x 20 mL), CHZCIZ (3 x 20 mL), DMF (2 x 20 mL), CH2C12 (2 x 20 mL) and MeOH (2 x 20 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo over KOH.
To cleave the Fmoc group the resin was swelled in 5 % piperidine in DMF/CH2C12 (20 mL, 1/1). The suspension was shaken for 10 min. The reagents and solvent were filtered. 20 % piperidine in DMF (20 mL) was added to the resin. The suspension was shaken for 15 min. The reagents and solvent were filtered. The resin was washed with DMF (3 x 20 mL) and CH2CIZ (3 x 20 mL).
Step 2: The resin (5.3 mmol) was swelled in 50 mL of NMP. The suspension was shaken for 5 min and the solvent was filtered. To the resin was added a solution of benzophenone imine (53.0 mmol) and AcOH (50.0 mmol) in 40 mL of NMP. The reaction was shaken overnight. The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed with DMF (4 x 10 mL), H20 (4 x 10 mL), MeOH (4 x 10 mL), MeOH/N,N-diisopropylethylamine (DIEA) (10/1, 4 x 11 mL) and CH2C12 (4 x 10 mL). The resin was dried in vacuo.
Step 3: The resin (4.5 mmol), a,a-dibromoxylene (22.5 mmol) and the o-allyl-N-(9-anthracenylmethyl) cinchonidiniuin bromide (4.5 mmol) were mixed in 40 mL
of anhydrous CH2C12. The suspension was shaken at r.t. for 5 min. It was then cooled to -50 C (acetonitrile/ dry ice bath) and stirred for 20 min. Phospozene base t-Bu-tris(tetramethylene) (BTPP, 22.5 mmol) was added. The suspension was stirred overnight at -78 C. The reagents and solvent were filtered and the resin was washed with DMF (4 x 10 mL), DMF/H20 (4 x 20mL) and CH2CI2 (4 x lOmL). The resin was dried in vacuo.
Step 4: The resin (1.0 mmol) was swelled in 10 mL of NMP. The suspension was shaken for 5 min and the solvent was filtered. A solution of thiol (5.6 mmol) and DIEA (13.5 mmol) in 10 mL of NMP was added. The suspension was shaken overnight at r.t. The reagents and solvent were filtered. The resin was washed with CH2Cl2 (4 x 10 mL), THF (4 x 10 mL), THF/H20 (4 x 10 mL) and THF (4 x 10 mL), Step 5: The resin was suspended in a mixture of TFA/H20/Anisole (95 %/2.5 %/2.5 %, (10 mL). The suspension was shaken for 1 h. The solvent was recovered in a flask. The resin was washed with TFA (10 mL). The filtrates were combined and the solvent was evaporated. The product was precipitated with cold Et20. The suspension was centrifaged and the supernatant was removed. The solvent was removed of the solid with a stream of N2. The same procedure was repeated twice with the supernatant.
The products were combined and purified by preparative HPLC.
NMR Results for Exemplayy Compounds Synthesized by Route 3 3-(-1-[(4-hydroxyphenyl)-tetr-azole]-5 yl-sulfanylmethyl}-L phenylalanine, tf ifluor-oacetic acid salt, white solid, 43 % overall yield, [a]D= - 1.1 (in H20). 'H NMR
(DZO, 500 MHz) 6 ppm 7.12 (m, 8H), 6.86 (d, 1H, J= 8.8 Hz), 4.28 (s, 2H), 3.99 (t, 1H, J= 6.6 Hz), 3.09 (dd, 1H, J= 5.6 Hz, 14.4 Hz), 2.96 (dd, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz, 14.6 Hz).13C
(D20, 125 MHz) S ppm 174.08, 157.97, 136.95, 135.13, 129.88, 129.68, 129.18, 128.31, 126.62, 116.43, 54.84, 37.37, 35.86. ES-MS 372 (M+1).
3-[3-(5 pyridin-4 yl-[1,3,4]oxadiazol -2 ylsulfanylmethyl)J-L phenylalanine, tf ifluoroacetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 10 % overall yield, [a]D= -1.7 (in H20).
1H NMR (DZO, 500 MHz) 8 ppm 8.86 (d, 2H, J= 6.8 Hz), 8.38 (d, 2H, J= 6.8 Hz), 7.37 (d, 1H, J= 7.3 Hz), 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.27 (t, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.13 (d, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 4.85 (s, 2H), 4.07 (t, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz), 3.16 (dd, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz, 14.2 Hz), 3.07 (dd, 1H, J= 7.1 Hz, 14.2 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) S ppm 172.23, 168.87, 162.56, 143.30, 138.60, 136.88, 135.22, 129.96, 129.77, 129.31, 128.516, 123.87, 54.79, 36.05, 35.84. ES-MS
(M+1).
3-{1-[2-(difnethylamino)ethylJ-]H-tetf=azoleJ-S yl-sulfanylmethyl}-L phen.yl-alanine, trifluoroacetic acid salt, white solid, 38 % overall yield, [a]D= - 0.8 (in H20). 1H
NMR (DZO, 500 MHz) 6 ppm 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.11 (m, 2H), 4.51 (t, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz), 7.33 (s, 1 H), 7.27 (t, 1 H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.13 (d, 1 H, J= 7.8 Hz), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.14 (t, 1 H, J= 6.8 Hz), 3.46 (t, 2H, J= 6.1 Hz), 3.14 (dd, 1H, J= 6.1 Hz, 14.4 Hz), 3.05 (dd, 1H, .I= 7.3 Hz, 14.6 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 6 ppm 171.41, 154.74, 137.27, 134.96, 129.97, 129.91, 129.39, 128.55, 54.91, 54.19, 43.29, 42.36, 37.72, 35.57. ES-MS 351 (M+1).
3-[3-(5pyridin-4 yl-4H [1,2,4]triazol-3 ylsulfanylmethyl)J-L phenylalanine, trifluoroacetic acid salt, white solid, 28 % overall yield, [a]D= - 1.1 (in H20). 1H
NMR (D20, 500 MHz) 6 ppm 8.74 (d, 2H, J= 6.8 Hz), 8.37 (d, 2H, J= 6.8 Hz), 7.11 (m, 4H), 4.23 (s, 2H), 3.98 (t, 1H, .I= 5.9 Hz), 3.08 (dd, 1H, .T= 5.4 Hz, 14.4 Hz), 2.99 (dd, 1H, J= 7.3 Hz, 14.6 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 8 ppm 178.39, 172.36, 157.70, 154.15, 146.37, 142.16, 137.85, 135.11, 129.78, 129.56, 128.93, 128.38, 123.60, 54.88, 37.85, 35.83. ES-MS 356 (M+1).
Example 5: Binding of Exemplary Compounds to the Brain L1 Transport System Compounds as synthesized above in Example 4 were diluted and tested for binding to the brain L1 transport system as described in Example 2, also above.
For each concentration (10"6, 10-5, and 10-4), the binding of 14C-labeled phenylalanine in the presence of the test compound (expressed as the % of the binding in absence of competition) was subtracted from the corresponding value measured in the presence of same concentration of phenylalanine (reference competition). The difference (in %), A, was expressed as a primary score (which represents the binding affinity proximity of a test compound to the phenylalanine binding curve). The primary score was converted to a numerical rating scale as the following:
3: A > 10%, significantly higher binding affinity than phenylalanine 2: 10%> A >-10%, similar binding affinity to phenylalanine 1: -10 > 0>-50%, lower binding affinity than phenylalanine 0: A<-50%, no binding or very low binding affinity Results, shown in Table 6 below, indicate that 5 compounds exhibit a significantly higher binding affmity than phenylalanine, 4 compounds exhibit a similar binding affmity to phenylalanine, 9 compounds exhibit a binding affinity lower than than of phenylalanine, but still bind significantly to the transporter, and 2 compounds exhibit no binding or very low binding affinity.
Table 6.- Results of Ll transport system binding study Structure Status of Structure Status of Binding Binding HO NHZ ~ NN 0 OH
g N' H NHZ N
3 i I s~r~ 1 HO NHZ N-NN HO NHZ NI N N
sli"N 3 s 11 ,--N 3 ~ \ b \
HO NHZ N /_ HO NHZ
'I NII
S/NH 1 N gfl 1 Structure Status of Structure Status of Binding Binding*
NHZ
HO NHZ N-N HO N cl sH\ 2 % s~s o \ o NHZ
HO NHZ N HO N
N I~ - \ ) i SJ NH 1 ~ I OS\\o NH 2 O N-NH NHZ
5LN HO HO NI N ~ N
"r S r~J 0 r o NHZ
N / \ I\N
HO NHZ 'k ~~ ~ SNr N /"NH I \
I o's''o 0 ~ I 3 OH
AN'N HO NHZ N-N
O
I~ 3 s~o 2 i NHZ
H NHZ N-N HO ~ NN
SN~ s N' O H
/N\
HO NHZ N HO NHZ
õ~ N-N
S~N
S~ 2 \ I O/ \\0 H ~ N N
3: A > 10%, significantly higher binding affinity than phenylalanine 2: 10%_ 0 _ -10%, similar binding affinity to phenylalanine 1: -10 > d>-50%, lower binding affinity than phenylalanine 0: A5-50%, no binding or very low binding affinity Example 6: Binding for Exemplary Compounds to A(340 The binding ability between the compounds synthesized in Example 4 and A(340 in an aqueous solution is tested. The binding ability is attributed semi-quantitatively from the intensities of peptide-compound complex peaks observed in the Electrospray Mass Spectrum.
In the MS assay for A(340, samples are prepared as aqueous solutions adding 20% ethanol if necessary to solubilize in water. The stock solution of the peptide contains 50 m A(340. In a typical experiment, 100 M of an exemplary compound as prepared in Example 4 and 20 gM of solubilized A040 are used. The ratio of the compound: peptide is 5:1. The pH value of each sample is adjusted to 7.4 ( 0.2) by addition of 0.1 % aqueous sodium hydroxide. The solutions are then analyzed by electrospray ionization mass spectrometry using a Waters ZQ 4000 mass spectrometer.
Samples are introduced by direct infusion at a flow-rate of 25 L/min within 2 hr. after sample preparation. The source temperature is kept at 70 C and the cone voltage is 20 V for all the analysis. Data are processed using Masslynx 3.5 software. A(3 1-40 (M.W.
= 4329) alone at 20 M is analyzed at pH 7.32 as a control. Sodium clusters, which are typical of this system at +3 and +4 at m/z 1111.0 and 889.1 regions, may be observed.
The MS assay gives data on the ability of compounds to bind to soluble A(3, wliereas the ThT, EM and CD assays give data on inhibition of fibrillogenesis. The results from the assay for binding to A(3 are summarized in Table 7. In Table 7, a blank box means that a value was not determined for that compound in that assay.
Table 7: Results of A/.31-40 bilading study Structure Results Structure Results HO NHZ N-N O OH
"N
S'IN + H NHZ ~N\ 0 I ~ l S' N~-HO NHZ N-N HO NHZ N-N.
I sN N + SJ~NN +
O
b O ~ 0 CF3 HO NHZ N / _ HO NHZ
N Compound S"LNH + I S~ insoluble Structure MS Structure MS
Results Results Ho NHZ N-N HO NHZ N ~
+ ci Compound s H I rSs Insoluble HO NHZ NI~ Ho NHZ /
+ +
N~ S/ NH S0 + ~N
O
HO NH~
NHZ HO ~N
N S N + NI SN O
I \ 0 ~
N--N
re HO NHZ NI ~ N
N J NH + S N' +
OH
SN HO NHZ
N-N
11 O 0 S~O /\N +
H NHZ N-N NHZ
~N N HO
S/' NN
11 + ~
o S N
H NHZ N-N HO NHz N-N 0 0i Os N~
HO NHZ N
--Sl ?Nl\ +
O'+ + + = Strong (70 and higher % of free peptide); + + = Moderate (50-70 % of free peptide); + = Weak (25-50 % of free peptide); 0 =None Example 7: Binding of Exemplary Compounds to IAPP
The binding ability between the compounds synthesized in Example 4 and IAPP
in an aqueous solution is tested. The binding ability is attributed semi-quantitatively from the intensities of peptide-compound complex peaks observed in the Electrospray Mass Spectrum.
In the MS assay for IAPP, samples are prepared as both aqueous solutions and as 20% ethanol in water solutions, including 100 M of an exemplary compound as prepared in Example 4 and 20 M of solubilized IAPP. The stock solution contains 30 M IAPP and the initial pH is 3.8. Generally, IAPP precipitates out of solution at concentrations higher than 50 M and pH higher than - 6 as soon as a test compound is mixed with the peptide. The pH value of each sample, therefore, is adjusted to 7.4 (A.2) by addition of 0.1% aqueous sodium hydroxide. The solutions aer then analyzed by electrospray ionization mass spectrometry using a Waters ZQ 4000 mass spectrometer. Samples are introduced by direct infusion at a flow-rate of 25 L/min within 2 hr. after sample preparation. The source temperature is kept at 70 C
and the cone voltage is 20 V for all the analysis. Data are processed using Masslynx 3.5 software. IAPP (MW 3903.4) alone at 20 M is analyzed at pH 7.32 as a control.
Sodium clusters, which are typical of this system at +3 and +4 at m/z 1301.9 and 976.7 regions, may be observed. The results from the assay for binding to IA.PP are summarized in Table 8. In Table 8, a blank box means that a value was not determined for that compound in that assay.
Table 8: Results of IAPP binding study MS Results MS Results Structure 20% Structure 20%
Water Ethanol Water Ethani ~I\N NHZ
S N I + + H N\
S~N-' 0 O
HO NHZ / N N. 'N HO NHZ N"N.
S N + + + SN N + + + +
\ I I \ I 0 b MS Results MS Results Structure Water 20% Structure 20o/a Ethanol Water Ethan HO NHZ N/\ HO NHZ
N \
~ S~NH ~ + N
I S~~ insoluble \
r " ~ / HO N CI
\ I +
S~ N
H
S S
HO NHZ N~ HO NHZ / ~
N
~ J! o -{-~ S NH Jl l~
\ I O,SoO NH
O N-NH NHZ
HO NHZ HO N-NN
N S J 0 N I S N 0 -}- --I O
O HO NHZ
NHZ 'll N
HO N J NH 0 S N + + -- -" +
wSo~ \ \
OH
HO NHZ N HO NHZ N-N
S~~ O 0S2ON + + +
N
Sl~/,N'N HO X
o + "' r gN ~ + +
H NHZ N-N HO NHZ _ ~~ 0 ~ ~ +
O H \ I \ S ~'jp HO NHZ N
~ 0 o'sS~Oo ~
H
+ + + = Strong (50 and higher % of free peptide); + + = Moderate (30-50 % of free peptide); + = Weak (15-30 % of free peptide); 0 =None Example 8: Apolipoprotein E-A(3 interaction Assay The level of interaction between Apolipoprotein E and A(3 was measured for five inventive compounds to determine whether, under the specific conditions of the present example, the compounds would inhibit the interaction. Nunc-Immuno Maxisorp 96-well microtiter plates were coated with 1 M HFIP-disaggregated A(3 in 0.1 M NaHCO3 pH
9.6 for 2 hours and 15 minutes at 37 , washed two times in TBS (100 mM Tris-HCI, pH
7.5, 150 mM NaCI), and wells were blocked with 1% fatty-acid free BSA in TBS
overnight at 4 .
Test compounds were prepared in either TBS or DMSO at a final concentration of either 2 mM or 10 mM respectively. Recombinant ApoE (Fitzgerald Industries Int.) was prepared in 700 mM NH4HCO3 at a final concentration of 0.44 mg/mL to prevent monomer assembly and stored as aliquots at -20 . 3.41 g/mL of purified ApoE
was pre-incubated in the presence of 200 M test compounds, all in triplicate, in 1%
BSA/TBS in a 96-well transfer plate for one hour and then added to the A(3-coated wells for an additional two hours with gentle shaking at 37 to allow ApoE/A(3 association.
Plates were washed three times in TBS to remove excess ApoE and incubated first with 0.125 g/mL mouse monoclonal anti-ApoE antibody (BD Bioscience) for 1 hour, washed and then incubated with 0.26 g/mL horse-radish peroxidase conjugated goat anti-IgG antibody (Pierce) for 1 hour in 1% BSA/TBS-T (0.05% Tween-20). After washing, wells were incubated with Sure B1ueTM TMB-1 peroxidase substrate (KPL) for minutes. The reaction was stopped using 1N HCI. Absorbance values at 450 nm were measured using TECAN plate reader and reflect the amount of ApoE bound to A(3 in the wells. Data were expressed as a percentage of ApoE/A(3 complexes by arbitrarily setting ApoE/ Ap alone at 100%. All compounds were tested at least twice.
(DZO, 500 MHz) 6 ppm 7.12 (m, 8H), 6.86 (d, 1H, J= 8.8 Hz), 4.28 (s, 2H), 3.99 (t, 1H, J= 6.6 Hz), 3.09 (dd, 1H, J= 5.6 Hz, 14.4 Hz), 2.96 (dd, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz, 14.6 Hz).13C
(D20, 125 MHz) S ppm 174.08, 157.97, 136.95, 135.13, 129.88, 129.68, 129.18, 128.31, 126.62, 116.43, 54.84, 37.37, 35.86. ES-MS 372 (M+1).
3-[3-(5 pyridin-4 yl-[1,3,4]oxadiazol -2 ylsulfanylmethyl)J-L phenylalanine, tf ifluoroacetic acid salt, light yellow solid, 10 % overall yield, [a]D= -1.7 (in H20).
1H NMR (DZO, 500 MHz) 8 ppm 8.86 (d, 2H, J= 6.8 Hz), 8.38 (d, 2H, J= 6.8 Hz), 7.37 (d, 1H, J= 7.3 Hz), 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.27 (t, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.13 (d, 1H, J= 7.8 Hz), 4.85 (s, 2H), 4.07 (t, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz), 3.16 (dd, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz, 14.2 Hz), 3.07 (dd, 1H, J= 7.1 Hz, 14.2 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) S ppm 172.23, 168.87, 162.56, 143.30, 138.60, 136.88, 135.22, 129.96, 129.77, 129.31, 128.516, 123.87, 54.79, 36.05, 35.84. ES-MS
(M+1).
3-{1-[2-(difnethylamino)ethylJ-]H-tetf=azoleJ-S yl-sulfanylmethyl}-L phen.yl-alanine, trifluoroacetic acid salt, white solid, 38 % overall yield, [a]D= - 0.8 (in H20). 1H
NMR (DZO, 500 MHz) 6 ppm 7.48 (m, 2H), 7.11 (m, 2H), 4.51 (t, 1H, J= 5.9 Hz), 7.33 (s, 1 H), 7.27 (t, 1 H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.13 (d, 1 H, J= 7.8 Hz), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.14 (t, 1 H, J= 6.8 Hz), 3.46 (t, 2H, J= 6.1 Hz), 3.14 (dd, 1H, J= 6.1 Hz, 14.4 Hz), 3.05 (dd, 1H, .I= 7.3 Hz, 14.6 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 6 ppm 171.41, 154.74, 137.27, 134.96, 129.97, 129.91, 129.39, 128.55, 54.91, 54.19, 43.29, 42.36, 37.72, 35.57. ES-MS 351 (M+1).
3-[3-(5pyridin-4 yl-4H [1,2,4]triazol-3 ylsulfanylmethyl)J-L phenylalanine, trifluoroacetic acid salt, white solid, 28 % overall yield, [a]D= - 1.1 (in H20). 1H
NMR (D20, 500 MHz) 6 ppm 8.74 (d, 2H, J= 6.8 Hz), 8.37 (d, 2H, J= 6.8 Hz), 7.11 (m, 4H), 4.23 (s, 2H), 3.98 (t, 1H, .I= 5.9 Hz), 3.08 (dd, 1H, .T= 5.4 Hz, 14.4 Hz), 2.99 (dd, 1H, J= 7.3 Hz, 14.6 Hz). 13C (D20, 125 MHz) 8 ppm 178.39, 172.36, 157.70, 154.15, 146.37, 142.16, 137.85, 135.11, 129.78, 129.56, 128.93, 128.38, 123.60, 54.88, 37.85, 35.83. ES-MS 356 (M+1).
Example 5: Binding of Exemplary Compounds to the Brain L1 Transport System Compounds as synthesized above in Example 4 were diluted and tested for binding to the brain L1 transport system as described in Example 2, also above.
For each concentration (10"6, 10-5, and 10-4), the binding of 14C-labeled phenylalanine in the presence of the test compound (expressed as the % of the binding in absence of competition) was subtracted from the corresponding value measured in the presence of same concentration of phenylalanine (reference competition). The difference (in %), A, was expressed as a primary score (which represents the binding affinity proximity of a test compound to the phenylalanine binding curve). The primary score was converted to a numerical rating scale as the following:
3: A > 10%, significantly higher binding affinity than phenylalanine 2: 10%> A >-10%, similar binding affinity to phenylalanine 1: -10 > 0>-50%, lower binding affinity than phenylalanine 0: A<-50%, no binding or very low binding affinity Results, shown in Table 6 below, indicate that 5 compounds exhibit a significantly higher binding affmity than phenylalanine, 4 compounds exhibit a similar binding affmity to phenylalanine, 9 compounds exhibit a binding affinity lower than than of phenylalanine, but still bind significantly to the transporter, and 2 compounds exhibit no binding or very low binding affinity.
Table 6.- Results of Ll transport system binding study Structure Status of Structure Status of Binding Binding HO NHZ ~ NN 0 OH
g N' H NHZ N
3 i I s~r~ 1 HO NHZ N-NN HO NHZ NI N N
sli"N 3 s 11 ,--N 3 ~ \ b \
HO NHZ N /_ HO NHZ
'I NII
S/NH 1 N gfl 1 Structure Status of Structure Status of Binding Binding*
NHZ
HO NHZ N-N HO N cl sH\ 2 % s~s o \ o NHZ
HO NHZ N HO N
N I~ - \ ) i SJ NH 1 ~ I OS\\o NH 2 O N-NH NHZ
5LN HO HO NI N ~ N
"r S r~J 0 r o NHZ
N / \ I\N
HO NHZ 'k ~~ ~ SNr N /"NH I \
I o's''o 0 ~ I 3 OH
AN'N HO NHZ N-N
O
I~ 3 s~o 2 i NHZ
H NHZ N-N HO ~ NN
SN~ s N' O H
/N\
HO NHZ N HO NHZ
õ~ N-N
S~N
S~ 2 \ I O/ \\0 H ~ N N
3: A > 10%, significantly higher binding affinity than phenylalanine 2: 10%_ 0 _ -10%, similar binding affinity to phenylalanine 1: -10 > d>-50%, lower binding affinity than phenylalanine 0: A5-50%, no binding or very low binding affinity Example 6: Binding for Exemplary Compounds to A(340 The binding ability between the compounds synthesized in Example 4 and A(340 in an aqueous solution is tested. The binding ability is attributed semi-quantitatively from the intensities of peptide-compound complex peaks observed in the Electrospray Mass Spectrum.
In the MS assay for A(340, samples are prepared as aqueous solutions adding 20% ethanol if necessary to solubilize in water. The stock solution of the peptide contains 50 m A(340. In a typical experiment, 100 M of an exemplary compound as prepared in Example 4 and 20 gM of solubilized A040 are used. The ratio of the compound: peptide is 5:1. The pH value of each sample is adjusted to 7.4 ( 0.2) by addition of 0.1 % aqueous sodium hydroxide. The solutions are then analyzed by electrospray ionization mass spectrometry using a Waters ZQ 4000 mass spectrometer.
Samples are introduced by direct infusion at a flow-rate of 25 L/min within 2 hr. after sample preparation. The source temperature is kept at 70 C and the cone voltage is 20 V for all the analysis. Data are processed using Masslynx 3.5 software. A(3 1-40 (M.W.
= 4329) alone at 20 M is analyzed at pH 7.32 as a control. Sodium clusters, which are typical of this system at +3 and +4 at m/z 1111.0 and 889.1 regions, may be observed.
The MS assay gives data on the ability of compounds to bind to soluble A(3, wliereas the ThT, EM and CD assays give data on inhibition of fibrillogenesis. The results from the assay for binding to A(3 are summarized in Table 7. In Table 7, a blank box means that a value was not determined for that compound in that assay.
Table 7: Results of A/.31-40 bilading study Structure Results Structure Results HO NHZ N-N O OH
"N
S'IN + H NHZ ~N\ 0 I ~ l S' N~-HO NHZ N-N HO NHZ N-N.
I sN N + SJ~NN +
O
b O ~ 0 CF3 HO NHZ N / _ HO NHZ
N Compound S"LNH + I S~ insoluble Structure MS Structure MS
Results Results Ho NHZ N-N HO NHZ N ~
+ ci Compound s H I rSs Insoluble HO NHZ NI~ Ho NHZ /
+ +
N~ S/ NH S0 + ~N
O
HO NH~
NHZ HO ~N
N S N + NI SN O
I \ 0 ~
N--N
re HO NHZ NI ~ N
N J NH + S N' +
OH
SN HO NHZ
N-N
11 O 0 S~O /\N +
H NHZ N-N NHZ
~N N HO
S/' NN
11 + ~
o S N
H NHZ N-N HO NHz N-N 0 0i Os N~
HO NHZ N
--Sl ?Nl\ +
O'+ + + = Strong (70 and higher % of free peptide); + + = Moderate (50-70 % of free peptide); + = Weak (25-50 % of free peptide); 0 =None Example 7: Binding of Exemplary Compounds to IAPP
The binding ability between the compounds synthesized in Example 4 and IAPP
in an aqueous solution is tested. The binding ability is attributed semi-quantitatively from the intensities of peptide-compound complex peaks observed in the Electrospray Mass Spectrum.
In the MS assay for IAPP, samples are prepared as both aqueous solutions and as 20% ethanol in water solutions, including 100 M of an exemplary compound as prepared in Example 4 and 20 M of solubilized IAPP. The stock solution contains 30 M IAPP and the initial pH is 3.8. Generally, IAPP precipitates out of solution at concentrations higher than 50 M and pH higher than - 6 as soon as a test compound is mixed with the peptide. The pH value of each sample, therefore, is adjusted to 7.4 (A.2) by addition of 0.1% aqueous sodium hydroxide. The solutions aer then analyzed by electrospray ionization mass spectrometry using a Waters ZQ 4000 mass spectrometer. Samples are introduced by direct infusion at a flow-rate of 25 L/min within 2 hr. after sample preparation. The source temperature is kept at 70 C
and the cone voltage is 20 V for all the analysis. Data are processed using Masslynx 3.5 software. IAPP (MW 3903.4) alone at 20 M is analyzed at pH 7.32 as a control.
Sodium clusters, which are typical of this system at +3 and +4 at m/z 1301.9 and 976.7 regions, may be observed. The results from the assay for binding to IA.PP are summarized in Table 8. In Table 8, a blank box means that a value was not determined for that compound in that assay.
Table 8: Results of IAPP binding study MS Results MS Results Structure 20% Structure 20%
Water Ethanol Water Ethani ~I\N NHZ
S N I + + H N\
S~N-' 0 O
HO NHZ / N N. 'N HO NHZ N"N.
S N + + + SN N + + + +
\ I I \ I 0 b MS Results MS Results Structure Water 20% Structure 20o/a Ethanol Water Ethan HO NHZ N/\ HO NHZ
N \
~ S~NH ~ + N
I S~~ insoluble \
r " ~ / HO N CI
\ I +
S~ N
H
S S
HO NHZ N~ HO NHZ / ~
N
~ J! o -{-~ S NH Jl l~
\ I O,SoO NH
O N-NH NHZ
HO NHZ HO N-NN
N S J 0 N I S N 0 -}- --I O
O HO NHZ
NHZ 'll N
HO N J NH 0 S N + + -- -" +
wSo~ \ \
OH
HO NHZ N HO NHZ N-N
S~~ O 0S2ON + + +
N
Sl~/,N'N HO X
o + "' r gN ~ + +
H NHZ N-N HO NHZ _ ~~ 0 ~ ~ +
O H \ I \ S ~'jp HO NHZ N
~ 0 o'sS~Oo ~
H
+ + + = Strong (50 and higher % of free peptide); + + = Moderate (30-50 % of free peptide); + = Weak (15-30 % of free peptide); 0 =None Example 8: Apolipoprotein E-A(3 interaction Assay The level of interaction between Apolipoprotein E and A(3 was measured for five inventive compounds to determine whether, under the specific conditions of the present example, the compounds would inhibit the interaction. Nunc-Immuno Maxisorp 96-well microtiter plates were coated with 1 M HFIP-disaggregated A(3 in 0.1 M NaHCO3 pH
9.6 for 2 hours and 15 minutes at 37 , washed two times in TBS (100 mM Tris-HCI, pH
7.5, 150 mM NaCI), and wells were blocked with 1% fatty-acid free BSA in TBS
overnight at 4 .
Test compounds were prepared in either TBS or DMSO at a final concentration of either 2 mM or 10 mM respectively. Recombinant ApoE (Fitzgerald Industries Int.) was prepared in 700 mM NH4HCO3 at a final concentration of 0.44 mg/mL to prevent monomer assembly and stored as aliquots at -20 . 3.41 g/mL of purified ApoE
was pre-incubated in the presence of 200 M test compounds, all in triplicate, in 1%
BSA/TBS in a 96-well transfer plate for one hour and then added to the A(3-coated wells for an additional two hours with gentle shaking at 37 to allow ApoE/A(3 association.
Plates were washed three times in TBS to remove excess ApoE and incubated first with 0.125 g/mL mouse monoclonal anti-ApoE antibody (BD Bioscience) for 1 hour, washed and then incubated with 0.26 g/mL horse-radish peroxidase conjugated goat anti-IgG antibody (Pierce) for 1 hour in 1% BSA/TBS-T (0.05% Tween-20). After washing, wells were incubated with Sure B1ueTM TMB-1 peroxidase substrate (KPL) for minutes. The reaction was stopped using 1N HCI. Absorbance values at 450 nm were measured using TECAN plate reader and reflect the amount of ApoE bound to A(3 in the wells. Data were expressed as a percentage of ApoE/A(3 complexes by arbitrarily setting ApoE/ Ap alone at 100%. All compounds were tested at least twice.
Table 9: Results ofApolipoprotein E A,(j interaction study Structure AR-ApoE % Complex HO NHZ N-N
N
S N~
HO NHZ N-N
N
S~N
(s isomer) S, IN\ 94 H
o ~ ~ 94 N
sNH 112 HO N-N
S14d- /\N 94 The results indicate that the five compounds tested had minimal effect on the interaction between Apolipoprotein E and A(3 under these conditions. It is to be understood, however, that these compounds may exhibit effectiveness under other conditions, for example different concentrations of compound, amyloid and/or Apolipoprotein E.
N
S N~
HO NHZ N-N
N
S~N
(s isomer) S, IN\ 94 H
o ~ ~ 94 N
sNH 112 HO N-N
S14d- /\N 94 The results indicate that the five compounds tested had minimal effect on the interaction between Apolipoprotein E and A(3 under these conditions. It is to be understood, however, that these compounds may exhibit effectiveness under other conditions, for example different concentrations of compound, amyloid and/or Apolipoprotein E.
Example 9: Hoechst staining and Caspase Assays Materials The following items were purchased from their respective companies and used without further purification unless otherwise stated:
Item Company Catalogue #
SH-SY5Y, human neuroblastoma cell line, American Type Culture CRL-2266 established from a subline of SK-N-SH Collection (ATCC) Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) Gibco 10099-141 Eagle's Minimum Essential Medium (EMEM) Sigma 4655 Ham's F12 Nutrient mixture with L-Glutamine Gibco 11765-054 MEM non-essential amino acids Gibco 1140-050 Trypsin/EDTA (2.5 g Trypsin and 0.38 g Gibco 25200-056 EDTA-4Na/L in HBSS without Ca++ and Mg++) Paraformaldehyde (PFA) Electron Microscopy 15714 Science (EMB) Methanol Fisher A452-4 Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS) Gibco 14040-133 Hoechst Dye 33342 Molecular Probes H-3570 (10 mg/mL in water) Water Sigma W-3500 Prolong Gold Anti-fade Reagent Molecular Probes P36930 Caspase-Glo 3/7 Assay Promega G8092 FlexStation II 384 Molecular Devises Maintenance of human undifferentiated neuroblastoma SH-SYSY
SH-SY5Y cells were cultured and sub-cultured according to ATCC's recommendations. Cells were grown in a culture medium containing 10 % fetal bovine serain (FBS), lx non-essential amino acids in a 1:1 mixture of Eagle's minimum essential medium and Ham's F12 medium.
For passage, cells were trypsinized with 0.25% (w/vol) Trypsin/Ethylene-diaminetetraacetic (EDTA) for 5 min at 37 C, and then centrifuged for 5 min at 300 x g (GS-6R Becktnan Centrifuge). The pellet was resuspended in the culture medium and the cell density was adjusted.
Preparation ofA~1_42 Synthetic A(31_42 is purchased from American Peptide Company, Sunnyvale, CA.
To eliminate the aggregated material that may be found in synthetic A(31-42 peptide preparations, a disaggregation/filtration procedure is used. Briefly, the A(31_42 powder is dissolved in HFIP in a glass-flask at a maximal concentration of 200 M. The solution is sonicated for 30 minutes and then filtered through an ANOTOP 25 (20 nM
filter).
Item Company Catalogue #
SH-SY5Y, human neuroblastoma cell line, American Type Culture CRL-2266 established from a subline of SK-N-SH Collection (ATCC) Fetal Bovine Serum (FBS) Gibco 10099-141 Eagle's Minimum Essential Medium (EMEM) Sigma 4655 Ham's F12 Nutrient mixture with L-Glutamine Gibco 11765-054 MEM non-essential amino acids Gibco 1140-050 Trypsin/EDTA (2.5 g Trypsin and 0.38 g Gibco 25200-056 EDTA-4Na/L in HBSS without Ca++ and Mg++) Paraformaldehyde (PFA) Electron Microscopy 15714 Science (EMB) Methanol Fisher A452-4 Phosphate Buffered Saline (PBS) Gibco 14040-133 Hoechst Dye 33342 Molecular Probes H-3570 (10 mg/mL in water) Water Sigma W-3500 Prolong Gold Anti-fade Reagent Molecular Probes P36930 Caspase-Glo 3/7 Assay Promega G8092 FlexStation II 384 Molecular Devises Maintenance of human undifferentiated neuroblastoma SH-SYSY
SH-SY5Y cells were cultured and sub-cultured according to ATCC's recommendations. Cells were grown in a culture medium containing 10 % fetal bovine serain (FBS), lx non-essential amino acids in a 1:1 mixture of Eagle's minimum essential medium and Ham's F12 medium.
For passage, cells were trypsinized with 0.25% (w/vol) Trypsin/Ethylene-diaminetetraacetic (EDTA) for 5 min at 37 C, and then centrifuged for 5 min at 300 x g (GS-6R Becktnan Centrifuge). The pellet was resuspended in the culture medium and the cell density was adjusted.
Preparation ofA~1_42 Synthetic A(31_42 is purchased from American Peptide Company, Sunnyvale, CA.
To eliminate the aggregated material that may be found in synthetic A(31-42 peptide preparations, a disaggregation/filtration procedure is used. Briefly, the A(31_42 powder is dissolved in HFIP in a glass-flask at a maximal concentration of 200 M. The solution is sonicated for 30 minutes and then filtered through an ANOTOP 25 (20 nM
filter).
The exact concentration of the solution is calculated by measuring the optical density at 280 nM. The soluble A(31_42 solution is then evaporated to remove the HFIP
a.nd resuspended in a buffer containing 0.04 M Tris-HCl , 0.3 M NaCI, pH 7.4, at a final concentration of 120 M. This solution is stored frozen for later use.
Preparation of N.RM corn op unds Compound # MW Diluents Stock Concentration 0 355.45 PBS 1% DMSO 10 mM
HO NHZ N-N
'/" N
S N' 0 NHz CF3COZH 354.45 PBS 1% DMSO 10 mM
HO. j \
S N
H
o (~ 328.41 PBS 1% DMSO 10 mM
HO NHZ N
N NH
The compounds listed above were dissolved in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) (without calcium and magnesium), 1% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), pH 7.4, filtered through a 0.22 m syringe filter, aliquoted and stored at -80 C until use.
SH-SY5Y treatnaent For Hoechst staining, SH-SY5Y cells were seeded on glass coverslips in a 24-well plate at a density of 3 x 105 cells/well. Treatments were performed the next day.
Cells were incubated for 24 hours with 10 M A(31_42, diluted (in the culture medium) from the 120 M stock in the presence or absence of 200 gM of the desired compound (1:20 A(3:drug ratio).
For caspase assay, SH-SY5Y cells were plated on 96 well plates coated with collagen I at a density of 1 x 105 cells by well. Sixteen to seventeen hours before assay, the medium was changed to EMEM/F12 containing 1% FBS. Cells were incubated for 24 hours with 10 gM A(31_42, diluted (in the culture medium) from the 120 M
stock in the presence or absence of varying concentrations of desired compound (1:20, 1:5 and 1:1 A(3:drug ratio).
Hoechst stainin~
The stock solution of Hoechst 33342 was diluted to 100 g/ml in water and stored at 2-8 C. SH-SY5Y neuroblastoma were incubated for 10 to 60 minutes with 500 l of Hoechst solution at a final concentration of 2 g/ml in the culture medium. Cells were washed 3 times with PBS and fixed in 4% PFA for 30 minutes at room temperature. After 3 washes in PBS, the coverslips were mounted onto glass slides using prolong anti-fade reagent.
Counting method and data analysis Nuclear morphology was observed using an Olympus fluorescent microscope IX50 equipped with an Olympus Camera (20x objectif and a bandpass filter (Ex lEm:
355 nm/465 nm). Live cells and cells considered morphologically apoptotic were counted. Apoptotic nuclei of undifferentiated SH-SY5Y appear condensed and occasionally fragmented (representative pictures of Hoechst staining are in Figures 1A-1B for vehicle and 2A-2B for A(3).
Five random fields were captured for each condition in a blinded fashion.
Apoptotic and normal nuclei in each field were quantified by manual examination. The data are expressed as a percentage of toxicity, corresponding to the number of apoptotic cells divided by total cell number (apoptotic + non apoptotic cells). The total number of cells counted in each condition ranged from 120 to 550.
The Figures were generated with SigmaPlot software. Student t-test (Excel software) was used to compare the % toxicity in A(3 treatment in presence of compound to the A(3 treatment alone, using the average obtained from all experiments. A
significance level ofp< 0.05 was considered for the t-test.
CFaCO2H
HO N"Z N-N
I S N \ I
The second compound prepared, , was neuroprotective against A(3-induced cellular apoptosis at DNA level (showed 22.5% inhibition).
The other two compounds had no effect on A(3-induced cellular apoptosis at DNA
level in this particular Hoechst staining assay. It is to be understood, however, that these compounds may exhibit effectiveness under other conditions, for example different concentrations of compound, different cell types, e.g., neuroblastoma cells and/or different assay conditions.
Caspase 3/7 assay Following SH-SY5Y treatment, 80 l of Caspase-G1oTM 3/7 reagent were added in each well and incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature. The luminescence was measured in each well on the FlexStation. The results indicate that each of the three compounds tested had no effect on A(3-induced caspases 3/7. It is to be understood, however, that these compounds may exhibit effectiveness against Ap-induced caspases under other conditions, for example different concentrations of compound, different cells, e.g., neuroblastoma cells, different concentrations of Caspase-GIoTM, and/or different reagents Prospective Example: Effects Of Short and Long Term Treatment in Adult Transgenic CRND8 Mice Overexpressing (3APP
Short Term APP transgenic mice, TgCRND8, expressing the human amyloid precursor protein (hAPP) develop a pathology resembling Alzheimer's disease. In particular, high levels of A(340 and A(342 have been documented in the plasma and the brain of these animals at 8-9 weeks of age, followed by early accumulation of amyloid plaques similar to the senile plaques observed in AD patients. These animals also display progressive cognitive deficits that parallel the appearance of degenerative changes. See, e.g., (Chishti, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 276, 21562-70 (2001).
The short term therapeutic effect of compounds of the invention will be studied.
These compounds will be administered over a 14 or 28 day period at the end of which the levels of A(3 peptides in the plasma and brain of TgCRND8 animals will be determined.
Metlaods Male and female APP transgenic mice will be given daily subcutaneous or oral administrations of a test compound for 14 or 28 days. Baseline animals at 9 1 weeks of age will be used to determine the A(3 levels in the plasma and brain of transgenic animals at the initiation of treatment.
Starting at 9 weeks of age (Q week) animals will receive daily administration of their respective treatment for a period of 14 or 28 days. Control groups will receive only water or methylcellulose. At the end of the treatment periods, plasma and perfused brains will be collected for quantification of soluble and insoluble A(3levels.
Sample Collection At 9 1 weeks of age for the Baseline group, and at the end of the treatment period (14 or 28 days) for the treated groups, at 24 hours after the last compound administration, animals will be sacrificed and samples collected. An approximate blood volume of 500 l will be collected under general anaesthesia from the orbital sinus and kept on ice until centrifugation at 4 C at a minimum speed of 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
Plasma samples will immediately be frozen and stored at -80 C pending analysis. After intracardiac saline perfusion the brains will be removed, frozen, and stored at -80 C
awaiting analysis.
Measurements of Af3 Levels Brains will be weighed frozen and homogenized with 4 volumes of ice cold 50 mM Tris-Cl pH 8.0 buffer with protease inhibitor cocktail (4mL of buffer for 1 g of wet brain). Samples will be spun at 15000g for 20 minutes and the supernatants will be transferred to fresh tubes. One hundred fifty (150) l from each supernatant will be mixed with 250 1 of 8M guanidine-HCL/50mM Tris-HCL pH 8.0 (ratio of 0.6 vol supernatant: 1 vol 8M guanidium/Tris-HCL 50mM pH8.0) and 400 L 5 M
guanidium/Tris-HCL 50mM pH8.0 will be added. The tubes will be vortexed for 30 seconds and frozen at -80 C. In parallel, pellets will be treated with 7 volumes of 5 M
guanidine-HCL/50mM Tris-HCL pH 8.0 (7mL of guanidine for 1 g of wet brain), vortexed for 30 seconds and frozen at -80 C. Samples will be thawed at room temperature, sonicated at 80 C for 15 minutes and frozen again. This cycle will be repeated 3 times to ensure homogeneity and samples will be returned to -80 C
pending analysis.
A(3levels will be evaluated in plasma and brain samples by ELISA using Human A(340 and A(342 Fluorometric ELISA kits from Biosource (Cat. No. 89-344 and 89-348) according to manufacturer's recommended procedures. In short, samples will be thawed at room temperature, sonicated for 5 minutes at 80 C (sonication for brain homogenates;
no sonication for plasma samples) and kept on ice. A(3 peptides will be captured using 100 l of the diluted samples to the plate and incubated without shaking at 4 C
overnight. The samples will be aspirated and the wells will be rinsed 4 times with wash buffer obtained from the Biosource ELISA kit. The anti-A(340 or anti-A(342 rabbit polyclonal antiserum (specific for the A(340 or A(342 peptide) will be added (100 l) and the plate will be incubated at room temperature for 2 hours with shaking. The wells will be aspirated and washed 4 times before adding 100 l of the alkaline phosphatase labeled anti-rabbit antibody and incubating at room temperature for 2 hours with shaking. The plates will then be rinsed 5 times and the fluorescent substrate (100 l) will be added to the plate. The plate will be incubated for 35 minutes at room temperature and read using a titer plate reader at an excitation wavelength of 460 nm and emission at 560 nm.
Coinpounds will be scored based on their ability to modulate levels of A(3 peptides in the plasma and the cerebral soluble/insoluble levels in the brain.
Levels of A(3 observed in the plasma and brain of treated animals will be normalized using values from control groups and ranked according to the strength of the pharmacological effect.
Lonz Terin Transgenic mice, TgCRND8, as those used in the short term treatment, overexpress a human APP gene with the Swedish and Indiana mutations leading to the production of high levels of the amyloid peptides and to the development of an early-onset, aggressive development of brain amyloidosis. The high levels of Aj3 peptides and the relative overabundance of A(342 compared to A(340 are believed to be associated with the severe and early degenerative pathology observed. The pattern of amyloid deposition, presence of dystrophic neuritis, and cognitive deficit has been well documented in this transgenic mouse line. The levels of A(3 peptides in the brain of these mice increase dramatically as the animals' age. While the total amyloid peptide levels increase from - 1.6 x 105 pg/g of brain to - 3.8 x 106 between 9 and 17 weeks of age.
While the early deposition of amyloid in this model allows the rapid testing of compounds in a relatively short time frame, the aggressivity of this model and the high levels of A(3 peptides renders therapeutic assessment in the longer term a more difficult task.
The long-term therapeutic effects of compounds of the present invention on cerebral amyloid deposition and (i-amyloid (A(3) levels in the plasma and in the brains of transgenic mice, TgCRND8, expressing the human amyloid precursor protein (hAPP) will be studied. These compounds will be administered over a 4, 8 or 16 week period at the end of which the levels of A(3 peptides in the plasma and brain of TgCRND8 animals will be determined. Steady-state pharmacokinetic profile will also be evaluated using plasma samples. The goal of this study will be to evaluate the efficacy of the compounds at modulating the progression of the amyloidogenic process in the brain and in the plasma of a transgenic mouse model of Alzheimer's disease (AD).
a.nd resuspended in a buffer containing 0.04 M Tris-HCl , 0.3 M NaCI, pH 7.4, at a final concentration of 120 M. This solution is stored frozen for later use.
Preparation of N.RM corn op unds Compound # MW Diluents Stock Concentration 0 355.45 PBS 1% DMSO 10 mM
HO NHZ N-N
'/" N
S N' 0 NHz CF3COZH 354.45 PBS 1% DMSO 10 mM
HO. j \
S N
H
o (~ 328.41 PBS 1% DMSO 10 mM
HO NHZ N
N NH
The compounds listed above were dissolved in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) (without calcium and magnesium), 1% dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), pH 7.4, filtered through a 0.22 m syringe filter, aliquoted and stored at -80 C until use.
SH-SY5Y treatnaent For Hoechst staining, SH-SY5Y cells were seeded on glass coverslips in a 24-well plate at a density of 3 x 105 cells/well. Treatments were performed the next day.
Cells were incubated for 24 hours with 10 M A(31_42, diluted (in the culture medium) from the 120 M stock in the presence or absence of 200 gM of the desired compound (1:20 A(3:drug ratio).
For caspase assay, SH-SY5Y cells were plated on 96 well plates coated with collagen I at a density of 1 x 105 cells by well. Sixteen to seventeen hours before assay, the medium was changed to EMEM/F12 containing 1% FBS. Cells were incubated for 24 hours with 10 gM A(31_42, diluted (in the culture medium) from the 120 M
stock in the presence or absence of varying concentrations of desired compound (1:20, 1:5 and 1:1 A(3:drug ratio).
Hoechst stainin~
The stock solution of Hoechst 33342 was diluted to 100 g/ml in water and stored at 2-8 C. SH-SY5Y neuroblastoma were incubated for 10 to 60 minutes with 500 l of Hoechst solution at a final concentration of 2 g/ml in the culture medium. Cells were washed 3 times with PBS and fixed in 4% PFA for 30 minutes at room temperature. After 3 washes in PBS, the coverslips were mounted onto glass slides using prolong anti-fade reagent.
Counting method and data analysis Nuclear morphology was observed using an Olympus fluorescent microscope IX50 equipped with an Olympus Camera (20x objectif and a bandpass filter (Ex lEm:
355 nm/465 nm). Live cells and cells considered morphologically apoptotic were counted. Apoptotic nuclei of undifferentiated SH-SY5Y appear condensed and occasionally fragmented (representative pictures of Hoechst staining are in Figures 1A-1B for vehicle and 2A-2B for A(3).
Five random fields were captured for each condition in a blinded fashion.
Apoptotic and normal nuclei in each field were quantified by manual examination. The data are expressed as a percentage of toxicity, corresponding to the number of apoptotic cells divided by total cell number (apoptotic + non apoptotic cells). The total number of cells counted in each condition ranged from 120 to 550.
The Figures were generated with SigmaPlot software. Student t-test (Excel software) was used to compare the % toxicity in A(3 treatment in presence of compound to the A(3 treatment alone, using the average obtained from all experiments. A
significance level ofp< 0.05 was considered for the t-test.
CFaCO2H
HO N"Z N-N
I S N \ I
The second compound prepared, , was neuroprotective against A(3-induced cellular apoptosis at DNA level (showed 22.5% inhibition).
The other two compounds had no effect on A(3-induced cellular apoptosis at DNA
level in this particular Hoechst staining assay. It is to be understood, however, that these compounds may exhibit effectiveness under other conditions, for example different concentrations of compound, different cell types, e.g., neuroblastoma cells and/or different assay conditions.
Caspase 3/7 assay Following SH-SY5Y treatment, 80 l of Caspase-G1oTM 3/7 reagent were added in each well and incubated for 30 minutes at room temperature. The luminescence was measured in each well on the FlexStation. The results indicate that each of the three compounds tested had no effect on A(3-induced caspases 3/7. It is to be understood, however, that these compounds may exhibit effectiveness against Ap-induced caspases under other conditions, for example different concentrations of compound, different cells, e.g., neuroblastoma cells, different concentrations of Caspase-GIoTM, and/or different reagents Prospective Example: Effects Of Short and Long Term Treatment in Adult Transgenic CRND8 Mice Overexpressing (3APP
Short Term APP transgenic mice, TgCRND8, expressing the human amyloid precursor protein (hAPP) develop a pathology resembling Alzheimer's disease. In particular, high levels of A(340 and A(342 have been documented in the plasma and the brain of these animals at 8-9 weeks of age, followed by early accumulation of amyloid plaques similar to the senile plaques observed in AD patients. These animals also display progressive cognitive deficits that parallel the appearance of degenerative changes. See, e.g., (Chishti, et al., J. Biol. Chem. 276, 21562-70 (2001).
The short term therapeutic effect of compounds of the invention will be studied.
These compounds will be administered over a 14 or 28 day period at the end of which the levels of A(3 peptides in the plasma and brain of TgCRND8 animals will be determined.
Metlaods Male and female APP transgenic mice will be given daily subcutaneous or oral administrations of a test compound for 14 or 28 days. Baseline animals at 9 1 weeks of age will be used to determine the A(3 levels in the plasma and brain of transgenic animals at the initiation of treatment.
Starting at 9 weeks of age (Q week) animals will receive daily administration of their respective treatment for a period of 14 or 28 days. Control groups will receive only water or methylcellulose. At the end of the treatment periods, plasma and perfused brains will be collected for quantification of soluble and insoluble A(3levels.
Sample Collection At 9 1 weeks of age for the Baseline group, and at the end of the treatment period (14 or 28 days) for the treated groups, at 24 hours after the last compound administration, animals will be sacrificed and samples collected. An approximate blood volume of 500 l will be collected under general anaesthesia from the orbital sinus and kept on ice until centrifugation at 4 C at a minimum speed of 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
Plasma samples will immediately be frozen and stored at -80 C pending analysis. After intracardiac saline perfusion the brains will be removed, frozen, and stored at -80 C
awaiting analysis.
Measurements of Af3 Levels Brains will be weighed frozen and homogenized with 4 volumes of ice cold 50 mM Tris-Cl pH 8.0 buffer with protease inhibitor cocktail (4mL of buffer for 1 g of wet brain). Samples will be spun at 15000g for 20 minutes and the supernatants will be transferred to fresh tubes. One hundred fifty (150) l from each supernatant will be mixed with 250 1 of 8M guanidine-HCL/50mM Tris-HCL pH 8.0 (ratio of 0.6 vol supernatant: 1 vol 8M guanidium/Tris-HCL 50mM pH8.0) and 400 L 5 M
guanidium/Tris-HCL 50mM pH8.0 will be added. The tubes will be vortexed for 30 seconds and frozen at -80 C. In parallel, pellets will be treated with 7 volumes of 5 M
guanidine-HCL/50mM Tris-HCL pH 8.0 (7mL of guanidine for 1 g of wet brain), vortexed for 30 seconds and frozen at -80 C. Samples will be thawed at room temperature, sonicated at 80 C for 15 minutes and frozen again. This cycle will be repeated 3 times to ensure homogeneity and samples will be returned to -80 C
pending analysis.
A(3levels will be evaluated in plasma and brain samples by ELISA using Human A(340 and A(342 Fluorometric ELISA kits from Biosource (Cat. No. 89-344 and 89-348) according to manufacturer's recommended procedures. In short, samples will be thawed at room temperature, sonicated for 5 minutes at 80 C (sonication for brain homogenates;
no sonication for plasma samples) and kept on ice. A(3 peptides will be captured using 100 l of the diluted samples to the plate and incubated without shaking at 4 C
overnight. The samples will be aspirated and the wells will be rinsed 4 times with wash buffer obtained from the Biosource ELISA kit. The anti-A(340 or anti-A(342 rabbit polyclonal antiserum (specific for the A(340 or A(342 peptide) will be added (100 l) and the plate will be incubated at room temperature for 2 hours with shaking. The wells will be aspirated and washed 4 times before adding 100 l of the alkaline phosphatase labeled anti-rabbit antibody and incubating at room temperature for 2 hours with shaking. The plates will then be rinsed 5 times and the fluorescent substrate (100 l) will be added to the plate. The plate will be incubated for 35 minutes at room temperature and read using a titer plate reader at an excitation wavelength of 460 nm and emission at 560 nm.
Coinpounds will be scored based on their ability to modulate levels of A(3 peptides in the plasma and the cerebral soluble/insoluble levels in the brain.
Levels of A(3 observed in the plasma and brain of treated animals will be normalized using values from control groups and ranked according to the strength of the pharmacological effect.
Lonz Terin Transgenic mice, TgCRND8, as those used in the short term treatment, overexpress a human APP gene with the Swedish and Indiana mutations leading to the production of high levels of the amyloid peptides and to the development of an early-onset, aggressive development of brain amyloidosis. The high levels of Aj3 peptides and the relative overabundance of A(342 compared to A(340 are believed to be associated with the severe and early degenerative pathology observed. The pattern of amyloid deposition, presence of dystrophic neuritis, and cognitive deficit has been well documented in this transgenic mouse line. The levels of A(3 peptides in the brain of these mice increase dramatically as the animals' age. While the total amyloid peptide levels increase from - 1.6 x 105 pg/g of brain to - 3.8 x 106 between 9 and 17 weeks of age.
While the early deposition of amyloid in this model allows the rapid testing of compounds in a relatively short time frame, the aggressivity of this model and the high levels of A(3 peptides renders therapeutic assessment in the longer term a more difficult task.
The long-term therapeutic effects of compounds of the present invention on cerebral amyloid deposition and (i-amyloid (A(3) levels in the plasma and in the brains of transgenic mice, TgCRND8, expressing the human amyloid precursor protein (hAPP) will be studied. These compounds will be administered over a 4, 8 or 16 week period at the end of which the levels of A(3 peptides in the plasma and brain of TgCRND8 animals will be determined. Steady-state pharmacokinetic profile will also be evaluated using plasma samples. The goal of this study will be to evaluate the efficacy of the compounds at modulating the progression of the amyloidogenic process in the brain and in the plasma of a transgenic mouse model of Alzheimer's disease (AD).
Methods Male and female transgenic mice will be given daily subcutaneous or oral administrations of the appropriate compounds for 4, 8 or 16 weeks. Baseline animals at 9 1 weeks of age will be used to determine the extent of cerebral amyloid deposits and A(3 levels in the plasma and brain of naive transgenic animals at the initiation of treatment.
Starting at 9 weeks of age ( 1 week) animals will receive daily administration of their respective treatment for a period of 4, 8 or 16 weeks. Control groups will receive only water or methylcellulose. At the end of the treatment periods, plasma and perfused brains will be collected for quantification of A(3levels.
Samples will be collected and A(3 levels will be measured as described above in the short term treatment study. Compounds will be scored based on their ability to modulate levels of A(3 peptides in the plasma and the cerebral soluble/insoluble levels in the brain. Levels of A(3 observed in the plasma and brain of treated animals will be compared to that of control groups and ranked according to the strength of the pharmacological effect.
Starting at 9 weeks of age ( 1 week) animals will receive daily administration of their respective treatment for a period of 4, 8 or 16 weeks. Control groups will receive only water or methylcellulose. At the end of the treatment periods, plasma and perfused brains will be collected for quantification of A(3levels.
Samples will be collected and A(3 levels will be measured as described above in the short term treatment study. Compounds will be scored based on their ability to modulate levels of A(3 peptides in the plasma and the cerebral soluble/insoluble levels in the brain. Levels of A(3 observed in the plasma and brain of treated animals will be compared to that of control groups and ranked according to the strength of the pharmacological effect.
Claims (39)
1. A compound of Formula I:
A-Y-Q
wherein:
Q is a blood brain barrier transport vector;
Y is a direct bond or a linker group;
A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, carbocyclic, heterocyclic, bicyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, fused-ring aryl or heteroaryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, ,each of which may be optionally substituted; and R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen form a 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic ring, or are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, and benzoimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
A-Y-Q
wherein:
Q is a blood brain barrier transport vector;
Y is a direct bond or a linker group;
A is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, carbocyclic, heterocyclic, bicyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, fused-ring aryl or heteroaryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, ,each of which may be optionally substituted; and R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen form a 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic ring, or are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, and benzoimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
2. The compound of claim 1, wherein Q is a large neutral amino acid moiety or analog thereof.
3. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is of Formula (II):
wherein:
X is selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
Y is a direct bond or a linker group;
Z1, Z2, Z3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of C, CH, CH2, P, N, NH, S, and absent;
R1 and R2 are independently absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkylnyl, aryl, arylalkyl, and acyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, amido, arylamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkanesulfonyl, arenesulfonyl, cycloalkanesulfonyl, and heteroarenesulfonyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
A is selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, carbocyclic, heterocyclic, bicyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, fused-ring aryl or heteroaryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, ,each of which may be optionally substituted; and R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen form a 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic ring or are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, and benzoimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
wherein:
X is selected from the group consisting of oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur;
Y is a direct bond or a linker group;
Z1, Z2, Z3 are each independently selected from the group consisting of C, CH, CH2, P, N, NH, S, and absent;
R1 and R2 are independently absent or selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkylnyl, aryl, arylalkyl, and acyl;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, amido, arylamido, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, arylaminocarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkanesulfonyl, arenesulfonyl, cycloalkanesulfonyl, and heteroarenesulfonyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
A is selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, carbocyclic, heterocyclic, bicyclic, aryl, heteroaryl, fused-ring aryl or heteroaryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, ,each of which may be optionally substituted; and R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen form a 5 or 6 membered heterocyclic ring or are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkyloxy, alkenyl, alkenyloxy, alkynyl, alkynyloxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, and benzoimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or prodrug thereof.
4. The compound of claim 3, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of oxygen, and nitrogen.
5. The compound of claim 3, wherein Z1, Z2, and Z3 are each independently N, C
or CH.
or CH.
6. The compound of claim 3, wherein Y is a direct bond.
7. The compound of claim 3, wherein Y is a linker group selected from the group consisting of a disulfide bond, an ether linkage, a thioether linkage, an alkylene or alkenylene linkage, an amino or a hydrozino linkage, an ester-based linkage, a thioester linkage, an amide bond, an acid-labile linkage, and a Schiff base linkage.
8. The compound of claim 3, wherein R1 and R2 are independently absent or hydrogen.
9. The compound of claim 3, wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, arylamido, arylaminocarbonyl and arenesulfonyl, each of which may be optionally substituted.
10. The compound of claim 3, wherein each A is independently selected from the group consisting of and each of which may be optionally substituted.
11. The compound of claim 3, wherein R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of cycloalkyl, aryl, aryloxy, arylalkyl, arylalkyloxy, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, imidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, and benzoimidazolyl, each of which may be optionally substituted.
12. The compound of claim 3, wherein R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen form a 6 membered ring optionally interrupted with one or more additional heteroatoms.
13. The compound of Formula (II), wherein said compound is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds in Table 1, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, and prodrugs thereof.
14. A compound of Formula (II), wherein the compound is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of compounds in Table 2 and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, and prodrugs thereof.
15. The compound of any of claims 1-14, wherein the compound is not a compound of Table 3.
16. The use of a compound according to any one of claims 1-15, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof, in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of a CNS disease or an amyloid associated disease.
17. The use of a compound according to any one of claims 1-15, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof, in the preparation of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of Alzheimer's disease or an amyloid associated disease.
18. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment or prevention of a CNS
disease or an amyloid associated disease comprising a compound according to one of claims 1-15, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof.
disease or an amyloid associated disease comprising a compound according to one of claims 1-15, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof.
19. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1-15, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof,.
20. The pharmaceutical composition of any of claims 18-19, further comprising a compound that increases the cerebral bioavailability of said compound.
21. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 20, wherein the compound that increases the cerebral bioavailability of said compound is a compound that enhances penetration of the blood brain barrier.
22. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 21, wherein the agent that enhances penetration of the blood brain barrier is L-arginine.
23. A kit for use in treating a CNS disease or an amyloid associated disease comprising a compound of any one of claims 1-15 or depicted in the Tables, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof, and instructions for use in the method of the instant invention.
24. A method of treating or preventing a CNS disease or an amyloid associated disease in a subject comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a compound of any one of claims 1-15 or depicted in the Tables, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof, in an amount effective to treat or prevent a CNS disorder or an amyloid associated disease.
25. The method according to claim 24, wherein amyloid fibril formation or deposition, neurodegeneration, or cellular toxicity is reduced or inhibited upon administration of said compound.
26. The method according to claim 24 or 25, wherein said subject is a human.
27. A method for treating Alzheimer's Disease in a subject comprising administering to a subject an effective amount of a therapeutic compound of any one of claims 1-15 or depicted in the Tables, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof, such that Alzheimer's Disease is treated.
28. A method for treating an A.beta.-related disease in a subject having amyloid deposits, the method comprising administering to said subject an effective amount of a therapeutic compound of any one of claims 1-15 or depicted in the Tables, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof, such that the A.beta.-related disease is treated.
29. The method according to any one of claims 24-28, wherein the therapeutic compound is administered orally.
30. The method according to any one of claims 24-29, wherein said therapeutic compound is administered in a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle.
31. The method of any of the foregoing method claims, wherein said pharmaceutical composition is therapeutically or prophylactically administered to a subject.
32. The method of any one of the foregoing method claims, wherein said amyloid associated disease is treated or prevented by reducing or preventing inflammation.
33. The method of any one of the foregoing method claims, wherein said amyloid associated disease is treated or prevented by inhibiting amyloid deposition.
34. A method for preventing, slowing, or stopping disease progression comprising administering to a subject an effective amount of a compound of any one of claims 1-15 or depicted in the Tables, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, or prodrug thereof, such that said disease progression is prevented slowed, or stopped.
35. The method of any of claim 24-34, wherein said subject has Alzheimer's disease, Mild Cognitive Impairment, or cerebral amyloid angiopathy, and stabilization of cognitive function, prevention of a further decrease in cognitive function, or prevention, slowing, or stopping of disease progression occurs in said patient upon administration.
36. A bifunctional compound comprising a BBB transport vector and a moiety for the treatment of a CNS disorder or an amyloid associated disease, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
37. The compound of claim 36, wherein the BBB transporter vector is a large neutral amino acid or a large neutral amino acid analog.
38. A method for treating a subject for a CNS disorder or an amyloid associated disease, comprising:
coadministration of any of the compounds of any one of claims 1-15 or depicted in the Tables with an agent that enhances penetration of the blood brain barrier, such that the CNS disorder or amyloid associated disease is treated.
coadministration of any of the compounds of any one of claims 1-15 or depicted in the Tables with an agent that enhances penetration of the blood brain barrier, such that the CNS disorder or amyloid associated disease is treated.
39. The method of claim 38, wherein the agent that enhances penetration of the blood brain barrier is L-arginine.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US62863104P | 2004-11-16 | 2004-11-16 | |
US60/628,631 | 2004-11-16 | ||
PCT/IB2005/004115 WO2006059245A2 (en) | 2004-11-16 | 2005-11-16 | Compounds for the treatment of cns and amyloid associated diseases |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2586334A1 true CA2586334A1 (en) | 2006-06-08 |
Family
ID=36565414
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002586334A Abandoned CA2586334A1 (en) | 2004-11-16 | 2005-11-16 | Compounds for the treatment of cns and amyloid associated diseases |
Country Status (7)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US20060167057A1 (en) |
EP (1) | EP1817305A2 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2008520647A (en) |
CN (1) | CN101103018A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2005310979A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2586334A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2006059245A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (29)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2001003680A2 (en) * | 1999-07-09 | 2001-01-18 | Isis Innovation Limited | Compounds for inhibiting diseases and preparing cells for transplantation |
US7244764B2 (en) * | 2003-06-23 | 2007-07-17 | Neurochem (International) Limited | Methods and compositions for treating amyloid-related diseases |
US20070010573A1 (en) * | 2003-06-23 | 2007-01-11 | Xianqi Kong | Methods and compositions for treating amyloid-related diseases |
US8044100B2 (en) | 2004-12-22 | 2011-10-25 | Bellus Health Inc. | Methods and compositions for treating amyloid-related diseases |
TW200716088A (en) * | 2005-04-15 | 2007-05-01 | Neurochem Int Ltd | Formulations and methods for treating amyloidosis |
US20060258691A1 (en) * | 2005-05-13 | 2006-11-16 | Joseph Barbosa | Methods and compositions for improving cognition |
ES2434467T3 (en) * | 2005-05-13 | 2013-12-16 | Lexicon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Multicyclic compounds and methods for use |
US20070049638A1 (en) * | 2005-07-21 | 2007-03-01 | Neurochem (International) Limited | Polymorphic forms of 3-amino-1-propanesulfonic acid |
CA2634871A1 (en) * | 2005-12-22 | 2007-11-08 | Neurochem (International) Limited | Treatment of renal disorders, diabetic nephopathy and dyslipidemias |
FI3851447T3 (en) | 2006-10-12 | 2023-11-15 | Bellus Health Inc | Methods, compounds, compositions and vehicles for delivering 3-amino-1-propanesulfonic acid |
JP2010529947A (en) * | 2006-12-22 | 2010-09-02 | ベラス ヘルス(インターナショナル)リミテッド | Methods, compounds, and compositions for treating metabolic diseases and diabetes |
US20100129290A1 (en) * | 2008-11-26 | 2010-05-27 | I.S.T. Corporation | Smart contrast agent and detection method for detecting transition metal ions |
AR076601A1 (en) | 2009-05-21 | 2011-06-22 | Chlorion Pharma Inc | PYRIMIDINS AS THERAPEUTIC AGENTS |
ME02194B (en) * | 2009-12-10 | 2016-02-20 | Univ California | Amyloid binding agents |
US20110165037A1 (en) * | 2010-01-07 | 2011-07-07 | Ismagilov Rustem F | Interfaces that eliminate non-specific adsorption, and introduce specific interactions |
GB201005456D0 (en) * | 2010-03-31 | 2010-05-19 | Cambridge Entpr Ltd | Biomarkers |
JP5931884B2 (en) | 2010-10-07 | 2016-06-08 | カリフォルニア インスティチュート オブ テクノロジー | Live bacteria therapy for autism |
WO2013122028A1 (en) * | 2012-02-13 | 2013-08-22 | 武田薬品工業株式会社 | Aromatic ring compound |
WO2014036182A2 (en) | 2012-08-29 | 2014-03-06 | California Institute Of Technology | Diagnosis and treatment of autism spectrum disorder |
CN103467399B (en) * | 2013-09-03 | 2015-01-07 | 浙江医药高等专科学校 | Triazole amide compounds, and preparation method and application thereof |
CN103467398B (en) * | 2013-09-03 | 2015-01-21 | 浙江医药高等专科学校 | Triazole amide compounds, and preparation method and application thereof in resisting diabetes |
CN103554043B (en) * | 2013-09-03 | 2015-04-01 | 浙江医药高等专科学校 | Phenyl-substituted triazole amide compounds and application |
CN103724207B (en) * | 2013-12-20 | 2016-07-06 | 北京智博高科生物技术有限公司 | Phenylbenzyl ether derivative and its preparation method and application |
CA2966363A1 (en) | 2014-10-30 | 2016-05-06 | California Institute Of Technology | Compositions and methods comprising bacteria for improving behavior in neurodevelopmental disorders |
KR20170086492A (en) | 2014-10-30 | 2017-07-26 | 캘리포니아 인스티튜트 오브 테크놀로지 | Compositions and methods comprising bacteria for improving behavior in neurodevelopmental disorders |
US11707493B2 (en) | 2016-05-23 | 2023-07-25 | California Institute Of Technology | Regulate gut microbiota to treat neurodegenerative disorders |
ES2970504T3 (en) * | 2017-01-09 | 2024-05-29 | California Inst Of Techn | Use of intestinal microbiota in the diagnosis of Parkinson's disease |
US11147792B2 (en) | 2017-05-15 | 2021-10-19 | Axial Therapeutics, Inc. | Inhibitors of microbially induced amyloid |
US20210369873A1 (en) * | 2018-05-31 | 2021-12-02 | Amydis, Inc. | Compositions and methods for detection of traumatic brain injury |
Family Cites Families (85)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2531468A (en) * | 1949-04-14 | 1950-11-28 | Eastman Kodak Co | Polyvinyl sulfonates and process for their preparation |
DE1122064B (en) * | 1960-01-09 | 1962-01-18 | Basf Ag | Process for introducing allyphatic hydrocarbon radicals into organic compounds which contain hydroxyl groups, tertiary amino groups, aromatic sulfhydryl groups and / or aromatically bonded primary or secondary amino groups |
US3218352A (en) * | 1962-05-03 | 1965-11-16 | Abbott Lab | Homotaurine process |
US3658966A (en) * | 1969-09-15 | 1972-04-25 | Kowa Co | Methods of treating hypertension |
US3872125A (en) * | 1973-03-03 | 1975-03-18 | Sandoz Ag | 3-substituted-4-aryl isoquinolines |
US4085134A (en) * | 1974-02-15 | 1978-04-18 | Petrolite Corporation | Amino-phosphonic-sulfonic acids |
US3920833A (en) * | 1974-08-08 | 1975-11-18 | Stanley Drug Products Inc | Antifibrinolytic agents |
US4156734A (en) * | 1976-02-13 | 1979-05-29 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Antihypertensive compositions containing an aryl-substituted alanine azo and an arylhydrazino-propionic acid |
FR2384751A1 (en) * | 1977-03-23 | 1978-10-20 | Francaise Coop Pharma | NEW DERIVATIVES OF TAURINE WITH ENHANCED NEUROMUSCULAR ACTIVITY |
CA1140049A (en) * | 1977-12-22 | 1983-01-25 | Dke J.E. Helgstran | Pharmaceutical preparations from derivatives of hydroxycarbonylphosphonic acid |
FR2457281A1 (en) * | 1979-05-23 | 1980-12-19 | Meram Lab | NOVEL 3-AMINOPROPANESULFONIC ACID DERIVATIVES WITH ENHANCED MEMBRANE ACTIVITY |
US4255448A (en) * | 1979-09-10 | 1981-03-10 | Wisconsin Alumni Research Foundation | Method for reducing epileptiform activity |
US4448779A (en) * | 1981-07-16 | 1984-05-15 | Sanofi | Use of MS salt in geriatric medicine |
JPS5879022A (en) * | 1981-11-04 | 1983-05-12 | Bitamin Kenkyusho:Kk | Novel metal-crosslinked polymer compound containing quaternary nitrogen atom, its preparation, and remedy for hyperlipemia containing said polymer compound as active component |
US4540564A (en) * | 1982-05-18 | 1985-09-10 | University Of Florida | Brain-specific drug delivery |
US5525727A (en) * | 1982-05-18 | 1996-06-11 | University Of Florida | Brain-specific drug delivery |
US5087618A (en) * | 1982-05-18 | 1992-02-11 | University Of Florida | Redox carriers for brain-specific drug delivery |
FR2529546A1 (en) * | 1982-07-05 | 1984-01-06 | Meram Lab | NOVEL N-SUBSTITUTED A, O-SULFONIC AMINO- (AND IMINO-) ACIDS, CATIONIC VECTORS OF HIGH CELL PENETRATION |
US4522811A (en) * | 1982-07-08 | 1985-06-11 | Syntex (U.S.A.) Inc. | Serial injection of muramyldipeptides and liposomes enhances the anti-infective activity of muramyldipeptides |
DE3343530A1 (en) * | 1983-12-01 | 1985-06-13 | Max Planck Gesellschaft | MEDICINE WITH IMPROVED PENETRATION OF THE TISSUE MEMBRANE |
US4737353A (en) * | 1984-04-13 | 1988-04-12 | Union Carbide Corporation | Beryllium-aluminum-phosphorus-silicon-oxide molecular sieve compositions |
DE3438291A1 (en) * | 1984-10-19 | 1986-04-24 | Röhm GmbH, 6100 Darmstadt | METHOD FOR PRODUCING AN AQUEOUS COATING DISPERSION AND THE USE THEREOF FOR COATING MEDICINAL PRODUCTS |
US5374548A (en) * | 1986-05-02 | 1994-12-20 | Genentech, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the attachment of proteins to liposomes using a glycophospholipid anchor |
MX9203291A (en) * | 1985-06-26 | 1992-08-01 | Liposome Co Inc | LIPOSOMAS COUPLING METHOD. |
JPH0733332B2 (en) * | 1985-11-19 | 1995-04-12 | 富山化学工業株式会社 | Dementia symptom improvement / therapeutic agent |
US5023252A (en) * | 1985-12-04 | 1991-06-11 | Conrex Pharmaceutical Corporation | Transdermal and trans-membrane delivery of drugs |
JPH0786122B2 (en) * | 1986-05-30 | 1995-09-20 | 日本ペイント株式会社 | Three-dimensionally crosslinked fine resin particles and method for producing the same |
US5039794A (en) * | 1986-09-19 | 1991-08-13 | Otsuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Tumor egress factor and processes for producing the same |
US4847082A (en) * | 1987-01-21 | 1989-07-11 | Robert Sabin | Method of treatment of Alzheimer's disease using phytic acid |
US5166320A (en) * | 1987-04-22 | 1992-11-24 | University Of Connecticut | Carrier system and method for the introduction of genes into mammalian cells |
IT1205042B (en) * | 1987-05-28 | 1989-03-10 | Crinos Industria Farmaco | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION WITH THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITIES FOR THE TREATMENT OF ALZHEIMER-TYPE OF SENILE DESENCE |
EP0388434A4 (en) * | 1987-11-18 | 1990-12-19 | State Of Oregon Acting By And Through The State Board Of Higher Education On Behalf Of Oregon Health Sciences University | Differential delivery of therapeutic agents across the blood brain barrier |
US5002935A (en) * | 1987-12-30 | 1991-03-26 | University Of Florida | Improvements in redox systems for brain-targeted drug delivery |
US5017566A (en) * | 1987-12-30 | 1991-05-21 | University Of Florida | Redox systems for brain-targeted drug delivery |
US5284876A (en) * | 1988-02-26 | 1994-02-08 | Neuromedica, Inc. | Method of treating tardive dyskinesia using dopaminergic agents of prodrugs of therapeutic agents |
US5108921A (en) * | 1989-04-03 | 1992-04-28 | Purdue Research Foundation | Method for enhanced transmembrane transport of exogenous molecules |
US5194654A (en) * | 1989-11-22 | 1993-03-16 | Vical, Inc. | Lipid derivatives of phosphonoacids for liposomal incorporation and method of use |
EP0484437A4 (en) * | 1989-07-27 | 1994-06-01 | Searle & Co | Renal-selective prodrugs for the treatment of hypertension |
DK437289D0 (en) * | 1989-09-04 | 1989-09-04 | Hans Bundgaard | PRODUCT DERIVATIVES OF THYROTROPIN-RELEASING HORMONE (TRH) |
US5672683A (en) * | 1989-09-07 | 1997-09-30 | Alkermes, Inc. | Transferrin neuropharmaceutical agent fusion protein |
US5527527A (en) * | 1989-09-07 | 1996-06-18 | Alkermes, Inc. | Transferrin receptor specific antibody-neuropharmaceutical agent conjugates |
US5977307A (en) * | 1989-09-07 | 1999-11-02 | Alkermes, Inc. | Transferrin receptor specific ligand-neuropharmaceutical agent fusion proteins |
US5463092A (en) * | 1989-11-22 | 1995-10-31 | Vestar, Inc. | Lipid derivatives of phosphonacids for liposomal incorporation and method of use |
JPH03236315A (en) * | 1989-12-05 | 1991-10-22 | Nippon Oil & Fats Co Ltd | Antipsychotic agent |
US5242932A (en) * | 1991-12-17 | 1993-09-07 | The Rockefeller University | Treatment of amyloidosis associated with alzheimer disease |
US5385915A (en) * | 1990-05-16 | 1995-01-31 | The Rockefeller University | Treatment of amyloidosis associated with Alzheimer disease using modulators of protein phosphorylation |
US5177064A (en) * | 1990-07-13 | 1993-01-05 | University Of Florida | Targeted drug delivery via phosphonate derivatives |
DE69125216T2 (en) * | 1990-07-19 | 1997-09-25 | Nippon Zoki Pharmaceutical Co | Aminoalkanesulfonic acid derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions thereof for the prevention or treatment of heart diseases |
US5827819A (en) * | 1990-11-01 | 1998-10-27 | Oregon Health Sciences University | Covalent polar lipid conjugates with neurologically active compounds for targeting |
US5270312A (en) * | 1990-11-05 | 1993-12-14 | Warner-Lambert Company | Substituted piperazines as central nervous system agents |
US5668117A (en) * | 1991-02-22 | 1997-09-16 | Shapiro; Howard K. | Methods of treating neurological diseases and etiologically related symptomology using carbonyl trapping agents in combination with previously known medicaments |
US5164295A (en) * | 1991-03-06 | 1992-11-17 | The Upjohn Company | Method for identifying amyloid protein-extracellular matrix protein affinity altering compounds |
US5192753A (en) * | 1991-04-23 | 1993-03-09 | Mcgeer Patrick L | Anti-rheumatoid arthritic drugs in the treatment of dementia |
US5254342A (en) * | 1991-09-30 | 1993-10-19 | University Of Southern California | Compositions and methods for enhanced transepithelial and transendothelial transport or active agents |
ES2096064T3 (en) * | 1991-12-19 | 1997-03-01 | Ciba Geigy Ag | DERIVATIVES OF THE AMINOSULFONICO ACID AND PROCEDURE FOR ITS OBTAINING. |
US5258402A (en) * | 1992-06-11 | 1993-11-02 | Mcneil-Ppc, Inc. | Imidate derivatives of pharmaceutically useful anticonvulsant sulfamates |
US5276059A (en) * | 1992-07-10 | 1994-01-04 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services | Inhibition of diseases associated with amyloid formation |
US5383988A (en) * | 1992-09-10 | 1995-01-24 | Paragon Trade Brands, Inc. | Modular apparatus for fabricating an absorbent article |
EP0599303A3 (en) * | 1992-11-27 | 1998-07-29 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Peptide conjugate |
US5972328A (en) * | 1993-03-29 | 1999-10-26 | Queen's University At Kingston | Method for treating amyloidosis |
US5643562A (en) * | 1993-03-29 | 1997-07-01 | Queen's University Of Kingston | Method for treating amyloidosis |
US5840294A (en) * | 1993-03-29 | 1998-11-24 | Queen's University At Kingston | Method for treating amyloidosis |
US5434137A (en) * | 1993-05-10 | 1995-07-18 | Black; Keith L. | Method for selective opening of abnormal brain tissue capillaries |
GB9323429D0 (en) * | 1993-11-12 | 1994-01-05 | Wellcome Found | Therapy |
US5488145A (en) * | 1993-12-23 | 1996-01-30 | Oklahoma Medical Research Foundation | 2,4-disulfonyl phenyl butyl nitrone, its salts, and their use as pharmaceutical free radical traps |
US5466683A (en) * | 1994-08-25 | 1995-11-14 | Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. | Water-soluble analogs of carbamazepine |
US6015555A (en) * | 1995-05-19 | 2000-01-18 | Alkermes, Inc. | Transferrin receptor specific antibody-neuropharmaceutical or diagnostic agent conjugates |
US5858326A (en) * | 1995-06-06 | 1999-01-12 | Neurochem, Inc. | Methods of increasing amyloid deposition |
AU703540B2 (en) * | 1996-03-26 | 1999-03-25 | Meddiss, Incorporated | Methods for inducing analgesia or anesthesia and treating or preventing ischemic injury of tissues in general |
US5989592A (en) * | 1996-10-03 | 1999-11-23 | Coastside Bio Resources | Inhibition of complement pathway by sea cucumber fractions |
US5869469A (en) * | 1997-08-18 | 1999-02-09 | Queen's University At Kingston | Phosphonocarboxylate compounds for treating amyloidosis |
DK1014996T3 (en) * | 1997-08-28 | 2003-09-29 | Univ Washington | Preparations containing saccharide for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease and other amyloidoses |
US5952389A (en) * | 1998-01-13 | 1999-09-14 | Synchroneuron | Methods of treating tardive dyskinesia and other movement disorders |
US6294583B1 (en) * | 1998-01-13 | 2001-09-25 | Synchroneuron, Llc | Methods of treating tardive dyskinesia and other movement disorders |
US6310073B1 (en) * | 1998-07-28 | 2001-10-30 | Queen's University At Kingston | Methods and compositions to treat glycosaminoglycan-associated molecular interactions |
IL146143A0 (en) * | 1999-04-28 | 2002-07-25 | Univ Kingston | Compositions and methods for treating amyloidosis |
US6562836B1 (en) * | 1999-05-24 | 2003-05-13 | Queen's University Of Kingston | Methods and compounds for inhibiting amyloid deposits |
WO2001085093A2 (en) * | 1999-12-23 | 2001-11-15 | Neurochem, Inc. | Compounds and methods for modulating cerebral amyloid angiopathy |
US6376557B1 (en) * | 2000-03-16 | 2002-04-23 | Chanda Bhuwalka Zaveri | Methods for treating alopecia |
US6448281B1 (en) * | 2000-07-06 | 2002-09-10 | Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. | Viral polymerase inhibitors |
WO2002060492A1 (en) * | 2001-01-30 | 2002-08-08 | Cytopia Pty Ltd | Methods of inhibiting kinases |
CN1293042C (en) * | 2002-02-07 | 2007-01-03 | 远藤仁 | Aromatic amino acid derivates and medicinal compositions |
AU2003222106A1 (en) * | 2002-04-03 | 2003-10-20 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Thiopene-based tricyclic compounds and pharmaceutical compositions comprising same |
CA2510298A1 (en) * | 2002-12-20 | 2004-07-15 | Pharmacia Corporation | Acyclic pyrazole compounds |
JP2007516938A (en) * | 2003-06-23 | 2007-06-28 | ニューロケム (インターナショナル) リミテッド | Methods and compositions for treating amyloid-related diseases |
-
2005
- 2005-11-16 US US11/281,950 patent/US20060167057A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2005-11-16 JP JP2007542366A patent/JP2008520647A/en active Pending
- 2005-11-16 EP EP05850799A patent/EP1817305A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2005-11-16 WO PCT/IB2005/004115 patent/WO2006059245A2/en active Application Filing
- 2005-11-16 CA CA002586334A patent/CA2586334A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2005-11-16 AU AU2005310979A patent/AU2005310979A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2005-11-16 CN CNA2005800467041A patent/CN101103018A/en active Pending
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2006059245A3 (en) | 2006-10-05 |
WO2006059245A2 (en) | 2006-06-08 |
JP2008520647A (en) | 2008-06-19 |
AU2005310979A1 (en) | 2006-06-08 |
US20060167057A1 (en) | 2006-07-27 |
EP1817305A2 (en) | 2007-08-15 |
CN101103018A (en) | 2008-01-09 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA2586334A1 (en) | Compounds for the treatment of cns and amyloid associated diseases | |
CA2529257C (en) | Methods and compositions for treating amyloid-related diseases | |
EP1836161B1 (en) | Methods and compositions for treating amyloid-related diseases | |
US7598269B2 (en) | Methods and compositions for treating amyloid-related diseases | |
US20060183800A1 (en) | Methods and fluorinated compositions for treating amyloid-related diseases | |
US20050096385A1 (en) | Methods and compositions for treating amyloid-related diseases | |
US20050038000A1 (en) | Methods and compositions for the treatment of amyloid-and epileptogenesis-associated diseases | |
AU2004251717B2 (en) | Treatment of amyloid- and epileptogenesis-associated diseases | |
AU2011250847B2 (en) | Methods and compositions for treating amyloid-related diseases | |
MX2007007386A (en) | Methods and compositions for treating amyloid-related diseases |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Discontinued |